Sri Lalita-Madhava

Sri Rupa Goswami

(excerpts)
 Kåñëa's return from the forest

(nepathye)
maïced uttiñöha padme mukuöa-viracanaà muïca piïchena bhadre
çyäme dämänubandhaà parihara lalite piëöi mä jäguòäni
çäré-päöhäd viçäkhe vyuparama kavaré-saìkriyäm ujjha çaibye
pürvaà veveñöi käñöhäà surabhi-khura-puöé-päàçu-piñöäta-puïjaù

maïcat—from bed; uttistha—rise; padme—O Padmä; mukuta—of

the crown; viracanam—the fashioning; muïca—give up; pinchena—
with a peacock feather; bhadre—O Bhadra; syame—O Syama; dama—
the garland; anubandham—stringing; parihara—abandon; lalite—O
Lalitä; pinti—crush; ma—do not; jagudäni—kuìkuma; sari—of the
peacockñ; pathat—from reciting; visakhe—O Visakha; vyuparama—
give up; kavari—of braids; saìkriyam—fashioning; ujjha—give up;
saibye—O Saibya; purvam—before (us); vevesti—enters; kastham—the
horizon; surabhi—of the surabhi cows; khura—of the hooves; puti—
from the openings; paàsu-pistata—of dust; puïjaù— an abundance.

A voice from behind the scenes: Padmä, get up from bed!

Bhadrä, stop making this crown of peacock-feathers! Çyämä, stop
stringing this flower-garland! Lalitä, don't crush this kuìkuma
into powder! Viçäkhä, stop teaching the parrot to recite poetry!
Çaibyä, stop braiding your hair! The dust by the hooves of the
surabhi cows has now entered the horizon!

paurëamäsé: paçya paçya

harim uddiçate rajo-bharaù
purataù saìgamayaty amuà tamaù
vrajaväma-dåçäà na paddhatiù
prakaöä sarva-dåçaù çruter api

paçya—look!; paçya—look!; harim—Kåñëa; uddiçate—it indicates;

rajaù-bharaù—dust from the cows; purataù—in front; saìgamayati—
causes to meet; amum—Kåñëa; tamaù—the darkness; vrajaväma-
dåçäm—of the daàsels of Våndävana; na—not; paddhatiù—the course
of activites; prakaöä—manifested; sarva-dåçaù—who know everything;
çruteù—of the Vedas; api— as well as.

•
1 •
 Paurëamäsé: Look! Look! The dust from cows and calves on the
road indicates that Hari is returning home from the forest. Also,
the evening darkness provokes the gopés to meet Him. Thus the
pastimes of Kåñëa and the gopés are covered, and are therefore
impossible for ordinary scholars of the Vedas to see them.1

hriyam avagåhya gåhebhyaù karñati

rädhäà vanäya yä nipuëä
sä jayati nisåöärthä
vara-vaàçaja-käkalé düté

hriyam—bashfulness; avagåhya—impeding; gåhebhyaù—from

private house; karçati—attracts; rädhäm—Rädhä; vanäya—to the forest;
yä—which; nipuëä— beign expert; sä—that; jayati—let it be glorified;
nisåñöa-arthä—authorized; vara-vaàçaja—of the bamboo flute (or born
in the best dynasty); käkali—the sweet tone; düté—the messenger.

May the sweet sound of Kåñëa's flute, His authorized

messenger, be glorified, for it expertly releases Rädhä from Her
shyness and attracts Her from Her home to the forest.

(nepathye)
dhanye kajjala-mukta-väma-nayanä padme padoòhäìgadä
säraìgi dhvanadeka-nüpura-dharä päli skhalan-mekhalä
gaëòodyat-tilakä lavaìgi kamale neträrpitälaktakä
mä dhävottaralaà tvam atra muralé düre kalaà küjati

neptahye—from behind the scenes; dhanye—O Dhanya; kajjala—

mascara; mukta—without; vama—left; nayana—eye; padme—O
Padme; pada—on the feet; udha—worn; aìgada—anklets; saraìgi—O
Saraìgi; dhvanada—tinkling; eka—one; nupura—set of ankle-bells;
dhara—wearing; pali—O Pali; skhalat—falling; mekhala— belt;
gaëòa—on the cheeks; udyat—running; tilaka—tilaka marking on the
forehead; lavaìgi—O Lavaìgi; kamale—O Kamala; netra—on the eyes;
arpita—placed; alaktaka—red lac for decorating the feet; ma—do not;
dhava—run; uttaralam—agitated with haste; tvam—you; atra—here;
murali—the flute; dure—far away; kalam—the sweet sound; kujati—
warbles.
1 The mode of passion (rajaù) and the mode of ignorance (tamaù) conceal Kåñëa's pastimes
from ordinary scholars of the Vedas, but transcendental cow dust (rajaù) and evening
darkness (tamaù) indicate to the residents of Vraja that they will soon see Him.

•
2 •
 A voice from behind the scenes: Dhanyä, you haven't
decorated your left eye with mascara! Padmä, you've placed
armlets on your anklets! Säraìgé, you've placed tinkling bells on
only one ankle! Pälé, your belt is already beginning to slip!
Lavaìgé, you put tilaka on your cheek! Kamalä, you put red lac on
your eyes! Don't run so quickly! The sweet sounds of Kåñëa's flute
are still far away.

gärgé:
ëélambara-ru-i-dhäré
phuòido goboòu-cakka-bäleëa
sida-go-maëòala-mahuro
mähura-cando paripphura-i

nila—dark blue; ambara—sky; ruci—the luster; dhari—manifesting;

phudido—manifested; goba—of cowherd boys; udu—of stars; cakka—
of the circle; balena—with the strength; sida— white; go—of cows (or
of moonlight); maëòala—with the circle; mahuro—charming;
mahura—of the district of Mathura including Vraja; cando—the moon;
paripphura-i—dazzling.

Gärgé: Kåñëa is as splendid as the dark blue sky. He is like a

brilliant moon of Våndävana, surrounded by the stars of the gopas
and the charming moonlight of the white cows.

paurëamäsé: (sänandam)
bibhran-néla-cchavim aviñamäm agra-hastena yañöià
juñöa-çroni-taöa-rucir asau péta-pattäàçukena
nindann indévaram aviralotsarpibhiù känti-pürair
äbhéréëäm iha viharati prema-lakñmé-vivartaù
tadäväà yaçodäm äsädayäva (iti niñkränte).
aìka-mukham.

sa—with; änandam—bliss; bibhran—manifesting; nila—blue;

chavim—luster; avisamam—charming; agra—the tip; hastena—with his
hand; yastim—a stick; justa—endowed; çroni—of hips; tata— slopes;
ruciù—splendor; asau—He; pita—yellow; patta-aàsukena— silk dhoti;
nindan—chastising; indivaram—the blue lotus flower; avirala—
intense; utsarpibhiù—manifesting; känti—of beauty; puraiù—with
floods; abhirinam—of the gopés; iha—here; viharati—enjoys pastimes;

•
3 •
prema—of love; lakñmi—of the beauty and other opulences; vivartaù—
a whirlpool; tada—then; avam—we; yaçodäm—to Yaçodä; asädäya—
let us go; iti—thus; niñkränte—they both exist; aìka—of the act;
mukham—the first part.

Paurëamäsé: (With intense happiness) The dark luster of

Kåñëa's body is so charming! He holds a stick in His hand, and
His splendid hips are wrapped in a yellow silk cloth. The great
flood of His handsomeness rebukes the blue lotus flower.
Enjoying pastimes with the gopés, He appears like a whirlpool of
love and beauty. Let us go to Yaçodä.
(They both exit.)

(tataù praviçati vayasyair upäsyamänaù kåñëah.)

kåñëaù: sakhe madhumaìgala paçya paçya
atanu-tåëa-kadambäsväda-çaiöhilya-bhäjäm
avirala-tara-hambärambha-tämyan-mukhéyam
caöulita-nayana-çrér ävalé naicikénäà
pathi su-valita-kaëöhé gokulotkaëöhitäbhüt

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; vayasyaiù—by friends;

upaçyamanaù—accompanied; kåñëaù—Kåñëa; sakhe—O friend;
madhumangala—Madhumaìgala; paçya—look!; paçya—look!; atanu—
large; trna—of grass; kadamba—the abundance; asvada—in eating;
saithilya—disinterest; bhajam—possessing; avirala—intense; tara—
very; hamba—mooing; arambha—activity; tamyat—wilting; mukhi—
faces; iyam—this; catulita—restlessly moving; nayana—of eyes; çréù—
with the beauty; avali—the herd; naicikinam—of cows; pathi—on the
path; su-valita—moving; kaëöhi—whose necks; gokula—for Gokula;
utkaëöhita—longing; abhüt—have become.

(Accompanied by His friends, Kåñëa enters)

Kåñëa: Friend Madhumaìgala, look! Look! Our surabhi cows
have lost interest in eating grass and their voices are now choked
up with constant mooing. Moving their necks here and there and
restlessly wandering on the path with their beautiful eyes, they
are now eager to return to Gokula.

madhumaìgala: ditthi-ä vacchalähià surahéhià kantära-

bbhamaëa-khiëëe ettha bamhaëe käruëëaà vira-idam.

•
4 •
 ditthi-a—by good-fortune; vacchalahim—affectionate to their calves;
surahihim—with the surabhi cows; kantara—in the forest; bbhamana—
from wandering; khinne—exhausted; ettha—here; bamhane—to this
brahmanas; karunam—mercy; vira-idam—is done.

Madhumaìgala: This is a great kindness for a brähmaëa

exhausted from wandering in the forest with these surabhi cows
so affectionate ot their calves!

ramaù: paçyata paçyata

gatvä puras tri-caturäëi javat padäni
päçcäd vilokayati hanta tiraù-çirodhi
vatsotkaräd api baké-mathane gariñöha-
premänubandha-vidhuraà pathi dhenu-våndam

paçyata—look; paçyata—look; gatvä—having gone; tri—three;

caturäni—or four; javat—quickly; padäni—steps; pascat—from behind;
vilokayati—looks; hanta—indeed; tiraù—tilted; sirodhi—with necks;
vatsa—of calves; utkarat—from the multitude; api—even; baki-
mathane—for Kåñëa, the killer of Putana; garistha—more intense;
prema—love; anubandha—in relatinship; vidhuram—afflicted; pathi—
on the path; dhenu—of cows; våndam—the herd.

Räma: Look! Look! After taking three or four quick steps, the
cows turn from the calves before them and crane their necks to
see Kåñëa behind them. They love Kåñëa more than their own
calves!

kåñëaù: (pratécém avekñya)

vicalitum asamarthaà vyomni mukta-pratiñöhe
samaya-vipariëämäd vérya-viçräàsanena
çiöhilatara-kareëälambya bhaëòéra-cüòäà
carama-giri-çikhäyäà lambate bhänu-bimbam

praticim—to the west; avekñya—glancing; vicalitum—to move;

asamartham—unable; vyomni—in the sky; mukta—removed;
pratisthe—support; samaya—of time; viparinamat—from change;
virya—of stregnth; viçramasanena—with the loss; sithilatara—
slackened; karaëa—with effulgence; alambhya—resting; bhandira— of
a banyan tree; cüòäm—on the top; carama-giri-sikhayam—on the
western horizon; lambate—rests; bhanu—of the sun; bimbam—the disc.

•
5 •
 Kåñëa (Looking to the west) The sun is no longer able to move
in the sky that now declines to support it. It's strength diminished
under the influence of time, with weakened rays the sun's disc
rests first on the top of a banyan tree, and now on the western
horizon.

ramaù: paçyata paçyata

vipulotpalikä-küöair
giri-küöa-viòambibhir niviòam
vayam abhajäma karéña-
kñoda-parétaà vrajäbhyarëam
tad adya kälindém avagäòhäù pragäòha-pariçräntim utsärayämaù.
(iti sakhibhiù saha niñkräntaù)

paçyata—look!; paçyata—look!; vipula—abundant; utpalika—of

lotus flowers; kutaiù—with multitudes; giri—of a mountain; kuta—the
summit; vidambibhiù—deriding; nividam—thick; vayam—we;
abhajam—enter; karisa—of dry cow-dung; kñoda—with the dust;
paritam—filled; vraja—of Vraja; abhyarnam—the vicinity; tat—
therefore; adya—now; kalindim—in the Yamuna River; avagadhaù—
plunged; pragadha—great; pariçrantim—fatigue; utsarayamaù—let us
drive away; iti—thus; sakhibhiù—His friends; saha—with; niñkräntaù—
He exits.

Räma: Look! Look! Here the ground covered with the dust of
cow-dung, and large lotus flowers in the river mock the mountain
peaks. We are not far from Vraja, let us rid ourselves of fatigue by
bathing in the Yamunä.
(He exits with His friends.)

kåñëaù: sakhe madhumaìgala paçya paçya

dravan-nava-vidhüpala-prakara-datta-padyaù çaçé
sa-ratna-taralocchalaj-jaladhi-kalpitärgha-kriyaù
harit-parijanerita-sphuöataroòu-puspaïjaliù
sphurat-tanur udaïcita-smara-rasormir unmélati

sakhe—O friend; madhumaìgala—Madhumaìgala; paçya—look!;

paçya—look!; dravat—melting; nava—new; vidhupala-prakara—
candrakanta jewels; prakara—specific; datta—given; padyaù—water for
washing the feet; sasi—the moon; sa—with; ratna—jewels; tarala—the

•
6 •
waves; ucchalat—rising; jaladhi—lake; kalpita— considered; argha—
water for rising the mouth; harit—the directions; parijana—friends;
irita—thrown; sphutata-tara— glistening; udu—stars; puspa—of
flowers; aïjaliù—with handfuls; sphurat—effulgent; tanuù—whose
form; udancita—risen; smara—of amorous love; rasa—of the nectarean
mellows; urmiù— the waves; unmilati—appears.

Kåñëa: Friend Madhumaìgala! Look! Look! Creating padya-

water by making the candrakänta jewels melt, and arghya-water
by creating jewel-filled waves in the lake, throwing handfuls of
flowers in the form of glittering stars to her friends, the different
directions, and making great waves of amorous love, the splendid
moon now rises.

madhumaìgala: pi-a-va-assa kià imiëä varä-eëa kalaìkiëä

candeëa. pekkha ladä-jälambare nikkalaìkä-ià solaha-canda-
maëòala-sahassä-ià unmélidä-im.

pi-a—dear; va-assa—friend; kim—what is the use?; imina—of this;

vara-ena—insingnificant; kalaìkina—spotted; candena—moon;
pekkha—look; lada—of creepers; jala—of the network; ambare—in the
sky; nikkalaìka-im—spotless; solaha—sixteen; canda—of moons;
maëòala—circle; sahassa—thousand; unmilida-im—risen.

Madhumaìgala: Dear friend, what is the use of this

insingnificant spotted moon? Look! In the sky of these tangled
vines there are sixteen thousand spotless moons!

kåñëaù: (samékñya) sakhe samyag attha. bahudhä samye 'pi

bäòham ekena karmaëä muñito 'yam oñadhéçaù. tathä hi
nava-nava-sudhä-sambädho 'pi priyo 'pi dåçäà sadä
sarasija-vanéà mlänäà kurvann api prabhayä svayä
çucir api kalä-pürëo 'py uccaiù karaìga-dharaù çaçé
vraja-måga-dåçäà vaktrair ebhiù suraìga-dharair jitaù

samikñya—looking; sakhe—friend; samyak attha—it is true;

bahudha—in many ways; samye—in similarity; api—although;
badham—certainly; ekena—with a single; karmana—indeed;
musitaù—stolen; ayam—this; osadhi-isaù—the moon, monarch of
plants; tathä hi—furthermore; nava-nava—ever-fresh; sudha—with
nectar; sambadhaù—filled; api—even; priyaù—dear; api—even;

•
7 •
dåçam—to the eyes; sada—always; sarasija—of lotus flowers; vanim—
the forest; mlanam—wilted; kurvan—making; api—even; prabhaya—
effulgence; svaya—with it's own; suciù—splendid; api—even; kala-
purnaù—full; api—even; uccaiù—greatly; kuraìga— the mark of a
deer; dharaù—bearing; sasi—the moon; vraja—in Vraja; mrga—of does;
dåçam—with the eyes; vaktraiù—by the faces; ebhiù—by them; su-
raìga-dharaiù—golden; jitaù—defeated.

Kåñëa: (Looks) Friend, you say the truth! These many moons
have clearly eclipsed this one moon in the sky! Even though she
is filled with ever-fresh nectar, even though she is always very
pleasing to the eyes, even though her effulgence wilts the forest
of lotus flowers, and even though she is very pure and splendid
in her complete fulness, this moon that bears the mark of a deer
is now completely defeated by the beautiful golden faces of the
doe-eyed girls of Vraja!

madhumaìgala: bho va-assa juttaà ukkaëo 'si jaà dakkhiëeëa

kalamba-kuòuìgaà kavi äkaòòha-mantaà padheti.

bho—O; va-assa—friend; juttam—engaged; utkkanno—listening

with rapt attention; asi—You are; jam—what; dakkhinena—in the south;
kalamba—of kadamba trees; kuduìgam— the grove; kavi—some girl;
akaddha—to attract; mantam—a magic spell; padhedi—recites.

Madhumaìgala: O friend, listen as in a kadamba-grove to the

south, some girl chants a mantra to attract You!

kåñëaù:
seyaà divyati çaibyäyäù
pävikä viçva-pävikä
veëur yad vibhramärambhe
stambham älambate mama

sa iyam—this; divyati—plays; saibyayaù—of Saibya; pavika—small

flute; visva—the world; pavika—charming; venuù—flute; yat—which;
vibhrama—bewildering; arambhe—in the activity; stambham—the state
of being stunned; alambate—attains; mama—of Me.

•
8 •
 Kåñëa: O, it’s Çaibya's little flute, which enchants the entire
world, playing! This flute's playful sounds have made My own
flute become stunned!

(ity agrato gatvä sautsukyam)

tumbé-phala-stanéyaà
prabala-suñamädharä kalollasitä
harati dhåtià mama bhadrä
nava-vallaré vallaké cäsyäù

iti—thus; agrataù—the presence; gatvä—going; sa—with;

autsukyam—eagerness; tumbi-phala—tumbi-gourd; stäni—breast;
iyam—this; prabala—great; susama—equally; dhara—holding; kala—
with soft, sweet words; ullasita—splendid; harati—enchants; dhåtim—
peaceful composure; mama—My; bhadra—Bhadra; nava—young;
vallari—vine; vallaki—the vina; ca—and; asyaù—of her.

(Eagerly going forward) Having two large and smooth tumbé-

gourds like her breasts, and with soft sweet sounds resembling
her voice, the véëä of Bhadrä, who is tender as a young vine,
enchants Me and robs Me of My peacefulness!

madhumaìgala: va-assa accari-aà accari-aà maïjhe jamuëaà

kävi kacchabé kuìkuëä-edi.

va-assa—friend; accari-am—wonderful; accari-am—wonderful;

maïjhe—near; jamunam prati—the Yamuna; kavi—girl; kacchabi—the
kacchapi-vina; kuìkuna-edi—plays.

Madhumaìgala: Friend, some gopi near the Yamunä plays the

kacchapé-véëä so wonderfully!

kåñëaù: (sa-smitan)
smara-keli-näöya-nändéà
çabda-brahma-çriyaà muhur dadhäti
vahati mudaà me mahatém
iha mahitä çyämalä-mahaté

sa—with; smitam—a smile; smara—amorous; keli—of pastimes;

natya—in the drama; nandim—the invocation; sabda—sound;
brahma—divine; çriyam—beauty; muhuù—repeatedly; dadhati—

•
9 •
places; vahati—carries; mudam—delight; me—to Me; mahatim—great;
iha—here; mahita—glorious; syamala—of Syamala; mahati—the vina.

Kåñëa: (Smiling) Again and again reciting the beautiful divine

sound of invocation to the drama of amorous pastimes, Çyämälä's
glorious véëä brings Me great happiness!

(iti parikramya sa-harñam)

kala-siïjita-kalayäräd
avikalayä me pramoda-kallolam
padmä-kalavé nilayä
valayäù kalayäà babhüvur alam

iti—thus; parikramya—walking; sa—with; harsam—happiness;

kala—sweet and soft; siïjita—tinkling sounds; kalaya—performing;
arat—nearby; avikalaya—perfect; me—of Me; pramoda—delight;
kallolam—waves; padmä—of Padmä; kalavi—on the wrists; nilayaù—
placed; valayaù—bracelets; kalayam babhüvuù—make a sound;
alam—greatly.

(Happily walking) With their sweet melodious tinkling, the

bracelets on Padmä's wrists are now drowing Me in the waves of
bliss!

(iti parito dåñöià kñipan) sakhe katham aträdya nonmélati

candrävalé-parimalaù. tad väm ataù karälä-gåhopänta-väöikäm
äsädayävah. (iti parikramati)

iti—thus; paritaù—everywhere; dåñöim—glance; kñipan—casting;

sakhe—O friend; katham—why; atra—here; adya—now; na—not;
unmilati—manifests; candrävalé—of Candrävalé; parimalaù—the
fragrance; tat—therefore; vam—we; ataù—then; karala—of Karala;
grha—the house; upanta—near; vatikam—to the garden; asädäyavaù—
let us go; iti—thus; parikramati—walks.

(Glancing in all directions) O friend, why is not even the

fragrance of Candrävalé present here? Let us go to the garden near
Karälä's house. (Kåñëa begins to walk there.)

madhumaìgala: (puro 'valokya) eña ubaëanda-putassa suhaddassa

vahu kuëòaladi-ä ido ä-acchadi.

•
10 •
 puraù—before him; avalokya—looking; eña—she; ubananda—of
Upananda; putassa—of the son; suhaddassa—Subhadra; vahu—the
wife; kundaladi-a—Kundalatä; ido—here; a-acchadi—comes.

Madhumaìgala: (Looking ahead) Here comes Kundalatä, the

wife of Upananda's son Subhadra.

kundalatä: kaëha a-äle paphullaà vaïjulaà kisa ëa salahasi.

kanha—O Kåñëa; a-ale—out of season; paphullam—blossoming;

vaïjulam—the asoka tree; kisa—why; na—not; salahasi—You glorify.

Kundalatä: Kåñëa, why do You not say something to glorify

this açoka tree blossoming out-of-season?

kåñëaù: (dåçaà kñipann ätma-gatam) nünaà candrävalé-caraëa-

cäturé-camatkäro 'yam. (iti sotkaëöham abinandya)
etäni vaïjula-vanäntar-udaïcitäni
kädamba-küjita-kadamba-viòambitäni
manträni karëa-kuharaà mama nandayanti
candrävalé-kanaka-nüpura-siïjitäni

dåçam—glance; kñipan—casting; ätma-gatam—to Himself;

nunam—is it not?; candrävalé—of Candrävalé; caraëa—of the feet;
caturi—expertize; camatkäraù—the wonder; ayam—this; iti—thus;
sa—with; utkaëöham—longing; abhinandya—dramatically displaying;
etäni—these; vaïjula—of asoka-trees; vana—the forest; antan—within;
udancitäni—manifested; kadamba—swans; kujita—warbling;
kadamba—multitude; vidambitäni—like; manträni—mantras; karna—
of the ears; kuharam—the opening; mama—of Me; nandayanti—
delight; candrävalé—of Candrävalé; kanaka—golden; nupura—of the
ankle-bells; siïjitäni—the tinkling.

Kåñëa: (Glancing at the asoka tree, He says to Himself) Is this

not the wonderful expert work of Candrävalé's foot?2 (With
longing) The tinkling of Candrävalé's golden ankle-bells are like
the cooing of a flock of swans! They are a series of mantras that

2
It is well known that the açoka tree blossoms by being struck by the foot of beautiful girl.

•
11 •
delight My ears! They must have passed through this forest of
açoka trees.

kundalatä: sundara bhäruëòä-e gabbha-ghare ëiruddhävi candä-

alé ma-e cäduré-pabandhena kaòòhiòo.

sundara—O handsome Kåñëa; bharunda-e—by Bharunda; gabbha-

grhe—in the house; niruddha—confined; vi—even though; candä-alé—
Candrävalé; ma-e—by me; caduri-pabandhena—with skill; kaddhido—
brought.

Kundalatä: O handsome one, even though Bharuëòä locked

her at home, I have expertly brought Candrävalé here.

kåñëaù: bharuëòayä katham akäëòe kärkaçyam ärabdham

bharundaya—by Bharunda; katham—why?; akande—suddenly;

karkasyam—harshness; arabdham—is begun.

Kåñëa: Why has Bharuëòä suddenly become so harsh?

kundalatä: ëa ke-alaà bharuëòä-e jaòilä-pahudéhià vi savva-

vuddhi-ähià.

na—not; ke-alam—only; bharundaya—by Bharunda; jadila— Jatila;

pahudihim—beginning with; vi—indeed; savva—by all; vuddhi-ahim—
the elderly gopés.

Kundalatä: Not only Bharuëòä. Jaöilä and all the other old
gopés also.

(padmayä saha praviçya) candrävalé: (sanskåtena)

racayatu mama våddhä tarjanaà durjané sä
kavalayatu kulenduà ko 'pi durväda-rähuù
sahacari-parihartuà näkñi-bhåìgau kñamete
madhuripu-mukha-padmäloka-mädhvéka-lobham

padmäya—Padmä; saha—with; praviçya—entering; sanskåtena—in

Sanskrit; racayatu—may do; mama—my; vrddha—old (mother-in-law);
tarjanam—rebuke; durjäni—wicked; sa—she; kavalayatu—may
swallow; kula—of the family; indum—the moon; kah api—some;

•
12 •
durvada—of bad reputation; rahuù—the rahu planet; sahacari—O my
friend; parihartum—to shun; na—not; akñi—of the eyes; bhrngau—the
two bumble-bees; kñamete—are able; madhu-ripu—of Madhuripu
(Kåñëa, whose sweetness defeats spring); mukha—of the face; padmä—
of the lotus flower; loka—of the sight; madhvika—the madhvika nectar;
lobham—greed.

Candrävalé: (Enters with Padmä) My wicked old mother-in-law

may rebuke me, and the Rähu planet of dishonorable gossips may
devour the moon of my family, still, o sakhi, the two bumble-bees
of my eyes cannot stop yearning to taste the mädhvéka nectar of
Kåñëa's lotus face!

kåñëaù (candrävalém äsädya sänandam)

nétas tanvi mukhena te paribhavaà bhrü-kñepa-vikriòayä
vibhyad viñëu-padaà jagäma çaraëaà taträpy adhairyaà gataù
äsädya dvija-räjitäà vijayinaù sevärtham asyojjvalaç
candro 'yaà dvija-räjatä-padam agät tenäsi candrävalé

candrävalé—Candrävalé; äsädya—approaching; sa—with;

änandam—bliss; nitaù—brought; tanvi—O slender girl; mukhena— by
the face; te—of you; paribhavam—to defeat; bhru—of the eyebrows;
kñepa-vikridaya—by the knitting; vibhyat-visnu-padam— to the sky;
jagama—went; çaraëam—shelter; tatra—there; api— also;
adhairyam—restlessness; gataù—attained; äsädya— attaining; dvija—
of teeth; raji—of being a series; tam—the state; vijayinaù—of the
victorious one; seva—service; artham— for the purpose; asya—of that
person; ujjvalaù—splendid; candraù—moon; ayam—this; dvija-rajata-
padam—the state of being teeth; agat—attained; tena—by this; asi—you
are; candra—of moons; avali—as series.

Kåñëa: (Approaching Candrävalé, happily says) O slender girl,

your face and the playful movements of your eyebrows have
defeated the moon and forced her to flee to the sky where she
restlessly moves about, unable to find any shelter. To serve the
face that defeated her, this effulgent moon has now assumed the
form of your teeth. That's why your name is Candrävalé!3

kundalatä:

3
Her teeth are like many (ävalé) moons (candrä).

•
13 •
mottima-sara-majjha-ööhi-a
ra-aëe paòibimba-dambha-samvalidä
tuha hi-a-aà ëi-a-u-ëä me
ja-a candä-alé jädä

mottima-sara—pearl necklace; majjha—in the middle; tthi-a—

situated; ra-ane—in the jewel; padibimba—reflection; dambha—on the
pretext; samvalida—decorated; tuha—of You; hi-a-am—heart; ni-a-u-
na—expert; me—of me; ja-a—gone; candä-alé—Candrävalé; jada—
gone.

Kundalatä: I expertly brought Candrävalé here so that she

could be reflected in Your pearl necklace and decorate your heart.

kåñëaù: (smitaà kåtvä) kuëòalatike kathaà te yätä candrävalé.

smitam—a smile; kåtvä—doing; kundalatike—O Kundalatä;

katham—why?; te—by you; yata—brought; candrävalé—Candrävalé.

Kåñëa: (smiles) Kundalatika, why have you brought Candrävalé?

kundalatä: go-ula-ju-a-ra-a go-a-u-dhano kkhu ima-e ali-o sami.

amha de-aro cce-a sacco.

go-ula—of Gokula; yu-a-ra-a—O prince; go-a-dhano—Govardhana

Malla; kkhu—indeed; ima-e—of whom; ali-o—pretended; sami—
master; amha—my; de-aro—brother-in-law; cce-a—certainly; sacco—
true.

Kundalatä: O prince of Gokula, her marriage with Govardhana

Malla is an illusion. You, my dear brother-in-law, are her real
husband!

candrävalé: (sa-bhrü-bhaìgaà apavarya) dhiööhe kundaladä cce-a

bhamaräkaòòhiëé hodi.

sa—with; bhru—of the eyebrows; bhaìgam—knitting; apavarya—

resisting; dhitthe—bold woman; kundalada—Kundalatä; cce-a—
certainly; bhamara—a bumble-bee; akaddhini—attracting; hodi—is.

•
14 •
 Candrävalé: (Resisting with knitted eyebrows) O arrogant
Kundalatä! You attracted this bumble-bee here!

kundalatä: de-ara esa ëi-uïja-ghariëi kadhedi. cha-illo ëa kkhu eso

vunda-ana-bhamaro. jaà paphullaà pa-u-malià na pibedi.

de-ara—O brother-in-law; eña—this girl; ni-uïja—in this forest

bower; gharini—lives; kadhedi—says; cha-illo—expert; na—not;
kkhu—indeed; eso—this; vunda-ana—of Vrndavana; bhamaro—
bumble-bee; jam—because; paphullam—blossoming; pa-uma—of lotus
flowers; alim—series; na—does not; pibedi—drink.

Kundalatä: O brother-in-law, this girl who lives in the forest

bower is just talking idly. This bumble-bee of Våndävana is not
very expert, for he has not even begun to drink the honey from
these blossoming lotus flowers!4

padmä: ali-ä-saàsini ciööha ciööha jaìgala-saïcariëo bhamarassa

visähä-saha-aré ccea sulahä. ëa kkhu ami-a-uppanna pa-u-mälé.

ali-a—false; saàsini—speaker; cittha—stand; cittha—stand;

jaìgala—in the forest; saïcarino—wandering; bhamarassa—of a
bumble-bee; visaha-saha-ari—other flowers; ccea—certainly; sulaha—
easy to obtain; na—not; kkhu—indeed; ami-a—nectar; uppanna—
produced; pa-u-mali—the lotus flowers.

Padmä: O lier! Stop! Stop! This bumble-bee wandering in the

forest may easily obtain other flowers5, but he shall not easily get
these nectar-filled lotus flowers!

kundalatä: candä-alé viòiòa-udasi. kisa lajjesi. ta alaìkarehi

piëuttuìga-thaëa-bandhuna appano hareëa hari-vakkha-thalam.

candä-alé—O Candrävalé; vidida-udasi—your desire is undertood;

kisa—why?; lajjesi—are you embarrassed; ta—therefore; alaìkarehi—
you should decorate; pina—large; uttuìga—raised; thana—breasts;

4
The word "pa-u-malià" or "padmäléà" (the lotus flowers) also means "the friend of Padmä".
5The word "visaha-saha-ari" can also mean "Viçäkhä's friend (Rädhä)". "This bumble-bee
wandering in the forest may easily obtain Viçäkhä's friend Rädhä, but he shall not easily get
nectar-filled Padmä's friend Candrävalé!"

•
15 •
bandhuna—with the friend; appano—own; hareëa— with the necklace;
hari—of Kåñëa; vakkha-thalam—the chest.

Kundalatä: Candrävalé, we know what you want! Why are you

shy? Decorate Hari's chest with the necklace that is the friend of
your large raised breasts!

candrävalé: (säbhyasüyam) kundaladi-e ëi-a-kaëöha-tthida-e ekka-

ali-e tumaà cce-a alaìkarehi.

sa—with; abhyasuyam—jealous anger; kundaladi-e—O Kundalatä;

ni-a—own; kaëöha—on the neck; tthida-e—situated; ekka-ali-e—the
single strand of pearls; tumam—you; cce-a— certainly; alaìkarehi—
should decorate.

Candrävalé: (With jealous anger) O Kundalatä, you should

decorate Him with the strand of pearls on your own neck!

kundalatä: mädhava sthava-iëià karehi candä-alé-e kaëëaladi-äm.

madhava—O Kåñëa; stava-inim—bunches of flowers; karehi— do;

candä-alé-e—of Candrävalé; kanna—of the ear; ladi-am—the creeper.

Kundalatä: Mädhava, put flowers on the vine of Candrävalé's

ear.

candrävalé: hala pi-a-jaëa-pekkhana-pajju-ssu-assa va-inda-

ëandanassa magge na kkhu padibandhini hohi.

hala—ah!; pi-a-jana—His beloved; pekkhana—to see; pajju-ssu-

assa—eager; va—of Vraja; inda—the king; nandanassa—of the son;
magge—on the path; na—not; khhu—indeed; padibandhini—an
obstacle; hohi—become.

Candrävalé: Don't block the path of Nanda-nandana when He

yearns to see His beloved!

kundalatä: sahi kä aëëä tu-atto imassa pi-a.

sahi—O friend; ka—who?; anna—else; tu-atto—than you; imassa—

of Him; pi-a—is beloved.

•
16 •
 Kundalatä: Sakhi, aside from you who is His beloved?

padmä: a-i rähä-sahi viramehi.

a-i—O; raha—of Rädhäräëé; sahi—O friend; viramehi— stop!

Padmä: O sakhi of Rädhä, stop!

kåñëaù:
sarojäkñi parokñaà te
kadäpi hådayaà mama
na sprañöum apy alaà bädhä
rädhä tv äkramya gähate
(iti sa-saìkaà bädhä-rädhäyor viparyäsaà paöhati)

saroja—lotus; akñi—eyes; parokñam—unseen; te—to you; kada

api—at anytime; hådayam—the heart; mama—My; na—not;
sprastrum—to touch; api—even; alam—greatly; badha—pain; rädhä—
Rädhäräëé; tu—indeed; akramya—attacking; gahate—enters; iti—thus;
sa—with; saìkam—fear; badha—of "badha"; rädhäyoù— and "rädhä";
viparyasam—inversion; pathati—recites.

Kåñëa: O lotus-eyed girl, when you are not present, suffering

never touches My heart, for Rädhä at once attacks and forcibly
enters it. (Frightened) Oh! That's not what I mean. I mean to say
that when you are not present, Rädhä never touches My heart, for
suffering at once attacks and forcibly enters it!

padmä: mahä-purisa kkhu ëa jadu asacca-bhasiëo honti.

mahä—great; purisa—personalities; kkhu—indeed; na—not; jatu—

at any time; asacca—lies; bhasino—speaking; honti—are.

Padmä: Great personalities never speak lies...

(nepathye) kundalade sähu sähu. saccaà ëa jaëasi patthara-puïja-

kaöhoraà go-a-dhanam.

nepathye—from behind the scenes; kundalade—O Kundalatä;

sahu—well; sahu—wel; saccam—the truth; na—not; janasi—you

•
17 •
know; patthara—of rocks; puïja—a pile; kathoram—as hard; go-a-u-
dhanam—Govardhana Malla.

A voice from behind the scenes: Kundalatä! Well done, well

done! You don't know how angry Govardhana Malla became! Now
he is like a mountain of stones!

kundalatä: hadhé hadhé. bharuëòä caëòé caëòimänaà kuëadi.

hadhi—fie!; hadhi—fie!; bharunda—Bharunda; candi—angry;

candimanam—angry; kunadi—makes.

Kundalatä: To hell with her! Angry Bharuëòä has made

Govardhana Malla angry!

candrävalé: (sa-träsam) sahi pa-ume saddulivva gajjadi vuddhi-a. ta

avasappamha. (iti padmayä saha niñkräntä)

sa—with; trasam—fear; sahi—friend; pa-ume—Padmä; saddulivva—

like a tiger; gajjadi—growls; vuddhi-a—the old lady; ta—from this place;
avasappamha—let us slide away; iti— thus; padmäya—Padmä; saha—
with; niñkränta—exists.

Candrävalé: (With fear) Sakhi Padmä, the old lady growls like a
tigress. Let us slip away. (Exits with Padmä)

kundalatä: aham go-ulesarià anusarissam. (iti niñkräntä)

aham—I; go-ulessarim—to Yaçodä, the queen of Gokula;

anusarissam—I shall go; iti—thus; miskranta—exits.

Kundalatä: I will go to Yaçodä. (Exits)

kåñëaù: (puro gatvä sautsukyam)

manasy ayaà saumanasasya dhänvanas
tanoti taìkära-kadamba-sambhramam
anaìga-khelä-khuralé-viçåìkhalaù
skhalad-viçäkhä-kala-mekhalä-ravaù

kåñëaù puraù—ahead; gatvä—going; sa—with; autsukyam—

eagerness; manasi—in the heart; ayam—this; saumanasasya—of

•
18 •
flowers; dhanvanasù—with the bow; tanoti—does; taìkara—of the
sound of the bowstring; kadamba—abundance; sambhramam—like;
änanga—of Kamadeva; khela—pastimes; khurali—archery practice;
viçrìkhalaù—unrestrained; skhalat—falling; visakha—of Visakha;
kala—the sweet; mekhala—of the sash of bells at her waist; ravaù—the
sound.

Kåñëa: (Begins to walk. With longing He says) The sweet

tinkling of Viçäkhä's sash of bells is like a multitude of flower
arrows from Kämadeva's bow that unavoidably pierce my heart!

(savyato nibhalya) sakhe satyam äha kundalatä. yad adya rädhä-

mädhuryam api nänubhüyate. tad aham ambam eva sambhävayeyam.
(iti niñkräntaù.)

savyataù—from the left; nibhalya—glancing; sakhe—O friend;

kundalatä—Kundalatä; yat—because; adya—now; rädhä—of
Rädhäräëé; madhuryam—the sweetness; api—even; na—not;
anubhüyate—is perceived; tat—therefore; aham—I; ambam—mother;
eva—certainly; sambhävayeyam—respect; iti—thus; niñkräntaù—exits.

(Looking to His left) O friend, Kundalatä spoke the truth.

Candrävalé is not as sweet as Rädhä... My mother is coming. (He
exits)

(tataù praviçati paurëamäsé-gärgé-rohiëy-ädibhir ävåtä yaçodä)

yaçodä: hanta sahi rohiëi ëa jäëe kisa vilamba-i vaccha.

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; paurëamäsé—Paurëamäsé; gärgé—

Gärgé; rohini—and Rohini; adibhiù—beginning with; avrta—
accompanied; yaçodä—Yaçodä; hanta—indeed; sahi—O friend;
rohini—Rohini; na—not; jane—I know; kisa—why?; vilamba-i—is so
late; vaccha—my child.

(Yaçodä enters, accompanied by Paurëamäsé, Gärgé, Rohiëé and

others)
Yaçodä: O, sakhi Rohiëé, I don't know why my child is so late!

(praviçya) kundalatä: (sa-smitam) amba ma visida. so kkhu su-

vimaëahià ambaralambiëihià vinda-ara-ramaëihià hasida-puppha-
variseëa uvasijanto vilambadi.

•
19 •
 praviçya—enters; sa—with; smitam—a smile; amba—mother; ma—
do not; visida—be unhappy; so—He; khhu—certainly; su-vimanahim—
flying in airplanes; ambara-alambinihim—in the sky; vånda-ara-
ramanihim—by beautiful goddesses; hasida—smiling; puppha—of
flowers; varisena—with a shower; uvasijanto—worshiped; vilambadi—
is delayed.

Kundalatä: (Enters, and says with a smile) Dear mother, don't

be unhappy. Kåñëa is late because many beautiful demigoddesses
flying in airplanes in the sky worshiped Him with a shower of
smiles and flowers.

rohiëi: diööhaà ma-e tahià di-ahe doëaà kumäréëaà sonderaà

pekkhi-a vindara-a-sundaré-o accharä-o vi vimaccharä-o honti.

dittham—seen; ma-e—by me; tahim—on this; di-ahe—day;

donam—of two; kumarinam—girls; sonderam—the beauty; pekkhi-a—
seeing; vindara-a—the most; sundari-o—beautiful girls; accahara-o—
demigoddesses; vi—even; vimacchara-o—envious; honti—become.

Rohiëé: Today I saw two such beautiful girls that even the most
attractive demigodesses would envy them!

yaçodä: a-avadi candä-alé ëa-a-mäli-ä rähä mähavé a savva-o

maha äsä-o guëa-soraha-pureëa pure-i. tatthavi vaccho vi-a vacchä
lahu-i netta-bhiìgaà sondera-ma-arandena änande-i.

a-avadi—O noble lady; candä-alé—Candrävalé; na-a-mali-a—

Navamalika; raha—Rädhä; mahavi—Madhavi; a—and; savva-o—all;
maha—my; asa-o—hopes; guëa—of virtues; soraha—of the fragrance;
pureëa—by the flood; pure-i—fills; tatthavi—nevertheless; vaccho—
son; vi-a—as if; vaccha—daughter; laghvi—slender, young; netta—of
the eyes; bhingam—the bumble-bee; sondera—of beauty; ma-
arandera—with the honey; änande-i— delights.

Yaçodä: O noble lady, Candrävalé, Nava-mälikä, Rädhä and

Mädhavé fulfill all my desires with the great flood of their virtues,
but still, one boy and one slender young girl especially delight the
bumble-bees of my eyes with the honey of Their beauty!

•
20 •
 paurëamäsé: gokuleçvari sarveñäà gokula-väsinäm édåg eva
samudäcäraù.

gokula—of Gokula; éçvari—O queen; sarveñam—of all; gokula—of

Gokula; vasinam—the residents; idrk—like this; eva—certainly;
samudhacaraù—intention.

Paurëamäsé: O queen of Gokula, all the people in Gokula feel

the same!

gärgé: kundalade kisa tumhehià sadä g-ulesari-ghare rähé ëijja-i.

kundalade—O Kundalatä; kisa—why?; tumhehim—by you; sada—

always; go-ulesari—of the queen of Vrndavana; ghare—to the house;
rahi—Rädhäräëé; nijja-i—is brought.

Gärgé: O Kundalatä, why do you bring Rädhä to Yaçodä's house

again and again?

yaçodä: tä-e sakki-ä-ià vatthu-ià ubabhuïjaëo jaëo diha-u ho-i tti

duvvaseëa diëëa-varam

ta-e—by Her; sakki-a-im—expertly prepared; vatthu-im— substance;

ubabhuïjano—eating; jano—a person; diha-u—long-lived; ho-i—
becomes; tti—thus; duvvasena—by Durvasa Muni; dinna—granted;
varam—benediction; rahi-am—to Rädhäräëé; suni-a—after hearing; a-
aremi—I have arranged.

Yaçodä: Durväsä Muni gave Rädhä the benediction that

whoever ate Her expert cooking would live a long life. When I
heard this, I myself arranged that Rädhä always cook for my son.

paurëamäsé: gokuleçvari kåñëam äsaìkya jaöilä khidyate.

gokula—of Gokula; éçvari—O queen; kåñëam—Kåñëa; asaìkya—

fearing and suspecting; jaöilä—Jatila; khidyate—suffers.

Paurëamäsé: O queen of Gokula, Jaöilä is suspicious of Kåñëa.

yaçodä: thanandha-ammi vacche ko kkhu ta-e çaìka-e osaro.

•
21 •
 thananda-ammi—little boy; vacche—of the son; ko—what?; kkhu—
indeed; ta-e—by here; saìka-e—suspicion; osaro—occasion.

Yaçodä: What does she suspect my little boy of?

kundalatä: (nécaiù) saccaà cce-a thanandha-o ra-ulani-e putta-o;

jaà girindaà kandu-edi.

nicaiù—in a low voice; saccam—truth; cce-a—certainly; thanandha-

o—a little boy; ra-uläni—of the queen; putta-o—the son; jam—because;
girindam—Govardhana Hill; kandu-edi—lifted as if it were a toy ball.

Kundalatä: (In a low voice) It is true the queen's Yaçodä son is

a little boy. Still, He lifted Govardhana Hill as if it were a toy ball!

paurëamäsé: (dåñövä sa-harñam)

prathayan jagad-aëòa-maëòalé
mukuöärohaëäyogyatäm asau
sphurati vraja-räja-gehiné-
khani-janma purato hariëmaëiù

dåñöva—having seen; sa—with; harsam—joy; prathayan—

manifesting; jagat-aëòa—of the universes; maëòali—in the multitude;
mukuta—crowns; arohana—establishing; ayogyatam—
appropriateness; asau—He; sphurati—is manifested; vraja—of Vraja;
raja-gehini—of the queen; khäni—from the mine; janma— birth;
purataù—in the presence; harinmaniù—sapphire.

Paurëamäsé: (Seeing Kåñëa arrive, she happily says) He is the

sapphire born from the jewel-mine of Vraja's queen, and qualified
as the crown jewel of all universes!

(praviçya) kåñëaù: mätaù. unmarjaya säçruni locane. purastäd eño

'smi.

praviçya—enters; mataù—mother; unmarjaya—wipe; sa-açruni—

tear-filled; locane—eyes; purastat—present; eñah asmi—I am.

Kåñëa: (Enters) Mother, please wipe the tears from your eyes!
Here I am.

•
22 •
 rohiëé: (dépävalyä nirajya sanskåtena)
vinyasya vartmani gaväà nayane kathaïcin
nétäti-dérgha-divasottara-yäma-yugmam
hä vatsa vatsalataraà bhavad eka-bandhuà
sandhukñayasva jananém upagühanena

dipa-avalya—with a lamp and other articles of worship; nirajya—

offering arati; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; vinyasya—placing; vartmäni—
on the path; gavam—of the cows; nayane—eyes; kathancit—somehow;
nita—brought; ati—very; dirgha—long; divasa—day; uttara—last;
yama—of yamas (a period of three hours); yugmam—pair; ha—O;
vatsa—child; vatsalataram—most affectionate; bhavat—of You; eka—
the sole; bandhum—friend; sandhukñayasva—delight; jananim—Your
mother; upaguhanena—with an embrace.

Rohiëi: (Offers ärati with a lamp and other articles of worship,

and then says) Fixing her eyes on the cow-path, Your mother has
passed the last six hours of this very long day with great difficulty.
My child, she loves You dearly. Please her with an embrace.

kåñëaù: (mätur utsaìge uttamäìgam ädhäya) amba dehi me maëi-

maëòanam. (iti bälya-viläsaà prapaïcayati)

matuù—of His mother; utsaìge—embraces; uttamaìgam—His

head; adhaya—placing (on her chest); amba—mother; dehi—please
give; me—Me; mäni—jewelled; maëòanam—ornament; iti—thus;
balya—childhood; vilasam—pastime; prapaïcayati—manifests.

Kåñëa: (Embraces her) Mother, please give Me My jewel

ornament. (Kåñëa acts like a child.)

paurëamäsé:
niculita-giri-dhätu-sphéta-paträvalékä-
nakhila-surabhi-reëün kñälayadbhir yaçodä
kuca-kalasa-vimuktaiù sneha-mädhvéka-madhyais
tava navam abhiñekaà dugdha-püraiù karoti

niculita—covered; giri—from Govardhana Hill; dhatu—with mineral

pigments; sphita—large; patra—of designs; avalika—series; nakhila—
by the hooves; surabhi—of the surabhi cows; renun—the dust;
kñalayadbhiù—washing away; yaçodä—Yaçodä; kuca—of the breasts;

•
23 •
kalasa—of the waterpots; vimuktaiù—released; sneha—of love;
madhvika—madhvika nectar; madhyaiù—in the midst; tava—of You;
navam—new; abhisekam—bath; dugdha—of milk; puraiù—with a
stream; karoti—does.

Paurëamäsé: Now Yaçodä will bathe you with the milk mixed
with the mädhvéka nectar of her love pouring from the pitchers
of her breasts, and wash away from You the dust raised by the
surabhi cows' hooves and the pictures painted with mineral
pigments from the Govardhana Hill.

kundalatä: (sa-narma-smitam) kaëha pibehi rä-uläëé-e thaëëämi-

am. jaà kuduìge kuduìge bahuëäà keléëaà pasaìgeëa kilintosi.

sa—with; narma—playful joking; smitam—a smile; kanha—Kåñëa;

pibehi—You should drink ra-ulani-e—of the queen; thannami-am—the
nectar of the breasts; jam—because; kuduìge kuduìge—in the various
forest bowers; bahunam—of many; kelinam—of pastimes; pasaìgena—
with contact; kilintosi—You must be exhausted.

Kundalatä: (With a playful, joking smile) Kåñëa, You should

drink the nectar-milk from Yaçodä's breasts. After all, You must
be exhausted from enjoying many6 pastimes in the forest bowers.

yaçodä: vacche kisa hasasi. prekkha ajjavi komäraà ëa adikkantam.

ta ko kkhu doso thaëa-päëe.

vacche—O girl; kisa—why?; hasasi—are you smiling; prekkha—look;

ajjavi—now; komaram—childhood; na—not; adikkantam—passed;
ta—therefore; ko—what; kkhu—indeed; doso—fault; thana—of the milk
from the breast; pane—in drinking.

Yaçodä: My girl, why do you smile? Look! Kåñëa has not yet
passed His early childhood. What is the fault in His drinking my
breast-milk?

kundalatä: bha-avadi saccaà kadhedi rä-uläëé. jaà ajja eso

bäläëaà maëòaleëa mahä-räse kéladi.

6
“bahuëäà” (many) sounds identical to the word “vahuëäà” (with the young girls).

•
24 •
 bha-avadi—O noble lady; saccam—the truth; kadhedi—speaks; ra-
uläni—the queen; jam—because; ajja—now; eso—He; balanam—of
the young boys (or girls); maëòalena—with a circle; mahä-rasa—in the
great rasa-dance; kiladi—enjoys pastimes.

Kundalatä: Noble lady, the queen Yaçodä speaks the truth.

After all, just today Kåñëa has played the mahä-räsa pastime in the
circle of little-boys.7

yaçodä: bha-avadi ko kkhu mahä-räso ëäma. (kåñëaù säpatrapaà

bhrü-bhaìgena kundalatäm avalokate.)
paurëamäsé: (smitaà kåtvä) gopeçvari läsya-lélä-viçeñaù.

bha-avadi—O noble lady; ko—what?; kkhu—indeed; mahä-raso—

maha-rasa; nama—named; kåñëaù—Kåñëa; sa—with; apatrapam—
embarressment; bhru—of the eyebrows; bhaìgena—with knitting;
kundalatäm—at Kundalatä; alokate—glances; smitam—a smile; kåtvä—
manifesting; gopa—of the gopas; éçvari—O queen; lasya— of dances;
lila—pastimes; viseñaù—specific.

Yaçodä: Noble lady, what is this pastime named mahä-räsa?

(Embarrassed Kåñëa glances at Kundalatä with knitted eyebrows)
Paurëamäsé: (Smiling) O queen of the gopas, it is a kind of
dance.

kundalatä: (apavarya)
tinha-ula ca-ori
païjari-a-samjada ciraà jala-i
pa-aà vaïjula-kuïje
tarahisa pasarehi
(kåñëaù bhrü-samjïayä svékäraà naöayati.)

apavarya—concealing; tinha-ula—agitated with thirst; païjari-a—in

a cage; samjada—confined; ciram—for a long time; jala-i—burns with
suffering; pa-am—place; vaïjula—of asoka trees; kuïje—in the grove;
tarahisa—Lord of Tara star; bhru—of the eyebrows; samjïaya—with the
message; svikaram—acceptance; natayati—manifests dramatically.

7 The word "balänäm" may also be interpreted to mean "of the young girls". In the second
interpretation, the text reads: "After all, just today Kåñëa has enjoyed the mahä-räsa pastime
in the circle of the gopés."

•
25 •
 Kundalatä: (Concealing her actual intention with the following
words) A certain caged cakoré bird burns with thirst. O Lord of
Tärä star, You should meet her in the bower of açoka trees. (Kåñëa
moves His eyebrows in agreement.)8

(nepathye)
tvan-mukhendv-anavalokanodgata-
sphära-täpa-bhara-dhüpitätmanaù
ehi vatsa mama dehi çétalaà
kñipram adya parirambha-candanam

nepathye—from behind the scenes; tvat—of You; mukha—of the

face; indu—of the moon; anavalokana—from not seeing; udgata—
manifested; sphara—great; tapa—suffering; bhara—abundance;
dhupita—tormented; ätmanaù—self; ehi—come; vatsa—O child;
mama—to Me; dehi—please give; sitalam—cooling; kñipram—quickly;
adya—now; parirambha—of embraces; candanam—the sandalwood
paste.

A voice from behind the scenes: My heart is filled with great

suffering because I could not see the moon of Your face! O child,
quickly come here, and give Me the cooling sandalwood paste of
Your embrace!

kåñëaù: purastäd eña mad-bhävukam açaàsan nävukas tiñöhati. tad

enam änandayämi. (iti yaçodädibhir ävåto niñkräntaù)

purastat—in the presence; eñaù—he; mat—of Me; bhavukam—filled

with love; asaàsan—wishing; navukaù—father; tisthati—stands; tat—
therefore; enam—him; änandayami—I shall please; iti—thus; yaçodä—
with Yaçodä; adibhiù—with the others; avrtaù— accompanied;
niñkräntaù—exits.

Kåñëa: Here is My loving father. I must please him.

(Accompanied by Yaçodä and others, He exits)

kundalatä: (parikramya) diööhi-a väëéra-vane lalidä-e rähé äëé-adi.

8
Here Tärä is another name of Rädhä.

•
26 •
 parikramya—walking about; ditthi-a—by a good fortune; vanira—
of vanira trees; vane—in the grove; lalida-e—by Lalitä; rahi—Rädhäräëé;
ani-adi—is brought.

Kundalatä: (Walking about) By good fortune Lalitä has now

brought Rädhä to this grove of vänéra trees.

(tataù praviçati tathä-vidha rädhä.)

rädhä: hala lalide. pasaàsi-adu esä tu-e ubatthidä kkhaëada. ja-e
tumhäëaà kä vi suhäsä aìkuré-adi.

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; tathä-vidha—in that way; rädhä—

Rädhä; hala—O; lalide—Lalitä; pasaàsi-adu—should be praised; eña—
this; tu-e—by you; ubatthida—situated; khhanada—night; ja-e—by
which; tumhanam—of you; suha—of happiness; asa—the directions, or
desires; aìkuri-adi—causes to sprout.

(Then, as described, Rädhä enters)

Rädhä: O Lalitä, you should glorify this night, which makes
your desires for happiness sprout.

lalitä: raïjedi tti ra-aëé bhaëé-adi.

raïjedi—delights; tti—thus; ra-äni—the night; bhani-adi—is said.

Lalitä: It is a delightful night!

kundalatä: (upasåtya) lalide. ajja ra-aëé-muhe isi-hasideëa

kadakkha-kuvala-ena phudaà tumhehéà ëa accido kaëho.

upasrtya—approaching; lalide—O Lalitä; ajja—now; ra-äni-muhe—

shining face; isi—gentle; hasidena—with a smile; kadakkha—of
sidelong glances; kuvala-ena—with the night lotus flowers; phudam—
blossoming; tumhehim—by you; na—not; accido— worshiped;
kanho—Kåñëa.

Kundalatä: (Approaches) Lalitä, why don't you worship Kåñëa

with gentle smiles on your shining faces and blooming blue
lotuses of your side-long glances?

•
27 •
 rädhä: (sa-romaïcam) lalide ko kkhu kaëho tti suëé-adi. jeëa ke-
alaà kaëëasya cce-a adidhi-honteëa ummatti-kijjamhi.

sa—with; romaïcam—hairs standing; lalide—O Lalitä; ko—who?;

kkhu—indeed; kanho—Kåñëa; tti—thus; suni-adi—is heard; jena—by
whom; ke-alam—alone; kannasya—of the ear; cce— certainly; adidhi—
a guest; hontena—become; unmatti-kijjamhi— for becoming mad with
bliss.

Rädhä: (Her bodily hairs standing up in ecstasy) Lalitä, what is

this word "Kåñëa" I have heard? Having become a guest of My ears,
this word makes Me mad with bliss!

kundalatä: sahi eso lo-ottarassa vatthuëo nisaggo. jaà kkhu savvadä

ubabhuïjijjantaà vi abhütta-püvvaà jevva hodi.

sahi—O friend; eso—this; lo-ottarassa—extraordinary; vatthuno—of

the substance; nisaggo—nature; jam—which; kkhu—indeed; savvada—
always; ubabhuïjijjantam—tasted; vi—although; abhutta—as if never
tasted; puvvam—before; jevva—certainly; hodi—is.

Kundalatä: Sakhi, that is the nature of this extraordinary name.

Even though it is tasted again and again, it is always as if it was
never tasted before.

lalitä: kundalade na ke-alaà lo-ottarassa vatthuëo. kintu

gadhaëura-assa vi. jeëa ni-a-go-aro jaëo kkhaëe kkhaëe apüravo
apüravo karé-adi.

kundalade—O Kundalatä; na—not; ke-alam—only; lo-ottarassa—

extraordinary; vatthuno—of the substance; kintu—however; gadha—
deep; anura-assa—of love; vi—also; jena—by which; ni-a—own; go-
aro—field of perception; jano—a person; kkhane-khane—at every
moment; apuravo—unprecedented; kari-adi— is made.

Lalitä: Kundalatä, it is not only its extraordinary nature, but

also the deep love that makes this word newer and newer at every
moment!

rädhä: lalide adiënuttaro késa aëëaà bhanasi.

•
28 •
 lalide—O Lalitä; adinnuttaro—without receiving an answer; kisa—
what?; annam—further; bhanasi—will you say.

Rädhä: Lalitä, you did not answer My question.

lalitä:
navämbudhara-maëòalé-mada-vidambi-deha-dyutir
vrajendra-kula-naëòanaù sphurati ko 'pi navyo yuvä
sakhi sthira-pati-vrata-nikara-névi-bandhärgala-
cchidä-karaëa-kautuké jayati yasya vaàçé-dhvaniù

nava—fresh; ambudhara—of clouds; maëòali—of a host; mada—

the pride; vidambi—mocking; deha—of the body; dyutiù—the luster;
vraja—of Vraja; indra—of the king; kula—in the family; nandanaù—
the son; sphurati—blazing; kah api—a certain person; navyaù—a fresh;
yuva—youth; sakhi—O friend; sthira—steady; pati—of faithfulness to
the husband; vrata—in the vow; nikara—of the multitude of girls; nivi—
of the sashes; bandha—the tight knots; argala—the bolts; chida—
breaking; karaëa—to do; kautuki—eager; jayati—all glories; yasya—of
whom; vaàsi—of the flute; dhvaniù—the sound.

Lalitä: All glories to Nanda-nandana, the prince of Vraja, whose

bodily luster mocks the pride of the fresh rainclouds, who shines
with the beauty of fresh youth, and the sound of whose flute
eagerly unties the sashes of the most chaste girls faithfully
devoted to their husbands!

rädhä (säçram) kundalade avi ëäma imassa ekassa vi hada-ëettassa

maggaà kkhaëaà pi narohissadi so me dhaëëassa kaëëassa adidhé.

sa—with; açram—tears; kundalade—O Kundalatä; avi nama—how?;

imassa—of Him; ekassa—one; vi—even; hada—struck; nettassa—of the
eye; maggam—the path; kkhanam—for a moment; api—even; na—not;
arohissadi—has entered; so—He; me—of Me; dhannassa—fortunate;
kannassa—of the ear; adidhi—the guest.

Rädhä: (With tears) Kundalatä, how is it that even though He

has become a guest of My fortunate ears, this person has never
entered the path to My unfortunate eyes?

•
29 •
 kundalatä: a-i tiëhä-ule kallaà-padosarambhe visähä-e tumaà tiëä
saìgamidä si.

a-i—O; tinha—by thirst; a-ule—filled with; kallam—yesterday;

padosarambhe—evening; visaha-e—by Visakha; tumam—You; tina—
with Him; saìgamida—met; si—You became.

Kundalatä: O girl bewildered by amorous desires! You met Him

along with Viçäkhä at the beginning of last night!

rädhä: sähu sumarä-idaà pi-a-sahé-e. jaà ekka-varaà cce-a vijjuli-

ä-viläso vi-a so tumhäëaà go-ula-ju-a-rä-o ëetta-camatkkära-äri
samvutto imassa manda-bhä-iëo janassa.

sahu—well; sumara-idam—remembered; pia-sahi-e—by My dear

friend; jam—because; eka-varam—only once; cce-a—certainly; vijjuli-
a—as lighting; vilasaù—manifestation; vi-a—as; so—He; tumhanam—
of you; go-ula—of Gokula; ju-a-ra-o—the young prince; netta—of the
eyes; camakkara-ari—astonishing; samvutto—concealed; imassa—by
Him; manda-bha-ino—unfortunate; janassa—person.

Rädhä: My dear sakhi, it is good that you reminded Me of this,

because even suddenly appearing like a flash of lightning and
filling the eyes of this unfortunate person with wonder, the young
prince of Gokula immediately disappears!

(tataù praviçati kåñëah)

kåñëa:
kalaviìka-kalaà kalaìkayanté
lalitä-kaìkana-jhaìkåtir vareyam
mama cetasi vetasi-nikuïjaà
samaya saìgamayaà cakära rägam

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; kåñëaù—Kåñëa; kalaviìka—of

sparrows; kalam—the warbling; kalaìkayanti—rebuking; lalitä—of
Lalitä; kaìkana—of bracelets; jhnakåtiù—tiìkling; vara—excellent;
iyam—this; mama—of Me; cetasi—in the heart; vetasi—of cane;
nikuïjam—the grove; samaya—the occasion; saìgamayaà cakre—
causes to meet; raìgam—arena.

•
30 •
 Kåñëa: (Enters) The sweet tinkling of Lalitä's bracelets, which
shames the sparrow's singing, now lures My heart into this cane
grove!

(punar utkarëo bhavan sa-pulakam)

madhurima-laharébhiù stambhayaty ambare yä
smara-mada-sarasänäà särasänäà rutäni
iyam udayati rädhä-kiìkiné-jhaìkåtir me
hådi pariëamayanti vikriyä-dambaräëi

punaù—again; utkarnaù—listening with rapt attention; bhavan—

being so; sa—with; pulakam—hairs standing in ecstasy; madhurima—
of sweetness; laharibhiù—with waves; stambhayati—stuns; ambare—in
the sky; ya—who; smara—of amorous love; mada—of the happiness;
sa—with; rasanam—the nectar; sarasanam—of the sarasa birds
(cranes); rutäni—the warbling; iyam—this; udayati—rises; rädhä—of
Rädhä; kiìkini—of the aìkle-bells; jhaìkåtiù—the tinkling sound; me—
of Me; hådi—in the heart; parinamayati—causes transformation;
vikriya—agitation; dambraräni—multitudes.

(Kåñëa listens with rapt attention and His bodily hairs stand up
in ecstasy.) Stunning waves of sweet tinkling sounds of Rädhä's
ankle-bells silence the cooing of the sarasa birds maddened with
amorous passion and greatly agitate my heart!

rädhä: (sa-camatkäraà sanskåtena)

kula-varatanu-dharma-gräva-våndäni bhindan
sumukhi niçita-dérghäpäìga-öaìka-cchaöäbhiù
yugapad ayam apürvaù kaù puro viçva-karmä
marakata-maëi-lakñair goñöhä-kakñäà cinoti

sa—with; camaptkaram—astonishment; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit;

kula-varatanu—of the family women; dharma—in the form of
dedication to the husband, etc.; gräva-våndäni—the stones; bhindan—
splitting; sumukhi—O beautiful-faced one; niçita—sharp; dérgha-
apäìga—in the form of long outer corners of the eyes; öaìka-
chaöäbhiù—by chisels; yugapat—simultaneously; ayam—this;
apürvaù—unprecedented; kaù—who; puraù—in front; viçva-karmä—
creates everywhere; marakata-maëi-lakñaiù—with countless emeralds;
goçtha-kakñäm—a private room for meeting; cinoti—He is constructing.

•
31 •
 Rädhä: (Filled with wonder) O beautiful-faced one, who is this
incomparable person standing before us? With the sharp chisels
of His loving sidelong glances, He splits the hard stones of
women's devotion to their husbands, and at the same time, with
the luster of His body surpassing the brilliance of countless
emeralds, He creates secluded places for meeting!

lalitä: hala so eso de paraëa-ëädho.

hala—ah!; so eso—He; de—of You; paraëa—of the life; nadho—the

lord.

Lalitä: Ah, this is the lord of Your life!

rädhä: (sonmädaà punaù sanskåtena)

sa eña kim u gopikä-kumudiné-sudhädédhitiù
sa eña kiim u gokula-sphurita-yauva-räjyotsavaù
sa eña kim u man-manaù-pika-vinoda-puñpäkaraù
kåçodari dåçor dvayém amåta-vécibhiù siïcati

sa—with; unmadam—madness; punaù—again; sanskåtena—in

Sanskrit; saù eñaù—this; kim—wheter?; u—indeed; gopéka—of the gopés;
kumudini—of the lotus flowers; sudhadidhitiù—the nectar moon; saù
eñaù—this; kim—whether; u—indeed; gokula—in Gokula; sphurita—
manifested; yauva—of youthfulness; rajya—of the kingdom; utsavaù—
the festival; saù eñaù—this; kim—whether; u— indeed; mat—of Me;
manaù—of the mind; pika—for the cuckoo bird; vinoda—for pastimes;
puspa—of a flower; akaraù—in the form; krsa-udari—O slender-
waisted girl; dåçoù—of eyes; dvayim—pair; amåta—of nectar; vicibhiù—
with waves; siïcati—sprinkes.

Rädhä: (Becoming mad with love) Is this a nectar moon that

makes the lotus flowers of the gopés blossom with happiness? Is
this a regal festival of youthfulness appearing in Gokula? Is this a
flower garden to delight the cuckoo bird of My heart? O slender-
waisted girl, this person splashes My eyes with waves of nectar!

kåñëaù: (säçcaryam)
asakåd asakåd eñä kä camatkära-vidyä
mama rasa-laharébhis tarñam antas tanoti
viditam ahaha seyaà vyäyatäpaìga-lélä-

•
32 •
 madhurima-parivähä käpi kalyäëa-väpé

sa—with; ascaryam—astonishment; asakåt asakåt—again and again;

eña—this; ka—what?; camatkära—astonishment; vidya—knowledge;
mama—of me; rasa—of nectar; laharibhiù—with waves; tarsam—thirst;
antaù—in the heart; tanoti—gives; viditam—known; ahaha—Ah!; sa
iyam—this; vyayata—manifested; apaìga—of sidelong glances; lila—
pastimes; madhurima—sweetness; parivaha—stream; ka api—one;
kalyana—of virtues; vapi—lake.

Kåñëa: (Filled with wonder) What wonderful mystic power is

this? Again and again it inundates Me with waves of nectar, but
yet it creates a burning thirst within My heart! Ah, I know! This is
a lake of beauty that overflows with the streams of sweetness that
are these playful sidelong glances!

(punar nirüpya) kathaà satyam eva. tathä hi

yasyäà çaivala-maïjaré viracitäsaìgaà rathäìga-dvayaà
phullaà paìkaja-païcakaà ca bisayor yugmaà ca mülena tam
unmélaty ati-caïcalaà ca çapharé-dvandvaà vraje bhräjate
seyaà çuddhataränuräga-payasä pürëä puro dérghikä

punaù—again; nirupya—looking; katham—how is it?; satyam—true;

eva—certainly; tathä hi—furthermore; yasyam—in whom; saivala-
maïjari—saivala (aquatic plant) shoots; viracita—fashioned;
asaìgam—separated; rathaìga—of cakravaka birds; dvayam—pair;
phullam—blossoming; paìkaja—of lotus flowers; pacakam—group of
five; ca—also; bisayoù—of lotus stems; yugmam—pair; ca—also;
mulena—with root; tam—in it; unmilati—manifests; ati—very;
caïcalam—active; ca—also; saphari—of saphari fishes; dvandvam—
pair; vraje—in Vraja; bhrajate—are slendid manifest; sa iyam—this;
suddhatara—extremely pure; anuraga—of love; payasa—with the
waters; purna—filled; puraù—in front of Me; dirghika—lake.

(Again gazing at Rädhä) Is this really a lake? With it’s shoots of

the çaivala plants, two cakravaka birds, five lotus flowers, two
lotus stems with roots, a pair of restlessly moving çapharé fishes,

•
33 •
and clear water, this lake, manifested in Vraja, now stands before
Me!9

rädhä: halä ëa jäëe késa ghuëëidamhi. ta dehi me hatthavalambaà.

hala—ah!; na—not; jane—I understand; kisa—why?;

ghunnidamhi—I have become so dizzy; ta—therefore; dehi—please
give; me—to Me; hattha—of your hand; avalambam—the support.

Rädhä: Ah! I don't know why I have become so dizzy. Lalitä,

please hold Me up with your hand!

lalitä: sahi vésaddhä hohi. (iti rädhä-bhujaà skandhe nidadhäti.)

sahi—friend; visaddha—trusting; hohi—be; iti—thus; rädhä—of

Rädhä; bhumama—the arm; skandhe—on the shoulder; nidadhati—
places.

Lalitä: Sakhi, be steady. (She places Rädhä's arm on her

shoulder.)

kåñëaù: (sannidhäya)
samékñya tava rädhike vadana-bimbam udbhäsuraà
trapä-bhara-paréta-dhéù çrayitum asya tulya-çriyam
çaçé kila kåñé-bhavan suradhuné-taraìgokñitas
tapasyati kapardinaù sphuöa-jaöäöavém açritaù
(ity upasarpati)

sannidhaya—coming near; samikñya—seeing; tava—of You;

radhike—O Rädhä; vadana—of the face; bimbam—the circle;
udbhasuram—splendid; trapa—of shame; bhara—with an abundance;
parita—filled; dhiù—whose consciousness; çrayitum—to attain; asya—
with it; tulya—equal; çriyam—beauty; sasi—the moon; kila—indeed;
krsi—very thin; bhavan—becoming; suradhuni—of the celestial Ganges
River; taraìga—in the waves; ukñitaù— bathing; tapaçyati—performs
austerities; kapardinaù—of Lord Siva; sphuta-jata—of matted locks of

9 Here the çaivala plants symbolizes Rädhä’s hair; two cakravaka birds - Her breasts; five lotus
flowers - face, palms, and feet; two lotus stems with roots - Her arms and gentle fingers; a pair
of restlessly moving çapharé fishes - eyes; and clear water - Rädhä’s pure love for Kåñëa.

•
34 •
hair; atavim—in the forest; açritaù—taking shelter; iti—thus;
upasarpati—comes nearer.

Kåñëa: (Coming closer) Rädhä, embarrassed by seeing Your

splendid face, the moon has taken shelter in the forest of Lord
Siva's matted hair, where she repeatedly bathes in the waves of
celestial Ganges, and has become thin with austere fasting to
become as beautiful as Your face! (He approaches nearer.)

rädhä: (dåg-antenäbhisücya) lalide rakkhedi maà.

drk-antena—with a sidelong glance; abhisucya—signalling; lalide—

Lalitä; rakkhedi—protect; mam—me.

Rädhä: (Signaling with a sidelong glance) Lalitä, protect Me!

kåñëaù:
mélitaà mélitenayäà
vindan phullena phullatäm
apaìgenäti-kåñëena
kåñëas tava vaçé-kåtaù

militam—closed; militena—closed; ayam—this; vindam—finding;

phullena—blossomed; phullatam—the state of being blossomed;
apaìgena—with the sidelong glance; ati-kåñëena—very deep blue or
very attractive; kåñëaù—Kåñëa; tava—of You; vaçé-kåtaù— under the
dominion.

Kåñëa: When You close them, He closes also. Receiving this

blossom, He blossoms. Kåñëa is under the control of Your blue
sidelong glance!

rädhä: (sa-gadgadam) kundalade niväré-adau eso sundaruttaàso.

jaà guru-parähéëamhi manda-bhä-iëé.

sa—with; gadgadam—a choked up voice; kundalade—Kundalatä;

nivari-adu—should be stopped; eso—He; sundaruttaàso—the crest
jewel of handsome men; jam—because; guru—to My superiors;
parahinamhi—I am subordinate; manda-bha-ini—unfortunate.

•
35 •
 Rädhä: (With a choked up voice) Kundalatä, stop this crest
jewel of handsome youths! I am only an unfortunate girl under
the dominion of My elders!

(praviçya) jaöilä: are mahä-mohana dhamma-maggädo päòidaà tu-

e savvaà cce-a go-ula-bälä-ulaà ke-alaà maha putta-puëëeëa
vahudi-a urvvaridatthi. ta ëäma-gahaëassa vi ekkaà rakkhehi.
(iti rädhäm ädäya dväbhyäà saha niñkräntä.)

praviçya—entering; are—O; mahä—great; mohana—bewilderer;

dhamma—of religion; maggado—from the path; padidam—made to
fall; tu-e—by You; savvam—all; cce-a—indeed; go-ula—of Gokula;
bala-ulam—the young girls; ke-alam—only; mahä—my; putta—son;
punnena—pure; vahudi-a—the young bride; urvvaridatthi—is saved;
ta—therefore; nama—of the name; gahanassa—of the speaking; vi—
even; ekkam—one; rakkhehi— pleases rescue; iti—thus; rädhäm—
Rädhä; ädäya—taking; dväbhyäm—with both girls; niñkränta—exits.

Jaöilä: (Enters) O great enchanter! You have made all the young
girls of Gokula fall from the path of religion! Only my son's pious
wife has escaped from You! Spare us from having even once to
say Your name!
(Taking Rädhä and the other two girls with her, she exits.)

kåñëa: prasthitä priyä. tad ahaà gaväà sambhälanäya prayäva.

(iti niñkräntäù sarve)

prasthita—gone away; priya—My beloved; tat—then; aham—I;

gavam—of the cows; sambhalanaya—to see; prayava—let us go; iti—
thus; niñkräntaù—exit; sarve—all.

Kåñëa: My beloved has gone... Let go take care of the cows.

(They all exit.)

•
36 •
 Sürya-püjä and killing Çaìkhacüòa

(tataù praviçati yathä-nirdiñöä rädhä.)

rädhä: (svagatam) hi-a-a ma uttamma. ettha dugghadaà de pi-a-
pekkhaëaà.

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; yathä—as; nirdiñöa—indicated;

rädhä—Rädhä; svagatam—aside; hi-a-a—O heart; ma—do not;
uttamma—become anxious; ettha—here; dugghadam—difficult; de—of
you; pi-a—of the beloved; pekkhanam—the sight.

(Rädhä enters.)
Rädhä: (Aside) O heart, don't be upset. It is very difficult to see
your beloved.

kundalatä: rähi maìgaleëa saìgave cce-a saìgadäsi.

rähi—O Rädhä; maìgalena—with auspiciousness; saìgave—in the

milking time; cce-a—certainly; saìgadasi—You have met.

Kundalatä: O Rädhä, it is certainly very auspicious that You

have met us this morning.

jaöilä: (sa-roñam) cabale-rähi rähi tti ma phuòaà bhäëahi. suëi-a

kaëho ä-amissadi.

sa—with; roñam—anger; cabale—O inconstant girl; rähi—Rädhä;

rähi—Rädhä; tti—thus; ma—do not; phudam—clearly; bhanahi—say;
suni-a—having heard; kanho—Kåñëa; a-amissadi—is coming.

Jaöilä: (Angrily) O restless girl, do not say "Rädhä, Rädhä"! If

Kåñëa hears you, he will come running here immediately!

lalitä: (sa-smitam) sähu bhaëädi ajjä.

sa—with; smitam—a smile; sahu—well; bhanadi—said; ajja— O

noble lady.

Lalitä: (With a smile) Well said, noble lady!

•
37 •
 jaöilä: lalide sura-maëòabaà lebiduà aggado jämi. (iti
parikramati.)

lalide—O Lalitä; sura—of the sun-god; madabam-lebidum—to

annoint; aggado—ahead; jami—I shall go; iti—thus; parikramati—
walkñ ahead.

Jaöilä: Lalitä, I will go ahead to anoint the sun-god's temple.

(She walks ahead.)

rädhä: kundalade abi ëäma jänäsi. so amhadisénäà dullaha-

daàsano. tumha de-aro kahià nivasedi. kahià va kiladi tti.

kundalade—O Kundalatä; api nama—perhaps; janasi—you know;

so—He; amadisénäm—of for girls like Me; dullaha—difficult;
daàsano—to see; tumha—your; de-aro—brother-in-law (Kåñëa);
kahim—where?; nivasedi—stays; kahim—where?; va—or; kiladi—
plays; tti—thus.

Rädhä: Kundalatä, do you know where your cousin, who is

very difficult for girls like Me to ever see, is now staying, or where
He is enjoying pastimes?

kundalatä: a-i loluhe rattindinaà jevva tiëä samaà ramasi. tahabi

evvaà ukkaëöhäsi.

a-i—O; loluhe—greedy girl; rattandinam—day and night; jevva—

certainly; tina—Him; samam—with; ramasi—You enjoy pastimes;
tahabi—still; evvam—in this way; ukkanthasi—You long.

Kundalatä: O greedy girl, day and night You enjoy pastimes

with Him, and still You are full of longing!

rädhä: halä alaà imiëä ubähasena. dhaëëä-o kkhu tumhe jähià

aëi-äridaà acchi-puòä-ià bhari-a uëa uëa so accari-o-ami-a-puro pé-
adi. akida-puëëa-lesäëaà uëa amhäëaà suniduà pi sudullaho eso.

hala—ah!; alam—enough; imina—with these; ubahasena—jokes;

dhanna—fortunate; kkhu—indeed; tumhe—you; jahim—by whom;
ani-aridam—without impediment; acchi—of the eyes; puda-im—the
openings; bhari-a—grasping; una—again; una—and again; do—He;

•
38 •
accari-o—wonderful; ami-a—of nectar; puro—flood; pi-adi—is drunk;
akida—not performed; punna—of pious deeds; lesanam—of fractions;
una—again; amhanam—of us; sunidum—to hear; pi—even;
sudullaho—unreachable; eso—He.

Rädhä: Enough with these jokes! You are all very fortunate
because you are able, without any stopping, again and again to
drink with your eyes the wonderful flood of nectar that is Kåñëa!
Because I have not performed even the slightest trace of any pious
activity, it is very difficult for Me to even hear about Him!

kundalatä: rähe eso jevva ami-a-sä-are nimaggäëaà tiëhä-vaho

vähäro.

rähe—O Rädhä; eso—He; jevva—certainly; ami-a—of nectar; sa-

are—in the ocean; nimagganam—of those immersed; tinha-vaho—
thirst; vaharo—joking words.

Kundalatä: Rädhä, Your words are like the thirst of those who
are drowning in an ocean of nectar!

rädhä: a-i para-dukkhan ahiëëe ekkaà saccaà bhaëahi. abi ëäma

so kkhu dhaëëo muhutto ghadissadi. jahià sibinebi tassa kkhaëa-
daàsana-laha-sambhavana me sulaha huvissadi. adhavä kià dullahe
atthe lalasä-e. kundalade paséda paséda. anukampehi anukampehi. ajjä
sa kkhu samalä jena péda. taà jevva puëëavantaà appaëo vama-lo-
anaïcalaà ettha khinne manda-bhä-iné jäëe kkhaëaà appehi.

a-i—O; para—of others; dukkha—the sufferings; anahinne—

unaware; ekkam—one; saccam—truth; bhanahi—please say; abi
nama—perhaps; so—He; kkhu—indeed; dhanno—fortunate;
muhutto— for a moment; ghadissadi—will be; jahim—in which;
sibinebi— dream; tassa—of Him; kkhana—for a moment; daàsana—
sight; laha—attainment; sambhavana—possibility; me—of Me; sulaha—
easily obtained; huvissadi—will be; adhava—or; kim—what is the use?;
dullahe—for that which is impossible to obtain; atthe—for the object;
lalasa-e—of longing; kundalade—O Kundalatä; pasida—be kind;
pasida—be kind; anukampehi—be merciful; anukampehi—be merciful;
ajja—today; sa—that; kkhu—indeed; samala—beautiful; komudi—
moonlight; jena—by whom; pida—is drunk; tam—Him; jevva—
certainly; punnavantam—virtous; appano—personally; vama—

•
39 •
charming; lo-ana—of the eyes; aïcalaà—corners; ettha—this;
khinne—unhappy; manda-bha-ini—unfortunate; jane—person;
kkhanam—for a moment; appehi—please place.

Rädhä: O girl who cannot understand the sufferings of others!

This one time tell me the truth: is it not an fortunate moment,
when I am able to see Kåñëa in a dream even for a moment? What
is the use of longing for the unattainable? O Kundalatä, be kind!
Be kind! Place on this unhappy, unfortunate person, a sidelong
glance from the same left eye You used to drink the nectar
moonlight of Kåñëa!

kundalatä: (säbhyasüyam ivälokya) alaà para-purisse gijjhantihià

tumhehià saha va-a-e bi sammisanena. (iti dhävanti jaöiläà upetya)
ajje kadhaà padhaà bamhäëaà na maggesi. jo kkhu suraà pu-ava-
issadi.
sa—with; abhyasuyam—jealousy; iva—as if; avalokya— glancing;
alam—what is the use?; para—supreme; purisse—for the male;
gijjhantihim—longing; tumhehim—by You; saha—with; va-a-e—with
words; smmisanena—mixed; iti—thus; dhavanti—running; jaöiläm—
Jaöilä; upetya—approaching; ajje—O noble lady; kadham—why?;
padham—first; bamhanam—a brähmaëa; na—not; maggesi—do you
find; jo—who; kkhu—indeed; sura—the sun-god; pu-ava-issadi—will
worship.

Kundalatä: (Glancing as if angry) What is the use of talking to

You, a girl chasing another man? (She runs ahead and approaches
Jaöilä) Noble lady, why did you not arrange in advance for a
brähmaëa to perform the worship ceremony of the sun-god?

jaöilä: vacche saccaà kahesi ta paséda anehi ekkaà vi-akkhaëaà

bamhaëaà.

vacche—O child; saccam—the truth; kahesi—you speak; ta—

therefore; pasida—please be kind; anehi—please bring; ekkam—oen;
vi-akkhanam—expert; bamhanam—brähmaëa.

Jaöilä: Child, you speak what is right. Please be kind and fetch
one such expert brähmaëa.

kundalatä: jadha bhaëadi ajjä. (iti niñkräntä)

•
40 •
 yathä—as; bhanadi—speaks; ajja—the noble lady; iti—thus;
niñkräntä—exits.

Kundalatä: As the noble lady says, so I shall act. (She exits.)

lalitä: halä rähi pekkha lebidaà ajja-e maëòabaà. ta vandehi bha-

avantaà suraà.

hala—O; rähi—Rädhä; pekkha—look!; lebidam—anointed; ajja-e—

by the noble lady; madabam—the temple; ta—therefore; vandehi—you
should bow down; bha-avantam—to the lord; suram— the sun-god.

Lalitä: Rädhä, look! The noble lady has anointed the temple.
Bow down before the deity of the sun-god.

rädhä: (süryaà praëamya) de-a dekkhavehi ahiööham

suryam—to the sun-god; praëamya—bowing down; de-a—O lord;

dekkhavehi—please show; ahittham—desire.

Rädhä: (Bowing down to the deity of the sun-god) O lord,

please grant My desire!

(tataù praviçati madumaìgala-kundalatäbhyäm

anugamyamänovipra-veçaù kåñëaù.)
kåñëaù: (puro rädhäà paçyam apavarya)
vihära-sura-dérghikä mama manaù-karéndrasya yä
vilocana-cakorayoù çarad-amanda-candra-prabhä
uro 'mbara-taöasya cäbharaëa-cäru-tärävalé
mayonnata-manorathair iyam alambhi sä rädhikä

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; madhumaìgala—by

Madhumaìgala; kundalatäbhyam—and Kundalatä; anugamyamana—
followed; vipra—of a brähmaëa; veçaù—in the dress; kåñëaù— Kåñëa;
apavarya—concealing; vihära-sura-dérghikä—the Ganges flowing in
the heavenly planets; mama—My; manaù-kari-indrasya— of the
elephant-like mind; yä—She who; vilocana—glancing; cakorayoù—of
My two eyes, which are like cakora birds;çarat-amanda-candra-
prabhä—like the shine of the full moon in the autumn; uraù—of My
chest; ambara—like the sky; taöasya—on the edge; ca—also;

•
41 •
äbharaëa—ornaments; cäru—beautiful; tärä-ävali—like the stars;
mayä—by Me; unnata—great; manorathaiù—desire; iyam—this;
alambhi— attained; sä—She; rädhikä—Rädhä.

(Dressed as a brähmaëa, and followed by Madhumaìgala and

Kundalatä, Kåñëa enters.)
Kåñëa: (Secretly glances at Rädhä) Rädhikä is the Ganges in
which the elephant of My mind enjoys pastimes. She is the
shining of the full autumn moon for the cakora birds of My eyes.
She is the beautiful ornament of stars on the sky of My chest.
Today my greatest desire to attain Rädhä has finally come true!

rädhä: (dürataù kåñëam éñad älokya janäntikaà sanskåtena)

sahacari nirätaìkaù ko 'yaà yuvä mudira-dytir
vraja-bhuvi kutaù präpto mädyan mataìgaja-vibhramaù
ahaha caöulair utsarpadbhir dåg-aëcala-taskarair
mama dhåti-dhanaà cetaù-koçäd viluëöhayatéha yaù

durataù—from a distance; kåñëam—Kåñëa; isat—slightly; alokya—

seeing; jana—person; antikam—near; sanskåtena—is Sanskrit; saha-
cari—O My dear friend; nirätaìkaù—without fear; kaù—who; ayam—
this; yuvä—youth; mudira-dyutiù—as effulgent as a lightning cloud;
vraja-bhuvi—in the land of Vraja, Våndävana; kutaù—from where;
präptaù—obtained; mädyan—being intoxicated; mataìgaja—like an
elephant; vibhramaù—graceful; ahaha—alas; caöulaiù—very unsteady;
utsarpadbhiù—with wanderings in all directions; dåk-aëcala-
taskaraiù—by the glances of His eyes like thieves; mama—My; dhåti-
dhanam—the treasure of My patience; cetaù—of the heart; koçät—from
the core; viluëöhayati—plunders; iha—here; yaù—the person who.

Rädhä: (From afar briefly glancing at Kåñëa, She whispers:) My

dear sakhi, who is this fearless youth? He is as bright as a
lightning cloud and graceful like a maddened elephant! From
where has He come to Våndävana? Ah! His restless glances are
thieves who steal the treasure of my patience from the vault of
my heart!

(punar avekñya) haddhé haddhé pamädo pamädo lalide pekkha

pekkha ëäà bamha-äriëaà daööhuëa vikkhuhidaà me hada-hi-a-am.
ta imassa maha-pabassa aggi-ppaveso jevva para-acittam.

•
42 •
 punaù—again; avekñya—looking; haddhi—fie!; haddhi— fie!;
pamado—madness; pamado—madness; lalide—Lalitä; pekkha— look!;
pekkha—look!; nam—at this; bamha-arinam—brahmacäré; datthuna—
having seen; vikkhuhidam—agitated; me—My; hada—wounded; hi-a-
am—heart; ta—therefore; imassa—of this; maha—great; pabassa—sin;
aggi—in the fire; ppaveso—entrance; jevva—certainly; para-acittam—
atonement.

(Looking again) Ah! Ah! I've become mad! Lalitä! Look! When I
see this brahmacäré, I become agitated and My heart trembles. The
atonement for this great sin is to enter a blazing fire!

lalitä: halä saccaà kadhesi. ta ëüëaà savaëëattaëaà bhamedi.

hala—O; saccam—the truth; kadhesi—You speak; ta—therefore;

nunam—is it not; savannattanam—being of the same caste;
bhramayati—causing a mistake.

Lalitä: Ah! You speak the truth. His complexion is like Kåñëa's.
That has bewildered You.

rädhä: (punar nibhalya sanskåtena)

sahacari harir eña brahma-veçaà prapannaù
kim ayam itarathä me vidravaty antarätmä
çaçadhara-maëi-vedé sveda-dhäräà prasüte
na kila kusuma-bandhoù kaumudém antareëa

punaù—again; nibhalya—looking; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit;

sahacari—O friend; hariù—Kåñëa; esaù—this; brahama—of a
brähmaëa; veçam—the disguise; prapannaù—has attained; kim— what?;
ayam—this; itaratha—otherwise; me—of me; vidravati— melts with
love; antarätma—heart; çaçadhara—in the moonlight; maëi-vedim—a
courtyard of candrakanta jewels; sveda—of liquid; dharam—a stream;
prasute—produces; na—not; kila—indeed; kusuma-bandhoù—of the
moon, the friend of the flowers; kaumudim—the effulgence; antareëa—
without.

Rädhä: (Looking again) Sakhi, this person must be Hari

disguised as a brähmaëa. Otherwise why would My heart melt
with love? Only moonlight, and nothing else, makes candrakänta
jewels melt.

•
43 •
 viçäkhä: halä mahuraà mantesi mähavo cce-a eso.

hala—O; mahuram—sweetly; mantesi—you advice; mahavo—

Mädhava; cce-a—certainly; eso—He is.

Viçäkhä: Ah! How sweet! You are right, this is Kåñëa.

kundalatä: ajje jaòile edaà satthahiëëaà pekkha bamhaëa-ju-

alaà.

ajja—O noble lady; jadile—Jaöilä; edam—this; sattha—in the

scriptures; ahinnam—indeed; pekkha—look; bamhana—of brähmaëas;
ju-alam—a pair.

Kundalatä: Noble Jaöilä, look! Here are two brähmaëas learned

in the scriptures.

madhumaìgalaù: jaòile süra-pü-ä-vihäëe vi-addhomhi. tä ubaëehi

paòhaà khaëòa-laòòu-a-im.

jadile—O Jaöilä; sura—of the sun-god; pu-a—of the worship;

vihane—in the performance; vi-addhomhi—I am expert; ta—therefore;
ubanehi—you must bring; khanda-laddu-a-im—sweet laddu candies.

Madhumaìgala: O Jaöilä, I am expert in the worship of the sun-

god. First, however, you must give me laòòu candies.

jaöilä: are caëcala-bamhaëa tumaà kaëhassa saha-arosi. tä ido

abehi. eso cce-a somma-sämala-pa-idi vadu-o pü-ava-issadi vahu-aà.

are—O; caïcala—fickle; bamhana—brähmaëa; tumam—you;

kanhassa—of Kåñëa; saha-arosi—are the friend; ta—therefore; ido—
from here; abehi—please go; eso—He; cce-a—certainly; somma—
handsome; samala—dark-complexioned; pa-idi—by nature; vadu-o—
brahmacäré; pu-ava-issadi—will engage in worship; vahu-am—the girl.

Jaöilä: O fickle brähmaëa, you are Kåñëa's friend! Go away! This

handsome, dark-complexioned boy will direct the girl's worship.

•
44 •
 kåñëaù: hanta jarad-abhéré tasya räja-pure çrüyamänasya durlélasya
gopa-räja-sünor eva kià baöuko 'yaà sakhä. tad yuktaà asya
niñkäçanam.

hanta—O; jarat—elderly; abhiri—gopé; tasya—of Him; raja—of the

king; pure—in the city; çruyamanasya—heard; dur—bad; durlilasya—
who has pastimes; gopa—of the gopas; raja—of the king; sunoù—of the
son; eva—certainly; kim—is?; batukaù—brahmacäré; ayam—this;
sakha—the friend; tat—therefore; yuktam—proper; asya—of him;
niñkaaçana—driven away.

Kåñëa: O elderly gopé, this lusty son of Vraja's king is well

known in the city. How is it possible for a brahmacäré to be His
friend? It will be right to drive this Kåñëa out of here.

jaöilä: ajja sigghaà agghavehi mihiraà.

ajja—O noble lad; siggham—at once; agghavehi—offer arghya;

mihiram—to the sun-god.

Jaöilä: O noble boy, please begin the ceremony now and offer
arghya-water to the sun-god.

kåñëaù: (rädhäm apaìgenäliìgya) kalyäëi kià nämny asi.

rädhäm—Rädhä; apaìgena—with a sidelong glance; äliìgya—

embracing; kalyani—O auspicious, beautiful girl; kim—what; namni—
name; asi—You are.

Kåñëa: (Embracing Rädhä with a sidelong glance) O auspicious

girl, what is Your name?

jaöilä: (kåñëasya karëe) evvaà ëedam.

kåñëasya—of Kåñëa; karne—in the ear; evvam—in this way; nedam—

not.

Jaöilä: (In Kåñëa's ear) Don't talk in this way!

kåñëaù: (sädbhutam iva) hanta saiva khalv iyaà puëyavaté. tarhi

viçrutam asyäù pätivratyam.

•
45 •
 sa—with; adbhutam—astonishment; iva—as if; hanta—indeed; sa—
She; eva—certainly; khalu—indeed; iyam—She; punyavati—virtuous;
tarhi—therefore; viçrutam—celebrated; asyäù—of Her; pativratyam—
chaste devotion to Her husband.

Kåñëa: (As if surprised) O, She is certainly very pious! Her

chaste devotion to Her husband is famous.

jaöilä: ekka-e maha vahu-di-a-e jevva rakkhida go-ulassa kitti.

ekkha-e—alone; maha—my; vahu-di-a-e—girl; jevva—certainly;
rakkhida—is protected; go-ulassa—of Gokula; kitti—the good fame.

Jaöilä: The good reputation of Gokula is protected by my girl

alone!

kåñëaù: pativrate tämra-kuëòéà gåhäëa mantram udäharämi.

(rädhä sotkampaà tathä karoti.)

pativrate—O chaste girl; tamra—a copper; kundim—cup; grhana—

take; mantram—a mantra; udaharami—I shall speak; rädhä—Rädhä;
sa—with; utkampam—trembling; tathä—in that way; karoti—acts.

Kåñëa: O chaste girl, take a copper bowl, and I shall chant a

mantra. (Rädhä trembles as She follows the instruction.)

kåñëaù:
nibhåtam arati-puïja-bhäji rädhe
tvad-adhara-vardhita-cäpäle caläkñi
caöulaya kuöiläà dåg-anta-lakñmém
ayi kåpaëe kñaëam oà namaù savitre

nibhåtam—humbly; arati-puïja-bhaji—worshipable; radhe—I

worship; tvat—you; adhara—beneath; vardhita—increased; capale—
activity; cala—moving; akñi—eye; catulaya—please grant; kutilam—
bent; drk—of the eye; anta—from the corner; lakñmin—the opulence;
ayi—O; krpane—to this poor person; kñaëam—for a moment; om—om;
namaù—I offer obeisances; savitre—to the sun-god.

Kåñëa: O worshipable sun-god, I offer my respectful

obeisances to you! O moving eye that nourishes those beneath

•
46 •
you, please grant the treasure of your bending sidelong glance to
this poor person!
Or: "O Rädhä whom I worship in a secluded place, O girl whose
eyes are restless, O girl whose lips make Me agitated with desires,
please grant the treasure of Your sidelong glance to this poor
person! O Rädhä splendid as the sun, I offer My respectful
obeisances to You!"10

jaöilä: kundalade assuda-puvva eña kerisi rica badu-ena padhijja-i.

kundalade—O Kundalatä; assuda—unheard; puvva—before; esa—

this; kerisi—what kind?; rica—mantra; badu-ena—by this brahmacäré;
padhijja-i—is recited.

Jaöilä: Kundalatä, what did this brahmacäré recite? I have never

heard such a mantra!

madhumaìgalaù: (sätta-häsam) vuddhi-e ahiri-buddhi-a tumaà

réri-gétaà cce-a jäëäsi. amha-ve-assa tumaà käsi. tä sunahi
kosumesavi-e saha-e ta-i-a-vaggassa lalaëä-suha-aré ricä esä.

sa—with; atta—loud; hasam—laughter; vuddhi-e—O elderly lady;

ahiri—among the gopés; buddhi-e—intellingent; tumam—you; riri-
gitam—the riri songs; cce-a—certainly; janasi—you know; ahma—of
us; ve-assa—of the Veda; tumam—you; kasi—what know?; ta—this;
sunahi—hear; kosumesavi-e saha-e—of the Kausumesavi-sakha; ta-i-
a—the third; vaggassa—chapter; lalana—to young girls; suha—
auspiciousness; ari—bringing; rica—mantra; esa— this.

Madhumaìgala: (Laughing loudly) O elderly lady considered

intellingent among the cowherd women, you may know about the
réré-songs of the cowherds, but what do you know about our
Vedas? Listen. This mantra, which brings auspiciousness to young
girls, is found in the Third Chapter of the Kausumeñavé-çäkhä of
the Vedas!11

(sarvä smitaà kurvanti.)

10
If the word "nibhåtam" is interpreted to mean "in a secluded place", "rädhe" is interpreted
to mean "O Rädhä", "adhara" to mean "lips" and "capale" to mean "restless yearnings".
11 Kusumeñu is a name of Kämadeva. "Kausumeñavé-çäkhä" may be interpreted to mean

"Kämadeva's scripture of amorous pastimes".

•
47 •
 jaöilä: (sa-lajjam) hodu. suööhu pu-avehi. putta-o me go-kodisaro
hodu.

sarvaù—everyone; smitam—smiling; kurvanti—does; sa—with;

lajja—embarrassment; hodu—so be it; sutthu—nicely; pu-avehi—
please worship; putta-o—son; me—my; go—of cows; kodi—of millions;
isaro—the master; hodu—may become.

(Everyone smiles.)
Jaöilä: (Embarrassed) So be it. Please nicely worship the sun-
god so that my son may become master of million of cows.

kåñëaù:
arcitärcädhunä dhanye
tvaà arghyaà kuru bhävataù
ambarodbhäsine gäòhä
mudä räjéva-bandhave
(rädhä sambhramaà naöayati.)

arcita—worshipped; arca—the diety; adhuna—now; dhanye—O

fortunate girl; tvam—You; arghyam—arghya; kuru—please do;
bhavataù—of You; ambara—in the sky; udbhasine—shining; gadha—
with deep; muda—happiness; rajéva-bandhave—to the sun-god, the
friend of the lotus-flowers; rädhä—Rädhä; sambhramam—reverence;
natayati—acts out.

Kåñëa: O fortunate girl, now that You have worshipped the

deity, You should offer arghya to the sun-planet shinning in the
sky. (Rädhä reverentially offers water.)
Or: "O fortunate girl, now that You have worshiped the deity,
You may worship Your noble life's friend, who stands before You
dressed in splendid garments."12

kundalatä: (sanskåtena)
samprati kanyä-räçer
upabhogaà kurvate puraù-sthäya
miträya citram arghyaà
kuru su-smita-puëòarékena

12
If the word "ambara" is interpreted to mean "garments", and if "gäòha-mudä räjéva-
bandhave" is divided "gäòham udära-jéva-bandhave".

•
48 •
 (rädhä dåg-antena harià paçyati.)

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; samprati—now; kanya-raseù—of the sign of

the zodiac named Virgo; upabhogam—staying in the same place;
kurvate—does; purah-sthaya—in the presence; mitraya—to the sun;
citram—wonderful; arghyam—arghya; kuru—please do; su—
beautifully; smita—blossomed; pundarikena—with a white lotus flower;
rädhä—Rädhä; drk—of the eyes; antena—with the corner; harim— at
Kåñëa; paçyati—looks.

Kundalatä: The sun is now in the sign Virgo. Now You should
offer him wonderful arghya-water with a beautiful blossoming
white lotus flower.
Or: "Your friend, who is expert at enjoying with many young
girls now stands before You. Now You should offer Him the
beautiful white lotus flower of Your precious smile."13
(Rädhä glances at Kåñëa from the corner of Her eye.)

kåñëaù:
savituù samäptim äptaù
püjä-vidhir eña suñöhu kalyäëi
iñöaà nandaya devaà
sa-räga-sumano-varäïjalinä
(rädhä bandhüka-kusumäïjalià kñipati.)

savituù—of the sun-god; samaptim—completion; aptaù—attained;

puïja—of worship; vidhiù—the regulation; esaù—this; suñöhu—nicely;
kalyani—O auspicious girl; iñöam—worshippable; nandaya—please
make happy; devam—the diety; sa-raga—red; sumanaù—flowers;
vara—nice; aïjalina—with folded hands; rädhä—Rädhä; bandhuka—
of bandhuka; kusuma—of flowers; aïjalim—a handful; kñipati—offers.

Kåñëa: O auspicious girl, the worship of the sun-god has ended

well. Now You should please Your worshipable deity by offering
him a handful of red flowers.
Or: "O fortunate girl, the worship of Your friend, who
illuminates the whole world, has ended well. Now You should

13
If the word "kanyä" is interpreted to mean "young girls", "räçeù" to mean "of a multitude",
"upabhogam" "enjoyment", "miträya" "friend", "arghya" "valuable", and "smita" "smile".

•
49 •
please Your playful friend by offering Him Your beautiful mind
filled with love!"14
(Rädhä offers a handful of bandhüka flowers.)

madhumaìgalaù: jaòile mitthaà pakkaëëaà dakkhiëä dijja-u.

amhe acchiddaà väharemha.

jadile—O Jaöilä; mittham—sweet; pakka—cooked; annam—food;

dakkhina—priestly remuneration; dijja-u—should be given; amhe—we;
acchiddam—without fault; vaharemha—speak.

Madhumaìgala: O Jaöilä, sweet candies cooked in ghee should

now be given as an offering to the priests. We have carefully
recited the mantras without any mistakes!

kåñëaù: are pätresamita vacata baöo. tiñöha. gokula-väsinäà maitré-

läbha eva me dakñiëä.

are—O; patre-samita—voracious parasite; vacata—talkative; bato—

brahmacäré; tiñöha—stop; gokula—of Gokula; vasinam—of the residents;
maitri—of the friendship; labhaù—the attainment; eva—alone; me—for
Me; dakñiëa—priestly remuneration.

Kåñëa: O hungry, talkative brahmacäré, stop! The friendship of

the residents of Gokula is sufficient payment for Me.

jaöilä: (sa-harñam) bho baöu-ra-a maha gharaà sama-accha. tattha

éattha-bho-aëaà bamhaëaëaà bhuïjavi-a maëi-muddhi-a ma-e
dadavva.

sa—with; harñam—happiness; bho—O; batu—of brahmacärés; ra-

a—king; maha—my; gharam—to the house; sama-accha—come;
tattha—there; hattha-ittha—delicious; bho-anam—feast;
bamhananam—of the brähmaëas; bhuïjavi-a—having enjoyed;
maëi— jewelled; muddi-a—ring; ma-e—by me; dadavva—will be
given.

14
If the word "savituù" is interpreted to mean "illuminating", "deva" to mean "playful", "sa-
räga" "filled with love", " sumanaù " "mind" (or "heart") and "vara" "beautiful".

•
50 •
 Jaöilä: (Happily) O king of the brahmacärés, come to my house,
and there you may enjoy the delicious feast I will give the
brähmaëas. After that I will give you my jeweled ring.

madhumaìgalaù: (sa-harñam) ajje suda-vakkhara hohi. jaà ittha-

bho-aëaà bamhaëaëaà dadu-kämasi.

sa—with; harñam—happiness; ajje—O noble lady; suda-vakkhara—

the mother of many sons; hohi—may you become; jam—because;
ittha—delicious; bho-anam—a feast; bamhananam—to the brähmaëas;
dadu—to give; kämasi—you desire.

Madhumaìgala: (Happily) O noble lady, because you wish to

offer a delicious feast to the brähmaëas, I bless you that you will
become the mother of many sons!

kåñëaù: vrddhe bhojayamuà batukam. ahaà tu paurëamäsém

äsädya guror gargasya sandiñöam avedayiñyämi.

vrddhe—O elderly lady; bhojaya—please feed; amum—this;

batukam—brahmacäré; aham—I; tu—indeed; paurëamäsém—
Paurëamäsé; asadya—approaching; guroù—of the spiritual master;
gargasya—Garga Muni; sandiñöam—instruction; avedayiñyami—I shall
cause to teach.

Kåñëa: O elderly lady, please feed this brahmacäré. I will go to

Paurëamäsé and tell her what My spiritual master Garga Muni told
Me.

kundalatä: kérisaà taà.

kirisam—what kind?; tam—that.

Kundalatä: What exactly?

kåñëaù: mätaù pürëime ya bhavatyäù prema-pätré våñabhänu-putré.

tasyäù saàsayo 'dya mahän iti kalpa-taru-müle sä rakño-ghna-
mantreëäbhimantryatäm iti.

mataù—mother; purnime—Paurëamäsé; ya—who; bhavatyäù—of

you; prema—of love; patri—the object; våñabhänu—of Mahäräja

•
51 •
Våñabhänu; putri—the daughter; tasyäù—of Her; saàsayaù—danger;
adya—now; mahan—grave; iti—thus; kalpa-taru—of a kalpa-taru tree;
mule—at the base; sa—she; rakñaù—demons; ghna—removing;
mantreëa—with a mantra; abhimantryatam—should be protected; iti—
thus.

Kåñëa: Rädhä, the object of mother Paurëamäsé’s love, is now

in grave danger. She should be protected by chanting demon-
destroying mantras under a kalpa-taru tree.

kundalatä: (sa-vyatham iväpavarya) ajje diööhi-a diööhi-go-aro eso

kappa-rukkho. ta tumaà gadu-a bha-avadéà ettha paööhavehi. baduà
bi bhuïjavehi. amhe ëaà gagga-sikkhäà kkhaëaà rakkhemha.

sa—with; vyatham—pain; iva—as if; apavarya—concealing; ajje—O

noble lady; ditthi-a—by good fortune; ditthi—of the eyes; go-araù—in
the range of perception; eso—this; kappa-rukkho—kalpa-taru tree; ta—
therefore; tumam—you; gadu-a—having gone; bha-avadim—to
Paurëamäsé; ettha—here; patthavehi—please bring; badum—this
brahmacäré; bi—also; bhuïjavehi—please feed; amhe—we; nam—this;
gagga—of Garga Muni; sikkham— the disciple; kkhanam—for a
moment; rakkhemha—watching.

Kundalatä: (As if concealing her agitation) O noble lady, by

good fortune a kalpa-taru tree is not far from here. Please go and
feed this brahmacäré, and then send Paurëamäsé here. We will
wait here with this disciple of Garga Muni.

(jaöilä baöunä saha niñkräntä.)

kundalatä: (sa-smitam) rähi dehi paritosi-am. jaà suööhu dullahaà
de abbhatthidaà ma-e nivvahidam.

jaöilä—Jaöilä; batuna—the brahmacäré; saha—wiht; niñkräntä—

exits; sa—with; smitam—a smile; rähi—O Rädhä; dehi—please give;
paritosi-am—a reward; jam—because; sutthu—nicely; dullaham—
difficult to attain; de—of You; abbhatthidam—requested; ma-e—by me;
nivvahidam—brought.

(Jaöilä exits with Madhumaìgala)

Kundalatä: (Smiling) Rädhä, I have now fulfilled Your difficult-
to-attain request. You may now reward Me.

•
52 •
 rädhä: (vakram avekñya) kundaladi-e kià me abbhiööhidam.

vakram—crooked; avekñya—glancing; kundaladi-e—O Kundalatä;

kim—what is this?; me—of Me; abbhitthidam—request.

Rädhä: (With a crooked glance) Kundalatä, what is this request

of Mine?

kundalatä: a-i késa bhü-aà bhaìguresi. jaà sürärahaëaà

bhaëämi.

a-i—O; kisa—why?; bhu-am—eyebrow; bhaìguresi—You knit;

jam—because; sura—of the sun-god; arahanam—the worship;
bhanami—I describe.

Kundalatä: Why do you frown? I speak of Your worship of the

sun-god.

kåñëaù: kundalate däpaya dakñiëäm. saìgo 'stu padminé-dayita-

yägaù.

kundalate—O Kundalatä; dapaya—please cause to give; dakñiëam—

priestly remuneration; saìgaù—in connection; astu—may be; padmini-
dayita—of the sun-god, who is very dear to the lotus flowers; yagaù—
the worship.

Kåñëa: Kundalatä, make this girl give Me dakñiëä for

performing the worship of the sun-god!
Or: "Kundalatä, make this girl give Me, the beloved of beautiful
lotus-like girls, dakñiëä of Her touch!"15

kundalatä: rähe ra-i-kammahiëëo ä-ari-o tu-e dakkhiëa-e

anuraïji-adu.

rähe—O Rädhä; ra-i—of the sun-god; karma—the pious activities;

ahinno—expert; a-ari-o—the spiritual master; tu-e— by You; dakkhina-
e—with priestly remuneration; anuraïji-adu— should be pleased.

15
If the word "padminé" is interpreted to mean "the charming girl" or "lotus-like girl", and
"saìgaù" to mean "touch" or "association".

•
53 •
 Kundalatä: O Rädhä, this priest is expert in the worship of the
sun-god. You should satisfy Him with the proper dakñiëä!

viçäkhä: (smitvä) kundalade dakkhiëa-daëahiëëa-e tu-e cce-a dijja-

u dakkiëä. ja-e vini-uëo appano de-aro purohido aharido.

smitva—smiling; kundalade—O Kundalatä; dakkhina—of priestly

remuneration; dana—at giving; ahinna-e—expert; tu-e—by you; cce-
a—certainly; dijja-u—should be given; dakkhina—priestly
remuneration; ja-e—by whom; vini-uno—expert; appano—personal;
de-aro—brother-in-law; purohido—priest; aharido—called.

Viçäkhä: (Smiling) Kundalatä, you are very expert at rewarding

priests. You should give the dakñiëä. After all, it is you who called
your own expert cousin here to be the priest.

lalitä: visähe ëüëaà eso pu-a-vida-e kundaladä-e diëëahittha-

dakkhiëo ä-ari-o.

visahe—Viçäkhä; nunam—is it not?; eso—He; pu-a—in worship;

vida-e—knowledgable; kundalada-e—by Kundalatä; dinna—given;
ahittha—desired; dakkhino—priestly remuneration; a-ari— the priest.

Lalitä: Viçäkhä, Kundalatä, who knows the process of worship,

has already given dakñiëä to the priest.

kåñëaù: lalite püjyeyaà prajävaté. tad asyäà näcäryakam äcaryate.

lalide—O Lalitä; pujya—worshippable; iyam—She; prajavati—sister-

in-law; tat—therefore; asyam—to Her; na—not; acaryakam—the status
of priest; na—not; acaryate—is done.

Kåñëa: Lalitä, this girl is My cousin whom I should worship. I

cannot be her priest.

rädhä: halä lalide sähu pü-aëaà nivvahidam. tumhehià tä ajjavi

kià padikkhi-adi.

•
54 •
 hala—O; lalide—Lalitä; sahu—nicely; pu-anam—the worship;
nivvahidam—was performed; tumhehim—by you; ta—then; ajjavi—
now; kim—what?; padikkhi-adi—is waited.

Rädhä: O Lalitä, the worship ceremony is over. Why are we

lingering here?

kåñëaù:
smara-bodhanänubandhé
krama-vistärita-kalä-viläsa-bhäraù
kñaëadäpatir iva dåñöeù
kñaëa-däyé rädhikä-saìgam

smara—amorous love; bodhana—awakening; anubandhi—in

relation; krama—gradually; vistarita—expanded; kala—phases;
vilasa—pastimes; bharaù—abundance; kñaëadapatiù—the moon; iva—
like; dåñöeù—of the sight; kñaëa—a moment; dayi—giving; rädhikä—of
Rädhä; saìgaù—the company.

Kåñëa: Just as the waxing moon gradually awakens amorous

feelings, so every moment in Rädhikä's company brings Me ever-
increasing festival of bliss!

(nepathye) durlabhaù puëòarékäkña våttas te viprakarñataù.

nepathye—from behind the scenes; durlabhaù—hard to attain;

pundarika—lotus; akña—eyes; våttaù—activity; te—of You;
viprakarsataù—from the distance.

A voice from behind the scenes: O lotus-eyed Kåñëa, it is very

hard to do when You are so far away from us!

kåñëah (sa-vyatham uccaiù) bhoù ko 'yaà durlabчуст

sa—with; vyatham—anxiety; uccaiù—in a loud voice; bhoù— O;

kaù—what?; ayam—this; durlabhaù—difficult to achieve.

Kåñëa: (Agitated, in a loud voice) O, what is hard to do?

(punar nepathye) yatnäd anviñyamäno 'pi ballavaiù paçu-maëòalaù.

•
55 •
 punaù—again; nepathye—from behind the scenes; yatnat—with
great effort; anviñyamanù—sought; api—although; ballavaiù—by the
cowherd boys; pasu—of cows; madalaù—the herd.

Again the voice from behind the scenes: Even with a great
effort, we cowherd boys can't gather our herd of cows!

kåñëaù: lalite paçün äkalayya kalpita-nijäkalpo yävad aham

upasédeyam. tävat tatra ratna-siàhäsane priyam präpaya. (iti
niñkräntäù)

lalite—O Lalitä; pasun—the cows; akalayya—in relation to; kalpita—

fashioned; nija—own; akalpaù—decoration; yavat—when; aham—I;
upasideyam—shall go; tavat—then; tatra—there; ratna—jewelled;
simhasane—on a throne; priyam—My beloved; präpaya— please place;
iti—thus; niñkräntäù—exits.

Kåñëa: Lalitä, while I search for the cows, please have My

beloved Rädhä wait on jewelled throne.
(He exits.)

lalitä: halä pürado pa-aà dharehi.

hala—O; purado—before You; pa-am—step; dharehi—place.

Lalitä: Well, go quickly!

rädhä: lalide paséda paséda. suööhu saìkha-ulamhé.

lalide—O Lalitä; pasida—have mercy; pasida—have mercy; sutthu—

extremely; saìka-ulamhi—I am fearful and unhappy.

Rädhä: Lalitä, be merciful, be merciful! I am very fearful and

unhappy.

(iti sanskåtena)
gata-präyaà säyaà carita-parisaìké guru-janaù
parévädas tuìgo jagati saralähaà kulavaté
vayasyäs te loläù sakala-paçupälé-suhåd asau
tadä namraà yäce sakhi rahasi saïcäraya na mäm

•
56 •
 iti—thus; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; gata—gone; prayam—for the most
part; sayam—the early part of evening; carita— pastimes; parisaìki—
suspecting; guruh-janaù—superiors; parivadaù—scandal; tungaù—
great; jagati—in the world; sarala— an honest girl; aham—I am;
kulavati—from a respectable family; vayasyäù—friends; te—of you;
lolaù—the friends; asau—this person; tada—then; namran—humbly;
yace—I beg; sakhi—O friend; rahasi—in a secluded place; saïcäraya—
bring; na—not; mam—Me.

The sun has almost set. My superiors must be suspicious of

what I am doing. There will be a great scandal. I am an honest girl
from a respectable family, and Your friend is fickle and restless.
He is friendly to all the gopés. O sakhi, I humbly beg you, please
do not take Me to a secluded place!

kundalatä: rähe jäëe akkhalidaà tumha sadi-vvadam. ta alaà sa-

aà vikkhabidena.

rähe—O Rädhä; jane—I know; akkhalidam—unbroken; tumha—

Your; sadi—of chastity; vvadam—vow; ta—therefore; alam—what is the
use?; sa-am—personally; vikkhabidena—with reputation.

Kundalatä: Rädhä, I know Your vow of chastity has not been

broken. Who cares what others think?

viçäkhä: (sa-praëayäbhyasüyam) kundalade ka kkhu abara tumaà

vi-a vaàsé-e tiëëi-saïjjhaà ä-addhi-adi.

sa—with; praëaya—love; abhyasuyam—and jelousy; kundalade—O

Kundalatä; ka—who?; kkhu—indeed; abara—else; tumam—you; vi-a—
like; vaàsi-e—by the flute; tinn-saïjjham—at morning, noon and
sunset; a-addhi-adi—is attracted.

Viçäkhä: (With loving anger) O Kundalatä, what other girl is as

attracted as you are by the sound of Kåñëa's flute at morning,
noon, and sunset?

kundalatä: (sa-narma-smitaà sanskåtena)

dadämi sa-dayaà sadä viçada-buddhir äçéù-çataà
bhavädåçi pativrata-vratam akhaëòitaà tiñöhatu
çrute nikhila-mädhuré-pariëate 'pi veëu-dhvanau

•
57 •
 manaù sakhi manäg api tyajati vo na dhairyaà yathä
(iti sarväù kalpa-drumam anusaranti.)

sa—with; narma—a joking; smitam—smile; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit;

dadami—I give; sa—with; dayam—compassion; sada— always;
visada—pure; buddhiù—intellingence; asiù—of benedictions; satam—
hundred; bhavadrsi—to one like you; pativrata—of chastity; vratam—
to vow; akhanditam—unbroken; tiñöhatu—may stand; çrute—in the ear;
nikhila—all; madhuri— with sweetness; parinate—transformed; api—
even; venu—of the flute; dhvanau—in the sound; manaù—the heart;
sakhi—O friend; manak—slightly; api—even; tyajati—abandons; vaù—
of us; na— not; dhairyam—peaceful composure; yathä—just as; iti—
thus; sarvaù—all; kalpa-drumama—to the kalpa-druma tree;
anusaranti— go.

Kundalatä: (With a joking smile) Because I am so

compassionate, generous, and pure-hearted, I shall now give you
hundred of blessings. I bless you that your vow of chastity will
remain forever unbroken, and I bless you that even if your ears
are filled with the sweetness of Kåñëa's flute-music, Your heart
will never for a moment abandon it's peaceful composure!

(They all go to the kalpa-druma tree.)

(praviçya) kåñëaù:
säci-locana-taraìgita-bhaìgi-
väguram iha vitatya mågakñi
rädhikeyam adhika-svara-bhaìgaà
dräg babandha mama citta-kuraìgam

praviçya—enters; kåñëaù—Kåñëa; saci—crooked; locana—of eyes;

taraìgita-bhaìgi—movements; vaguram—the net; iha—here; vitatya—
spreading; måga—doe; akñi—eyed; rädhikä—Rädhä; iyam— She;
adhika—great; svara—sound; bhaìgam—moving; drak—at once;
babandha—bound; mama—My; citta—of the heart; kuraìgam—the
deer.

Kåñëa: (Enters) Spreading the hunter's net with the restless

movements of Her sidelong glances and singing enticing music in
the form of wonderful sounds of Her ankle-bells, doe-eyed Rädhä
has trapped the deer of My heart!

•
58 •
 rädhä (apavarya) kundalade pekkha sohaggaà guïjävali-e

apavarya—hiding; kundalade—O Kundalatä; pekkha—look;

sohaggam—the good fortune; guïjavali-e—of the guïja-necklace.

Rädhä: (Hiding) Kundalatä, look at the good fortune of Kåñëa's

guïja-necklace!

(iti sanskåtena)
kaöhoräìgé kämaà jagati viditä nérasatayä
nigüòhäntaç chidrä tvam ati-malinä cäsi vadane
tathäpy uccair guïjävalé viharase vakñasi harer
janänäà doñaà vä na hi kam anurägaù sthagayati

iti—thus; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; kaöhora—hard; aìgi—with limbs;

kämam—although; jagati—in the world; vidita—is known;
nirasataya—with dryness and tastelessness; nigudha—hidden; antaù—
within; chidra—fault; ati—intense; malina—blackness; ca—also; asi—
you are; vadane—in the face; tathä api—still; uccaiù—greatly; guïja—
of guïja; avali—O necklace; viharase—you enjoy pastimes; vakñasi—on
the chest; hareù—of Hari; jananam—of people; dosam—fault; va—or;
na—not; hi—indeed; kam—what?; anuragaù—love; sthagayati—
covers.

O guïja-necklace, although you are known to be very hard,

although dryness and tastelessness are hidden within you, and
although your face bears the fault of blackness, still you enjoy
pastimes on the chest of Hari. What fault will love not cover?

kundalatä: (nécaiù) rähe tuha kaòhora-thäna-maëi-viëiddhuda-e

eda-e kudo ettha thari-aà varagi-e.

nicaiù—in a low voice; rähe—O Rädhä; tuha—of You; kadhora—

hard; thana—of the breasts; maëi—jewel; viniddhuda-e—divided; eda-
e—of this; kudo—where?; ettha—here; thari-am—hardness; varagi-e—
unfortunate.

Kundalatä: (In a low voice) Rädhä, where is there hardness like

that of the two hard jewels of Your unfortunate breasts?

•
59 •
 (nepathye)
danuja-damana-vakñaù-puñkare cäru-tärä
jayati jagad-apürvä käpi rädhäbhidhänä
yad iyam apaharanti tatra nakñatra-mäläm
api tirayati dhämnä sad-guëau puñpavantau

nepathye—from behind the scenes; danuja—the demons; damana—

subduing; vakñaù—of the chest; puskare—in the sky; cäru—beautiful;
tara—to the star; jayati—all glories; jagat—in this world; apürva—
unprecedented; ka api-a—certain; rädhä—Rädhä; abhidhana—with the
name; yat—because; iyam—She; apaharanti—defeating; tatra—here;
nakñatra—of constellations; malam—the garland; api—also; tirayati—
eclipses; dhamna—with it's effulgence; sat—with good; guëau—
qualities; puñpavantau—the sun and moon.

A voice from behind the scenes: All glories to the

unprecedented beautiful star named Rädhä, which shines in the
sky of the chest of Kåñëa, the crusher of demons, defeats the
garland of other constellations, and with it's effulgence eclipses
the splendid sun and moon!

kundalatä: (nepathyäbhimukham alokya) vunde doëëaà jevva

süra-candanaà tirohaëaà bhaëanti tumaà tarä-e mahappe
anahinnäsi. jaà parahuda-süra-lakkhassa candä-ali-ëädhassa hi
ubari ima-e porisaà phuòaà lakkhi-adi.

nepathya—behind the scenes; abhimukham—facing; alokya—looks;

vunde—O Våndä; donnam—the pair; jevva—certainly; sura—of the sun;
candanam—and moon; tirohanam—eclipse; bhananti—describing;
tumam—you; tara-e—of the stars; mahappe—in the glories;
anahinnasi—you remain ignorant; jam—because; parahuda—
defeated; sura—of the sun; lakkñhassa—millions; canda-ali—of many
moons; nadhassa—of the lord; bi— even; ubari—above; ima-e—of Her;
porisam—prowess; phudam— manifested; lakkhi-adi—is seen.

Kundalatä: (Looks behind the scenes) O Våndä, because you

describe the eclipse of the sun and moon in this way, you do not
know the real glory of this star, which is more powerful than even

•
60 •
Kåñëa, who is the master of many moons16 and has defeated
millions of suns!

sakhyau: kuòile alé-aà hasanti kià tti pi-a-sahéà lajjavesi.

sakhyau—two gopé-friends; kudile—O tricky girl; ali-am—

unpleasing; hanasti—smiling and laughing; kim—why?; tti—thus; pi-a—
dear; sahim—gopé-friend; lajjavesi—you embarrass.

Two gopé-friends: O tricky girl, your smiling and laughter are

unnecessary! Why do you embarrass your dear sakhi Rädhä?

kundalatä: (sanskåtena)
trapäà tyaja kuòungakaà praviça santu te maìgaläny
anaìga-samayäìgane parama-samyugénä bhava
vivasvad-udaye bhavad-vijaya-kérti-gäthävalé
puraù sakhi mura-dviñaù sahacarébhir udgéyatäm

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; trapam—shyness; tyaja—abandon;

kudungakam—the grove; praviça—enter; santu—let there be; te— of
You; maìgalani—auspiciousness; anaìga—of Kamadeva; samaya—of
the battle; aìgane—in the courtyard; parama—supreme; samyugina—
locked in battle; bhava—become; vivastat—of the sun; udaye—in the
rising; bhavat—of You; vijaya—of victory; kirti—of the glorification;
gatha—of songs; avali—a host; puraù—in the presence; sakhi—O
friend; mura—of the Mura demon; dvisaù—of the enemy;
sahacaribhiù—by Your friends; udgiyatam—is sung.

Kundalatä: O sakhi, abandon this shyness and enter the forest-

grove. All auspiciousness to You! Fight in Kämadeva's battlefield,
and when the sun rises Your sakhis will sing the glories of Your
victory in front of Kåñëa.

kåñëaù: (smitaà kåtvä)

antas tarñaà jagati tåñitaiù kämam äcamyamänaù
çaityädhäraù su-madhura-raso vicchinaty eva sarvaù
keyaà rädhä-vadana-çaçinaù känti-péyüña-dhärä
yä bhüyiñöhaà prathayati muhuù péyamänäpi tåñëäm

16
Kundalatä has slipped Candrävalé's name (candä-alé) into her words.

•
61 •
 smitan—a smile; kåtva—doing; antaù—within; tarsam— thirst;
jagati—in the world; tåñitaiù—by the thirsty; kämam—to their hearts
content; acamyamanaù—drunk; saitya—of coolness; adharaù—the
abode; su—very; madhura—sweet; rasaù—nectar; vicchinati—breaks;
eva—certainly; sarvaù—all; ka—what?; iyam—this; rädhä—of Rädhä;
vadana—of the face; çaçinaù—of the moon; känti—of beauty; piyusa—
of nectar; dharaù—the flood; ya—which; bhüyiñöham—the greatest;
prathayati—manifests; muhuù— at every moment; piyamana—being
srunk; api—even; tåñëam— thirst.

Kåñëa: (Smiles) In this world when thirsty people drink a cool

sweet nectar all their thirst becomes vanquished. What is this
flood of nectar beauty flowing from the moon of Rädhä's face?
When one drinks this nectar his thirst only increases at every
moment!

rädhä: (apavarya sanskåtena)

caläkñi guru-lokataù sphurati tävad antar-bhayaà
kula-sthitir alaà ca me manasi tävad unmélati
calan-makara-kuëòala-sphurita-phulla-gaëòa-sthalaà
na yävad aparokñatäm idam upaiti vakträmbujam

apavarya—hiding; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; cala-akñi—O restless

eyed girl; guru—of Your superiors; lokataù—from the gaze; sphurati—
is manifested; tavat—then; antaù—in the heart; bhayam—fear; kula—of
the family; sthitiù—the respectable situation; alam—greatly; ca—also;
me—of Me; manasi—in the heart; tavat—then; unmilati—opens;
calat—moving; makara— shark-shaped; kundala—earrings; sphurita—
manifested; phulla—blossoming; ganda—cheekñ; sthalam—place; na—
not; yavat—when; aparokñatam—invisibility; idam—this; upaiti—
attains; vaktra— of the face; ambujam—lotus flower.

Rädhä: (Aside) O restless-eyed girl, as long as Kåñëa's lotus

face, with it's blossoming cheeks decorated with swinging makara
earrings, is not far away from My eyes, in My heart I am afraid of
My superiors, and in My mind rises concern for the good
reputation of My family!

kundalatä: sundara ettha ra-aëa-sihäsane rähi-äà ärohehi. (kåñëas

tathä karoti.)

•
62 •
 sundara—O handsome Kåñëa; ettha—here; ra-ana—jewelled;
sihasane—on the throne; rähi-am—Rädhä; arohehi—cause to sit;
kåñëaù—Kåñëa; tathä—in that way; karoti—does.

Kundalatä: O handsome Kåñëa, please install Rädhä on this

jewelled throne. (Kåñëa does that.)

lalitä: halä takkissadi jaëo. ta tthamhehi çaìkhacüòa ra-am.

hala—Oh!; takkissadi—will guess; jano—a person; ta—that;

tthamhehi—stop; çaìkhacüòa—of the conchshell braceletes; ravam—
the sound.

Lalitä: Stop the tinkling of the conchshell bracelets! Someone

may guess that we are here.

(praviçya) çaìkhacüòa: (latäntare sthitvä) go-a-uddhaëa-vaëëida-

lakkhaëa kumäré esä ra-aëa-sihäsane reha-i. ta osaraà jaëi-a appano
kammaà anucitthisam.

praviçya—enters; lata—creepers; antare—within; sthitva—staying;

go-a-udhana—by Govardhana-malla; vannida—described; lakkhana—
characteristics; kumäré—girl; esa—this; ra-a— jewelled; sihasane—on
the throne; reha-i—is manifested; ta— therefore; osaram—the
opportunity; jani-a—undertanding; appano—of the self; kammam—
activity; anucitthisam—I shall do.

Çaìkhacuòa: (Enters and hides among the vines.) This girl on

the jewelled throne looks like the girl described by Govardhana-
malla. I know that now is my chance. Now I will do my work. (He
stands in the forest-grove.)

kåñëaù: priye kñaëaà alaìkriyatäà mad-uru-garutmatä-péöham.

priye—beloved; kñaëam—for a moment; alaìkriyatam—may be

decorated; mat—My; uru—broad; garutmata—sapphire; pitham—
throne.

Kåñëaù: Beloved, please decorate the sapphire throne of My

chest for a moment!

•
63 •
 rädhä: go-ula-ju-a-rä-a tumha-disaëaà purisuttamäëaà ëa juööaà
kula-bali-aëaà dhamma-viddhaàsanam.

go-ula—of Gokula; ju-a—young; ra-a—O king; tumha-disanam—

like You; purisuttamanam—best of men; na—not; juttam—proper;
kula—respectable; bali-anam—of girls; dhamma—religion;
viddhaàsanam—breaking.

Rädhä: O prince of Gokula, this is not proper for respectable

girls and for the best of men such as You. This breaks the rules of
religion.

(nepathye) ha ëattini rähi-e ciraà kahià gadasi.

nepathye—from behind the scenes; ha—O; nattini—O

granddaughter; rähi-e—O Rädhä; ciram—for a long time; kahim—
where? gadasi—have You gone.

A voice from behind the scenes: O grandaughter Rädhä, where

have You gone for such a long time?

kåñëaù: kundalate katham iyaà mukharä vilapati.

kundalate—O Kundalatä; katham—what?; iyam—this; mukharä—

Mukharä; vilapati—says.

Kåñëa: Kundalatä, why is Mukharä lamenting?

kundalatä: (vihasya) mohana jahià tumha-diso ni-uïja-ëä-aro

léläbaìgaà taraìgedi. tahià vuddhi-aëaà vilabassa ka kkhu
dariddada.

vihasya—laughing; mohana—O charming boy; jahim—in which;

tumha-diso—like You; ni-uïja—of the forest-groves; na-aro—the hero;
lélä—playful; abaìgam—sidelong glance; taraìgedi—causing waves;
tahim—in that; vilabassa—of the talking; ka—what?; kkhu—indeed;
dariddada—indigence.

Kundalatä: (Laughs) O charming boy, of what importance is

the complaining of old ladies, to a person like You, an amorous

•
64 •
hero who, enjoying pastimes in the forest bowers, makes waves
of playful sidelong glances?

(praviçya) mukharä: (puro rädhä-mädhavau paçyanti svagatam) hä

hada-devva ëaà hari-andanaà ujjhi-a esä kappalada késa tu-e
erandaà lambhida. (prakäçam) hä vacche imassa jevva lampada-
cüòä-maëiëo kila-kuraìgé samvuttäsi.

praviçya—enters; puraù—before her; rädhä-mädhavau—Rädhä-

Mädhava; paçyanti—seeing; svagatam—to herself; ha—Ah!; ujjhi-a—
defeating; esa—this; kappalada—kalpa-lata creeper; kisa—why; tu-e—
by you; erandam—on a castor-oil plant; lambhida—rest; prakasam—
openly; ha—O; vacche—child; imassa—of this; jevva— certainly;
lampada—of debauchees; cüòä-maëino—the crest-jewel; kila—pet;
kuraìgi—doe; samvutta—become; asi—You have.

Mukharä: (Enters and, looking at Rädhä and Mädhava before

her, says to herself:) Ah! What a great misfortune! Why has this
kalpa-latä creeper abandoned a sandal tree to rest on this castor-
oil plant? (Openly) My child, You have become a pet-doe for this
crest-jewel of debauchees!

lalitä: (sälékam) ajje pekkha eso kaëho mottimaà amha-

vidambaëaà karodi.

sa—with; alikam—a trick; ajje—O noble lady; pekkha—look!; eso—

this; kanho—Kåñëa; mottinam—violently; amha—of us; vidambanam—
mockery; karodi—does.

Lalitä: (Playing a trick) Noble lady, look! This Kåñëa is making

fun of us!

mukharä: are ra-anäré-a ciööha ciööha.

are—O; ra-a-nari-a—debauchee; cittha—stop!; cittha—stop!;

Mukharä: O debauchee! Stop! Stop!

kåñëaù: (svagatam) kaöhoreyaà jaraté. tad ahaà antarhito

bhaveyam. (iti tathä sthitaù.)

•
65 •
 svagatam—aside; kaöhora—harsh; iyam—this; jarati—old lady; tat—
therefore; aham—I; antarhita—disappeared; bhaveyam—shall become;
iti—thus; tathä—in that way; sthitaù—situated.

Kåñëa: (Aside) This old lady is very harsh. For this reason I will
now hide. (He does that.)

mukharä: (sakroçam) lalide dharehi dharehi ëaà dhuttam-aà.

sa—with; akroçam—anger; lalide—O Lalitä; dharehi—chase;

dharehi—chase; nam—this; dhutta-am—rascal.

Mukharä: (Angrily) Lalitä, chase Him! Chase this rascal!

lalitä: huà enhià kià tti palä-esi.

hum—ah!; enhim—now; kim—why?; tti—in this way; pala-esi—You

flee.

Lalitä: Aha! Why do You flee?

mukharä: (dhavanti puraù kuïjam äsädya sa-tarjanam) diööhi-a

laddhosi. re kuruìga-ali-bhu-aìga diööhi-a laddhosi.

dhavanti—running; puraù—ahead; kuïjam—the grove; asadya—

attaining; sa—with; tarjanam—rebukes; ditthi-a—by good fortune;
laddhosi—You are gotten; re—O; kurunga-ali—of the does; bhu-
aìga—O snake; ditthi-a—by good fortune; laddhosi—You are gotten.

Mukharä: (Running ahead, she reaches the grove. In a

menacing tone she says) O snake that attacks the does, by good
luck we have caught You!

kåñëaù: (sataìkam ätma-gatam) hanta ghanändhakäre katham

andha-kalpayäpi jaratyä dåñöo 'smi.

sa—with; ataìkam—fear; ätma-gatam—to Himself; hanta—indeed;

ghana—dense; andhakare—in the blinding darkness; katham—how?;
andha-kalpaya—by this dim-sighted; api—even; jaratya—old lady;
dåñöaù—seen; asmi—I am.

•
66 •
 Kåñëa: (Frightened, He says to Himself) How will this almost-
blind old lady see Me in this dense darkness?

(mukharä siraù saïcalya saïcalya muhur nibhalayati.)

kåñëaù: (svagatam) nünaà äkäça-kusuma-dåñöir eväsau jaratyäù.

mukharä—Mukharä; siraù—head; saïcalya saïcalya muhuù—

repeatedly turning; nibhalayati—looks; svagatam—aside; nunam—is it
not?; akasa—in the sky; kusuma—of a flower; dåñöiù—the sight; eva—
certainly; asau—this; jaratyäù—by the old lady.

(Mukharä repeatedly turns her head, looking everywhere.)

Kåñëa: (Aside) The old lady has seen a flower floating in the
sky.

mukharä: ammo timira-puïjo jevva eso. (kåñëah smitaà karoti.)

ammo—ah!; timira—of darkness; puïjo—an abundance; jevva—

certainly; eso—this; kåñëaù—Kåñëa; smitam—a smile; karoti— does.

Mukharä: Ah, it is very dark! (Kåñëa smiles.)

mukharä: (anyato gatvä) huà däëià jevva laddhosi. (punar

nibhalya sa-saìkam) re dhutta-a väräha-ëäraséhädi-bahu-rubosi tti
saccaà poëëamäsé-e kahijjasi. jaà imiëä bhäëubhäsureëa bhisaëa-
rubeëa maà bhisa-anto nikkamasi.

anyataù—to another place; gatva—going; hum—aha!; danim—now;

jevva—certainly; laddhosi—You are gotten; punaù—again; nibhalya—
looking; sa—with; saìkam—doubt; re—O; dhutta-a— rascal; varaha—
O Varaha; narasiha—and Nrsimha; adi—beginning with; bahu—many;
rubosi—You have forms; tti—thus; saccam— truth; ponnamasi-e—by
Paurëamäsé; kahijjasi—is said; jam— because; imina—by this;
bhanubha—as effulgent as the sun; asureëa—by the demon; bhisana—
frightening; rubena—by the form; mam—me; bhisa-anto—frightening;
nikkämasi—You go.

Mukharä: (Going to another place) Aha! Now we have got You!

(Looking again she becomes frightened.) O rascal! Paurëamäsé
spoke the truth when she said You could assume many forms like
those of Nåsiàha and Varäha. You have now assumed the form of

•
67 •
this terrifying demon as shining as the sun. This form frightens
me.

çaìkhacüòa: diööhi-ä mütti-bhüda-vikkama-cakka-valassa balassa

diööhi vaïcida. (ity apasarpati.)

ditthi-a—by good fortune; mutti—form; bhuda—manifested

vikkama—of the powerful; cakkavalassa—of the multitude; balassa—of
the boy; ditthi—the sight; vaïcida—is cheated; iti—thus; apasarpati—
slips away.

Çaìkhacüòa: By good luck I have escaped the gaze of that boy

who is the personification of all powerful heroes. (He slips away.)

sarväù: (samékñya sa-träsam) ajje parittähi parittähi.

sarvaù—all the gopés; samikñya—seeing; sa—with; trasam—fear;

ajje—O noble lady; parittahi—protect; parittahi—protect.

All the gopés: (Seeing the demon, they become frightened)

Noble lady, save us! Save us!

mukharä: (sa-roñam) re sämalä ëa juttaà kkhu edam.

sa—with; roñam—anger; re—O; samala—dark-coloured; na—not;

juttam—proper; kkhu—indeed; edam—this.

Mukharä: (Angrily) O dark-coloured boy, this is not right!

lalitä: hä hada-buddhi-e idisaà däruëaà bi kaëhaà äsaìkesi.

ha—O; hada—destroyed; buddhi-e—whose intelligence; idisam—

like this; darunam—fearful demon; bi—indeed; kanham— Kåñëa;
asaìkesi—you think.

Lalitä: O foolish woman! Do you think this terrible demon is

Kåñëa?

çaìkhacüòa: suhittamassa kaàsa-bhüba-ino käman avaïjhaà

kaduà naà sa-séhäsanaà jevva pomiëi-aà çire ghettuëa ëa-issam. (iti
tathä kurvan niñkräntaù.)

•
68 •
 suhittamassa—of my friend; kaàsa—Kaàsa; bhuba-ino—King;
kämam—the desire; avaïjham—unfulfilled; kadum—to do; nam—this
girl; sa-sihasanam—on a throne; jevva—certainly; pomini-am—like a
lotus flower; sire—on the head; ghettuna—grabbing; na-issam—I shall
take; iti—thus; tathä—in that way; kurvaù— acting; niñkräntaù—exits.

Çaìkhacüòa: Now, in order to fulfill the desire of my dear

friend Kaàsa, I will grab the lotus-like girl sitting on the throne
by the hair and drag Her away. (He does it)

sarvaù: (sa-vyamoham) hä kaëha kudosi.

sa—with; vyamoham—perplexity; ha—O; kanha—Kåñëa; kudosi—

where are You?

All the gopés: (Perplexed) O Kåñëa, where are You?

kåñëaù: (kuïjän niskramya sa-viçädam)

änétäsi mayä manoratha-çata-vyagreëa nirbandhataù
pürëaà çärada-pürnimä-parimalair våndätavé-kandaram
sadyaù sundari çaìkhacüòa-kapaöa-präptodayenädhunä

daivenädya virodhinä katham itas tvaà hanta düré-kåtä

kuïjat—from the forest-grove; niskramya—exiting; sa—with;
visadam—lamentation; anita—brought; asi—You are; maya—by Men;
manoratha—of desires; sata—hundreds; vyagreëa—eager;
nirbandhataù—intently; purnam—filled; sarada—autumnal;
purnima—of the full moon; parimalaiù—with the fragrances; våndä-
atavi—of Våndävana forest; kandaram—the interior; sadyaù—at once;
sundari—O beautiful one; çaìkhacüòa—of Çaìkhacüòa; kapata—by
the trick; präpta—obtained; udayena—by the arisal; adhuna—now;
daivena—by fate; adya—now; virodhina—hostile; katham—how?;
itaù—from here; tvam—You; hanta—indeed; duri-kåta—taken far
away.

Kåñëa: (Leaves the grove and laments) Eager with hundreds of

desires, I brought You to this place in Våndävana forest, filled
with the sweet fragrances of this full-moon autumn night. O
beautiful one, why has cruel fate, appearing as this tricky demon
Çaìkhacüòa, now carried You far away?

•
69 •
 (iti samrambhena parikraman) ärye mä bhaiñéù. eña nedéyän asmi.

iti—thus; samrabhena—with anger; parikraman—walking about;

arye—O noble lady; ma—do not; bhaisiù—fear; esaù—He; nediyan—
going to rescue; asmi—I am.

(Angrily following the demon) Noble lady, don't fear. I will

rescue Her!

mukharä: (säçram) candamuha vijaya-lacchi-e sa-amvarido hohi.

sa—with; asram—tears; candamuha—O moon-faced one; vijaya—

of victory; lacchi-e—by the opulence; sa-amvarido—chosen; hohi—may
You be.

Mukharä: (With tears) O moon-faced boy, may victory attend

You!

kåñëaù: (säöopam) re re duñöa

rädhäparädhini muhus tvayi yan na çästià
çaknomi kartum akhilaà guru eña khedaù
sarväìgineyam abhidhävati lupta-dharmä
tvaà mukti-käla-rajané bata kià kariñye
(iti niñkräntaù)

sa—with; atopam—chivalrous pride; re—O; re—O; duñöa—wicked

demon; rädhä—to Rädhä; aparadhini—an offender; muhuù—
repeatedly; tvayi—to you; na—not; sastim—punishment; saknomi— I
am able; kartum—to do; akhilam—all; guruù—heavy; esaù—this;
khedaù—suffering; sarva—all; aìgina—with the body; iyam—this;
abhidhavati—runs; lupta—lost; dharma—nature; tvam—after you;
mukti—of liberation; kala—black; rajani—night; bata—indeed; kim—
what?; kariñye—shall you do; iti—thus; niñkräntaù—exits.

Kåñëa: (Proudly) O wicked demon offensive to Rädhä! I feel

great pain because I cannot spend eternity torturing you. The
wicked black night of death now chases you, covering you with
all it's limbs. What will you do? (He exits.)

•
70 •
 kundalatä: lalide pekkha pekkha eso hadaso rähi-aà ujjhi-a
kaëhena joddhuà vikkamedi.

lalide—O Lalitä; pekkha—look!; pekkha—look!; eso—He; hada—lost;

aso—hope; rähi-am—Rädhä; ujjhi-a—abandoning; kanhena—with
Kåñëa; joddhum—to fight; vikkamedi—goes.

Kundalatä: Lalitä! Look! Look! Çaìkhacuòa has abandoned

Rädhä, and now he is going to fight with Kåñëa!

(nepathye)
sthülas täla-bhujonnatir giri-taöé-vakñäù kva yakñädhamaù
kväyaà bäla-tamäla-kandala-måduù kandarpa-käntaù çiçuù
nästy anyaù sahakärita-patur iha präëé na jänémahe
hä goñöheçvari kédåg adya tapasäà päkas tavonmélati
(sarvä samäkarëya vyämohaà naöayanti.)

nepathye—from behind the scenes; sthulaù—large; tala—palm tree;

bhuja—arms; unnatiù—raised; giri—of a mountain; tati— the slope;
vakñaù—whose chest; kva—where?; yakña—of Yakñas; adhamaù—the
lowest; kva—where? ayam—He; bala—baby; tamala— of a tamala tree;
kandala—sprout; mrduù—delicate; kandarpa—as Kamadeva;
kantaù—handsome; sisuù—child; na—not; asti—is; anyaù— someone
else; sahakarita—at assisting; patuù—expert; iha—here; prani—friend;
na—not; janimahe—we know; ha—O; gostha—of Vraja; içvari—O
queen (Yasoda); kidrk—what kind?; adya—now; tapasam—of
sufferings; pakaù—complete development; tava—of you; unmilati—
unfolds; sarva—all the gopés; samakarnya— hearing; vyamoham—
perplexity; natayanti—represent dramatically.

A voice from behind the scenes: What is child Kåñëa, as

handsome as Kämadeva and delicate as a new sprout on a tamäla
tree, in comparison to this degraded Yakña giant, whose arms are
like palm trees and whose chest is like a mountainside? Alas!
Kåñëa does not even have an expert friend to help Him! O Yaçodä,
we cannot know how you must be suffering now!
(Hearing this, everyone is overcome with grief.)

(praviçyapati-kñepena paurëamäsé)
paurëamäsé: putri lalite mä vyathiñöhäù. kñipraà khala-sphuliìgam
etaà labdha-nirväëaà jänéhi.

•
71 •
 praviçya—entering; apati—the curtain; kñepena—throwing aside;
paurëamäsé—Paurëamäsé; putri—daughter; lalite—Lalitä; ma—do not;
vyathiñöhaù—be distressed; kñipram—quickly; khala— demon;
visphulingam—spark; etam—this; labdha—attained; nirvanam—
extinction; janihi—please know.

(Paurëamäsé hurriedly enters.)

Paurëamäsé: Daughter Lalitä, don't be unhappy. Know that this
demon is a spark soon to be extinguished.

(nepathye)
dor-daëòäöopa-bhaìgé-vikaöa-ripu-vapur-ghaööana-dardurüòhaù
kréòann uddaëòa-däàsträìkura-kuöila-taöoccaëòa-tuëòäntarasya
divyac-caëòäàsu-bimba-pratibhaöam aöavé-maëòale daëòa-koöyä
vyäkarñan piïcha-cüòo harati mukuöataù çaìkhacüòasya ratnam

nepathye—from behind the scenes; doh-danda—of the arms; atopa—

of chivalrous pride; bhaìgi—waves; vikata—hideous; ripu—of the
enemy; vapuù—of the form; ghattana—attacking; dardurudhaù—
insurmountable; kridan—enjoying transcendental pastimes; uddanda—
fierce; daàstra—teeth; aìkura—sprouted; kutila—crooked; tata—
surface; uccanda—fearsome; tunda—mouth; antarasya—within;
divyat—shining; camdaàsu—sun; bimba—disc; pratibhatam—
effulgence; atavi—of the forest; maëòale—in the circle; danda—of
blows; kotya—with millions; vyakarñaë— pulling; piïcha-cüòäù—
Kåñëa, who wears a peacock-feather crown; harati—takes; mukutataù—
from the crown; çaìkhacüòasya— of Çaìkhacuòa; ratnam—the jewel.

A voice from behid the scenes: With the chivalrous strength of

His arms, powerful Kåñëa proudly attacked the terrible form of
the Çaìkhacüòa demon, who had fearsome curling fangs in his
horrible mouth. In the middle of the forest Kåñëa, who wears a
peacock-feather in His hair, struck Çaìkhacüòa with millions of
blows, killed him, and took from his crown a jewel as effulgent as
the sun.

paurëamäsé: diñöyä ratnäkåñöi-miñäd ayam äkåñöa-jévo vyadhäyi.

tenädya våndäöavé-jambukänäà paraëotsaväya sampatsyate. (punar
nirüpya sa-harñam) paçyata paçyata vicyuta-rakño 'yaà yakño bhaìgam
aìgé-cakära.

•
72 •
 diñöya—by good fortune; ratna—of the jewel; äkåñöi—pulling;
misat—on the pretext; ayam—He; äkåñöa—pulled out; jévaù—the life-
force; vyadhayi—did; tena—by this; adya—now; våndä-atavi—in
Våndävana forest; jambukanam—of the jackals; paraëa—of breaking a
fast; utsavaya—for a festival; sampatsyate—will be; punaù—again;
nirüpya—looking; sa—with; harñam—delight; paçyata—look!;
paçyata—look!; vicyuta—fallen; rakñaù—demon; ayam—this; yakñaù—
yakña; bhaìgam—death; aìgi-cakara—has accepted.

Paurëamäsé: On the pretext of taking away the jewel, Kåñëa is

fortunately took Çaìkhacüòa's life. Today there will certainly be a
great feast for the fasting jackals of Våndävana forest. (Looking
again, she becomes delighted) Look! Look! The yakña demon has
fallen and accepted his death!

(punar nepathye)
muñöinä jhaöiti puëyajano 'yaà
hanta päpa-viniveçita-cetäù
puëòaréka-nayanena sa-khelaà
daëòitaù sakala-jévita-vittam

punaù—again; nepathye—from behind the scenes; muñöina—with

His fist; jhatiti—at once; punyajanaù—yakña; ayam—this; hanta—
indeed; papa—by sins; vinivesita—entered; cetaù—whose heart;
pundarika-nayanena—by Kåñëa, who has lotus-eyes; sa—with;
khelam—playfulness; danditaù—struck; sakala—all; jévita—of the life;
vittam—the treasure.

Again, a voice from behind the scenes: With His fist, lotus-eyed
Kåñëa playfully struck the sinful-hearted yakña and forcibly took
from him the treasure of his life-breath.

paurëamäsé: (puro dåñöva sänandam)

vikaöa-samara-dhäöé-dhrñöatä-dhvaàsitärir
viluöhad-amala-cüòäs caëòimädambareëa
kåta-kusuma-visargaiù svargibhiù çläghyamäno
madhuripur ayam akñëor modam äviñkaroti

puraù—ahead; dåñöva—looking; sa—with; änandam—bliss;

vikata—terrible; samara—battle; dhati—in the attack; dhrstata—

•
73 •
chivalrous power; dhvaàsita—destroyed; ariù—of the enemy;
viluthat—taking; amala—the splendid; cüòäù—crown; candima-
adambareëa—with ferocity; kåta—done; kusuma—of flowers;
visargaiù—with showers; svargibhiù—by the residents of the upper
planetary systems; slaghyamanaù—glorified; madhu-ripuù— Kåñëa, the
enemy of the Madhu demon; ayam—He; akñnoù—of the eyes;
mudam—delight; aviskaroti—does.

Paurëamäsé: (Looking ahead, she becomes blissful) Kåñëa,

who feroiciously attacked the demon and angrily threw its crown
to the ground, and who was praised by demigods showering
flowers, delights our eyes!

viçäkhä: bha-avadi pekkha su-gahida-ëamaà ramaà agge kadu-a

savve saha-ara sama-ada.

bha-avadi—O noble lady; pekkha—look!; su-gahida—called;

namam—names; ramam—Balarama; agge—before; kadu-a—having
sons; savve—all; saha-ara—friends; sama-ada—have assembled.

Viçäkhä: Noble lady, look! Balaräma and all of Kåñëa's cowherd

boy friends have come.

paurëamäsé: puruñottamena datto 'yaà rämäya ramaëiyo

maëéndraù.

purusa—of persons; uttamena—by the supreme; dattaù—given;

ayam—this; ramaya—to Balarama; ramaëiyaù—beautiful; maëi—of
jewels; indraù—the monarch.

Paurëamäsé: Kåñëa, the best of all persons, has now given the
king of all beautiful jewels to Balaräma.

lalitä: pekkha va-assa-ulaà paööhavi-a ekkho jevva mähavo rähi-äà

anusappadi.

pekkha—look!; va-assa—of friends; ulam—the multitude; patthavi-

a—dismissing; ekko—alone; jevva—certainly; mahavo— Mādhava; rähi-
am—Rädhä; anusappadi—approaches.

•
74 •
 Lalitä: Look! After sending His friends away, Mādhava
approaches Rädhä.

paurëamäsé: paçya paçya

bhaya-bädhita-rädhikopagüòhaù
pracalägra-pracaläka-cäru-cüòäù
vadanolläsita-çramämbu-våndäù
sa-vidhaà sundari vindate mukundaù

paçya—look!; paçya—look!; bhaya—by fear; badhita—checked;

rädhikä—by Rädhä; upagudhaù—embraced; pracala—trembling;
agra—on the top; pracalaka—peacock feather; cäru—beautiful;
cüòäù—crown; vadana—face; ullasita—splendid; sramambu—of
perspiration; våndäù—with an abundance; sa-vidham—in that way;
sundari—O beautiful girl; vindate—finds; mukundaù—Mukunda.

Paurëamäsé: O beautiful girl, look! Look! His face glistening

with perspiration and peacock feather on the top of His crown
trembling, Mukunda is now embraced by a frightened Rädhä.

(praviçya yathä-nirdiñöaù kåñëaù)

hä netra-nindita-kalindasutäravinda
govinda gokula-purandara-nandanädya
mäà rakña rakña taraseti kåtärta-nädäà
rädhäm adhéra-nayanäà na hi vismarämi

praviçya—entering; yathä—as; nirdiñöaù—indicated; kåñëaù—Kåñëa;

ha—O; netra—by the eyes; nindita—rebuked; kalinda-suta—of the
Yamuna River; aravinda—the lotus flowers; govinda— O Govinda;
gokula—of Gokula; purandara—of the kind; nandana—O son; adya—
now; mam—Me; rakña—please protect; rakña—please protect; tarasa—
at once; iti—thus; kåta—done; arta—of distress; nadam—calls;
rädhäm—Rädhä; adhira—restless; nayanam—whose eyes; na—not;
hi—indeed; vismarami—I shall forget.

Kåñëa: (Enters as described) With restless eyes, a trembling

Rädhä called out in distress, "O Govinda! O prince of Gokula,
whose eyes rebuke the lotus flowers in the Yamunä, please
protect Me! Please protect Me!" I shall never forget Her at that
moment.

•
75 •
 paurëamäsé: (parikramya) yaçodä-mätar utthäta-cintä-çalyäsmi
kåtä. (iti sa-rädhäà mädhavam äliìgati.)

parikramya—walking about; yasoda—Yasoda; mataù—mother;

utthata—lifted; cinta—of anxiety; salya—the arrow; asmi—I am; kåta—
done; iti—thus; sa—with; rädhäm—Rädhä; mädhavam—Mädhava;
äliìgati—embraces.

Paurëamäsé: (Walking) O son of Yaçodä! You have now

removed the arrow of sufferings from My heart! (She embraces
Rädhä and Mädhava.)

mukharä: (päëibhyäà harià nirmaïchya) véra arähi-a de rähi-a

diööhi-ä rakkhida.

panibhyam—with both hands; harim—Hari; nirmacchya—

worshipping; vira—O hero; arähi-a—pleasing; de—by You; rähi-a—
Rädhä; ditthi-a—by good fortune; rakkhida—protected.

Mukharä: (With both hands wiping the perspiration from

Hari's face) By the will of providence, O hero, You have protected
beautiful Rädhä!

(praviçya) madhumaìgalaù: pi-a-va-assa eso maëindo rameëa rähi-

ä-e diëëo.

praviçya—entering; pi-a—dear; va-assa—O friend; eso—this;

maëindo—regal jewel; ramena—by Balarama; rähi-a-e—to Rädhä;
dinno—is given.

Madhumaìgala: (Enters) O dear friend, Balaräma has now

given this king of jewels to Rädhä.

kåñëaù: kaustubhasya kuöumbhaà maëénäà gramaëér ayaà

rädhä-graiveyakam arhati.

kaustubhasya—of the Kausthuba jewel; kutumbham—relative;

maëénäm—of jewells; gramaëiù—the best; ayam—this; rädhä—of
Rädhä; gravi-graiveyakam—the necklace; arhati—deserves.

•
76 •
 Kåñëa: It is a relative of My Kaustubha jewel and is the best of
jewels. It deserves to be in Rädhä's necklace.

lalitä: jadhä disadi bhavaà.

jadha—as; disadi—indicate; bhavam—You.

Lalitä: It will be done as You have said.

kåñëaù: tad ägacchata duñöa-vijayenänumä pitaräv änandayäma.

(iti niñkräntaù)
(iti niñkräntäù sarve)

tat—therefore; agacchata—come; duñöa—of the demon; vijayena—

victory; amuna—with this; pitarau—My parents; änandayama—let us
delight; iti—thus; niñkräntaù—exits; iti— thus; niñkräntäù—exit;
sarve—all.

Kåñëa: Come, let us please My parents with the news of this

victory over a demon. (He exits.)
(All exit.)

•
77 •
 The Sufferings of Rädhä

(tataù praviçati våndayä saha saìkathayanti paurëamäsé.)

paurëamäsé: hanta katham upakränto 'yam antimas tämasé-
muhürtaù. paçya paçya-—
dürät kharäàsu-sarabhasya parisphuranti
visphürjitair udaya-çaila-taöià vilokya
träsäd asau viçati candana-piëòa-päëòur
añöäcalaà måga-kaläìka-mågädhiräjaù

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; våndäya—Våndä; saha—with;

çaìkathayanti—conversing; paurëamäsé—Paurëamäsé; hanta—
indeed; katham—whether?; upakrantaù—approached; ayam—this;
antimaù—the end; tamasi—of darkness; muhurtaù—the time; paçya—
look!; paçya—look!; dürät—from far away; kharaàsu—of the sun;
sarabhasya—of the sarabha beast; parisphuranti—manifesting;
visphürjitaiù—with effulgence; udaya-çaila-taöim—the eastern horizon;
vilokya—seeing; träsät—out of fear; asau—he; viçati—enters;
candana—of sandalwood paste; piëòa—a ball; päëòuù—as golden;
asta-acalam—the western horizon; måga-kalaìka—the moon; måga-
adhirajaù—the lion.

(Conversing with Våndä, Paurëamäsé enters.)

Paurëamäsé: Ah! The darkness of night is now ending. Look!
Look! Frightened by seeing the effulgent çarabha beast of the sun
glowing on the eastern horizon, the lion of the moon, like a
golden sandalwood ball, now runs to hide beneath the western
horizon.17

våndä: bhagavati mathyamänasyeva mahämbhonidher gambhéraà

kam api kolähala-samrambham äkarëya sambhrameëägatäsmi. tat
kathyatäà kim etad iti.

bhagavati—O noble lady; mathyamanasya—being churned; iva—

like; mahä—great; ambhonidheù—of the ocean; gabhiram—the depth;
kam api—something; kolahala—of a tumultuous sound;

17
The çarabha beast had four heads, eight eyes, and eight legs, and was so gigantic it would
devour elephants in a single gulp.

•
78 •
samrambham—beginning; äkarëya—hearing; sambhramena—with
haste; agata—arrived; asmi—I am; tat—that; kathyatäm—should be
said; kim—what?; etat—this; iti—thus.

Våndä: I heard a great sound like the roaring from the depths
of an agitated ocean, and so I have quickly come here. Please tell
me, what is it?

paurëamäsé: putri vånde nedaà ca te karëayoù präìganaà

adhirüòham.

putri—O daughter; vånde—Våndä; na—not; idam—this; ca—and;

te—of you; karëayoù—of the ears; praìganam—in the courtyard;
adhirudham—entered.

Paurëamäsé: Daughter Våndä, it hasn't entered the courtyard

of your ears?

våndä: bhagavati kià tan näma.

bhagavati—O noble lady; kim—what?; tat—that; nama—indeed.

Våndä: Noble lady, what is it?

paurëamäsé: valévarda-dänava-mardana-vardhita-roña-parvataà
pürve-dyur apürva-vikrameëa keçinam utpatya goñöham adhitiñöhati
çikhaëòavatäàse kaàsenänuçiñöaù sa khalu gaëòineyo nandasya
mandiraà äsedivän. sa ca räjopajévé räjéva-bandhau pürva-parvatam
adhirüòhe sa-pürvajaà pürva-devarià puraà neñyati.

valivarda—Aristasura; danava—the demon; mardana—the killing;

vardhita—increased; rosa—of anger; parvatam—the mountain; pürve—
of the previous; dyuù—day; apürva—unprecedented; vikramena—with
prowess; krsinam—Kesi; utpatya—uprooting; goñöham-adhitiñöhati—
enters; sikhanda-avatmse—when Kåñëa who wears a peacock-feather
crown; kaàsena—by Kaàsa; anusistaù—ordered; saù—he; khalu—
indeed; gandineyaù—Akrüra, the son of Gandiné-devé; nandasya—of
Nanda; mandiram—to the home; asidevan—went; saù—he; ca—and;
raja—of the king; upajivi—the messenger; rajiva-bandhau—when the
sun; pürva-parvatam—to the eastern horizon; adhirudhe—ascended;
sa—with; pürvajam—His elder brother Balarama; pürva-deva—of the

•
79 •
great demigods; arim—to enemy (Kaàsa); puram—to the city; nesyati—
will bring.

Paurëamäsé: Yesterday, when peacock-feather-crowned Kåñëa

returned to Vraja village after with unprecedented strength killing
Keçé who became a mountain of anger when Ariñöäsura was
killed, Akrüra, who had been sent by king Kaàsa, arrived at the
palace of Nanda Mahäräja. Tomorrow morning, when the sun
rises on the eastern horizon, he will take Kåñëa and Balaräma to
Mathurä, the capitol of Kaàsa, the great enemy of the demigods.

våndä: (kñaëaà tüñëéà sthitvä dérgham uñëaà niçväsya ca sa-

vaiklavyam)
vana-bhuvi nava-kuïjaà kasya hetor vidhasye
dhåta-ruci racayiñyamy atra vä puñpa-talpam
surabhim asamaye vä vallim utphullayiñye
yadi nayati mukundaà gandineyaù puraya

kñaëam—for a moment; tusnim—silent; sthiva—becoming;

dirgham—with a long; usnam—warm; nisvasya—sigh; ca—also; sa—
with; vaikalvyam—grief; vana—of the forest; bhuvi—in the land;
nava—the new; kuïjam—grove; kasya—for what?; hetoù—purpose;
vidhasye—I shall arrange; dhåta—manifested; ruci—with beauty;
racayiñyami—I shall fashion; atra—here; va—or; puñpa—of flowers;
talpam—a bed; surabhim—fragrant ; asamaye—not in the proper
season; va—or; vallim—the vines; utphullayiñye—I shall cause to
blossom; yadi—if; nayati—brings; mukundam—Kåñëa; gandineyaù—
Akrüra, the son of Gandiné-devé; puraya—to Mathurä City.

Våndä: (Silent for a moment, and then with a long, warm,

unhappy sigh) If Akrüra takes Mukunda to Mathurä, then for what
purpose shall I beautify the forest-groves? For what reason shall
I make a bed of flowers, or make the fragrant vines blossom, even
after the blossoming season is past?

paurëamäsé: (sa-vyatham)
krandanténäà pluta-virutibhir bibhyaténäà vibhävät
kupyänténäm asakåd asakåd gandiné-nandanäya
hä dhig daivaà kuvalaya-dåçäà jägraténäà samagrä
vyagräkñéëäà kñaëavad abhitas tämaséyaà vyaraàsét

•
80 •
 sa—with; vyatham—anguish; krandantinam—crying; pluta—with
sustained; virutibhiù—cries; bibhyaténam—frightened; vibhavat—
because of ecstatic love; kupyantinam—angry; asakåt asakåt—
continually; gandiné-nandanaya—at Akrüra, the son of Gandiné; ha—
alas!; dhik—fie!; daivam—fate; kuvalaya-drsam—of the lotus-eyed
gopés; jagratinam—remaining awake; samagra—the entire; vyagra—
frightened and anxious; akñinam—whose eyes; kñaëa—a moment;
vat—like; abhitaù—completely; tamasi—night; iyam—this; vyaraàsit—
has ended.

Paurëamäsé: (With anguish) Their lotus eyes filled with

anguish, the gopés have stayed awake the entire night, crying with
long wails, frightened because of ecstatic love, and angry at
Akrüra. Now that night is over as if it had been only a single
moment. Ah, how sad is the gopés' fate!

våndä: (säsram)
labdha-bhrameëa haratä hari-çarvaréçaà
vinyasyatä ca viraha-klama-kälaküöam
hä gandiné-tanuja-mandara-bhüdhareëa
vikñobhitaù påthula-gokula-sägaro 'yam

sa—with; asram—tears; labdha—attained; bhramena—a circular

motion; harata—extracting; hari—of Kåñëa; sarvari-isam—the moon;
vinyasyata—placing; ca—also; viraha—of separation; klama—of the
distress; kalakutam—the kalakuta poison; ha—Oh!; gandiné-tanuja—of
Akrüra, the son of Gandiné-devé; mandara—Mandara; bhüdharena—by
the mountain; vikñobhitaù—agitated; påthula—great; gokula—of
Gokula; sagaraù—ocean; ayam—this.

Våndä: (With tears) Ah! By churning the great ocean of Gokula,

the Mandara Mountain of Akrüra has extracted the moon of
Kåñëa, and created the kälaküöa poison of the vrajaväsés'
anguished separation from Him!

paurëamäsé: vatse tad ito gopendra-gopuraà evänusarävaù.

(iti parikramya puraù paçyanti sa-bäñpam)
yatra maìgala-sampadaà na kurute vyagrä tadä tvocitäà
vätsalyaupayikaà ca nopanayate pätheyaà udbhränta-dhéù
dhülé-jälam asau vilocana-jalair jambälayanté paraà
govindaà parirabhya nanda-gåhiëé nérandhram äkrandati

•
81 •
 vatse—O child; tat—therefore; itaù—from here; gopa—of the
cowherds; indra—of the king; gopuram—to the gate; eva—certainly;
anusaravaù—let us go; iti—thus; sa—with; baspam—tears; yatra—for
the journey; maìgala-sampadam—recitation of prayers for good
fortune; na—does not; kurute—do; vyagra—agitated; tada—then; tvä—
to you; ucitam—proper; vatsalya—maternal love; aupayikam—
appropriate; ca—also; na—not; upanayate—brings; patheyam—to the
path; udbhranta—bewildered; dhiù—whose intelligence; dhuli—of
dust; jalam—the network; asau—she; vilocana—from the eyes; jalaiù—
with the water; jambalayanti—turning into mud; param—after;
govindam—Kåñëa; parirabhya—embracing; nanda—of Nanda;
grhiné—the wife; nirandhram—continually; akrandati—cries.

Paurëamäsé: Child, let us go to the gate of the gopa-king Nanda.

(Walking, she looks ahead, and then begins to shed tears) Yaçodä
is so agitated she forgot to offer suitable prayers for her son's safe
journey. She is so perplexed that she forgot to prepare a lunch
for Him to take on the road. She simply embraces Him again and
again, cries, and muddies the dust on His body with the stream of
tears from her eyes!

våndä: çaibyäyäù sakhé-jalpitaà kim äkarëitam aryayä.

saibyayaù—of Çaibya; sakhi—by the friend; jalpitam—said; kim—

what?; äkarëitam—is heard; aryaya—by the noble lady.

Våndä: Did the noble lady hear what Çaibyä said to her friend?

paurëamäsé: putri kédåçam idam.

putri—O daughter; kidrsam—like what?; idam—this.

Paurëamäsé: What is it, my daughter?

våndä:
na nirghoñän manye niçamayasi ghoñasya karuëän
vimugdhe tvaà dadhnäm iha yad anubadhnäsi mathanam
japan karëotsaìge sakhi kim api dütaù kñiti-pater
mukundaà mandätmä nagara-gamanäya tvarayati

•
82 •
 na—not; nirghosan—the wailing; manye—I think; nisamayasi—you
hear; ghosasya—of Vraja; karunan—pathetic; vimugdhe—O bewildered
girl; tvam—you; dadhnam—of yogurt; iha—here; yat—because;
anubadhnasi—you have become absorbed; mathanam—in churning;
japan—speaking; karëa—of the ear; utsaìge—in the lap; sakhi—O
friend; kim api—something; dutaù—a messenger; kñiti-pateù—of the
king; mukundam—Kåñëa; maëòa-atma—wicked; nagara—to the city;
gamanaya—for going; tvarayati—hurries.

Våndä: She said, "O bewildered girl, I think it is because you

are so absorbed in churning yogurt that you do not hear the
pathetic wailing of Vraja Village! O sakhi, a wicked messenger of
the king is now going to take Mukunda to Mathurä!"

paurëamäsé: vatse çaibyä-vimohatas tvaà viklavä çyämalä-

viläpenäbhijïäsi.

vatse—O child; saibya—of Çaibya; vimohataù—because of the

allurement; tvam—you; viklava—agitated; syamala—of Syama; vilape—
lament; na—not; abhijïa—aware; asi—you are.

Paurëamäsé: Child, because you were agitated by Çaibyä’s

feelings you could not hear Çyamä's lament.

våndä: tathyaà bravéñi. tad etaà varëaya.

tathyam—the truth; bravisi—you speak; tat etam—that; varëaya—

please describe.

Våndä: Tell me what Çyämä said.

paurëamäsé:
bhänor bimbe tvaritam udaya-prasthataù prasthite 'sau
yatränandé paöhati muditaù syandane gändineyaù
tävat türëaà sphuöa-khura-puöaiù kñoëi-påñöhaà khananto
yävan nämé hådaya bhavato ghoöakäù sphoöakäù syuù

bhanoù—of the sun; bimbe—in the circle; tvaritam—quickly;

udaya—rising; prasthataù—from the journey; prasthite—situated for the
journey; asau—He; yatra—for the journey; nandi—auspicious verses;
pathati—recites; muditaù—jubilant; syandane—on the chariot;

•
83 •
gandineyaù—Akrüra, the son of Gandiné-devé; tavat—in that way;
türëam—at once; sphuta—manifested; khura-putaiù—with hooves;
kñoni—of the earth; prstham—the back; khanantaù—digging; yavat—in
that way; na—not; ami—these; hrdaya—O heart; bhavataù—of you;
ghotakaù—horses; sphotakaù—manifested; syuù—are.

She said, "The sun has now risen and Gandiné’s son Akrüra
stands on the chariot happily reciting prayers for a safe journey.
Ah, when the horses begin to gallop, they will break only the
earth with their hooves, but not you, my heart!"

våndä: çåëuvaù kià paridevayati bhadrä.

çåuvaù—let us hear; kim—what?; paridevayati—laments; bhadra—

Bhadra.

Våndä: How does Bhadrä lament? Let us listen.

(nepathye)
tuvaranto tuha da-ido
sa-aìga-ëédaà puro samäruha-i
tahabi na paräëa-sa-uëe
hadaìga-ëédaà paricca-asi

nepathye—from behind the scenes; tuvaranto—hurrying; tuha—of

you; da-ido—the beloved; sa-aìga—the chariot; nidam—within; puro—
in the presence; samaruha-i—climbs; tahabi—nevertheless; na—does
not; hada—killed; aìga—of the body; nidam—the nest; paricca-asi—
you abandon.

A voice from behind the scenes: O bird of my life-breath, even

though in your presence your beloved Kåñëa hastily climbed
aboard the chariot, still you refuse to abandon this slain body that
has become your nest!

paurëamäsé: (vämato dåñöva) vatse mädhavasya mädhyähnikaà

däma nirmimäëäyäà candrävalyäà çalyärpiëé padmä-vyähåtir
äkarëyatäm.

vamataù—to the left; dåñövä—glancing; vatse—O child;

madhavasya—of Kåñëa; madhyahnikam—from madhyahnika (mid-day

•
84 •
or bandhuka) flowers; dama—a garland; nirmimanayam—who had
made; candravalyam—to Candrävalé; salya—a javelin; arpiné—placing;
padma—of Padma; vyahåtiù—the statement; äkarëyatäm—should be
heard.

Paurëamäsé: (Glancing to the left) My child, Candrävalé

fashioned a garland of bandhuka flowers for Mädhava, and
Padmä is now speaking to her some words that pierce her like a
javelin. Let us listen.

(nepathye)
ajjhärüòho raham iha purä saìga-raìgé rahaìgé
hä pupphäëaà tuhabi caòule gaëöhanukkaëöhidäsi
ähéréëaà bahiri gahirukkosa-déhä véläba
kià de candä-alé na parido kaëëa-kü-aà viçanti

nepathye—from behind the scenes; ajjharudho—ascended;

raham—the chariot; iha—here; pura—previously; saìga—His
associates; rangi—who loves; rahangi—Kåñëa, whose palms and feet are
marked with the signs of the cakras; ha—ah!; pupphanam—of flowers;
tuhabi—still; cadule—O ficke girl; ganthan—strunging; ukkaëöhida—
eager; asi—you are; ahirinam—of the gopés; bahiri—O deaf girl;
gahir—deep; ukkosa—tumultuous; dina—sustained; vilaba—laments;
kim—whether?; de—of you; candä-alé—O Candrävalé; na—do not;
parido—to; kanna—of the ears; ku-am—the opening; viçanti—enter.

A voice from behind the scenes: Even though Kåñëa, whose

palms and feet are marked with the signs of the cakras, and who
is very affectionate to His associates, has alredy climbed the
chariot, you are still intent on stringing this flower garland! O
fickle, deaf Candrävalé, has the deep, sustained, tumultuous
wailing of the gopés not entered your ears?

paurëamäsé: (sodvegam)
älé-vyäléka-vacanena muhur vihastä
hastäravinda-vigalad-grathitärdha-mälyä
hä hanta hanta kim api pratipanna-tanträ
candrävalé kila daçäntaram äruroha

sa—with; udvegam—anguish; ali—of the friend; vyalika—painful;

vacanena—by the words; muhuù—repeatedly; vihasta—helpless;

•
85 •
hasta—hand; aravinda—from the lotus flower; vigalat—slipping;
grathita—strung; ardha—half; malya—flower garland; ha—Ah!;
hanta—alas!; hanta—alas!; kim api—something; pratipanna—attained;
tantra—unconsciousness; candrävalé—Candrävalé; kila—indeed; dasa-
antaram—the condition of being almost dead; aruroha—attained.

Paurëamäsé: (Anguished) Ah! Hearing from her sakhi the

painful news, Candrävalé, became helpless. The half-strung
flower-garland slipped from her hand, and she at once fainted as
if dead.

våndä: paçya paçya vivaçäm eva candrävaléà syandanägrato

nidhäya çocati padmä.

paçya—look!; paçya—look!; vivasam—overwhelmed; eva—certainly;

candrävalém—Candrävalé; syandana agrataù—approaching;
nidhaya—placing; socati—laments; padma—Padma.

Våndä: Look! Look! Placing unconscious Candrävalé in front of

the chariot, Padmä cries bitterly.

(nepathye)
kkhaëam avadhehi hadäse
tilaà bi ëa-aëaïcalaà pa-äsehi
hanta tuvare-i tura-am
ëikkaruëo gändiné-putto

nepathye—from behind the scenes; kkhanam—for a moment;

avadhehi—please understand; hada—destroyed; ase—hope; tilam—a
fraction; bi—even; na-ana—of the eyes; aïcalam—the corner; pa-
asehi—please open; hanta—indeed; tuvare-i—hastening; tura-am—the
horse; nikkaruno—merciless; gandiné—of Gandiné-devé; putto—the son.

A voice from behind the scenes: O Candrävalé, open your eyes!

Now all our hopes are destroyed, because the merciless Akrüra,
the son of Gändiné, is already harnessing the horses to take Kåñëa
to Mathurä!

paurëamäsé: hanta vatse rädhikäm apaçyanté bäòham äkuläsmi.

•
86 •
 hanta—ah!; vatse—child; rädhikäm—Rädhä; apaçyanti—not seeing;
badham—very much; akula—agitated; asmi—I am.

Paurëamäsé: Child, because I cannot see Rädhä I am very

worried!

våndä: (dakñiëataù prekñya) ha dhik paçya paçya

na vaktuà nävaktuà pura-gamana-värtäà mura-bhidaù
kñamante rädhäyai katham api viçäkhä-prabhåtayaù
samantäd äkräntä niviòa-jaòima-çreëibhir imäù
paraà karëäkarëi-vyavahåtim adhéraà vidadhati

dakñinataù—to the right; prekñya—looking; ha dhik—alas!; paçya—

look!; paçya—look!; na—not; vaktum—to speak; na—not; avaktum—to
not speak; pura—to the city; gamana—going; vartam—the news; mura-
bhidaù—of Kåñëa, the killer of the Mura demon; kñamante—are able;
rädhäyai—to Rädhä; katham api—somehow; viçäkhä—Viçäkhä;
prabhåtayaù—the gopés headed by; samantat—completely; akrantaù—
overwhelmed; nivida—intense; jadima—condition of being stunned;
srenibhiù—by the abundance; imaù—they; param—afterwards; karëa-
äkarëi—ear to ear; vyavahåtim—activity; adhiram—unsettled condition;
vidadhati—attain.

Våndä: (Looking to the right) Ah, look! Look! Viçäkhä and the
other gopés cannot bear to either tell or not tell Rädhä the news
of Kåñëa's departure for Mathurä. They are completely stunned
and stand as if they have lost the meaning of life.

paurëamäsé: (sa-khedam)
yasyäloka-sukhe kåtena nimiñair äkñipyamäne manäk
pratyühena varäkñi tad-virahitäs tvaà nauñi ménér api
tasmin vindati mädhave madhu-puréà daivän na jänémahe
hä rädhe praëayänuviddha-manasaù kä te gatir bhäviné

sa—with; khedam—anxiety; yasya—of whom; aloka—of seeing;

sukhe—in the happiness; kåtena—done; nimisaiù—by blinking;
akñipyamane—interrupted; manak—slightly; pratyuhena—by the
obstacle; vara—beautiful; akñi—whose eyes; tat—that; virahitaù—
without; tvam—You; nausi—glorify; minéù—the fish; api—even;
tasmin—when; vindati—goes; madhave—Kåñëa; madhu-purim—to
Mathurä City; daivat—by fate; na—do not; janimahe—we know; ha—

•
87 •
alas!; radhe—Rädhä; praëaya—by love; anuviddha—wounded;
manasaù—whose heart; ka—what?; te—of You; gatiù—destination;
bhaviné—will be.

Paurëamäsé: (Unhappy) O Rädhä, when the blinking of Your

eyes interrupted Your seeing Kåñëa even for a moment, You
would glorify the fish. O Rädhä whose heart is wounded by love,
what will happen to You now that fate is taking Mädhava to
Mathurä city?

våndä: paçya paçya samastäd äkasmikena kolähalena kuraìgéva

taraìgita-dåñöir eçä bahir véthém äsasäda rädhä.

paçya—look!; paçya—look!; samasatat—completely; akasmikena—

suddenly; kolahalena—by the tumult; kurangi—a doe; iva—like;
tarangita—moving restlessly like waves; dåñöiù—whose eyes; esa—She;
bahiù—outside; vithim—the path; asasada—attained; rädhä—Rädhä.

Våndä: Look! Look! The tumultous sounds has made restless

doe-eyed Rädhä run out onto the road.

paurëamäsé: hä kañöaà sphuöaà divyonmädamayém udghürëaà

äpadyate rädhikä. yad iyam asambandha-bhüyiñöham aneka-
bhäñamayéà bhäratém udgirati.

ha—alas!; kastam—alas!; sphutam—manifested; divya—

transcendental; unmada—madness; mayim—consisting of;
udghurnam—agitation; apadyate—attained; rädhikä—Rädhä; yat—
because; iyam—She; asambandha—senseless; bhüyistham—very
much; aneka—much; bhasa—of talking; mayim—consisting;
bharatim—words; udgirati—speaks.

Paurëamäsé: Alas! Alas! Agitated with divine madness, Rädhä

now babbles eloquent nonsense running from one language to
another.18

(nepathye)
va-a-ëaraba-i-ëandaëaà sa bandhum

18
In Rädhä's words (in the next verse) the first two lines are in Prakrit and the second two
lines are in Sanskrit.

•
88 •
 rähä-pavarobari pekkhi-a pphurantam
skhalati mama vapuù kathaà dhäritré
bhramati kutaù kim amé naöanti népäù

nepathye—from behind the scenes; va-a—of Vraja; narabi-a—of the

kind; nandanam—the son; sa bandhum—with His brother; raha—
chariot; pravara—excellent; ubari—above; pekkhi-a—seeing;
pphurantam—manifested; skhalati—trips and fall; mama—My; vapuù—
body; katham—why?; dharitri—the earth; bhramati—moves; kutaù—
why?; kim—why?; api—also; naöati—dances; nipaù—the kadamba
trees.

A voice from behind the scenes: Now that I see Nanda-nandana

standing on the chariot with His brother and uncle, why do I
stumble and fall to the ground? Why does the earth move about
like this, and why are the kadamba trees dancing?

paurëamäsé: çåëüvaù kim äha lalitä.

çåuvaù—let us listen; kim—what?; aha—says; lalitä—Lalitä.

Paurëamäsé: What is Lalitä saying? Let us listen.

(nepathye) sahi rähe mä viséda. pavvada-parikkamobakkamo eso.

nepathye—from behind the scenes; sahi—O friend; rahi—Rädhä;

ma—do not; visida—lament; pavvada—the mountain; parikkama—
around; ubakkamo—approaching; eso—He.

A voice from behind the scenes: O sakhi Rädhä, please do not

lament! Kåñëa approaches the road to Govardhana Hill.

paurëamäsé: çrüyatäà vatsäyä vyähåtiù.

çruyatäm—should be heard; vatsayaù—of the girl; vyahåtiù—the

words.

Paurëamäsé: Listen to what the girl is saying.

(nepathye)
sahacari parijïätaà sadyaù samastam idaà mayä

•
89 •
 paöima-paöalais tvaà nihnotuà kiyat prabhaviñyasi
virama kåpaëe bhävé näyaà harer viraha-klamo
mama kim abhavan kaëöhe präëa muhur nirapatrapäù

nephathye—from behind the scenes; sahacari—O friend;

parijïatam—known; sadyaù—now; samastam—all; idam—this;
mayä—by Me; patima—of cleverness; patalaiù—witù an abundance;
tvam—you; nihnotum—to conceal; kiyat—how much; prabhaviñyasi—
will you be able; virama—stop; krpane—O wretched girl; bhavi—will
be; na—not; ayam—this; viraha—of separation; klamaù—distress;
mama—of Me; kim—why?; abhavat— came forth; kaëöhe—in the throat;
präëaù—life-airs; muhuù—repeatedly; nirapatrapaù—shameless.

A voice from behind the scenes: Now I know everything. Sakhi,

what will you cleverly hide from Me? O wretched girl, stop! I will
not be unhappy when Kåñëa is gone, but why does this shameless
breathing not leave my throat?

våndä: bhagavati vivakñur iva viçäkhä lakñyate.

bhagavati—O noble lady; vivakñuù—wishing to speak; iva—as if;

viçäkhä—Viçäkhä; lakñyate—is seen.

Våndä: O noble lady, Viçäkhä is about to say something.

(nepathye)
taà viddhaàsi-a kaàsam
ratti-muhe tuha melissa-i ppaëa-i
sahi mä ghamma vilakkha
kkhamävadéëäà dhuréëäsi

nepathye—from behind the scenes; tam—him; viddhaàsi-a—after

killing; kaàsam—Kaàsa; ratti—of the night; muhe—in the face; tuha—
with You; melissa-i—meeting; ppani-a—affectionate; sahi—O friend;
ma—do not; ghamma—be agitated; vilakkha—bewildered;
kkhamavadinam—of all patient girls; dhurina—the best; asi—You are.

A voice from behind the scenes: After He kills Kaàsa, Kåñëa

will again meet You in the middle of the night. Sakhi, You are the
most patient and tolerant of all the gopés. Please don't be upset!

•
90 •
 paurëamäsé: samäkarëaya vara-varëiné-varëitam

samäkarëaya—listen; vara-varëiné—of the eloquent gopé;

varëitam—the description.

Paurëamäsé: Listen to this eloquent gopé's words.

(nepathye)
näçväsanaà viracaya tvam idaà hatäçe
çuñyan-mukhé mama guëaà parikértayanté
düräd amardava-bhåto 'pi muhuù kñamäyäù
kukñià vidärayati paçya rathäìga-nemiù

nepathye—from behind the scenes; na—do not; asvasanam—

consolation; viracaya—do; tvam—You; idam—this; hata—destroyed;
ase—whose hope; susyat—drying up; mukhi—mouth; mama—my;
gunam—qualities; parikirtayanti—describing; dürät—from far away;
amardava—harness; bhåtaù—possessing; api—even; muhuù—
repeatedly; kñamayaù—of the earth; kukñim—the belly; vidarayati—rips
apart; paçya—look; ratha—of the chariot; aìga—of the wheel; nemin—
the rim.

A voice from behind the scenes: Don't console Me! O hopeless

girl, your mouth is dry praising Me. Look! Far away, the hard
wheels of Kåñëa's chariot again and again break the belly of the
earth!

paurëamäsé: ahaha räjéva-netra-yäträ-viträsita-cetäù kaà apy

adhairya-di/kñäà uré-cakära cakoräkñé.

ahaha—aha!; rajiva—lotus; netra—whose eyes; yatra—of the

journey; vitrasita—frightened; cetaù—at heart; kam api—something;
adhairya—of restlessness; dikñam—initiation; uri-cakara—accepted;
cakora—like a cakora bird; akñi—whose eyes.

Paurëamäsé: Ah! Her heart afraid of lotus-eyed Kåñëa's

departure, Rädhä, whose eyes are like cakora birds, has become
restless!

våndä:
kñaëaà vikroçanté viluöhati çatäìgasya purataù

•
91 •
 kñaëaà bäñpa-grastäà kirati kila dåñöià hari-mukhe
kñaëaà rämasyägre patati daçanottambhita-trëä
na rädheyaà kaà vä kñipati karuëämbhodhi-kuhare

a—from not; priya—the beloved; darçan—seeing; jaù—produced;

yathä—just as; tatra—here; eva—certainly; kñaëam—one moment;
vikroçanti—crying; viluthati—rolling about; sataìgasya—of the chariot;
purataù—before; kñaëam—one moment; baspa—by tears; grastam—
swallowed; kirati—scattering; dåñöim—glance; hari—of Kåñëa; mukhe—
in the face; kñaëam—another moment; ramasya—of Balarama; agre—in
the presence; patati—falls; dasana—by teeth; uttambhita—held; trna—
a blade of grass; na—not; rädhä—O Rädhä; iyam—She; kam—whom?;
va—or; kñipati—throws; karuna—of compassion; ambhodhi-kuhare—
into the ocean.

Våndä: One moment She cries bitterly, the next moment She
rolls about on the ground before the chariot, the next moment
Her tear-filled eyes gaze on Hari's face, and the next moment She
places a blade of grass between Her teeth and bows down before
Balaräma and begs Him not to leave Våndävana. Is there any
person Rädhä will not throw into the ocean of intense
compassion for Her?

paurëamäsé: (säsram) ha hanta hanta

na hi nyastä dåñöiù kñaëaà adhara-pälé-parimale
yayä kaàsäräteù priya-sahacaréëäm api puraù
gurüëäm apy agre yad akalita-lajjävalir abhüd
iyaà rädhä sadyas tad iha mama ceto glapayati

sa—with; asram—tears; ha—alas!; hanta—alas!; hanta—alas!; na—

not; hi—indeed; nyasta—placed; dåñöiù—glance; kñaëam—for a
moment; adhara-pali-parimale—on the ground muddied by Her tears;
yaya—by which; kaàsa-arateù—of Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa; priya—
dear; sahacarinam—of gopé-friends; api—even; puraù—in the
presence; gurunam—superiors; api—even; agre—in the presence; yat—
by whom; akalita—not done; lajja—of shyness; avaliù—abundance;
abhüt—was; iyam—this; rädhä—Rädhä; sadyaù—at once; tat—then;
iha—here; mama—of me; cetaù—the heart; glapayati—causes to wilt.

Paurëamäsé: (With tears) Ah! Although in the presence of Her

dear gopés She would never for even a moment glance at Kåñëa,

•
92 •
now, without any embarrassment, even before Her superiors She
stares at Him with tear-filled eyes! Rädhä makes my heart wilt
with pain!

(punar nirüpya)
rathinaù pathi paçyataù sa-khedaà
bata rädhä-vadanam muräntakasya
kirato nayane ghanäçru-bindün
aravinde makarandavat krameëa

punaù—again; nirüpya—describing; rathinaù—riding on the

chariot; pathi—on the path; paçyataù—looking; sa—with; khedam—
anguish; bata—indeed; rädhä—Of Rädhä; vadanam—at the face; mura-
antakasya—of Kåñëa, the killer of Mura; kiyatha—how much?; nayane—
in the eyes; ghana—thick; açru—of tears; bindun—drops; aravinde—in
a lotus flower; makaranda—honey; yat—like; kramena—in succession.

As Kåñëa rides on the chariot, gazing at Rädhä's anguished

face, how many thick tears appear in His eyes like drops of honey
on a lotus flower?

våndä: bhagavati nünaà kumäréëäà präëaù präëeçvareëa

särdham evädya prayäsyanti.

bhagavati—O noble lady; nunam—is it not so?; kumarinam—of the

young girls; präëaù—the life's breath; präëa—of life; isvarena—the
lord; särdham—with; eva—certainly; adya—now; prayasyanti—will go.

Våndä: Noble lady, the gopés' life-breath will now follow Kåñëa,
the lord of their life.

paurëamäsé: putri hareù sandeça-haraà paçya paçya

etäs türëaà nayata kiratér ärti-miçras tamisrä
bhävé bhävyä punar api mayä maìgalaù saìgamo vä
itthaà dérghair agha-vijayinä hanta sandänito 'bhüd
äçä-päçaiù sarasija-dåçäà präëa-säraìga-saìghaù

putri—O daughter; hareù—of Kåñëa; sandesa—message; haram—

carrying; paçya—look!; paçya—look!; etaù—them; türëam—at once;
nayata—you may pass; kiratiù—how many?; arti—with pain; misraù—
mixed; tamisraù—nights; bhavi—will be; bhavyaù—O beautiful, pious

•
93 •
gopés; punaù—again; api—also; mayä—with Me; maìgalaù—
auspicious; saìgamaù—association; va—or; ittham—in this way;
dirghaiù—long; agha—of Aghasura; vijayina—the conqueror; hanta—
indeed; sandanitaù—tied; abhüt—is; asa—of hope; pasaiù—with the
ropes; sarasija—like lotus flowers; drsam—whose eyes; präëa—of the
life-breath; saraìga—of deer; saìghaù—the herd.

Paurëamäsé: Look! Look! Here comes Hari’s messenger bearing

His words: "O My beautiful, pious gopés! Please survive a few
anguished nights, and you will attain My auspicious company
again!" In this way Kåñëa, the killer of Aghäsura, with ropes of
hope tightly bound the deer of the lotus-eyed gopés life-breath.

våndä: (sa-vyatham)
pibati na makarandaà våndam indindiräëäà
vanam api na mayüräs täëòavair maëòayanti
vidadhati ca rathäìgäù sväìganäbhir na saìgam
sarati sarasijäkñe goñöhataù paööanäya

sa—with; vyatham—anguish; pibati—drink; na—not;

makarandam—honey; våndäm—the host; indiridiranam—of bees;
vanam—the forest; api—also; na—not; mayuraù—the peacockñ;
tandavaiù—with enthusiastic dancing; maëòayanti—decorate;
vidadhati—do; ca—also; rathaìgaù—the cakravaka birds; sva-
aìganabhiù—with their wives; na—not; saìgam—company; sarati—
goes; sarasija—lotus; akñe—whose eyes; goñöhataù—from Vraja;
pattanaya—to Mathurä City.

Våndä: (With anguish) Now that lotus-eyed Kåñëa has left Vraja
to go to Mathurä, the bumble-bees will no longer drink honey, the
peacocks will not decorate the forest with their frantic dances,
and the cakraväka birds will refuse to associate with their wives.

paurëamäsé: (nemi-vartmänusåtya sa-khedam) ahaha

advépe kñipaté samasta-jagatéà astoka-çokämbudhau
rädhä sambhåta-käkur äkulam asau cakre tathä krandanam
yena syandana-nemi-nirmita-mahä-sémanta-dambhäd idaà
hä sarvaàsahayäpi nirbharam abhüd düräd vidéåëaà bhuvä

nemi—of the rim of the chariot wheel; vartma—the path; anusrtya—

following; sa—with; khedam—distress; ahaha—alas!; advipe—without

•
94 •
islands; kñipati—casting; samasta—the entire; jagatim—world; astoka—
intense; çoka—of grief; ambudhau—into the ocean; rädhä—Rädhä;
sambhrata—manifested; kakuù—plaintive cries; akulam—distress;
asau—She; cakre—did; tathä—in that way; krandanam—crying;
yena—by which; syandana—moving; nemi—of the chariot-wheel rim;
nirmita—made; mahä—great; simanta—line; dambhat—on the pretext;
idam—this; ha—alas!; sarvam—everything; sahaya—bearing; api—
even; nirbharam—greatly; abhüt—became; dürät—from far away;
vidirëam—broken apart; bhuva—by the earth.

Paurëamäsé: (Following the tracks of the chariot-wheels, she

laments) Rädhä's pitiful cries of grief plunge the entire world in
an islandless ocean of intense pain, and these marks in the all-
tolerant earth that appear to have been made by the wheels of the
moving chariot have in reality been made by Rädhä's tears.

våndä: hä kañöam. hä kañöam.

puraù kvacana dhävati sphurati citriteva kvacit
tanoti hasitaà kvacit kvacana tévram äkrandati
iyaà pralapati kvacit kvacana maunam älambate
mukunda-virahodgatair muhur adhéra-dhér ädhibhiù

ha kastam—alas!; ha kastam—alas!; puraù—in the presence;

kvacana—sometimes; dhavati—runs; sphurati—is manifested; citrita—
a picture; iva—like; kvacit—sometimes; tanoti—manifests; hasitam—
laughter; kvacit—sometimes; kvacana—sometimes; tivram—bitterly;
akrandati—weeps; iyam—She; pralapati—talks; kvacit—sometimes;
kvacana—sometimes; maunam—silence; alambate—attains;
mukunda—from Kåñëa; viraha—from the separation; udgataiù—
manifested; muhuù—continually; adhira—unsettled; dhiù—whose
mind; adhibhiù—by the sufferings.

Våndä: Ah! Ah! The pain of separation from Mukunda has

unsettled Rädhä's mind! Sometimes She runs about and
sometimes She stands still like a painted picture. Sometimes She
laughs and sometimes She weeps bitterly. Sometimes She is very
talkative and sometimes She is silent.

(nepathye)
kva nanda-kula-candramäù kva çikhi-candrakälaëåtiù
kva mandra-muralé-ravaù kva nu surendra-néla-dyutiù

•
95 •
kva räsa-rasa-täëòavé kva sakhi jéva-rakñauçadhir
nidhir mama suhåttamaù kva bata hanta hä dhig-vidhim

nepathye—from behind the scenes; kva—where; nanda-kula-

candramäù—Kåñëa, who has risen like the moon in the ocean of the
dynasty of Nanda Mahäräja; kv—where; çikhi-candraka-alaìkåtiù—
Kåñëa, whose head is decorated with a peacock feather; kva—where;
mandra-muralé-ravaù—Kåñëa, whose flute produces a deep sound;
kva—where; na—certainly; surendra-néla-dyutiù—Kåñëa, whose bodily
luster is like the jewel called indranéla; kva—where; räsa-rasa-täëòavé—
Kåñëa, who is expert in dancing in the räsa dance; kva—where; sakhi—
O My dear friend; jéva-rakña-auçadhiù—Kåñëa, who is the medicine that
can save one's life; nidhiù—treasure; mama—My; suhåt-tamaù—best of
friends; kva—where; bata—I am so sorry; hanta—alas; hä—oh; dhik-
vidhim—condemnation to Providence, the maker of my destiny.

A voice from behind the scenes: My dear sakhi, where is Kåñëa,

who is like the moon rising from the ocean of Mahäräja Nanda's
dynasty? Where is Kåñëa, His head decorated with a peacock
feather? Where is He? Where is Kåñëa whose flute produces such
a deep sound? O, where is Kåñëa, whose bodily luster is like the
shining of the blue indranéla jewel? Where is Kåñëa, who is expert
in räsa dancing? Oh, where is He who can save My life? Kindly tell
Me where to find Kåñëa, the treasure of My life and best of My
friends. Feeling separation from Him, I condemn Providence, the
shaper of My destiny!

paurëamäsé: dhik kañöam. mürtam etad durëiväraà käruëya-

òambaraà parilambate. tad itas türëaà me prasthitiù pathyä.

dhik—alas!; kastam—alas!; murtam—body; etat—this;

durëivaram—irresistable; karunya—of compassion; dambaram—
abundance; parilambate—attains; tat—therefore; itaù—from here;
türëam—quickly; me—of me; prasthitiù—going; pathya—is proper.

Paurëamäsé: Alas! Alas! This body is now overwhelmed with

pity! I must go at once.

våndä: bhagavati mukharäm atra sannidhäpayitum icchämi.

(ity ubhe niñkränte.)

•
96 •
 bhagavati—O noble lady; mukharam—Mukhara; atra—here;
sannidhapayitum—to bring; icchami—I wish; iti—thus; ubhe—both;
niñkränte—exit.

Våndä: Noble lady, I would like to bring Mukharä here. (They

both exit.)

(tataù praviçati sakhébhyäm äçväsyamänä rädhä.)

rädhä: (säkrandam)
nipétä na svairaà çruti-puöikayä narma-bhaëitir
na dåñöä niùçaìkaà sumukhi mukha-paìkeruha-rucaù
harer vakñaù-péöhaà na kila ghanam äliìgitam abhüd
iti dhyäyaà dhyäyaà sphuöati luöhad antar mama manaù

tataù—then; praviçati—enter; sakhibhyam—by two gopé-friends;

asvasyamana—consoled; rädhä—Rädhä; sa—with; akrandam—crying;
nipita—drunk; na—not; svairam—to My heart's content; çruti-
putikaya—by My ears; narma—joking; bhanitiù—words; na—not;
dåñöa—observed; nihçaìkam—free from fear; sumukhi—O beautiful-
faced girl; mukha—of the face; paìkeruha—of the lotus flower; rucaù—
the slendor; hareù—of Kåñëa; vakñaù-pitham—the chest; na—not;
kila—certainly; ghanam—firmly; äliìgitam—embraced; abhüt—was;
iti—thus; dhyayam dhyayam—repeatedly remembering; sphutati—
manifested; luthat—trembling with anxiety; antaù—within; mama—My;
manaù—heart.

(Consoled by two gopés, Rädhä enters)

Rädhä: O beautiful-faced sakhi, I did not fully drink the nectar
of Kåñëa's joking words with My ears. I did not fearlessly gaze
without restriction on His lotus face. I did not very firmly
embrace His chest to My heart's content. Moment after moment
My mind remembers all this as it trembles in pain!

viçäkhä: halä kaëhassa paccä-amaëa-sandesam jäëanté bi irise ve-

anäëala-jhalakkäre appäëaà pakkhibanté késa sahéëaà paräëaà
karéseëa randhesi.

hala—ah!; kanhassa—of Kåñëa; pacca-amana—of the return;

sandesam—the message; jananti—knowing; bi—even though; irise—
like this; ve-ana—of suffering; anala—of the fire; jhalakkare—in the
flames; appanam—Yourself; pakkhibanti—casting; kisa—why;

•
97 •
sahinam—of Your gopé-friends; paranam—the life-breath; karisena—
with this terrible thing; randhesi—You torment.

Viçäkhä: Ah! Why, even though You know of Kåñëa's message

promising His return, do You still torture Your sakhis by
plunging Yourself into this blazing fire of grief?

rädhä: (sanskåtam äçritya)

cetaù khinna-jane hareù pariëataà käruëya-véci-bharair
ity äbhéra-nata-bhruväà sakhi bhaved äloka-sambhävanä
marma-granthi-nikåntana-vyasaniné taà tädåçaà vairiëé
krüreyaà viraha-vyathä na sahate mad-bhäga-dheyotsavam

sanskåtam—of Sanskrit; asritya—taking shelter; cetaù—the heart;

khinna—distressed; jane—for a person; hareù—of Kåñëa; parinatam—
is transformed; karunya—of mercy; vici—of waves; bharaiù—with an
abundance; iti—thus; abhira-nata-bhruvam—of the gopés who have
curved eyebrows; sakhi—O friend; bhavet—may be; aloka-
sambhavana—the opinéon; marma—of the heart; granthi—the knot;
nikrntana—on cutting; vyasaniné—intent; tam—this; tadrsam—like
this; vairiné—enemy; krüra—cruel; iyam—this; viraha—from
separation; vyathä—suffering; na—does not; sahate—allow; mat—of
Me; bhaga—the good fortune; dheya—giving; utsavam—festival of
happiness.

Rädhä: O sakhi, the gopés, who all have beautiful curved

eyebrows, may be convinced that Hari's heart is flooded with
waves of compassion for this opressed person. Still, My cruel
enemy, the pain of being separated from Kåñëa, is intent on
cutting My heart to pieces. That enemy will not for a moment
allow Me to celebrate a festival of auspicious happiness.

(ity ärtià naöayanté.)

uttäpé püöa-päkato 'pi garala-grämäd api kñobhaëo
damholer api duùsahaù kaöur alaà hån-magna-çalyäd api
tévraù prauòha-visücika-nicayato 'py uccair mamäyaà balé
marmäëy adya bhinatti gokula-pater viçleña-janma jvaraù
(iti mukta-kaëöhaà roditi.)

iti—thus; artim—suffering; naöayanti—representing dramatically;

atha—now; vyadhiù—disease; yathä—just as; tatra—in that book;

•
98 •
eva—certainly; uttapi—distressing; puta-pakataù—than the puta-paka
fire; api—even; garala—of poison; gramat—than a strong dose; api—
even; kñobhanaù—more agitating; dambholeù—than Indra's
thunderbolt; api—even; duhsahaù—more intolerable; katuù—sharp;
alam—greatly; håt—in the heart; magna—plunged; salyat—than a
spear; api—even; tivraù—harsh; praudha—fully developed; visucika-
nicayataù—than cholera; api—ven; uccaiù—greatly; mama—of Me;
ayam—this; bali—powerful; marmahi—the vital organs; adya—now;
bhinatti—breaks; gokula—of Gokula; pateù—of the master; viçlesa—of
from separation; janma—born; jvaraù—fire; iti—thus; muktam—
unobstructed; kaëöham—with throat; roditi—cries.

(In agony) The blazing fire of separation from Kåñëa, the

master of Gokula, has broken My heart! That fire is more painful
than the püöa-päka fire19, more troubling than a strong doses of
poison, more intolerable than Indra's thunderbolt, more sharp
than a spear plunged into the heart, and more horrifying than the
last stage of cholera! (Cries without any inhibition.)

(nephathye)
adya präëa-parärdhato 'pi dayite düraà prayäte harau
hä dhig duùsaha-çoka-çaìkubhir abhüd viddhäntarä rädhikä
tenäsyäù pratiñedham ärya-carite tvaà mä kåthä mä kåthäù
kñéëeyaà kñaëam atra suñöhu viluöhanty ärta-svaraà roditu

nepathye—from behind the scenes; adya—now; präëa—than life;

para-ardhataù—many millions of times; api—even; dayite—more dear;
düräm—far away; prayate—has gone; harau—when Kåñëa; ha—alas!;
duhsaha—unbearable; çoka—of grief; çaìkubhiù—by many arrows;
abhüt—has become; viddha—wounded; antara—at heart; rädhikä—
Rädhä; tena—by this; asyäù—of Her; pratisedham—forbidding; arya-
carite—o noble, pious lady; tvam—you; ma—please do not; kåthäù—
do; ma—please do not; kåthäù—do; kñina—emanciated; iyam—She;
kñaëam—moment; atra—here; susthu—very much; viluthanti—rolling
about on the ground; arta—of pain; svaram—with sounds; roditu—may
cry.

A voice from behind the scenes: Kåñëa is many millions of

times more dear to Rädhä than Her own life. Now that He has

19
Heating a substance in a closed container on fire for a very long time.

•
99 •
gone far away, Her heart has become wounded by many sharp
javelins of unbearable grief. She has become emanciated. She may
roll about on the ground and scream in pain. O noble, pious
Mukharä, please don't try to stop Her! Please don't try to stop Her!

lalitä: (nepathyäbhimukham älokya svagatam) vunde sähu sähu

jaà ëiväran ummuhé muharä tu-e ëiväridä.

nepathya-abhimukham—at the area behind the scenes; alokya—

glancing; svagatam—aside; vunde—O Våndä; sahu—well done; sahu—
well done; jam—which; nivarë—to stop; ummuhi—eager; muhara—
Mukhara; tu-e—by you; nivarida—is checked.

Lalitä: (Glancing at the area behind the scenes) Våndä, well

done! Well done! You stopped Mukharä, who was very eager to
intervene.

rädhä: (punaç cakraväkéà vilokya säbhyarthanam)

iyam uapagatä präcétas tvaà rathäìgi tato haris
tava padam agäd akñëor asya pravåttim udéraya
vinayati ratha-kläntià hanta prabhoù pathi tasya kaù
praëayati janaù ko vä paträìkurädi-pariñkriyäm

punaù—again; cakravakim—at a cakravaka bird; vilokya—looking;

sa—with; abhyarthanam—a request; iyam—this; upagata—come;
pracitaù—from the east; tvam—you; rathangi—O cakravaka bird;
tataù—then; hariù—Kåñëa; tava—of you; padam—to the place; agat—
went; akñnoù—of the eyes; asya—of Him; pravåttim—news; udiraya—
please tell; vinayati—destroys; ratha—of the chariot; klantim—the
fatigue; hanta—indeed; prabhoù—of the Lord; pathi—on the path;
tasya—of Him; kaù—who?; praëayati—brings; jahaù—person; kaù—
which; va—or; patra—of leaves; aìkura—and sprouts; ädi—beginning
with; pariskriyam—ornament.

Rädhä: (Seeing a cakraväké bird, She makes the following

request) O cakraväké bird, because you have come here from the
east you must have seen Kåñëa. Please tell Me the news about Him!
Did anyone relieve Him of fatigue caused by travelling? Has
someone decorated Kåñëa with leaves, fresh sprouts, and other
forest-ornaments?

•
100 •
 lalitä: pi-a-sahi vi-o-iëé-ëi-uramba-kuòumba-sähi-sihare. mahurä-
patthämukkaëöhidaà vi-a pekkha vali-puööha ra-äm.

pi-a—O dear; sahi—friend; vi-o-ini—separated; uramba—multitude;

kudumbam—family; kadamba—kadamba; sahi—of a tree; sihare—on
the top; mahura—to Mathurä; patthan—going; ukkaëöhidam—eager;
vi-a—as if; pekkha—look; vali-puttha—of crows; ra-am—the king.

Lalitä: Dear sakhi, look at the king of crows sitting on top of

this kadamba tree. He seems to be a relative of us gopés suffering
in separation from our beloved. He seems to be yearning to go to
Mathurä.

rädhä: (sa-çlägham)
bhrätar väyasa-maëòalé-mukuöa he niñkramya goñöhäd itaù
sandeçaà vada vandanottaram amum våndäöavéndräya me
dagdhuà präëa-paçuà çikhé viraha-bhür indhe mad-aìgälaye
sändraà nägara-candra bhindhi rabhasäd äçärgalä-bandhanam

sa—with; slagham—praise; bhratam—O brother; vayasa—of birds;

maëòali—of the community; mukuta—O crown; he—O; niskramya—
going; goñöhat—from Vraja; itaù—then; sandesam—message; vada—
please speak; vandana—offering respectful obeisances; uttaram—after;
amum—this; våndä-atavi—of Våndävana; indraya—to the king; me—of
Me; dagdhum—to burn; präëa—of life-breath; pasum—the animal;
sakhi—flames; viraha-bhüù—of separation; indhe—in the fuel; mat—of
Me; aìga—of the body; alaye—in the abode; sandram—greatly;
nagara—of amorous heroes; candra—O moon; bhindhi—please break;
rabhasat—at once; asa—of hope; argala—by the obstruction;
bandhanam—bond.

Rädhä: (Praising the crow) O brother, O crown of all birds,

after you leave Vrajabhümi please go to Våndävana's king Kåñëa,
offer respectful obeisances to Him, and speak to Him the
following message on My behalf: "O moon of all amorous heroes,
the flames of separation from You are now beginning to burn the
animal of My life-breath in the house of My body. Please unbolt
the firm lock of hope that keeps that animal in the burning fire!"

(savyataù çärikäm avekñya)

na vedmi sakhi çärike yad asi tasya düté harer

•
101 •
 idaà prathamataù sphuöaà kathaya muïca värtäà paräm
sa piñöa-kaöu-kaëöakaù sakhibhir ävåto vartate
ratho ratha iti bruvan kim adhunä pratécé-mukhaù

savyataù—on the left; sarikam—a female parrot; avekñya—seeing;

na—not; vedmi—I know; sakhi—O friend; sarike—O parrot; yat—that;
asi—you are; tasya—of Him; duti—a messenger; hareù—of Kåñëa;
idam—this; prathamataù—first; sphutam—clearly; kathaya—please
tell; muïca—please release; vartam—the news; katu—the sharp;
kantakaù—thorns of the enemies; sakhibhiù—by friends; avåtaù—
surrounded; vartate—is; rathaù—the hero; rathaù—a chariot; iti—thus;
bruvan—saying; kim—does He?; adhuna—now; pratici—the west;
mukhaù—face.

(Seeing a female parrot) O sakhi, I did not know you were a

messenger from Kåñëa! Please tell Me the news about Him. Has
Kåñëa crushed the sharp thorns of His enemies? Is He now
surrounded by His friends? Does He call for a chariot to return to
Vraja?

(iti vikroçanté sa-çaìkam)

kià jappissädi sampadaà guru-aëo ha vaiëavaà kvämåtam
juttià so-a-haraà suëämi ëa kahaà ha ëarma-bhaìgé kva sä
kià dhäremi na dheri-aà kkhaëaà ahaà ha präëa-näthaù kva me
kaëöhaà muïcadha re paräëa-hada-a ha dhiì na dåñöo hariù

iti—thus; vikroçanti—crying; sa—with; çaìkam—fear; kim—what?;

jappissädi—will say; sampadam—now; guru-ano—superiors; ha—ah?;
vainavam—of the flute; kva—where?; amåtam—the nectar; juttim—
logic; so-a—grief; haram—removing; sunami—I hear; na—not;
katham—why?; ha—ah!; narma-bhangi—joking words; kva—where?;
sa—they; kim—whether?; dharemi—I keep; na—not; dheri-am—
peaceful composure; kkhanam—for a moment; aham—I; ha—ah!;
präëa—of life; näthaù—the lord; kva—where?; me—of Me; kaëöham—
throat; mucadha—please abandon; re—O; parana—life-breath; hada-
a—O miserble; ha—alas!; dhik—alas!; dåñöaù—seen; hariù—Kåñëa.

(Frightened and crying) What will My superiors say now? Now

where will I be able to hear the nectar sound of Kåñëa's flute? I do
not hear any words that will drive away My grief. Where are the
jokes and fun now? I cannot be peaceful for even a moment! Ah!

•
102 •
Where is the Lord of My life? O miserable life, please run out of
My throat at once because I can't see Hari anymore!

viçäkhä: (apavarya) lalide turi-aà kuëa kampi ubäëaà jena eso

paräëa-viddohi pi-a-sahé-e ve-anä-taraìgo kkhaëaà bi siòhilé-ädi.

apavarya—privately; lalide—O Lalitä; turi-am—quickly; kuna—

please make; kam pi—some; ubanam—the means; jena—by which;
eso—this; parana—of the life; viddohi—the enemy; pi-a—dear; sahi-e—
of the friend; ve-ana—of torment; tarango—the waves; kkhanam—for a
moment; bi—even; sidhili-ädi—may be slackened.

Viçäkhä: (Aside to Lalitä) O Lalitä, please quickly do something

to stop, even for a moment, the waves of suffering that are
drowning our dear sakhi Rädhä!

lalitä: (rädhäm upetya sanskåtena)

açaìkemahi paìkajakñi kutuké nirmäya mäyäà kramäd
akrürädi-mayéà hariù parihasaty asmän kalävän alam
moktuà na kñamate kadäpi yad ayaà våndäöavé-kandaraà
çakyaù prekñitum aïjasä sakhi sa cet kuïjaëtare mågyate

rädhäm—Rädhä; upetya—approaching; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit;

açaìkemahi—we think; paìkaja—lotus; akñi—eyes; kutuki—playful;
nirmaya—creating; mayam—a trick; kramat—gradually; akrüra—
Akrüra; ädi—beginning with; mayim—consisting of; hariù—Kåñëa;
parihasati—jokes and laughs; asman—at us; kalavan—clever; alam—
greatly; moktum—to leave; na—not; kñamate—is able to bear; kada
api—at any time; yat—because; ayam—this; våndä-atavi—of Våndävana
forest; kandaram—the interior; sakyaù—is able; prekñitum—to be seen;
aïjasa—quickly; sakhi—O friend; saù—He; cet—if; kuïja—the forest
grove; antare—within; mågyate—is sought.

Lalitä: (Approaches Rädhä and says) O lotus-eyed one, we

think that clever, playful Hari is simply playing a joke on us, and
these events beginning with Akrüra's arrival are just an illusion,
because Kåñëa never wants to leave Våndävana. O sakhi, if You
simply search for Him in the forest You will quickly find Kåñëa
in some bower!

viçäkhä: lalide sähu sähu. saccaà vi-akkhaëäsi.

•
103 •
 lalide—O Lalitä; sahu—well done; sahu—well done; saccam—in
truth; vi-akkhana—intelligent; asi—you are.

Viçäkhä: Well done, Lalitä! Well done! You are so intelligent!

rädhä: hanta sakhyau näsambhavyaà idam. tan mågayemahi.

hanta—indeed; sakhau—O friends; na—not; asambhavyam—

impossible; idam—this; tat—therefore; mågayemahi—let us search.

Rädhä: Right! O sakhis, let us search for Him!

(iti parikramya puraù kuraìgir vilokayanté sa-bäñpam uccaiù.)

hari hari bhavatébhiù svanta-häré hariëyo
harir iha kim apaìgätithya-saìgé vyadhäyi
yad anuraëita-vaàçé-käkalébhir mukhebhyaù
sukha-tåëa-kavalä vaù sämi-léòhäù skhalanti

iti—thus; parikramya—walking; puraù—ahead; kurangiù— does;

does; vilokayanti—seeing; sa—with; tears; uccaiù—in a loud voice; hari
hari—O Kåñëa, O Kåñëa; bhavatibhiù—by You; sva—own; anta—
hearts; hari—enchanting; harinyaù—does; hariù—Kåñëa; iha—here;
kim—whether?; apaìga—of sidelong glances; atithya—the guest;
saìgi—contact; vyadhayi—do; yat—because; anuranita—sounded;
vaàsi—of the flute; kakalibhiù—by the sweet music; mukhebhyaù—
from the mouths; skha—happily; trëa—of grass; kavalaù—morsels;
vaù—of you; sami-lidhaù—half-eaten; skhalanti—fall.

(After walking some distance, She sees some does. With tears
in Her eyes, She calls to them in a loud voice) Hari, Hari! O does,
the grass is falling, half-eaten, from your mouths. Is this because
charming Hari has stolen your hearts? Is it because you have met
the wandering guest of His sidelong glance, or because you have
heard the sweet music of His flute?

(ity anyato gatvä sätta-häsam)

ale moli cchippaà bhaëa palihalanté kuòiladaà
kuòuìge guòhaìgo nivasa-i kahià piëcha-ma-uli
navämbhoda-çreëé-staëita-gaëato 'py arbuda-guëaà
pi-aà tumhänaà murali-jaëidaà jassa raëidam

•
104 •
 iti—thus; anyathä—elsewhere; gatvä—going; sa—with; atta—loud;
hasam—laughter; ale—O; moli—peahen; cchippam—at once; bhana—
please tell; palihalanti—abandoning; kudiladam—duplicity; kuduìge—
in the forest-grove; gudha—hiding; ango—His body; nivassa-i—stays;
kahim—where?; piïcha-ma uli—Kåñëa, who wears a crown of a
peacock feathers; nava—fresh; ambhoda—of clouds; sreni—multitude;
stanita—thunder; ganataù—than an abundance; api—even; arbuda-
gunam—millions of times more; pi-am—dear; bho—O; tumhanam—of
you; murali—from the flute; janidam—produced; jassa—of whom;
ranidam—the sound.

(Going to another place, She laughs loudly) O peahens, please

give up all duplicity and quickly tell Me, where is peacock-feather-
crowned Kåñëa hiding in this forest? Where is Kåñëa, whose flute
music pleases you millions of times more than the thunder of new
rainclouds?

viçäkhä: (sodgrévam avekñya) esa pi-a-sahé-e kuëòa-ni-uïje guïjä-

alé désa-i.

sa—with; udgrivam—lifting her neck with eagerness; avekñya—

looking; esa—this; pi-a—dear; sahi-e—of the friend; kunda—of the
pond; ni-uïje—in the grove; guïja—of guïja berries; a-ali—the
multitude; disa-i—is seen.

Viçäkhä: (Eagerly craning her neck) I can see a guïjä-necklace

in the bower by Rädhä-kuëòa!

rädhä: (sambhrameëädäya jighranté sotkampam)

maëi-räja-rucä viräjitä
danujäreù sphuritäsi vakñasi
iha kià luöhasi tvam äkulä
sakhi guïjävali-kuïja-vartmani

sambhramena—with agitation; adaya—taking; jighranti—smelling;

sa—with; utkampam—trembling; mani—of jewels; raja—of the king
(the Kaustubha gem); ruca—by the splendor; virajita—manifested;
danuja-areù—of Kåñëa, the enemy of the demons; sphurita—
manifested; asi—you are; vakñasi—on the chest; iha—here; kim—
whether?; luthasi—you roll about on the ground; tvam—you; akula—

•
105 •
agitated; sakhi—O friend; guïja—of guïja; avali—O necklace; kuïja—
in the forest-grove; vartmani—on the path.

Rädhä: (With great awe She picks up the guïja-necklace, smells

it, and trembles) Reflecting the splendor of the king of jewels, you
were once on the chest of Kåñëa, the enemy of the demons. O
guïja-necklace, o sakhi, why do you, overwhelmed, now roll
about on the ground of this forest-path?

lalitä: maggaëähiniveseëa aviëëäda-maggä-o amhe kadhaà

sahitthalé-perantaà pattamha.

maggana-ahinivesena—by searching; avinnada—unknown;

magga-o—path; amhe—we; kadham—how?; sahitthali—Sakhisthali;
perantam—near; pattamha—come.

Lalitä: How is it that by wandering in search of Kåñëa we have

come near Sakhé-sthalé20?

rädhä: hä priya-sakhi candrävalé (ity autsukyam abhinéya) viçäkhe

tam adåñöa-pürvaà vallabhita-ballavendra-nandanaà candrävaléà
drañöum icchämi.

ha—O; priya—dear; sakhi—friend; candrävalé—Candrävalé; iti—

thus; autsukyam—eagerness; abhiniya—representing dramatically;
viçäkhe—O Viçäkhä; tam—her; adåñöa—not seen; pürvam—before;
vallabhita—dear; ballava—of the gopas; indra—of the king;
nandanam—to the son; candrävalém—Candrävalé; drastum—to see;
icchami—I wish.

Rädhä: O dear sakhi Candrävalé! (Very eagerly) O Viçäkhä, I

have so yearned to see Candrävalé, who I so rarely see, and who
is very dear to Kåñëa, the prince of the gopas.

viçäkhä: sä kkhu karälä-e mandire sandaëidä kkhiëädi.

sa—she; kkhu—indeed; karala-e—of Karala; mandire—in the home;

sandanida—confined; kkhinadi—wastes away.

20
Candrävalé's home.

•
106 •
 Viçäkhä: Confined to the house by Karälä she has been wasting
away in grief.

rädhä: tad amuà giréndram eva gauraveëa giräà pätraà karaväëi.

(iti parikramya serñyam) viçäkhe kutaù sämprataà mäà pratärayasi.
yad agre devé candrävalé.

tat—therefore; amum—to him; giri—of mountains; indram—the

king; eva—certainly; gaura—with reverence; giram—of words;
patram—the proper object; karavani—I shall make; iti—thus;
parikramya—going; sa—with; irsyam—jealous rivalry; viçäkhe—O
Viçäkhä; kutaù—why?; sampratam—now; mam—Me; pratarayasi—you
cheat; yat—because; agre—in the presence; devi—the noble;
candrävalé—Candrävalé.

Rädhä: I shall go now and pray to Govardhana Hill. (She takes

a few steps, and with jealous rivalry says) O Viçäkhä, why do you
cheat Me in this way? Candrävalé is here!

(ity upasåtya sa-bäñpa-gadgadam)

kusumita-latä-puïje guïjan-madändha-madhuvrate
träsäd iva dåçor dvandvaà nyasyan smita-sphuritädharaù
kim iha muralé-pänir v/eëé-çikhoccalac-candrakaù
sakhi tava dåñöaù svairé vrajendra-sutas tvayä

iti—thus; upasrtya—approaching; sa—with; baspa—tears;

gadgadam—and a choked voice; kusumita—flowering; latä—of
creepers; puïje—with a host; guïjat—buzzing; mada—with joy;
andha—blinded; madhuvrate—with bees; trasat—frightened; iva—as
if; drsoù—of eyes; dvandvam—the pair; nyasyan—placing; smita—
smiling; sphurita—glistening; adharaù—lips; kim—whether; iha—here;
murali—with the flute; paniù—in His hand; veni—the hair; sikha—on
the top; uccalat—rising; candrakaù—peacock feather; sakhi—O friend;
svairi—independent; vraja—of Vraja; indra—of the king; sutaù—the
son; tvayä—by you.

(Rädhä approaches and says with tears and a choked voice) O

sakhi, have you seen your friend, the independent-minded
Nanda-nandana? Has He come here with glistening smiling lips, a
flute in His hand, a peacock feather in His hair, and timid eyes

•
107 •
glancing at these groves of flowering vines filled with buzzing
bees blinded with joy?

(kandare nijokti-pratidhvanim äkarëya sa-vyatham) kathaà

sakrandam asau mäm evänupåcchati. (iti sa-vidham äsädya sa-
vyamoham)

kandare—in the hollow; nija—own; ukti—of the words;

pratidhvanim—the eccho; äkarëya—hearing; sa—with; vyathäm—
painful; katham—how is it?; sa—with; akrandam—a cry; asau—it;
mam—to Me; anuprcchati—questions in response; iti—thus; sa-
vidham—near; äsädya—going; sa—with; vyamoham—bewilderment.

(Hearing the mountain cave echo Her words, She feels pain.)
Why does Govardhana Hill cry the same question back at Me?
(Bewildered, She goes close to the cave.)

sändraiù sundari våndaço hari-pariñväìgair idaà maìgalaà

dåñöaà te hata-rädhayäìgam anayä diñöyädya candrävalé
dräg enaà nihitena kaëöham abhitaù çérëena kaàsa-dviñaù
karëottaàsa-su-gandhinä nija-bhuja-dvandvena sandhukñaya
(ity äliìgitum upakramate)

sandraiù—intense; sundari—O beautiful girl; våndäsaù—in great

numbers; hari—of Kåñëa; parisvaìgaiù—with embraces; idam—this;
maìgalam—auspicious; dåñöam—seen; te—of you; hata—struck;
rädhäya—by Rädhärani; aìgam—body; anaya—by Her; distya—by
good fortune; adya—now; candrävalé—O Candrävalé; drak—at once;
enam—her; nihitena—placed; kaëöham-abhitaù—on the neck;
sirëena—withered; kaàsa-dvisaù—of Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa;
karëa-uttaàsa—earrings; su-gandhina—fragrant ; nija—own; bhuja—
of arms; dvandvena—by the pair; sandukñaya—agitate; iti—thus;
äliìgitum—to embrace; upakramate—goes.

O beautiful Candrävalé, suffering Rädhä can see how Your body

has become auspicious from Hari's tight embraces. Please
embrace Me with Your arms fragrant from the touch of the
flower-earrings of Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa! (She tries to
embrace her.)

•
108 •
 lalitä: hala-phadi-a-silä-paòibimbidä esä tumaà jevva. ëa kkhu
candä-alé.

hala—O!; phadi-a-sila—in crystal; padibimbida—reflected; esa—

she; tumam—You; jevva—certainly; na—not; kkhu—certainly; candä-
alé—Candrävalé.

Lalitä: O Rädhä, this is You Yourself reflected in this crystal-

stone! It is not Candrävalé.

rädhä: (nirüpya) nätathyaà bravéñi. (iti puro gatvä solläsaà

nihasya.) lalite diñöyäham amukta-vigrahädya samvåttä. paçya paçya
(ity aìgulyä darçayanti)

nirüpya—closely examining; na—not; atathyam—untruthfully;

bravisi—you speak; iti—thus; puraù—ahead; gatvä—going; sa—with;
ullasam—happiness; vihasya—laughing; lalite—O Lalitä; distya—by
good fortune; aham—I am; amukta—not separated; vigraha—form;
adya—now; samvåtta—become; paçya—look!; paçya—look!; iti—thus;
aìgukya—with a finger; darçayanti—pointing.

Rädhä: (Closely examining it) You are right. (Looks ahead and
happily laughs) Lalitä, I am fortunate! Now I shall not give up My
body. Look! Look! (Pointing with a finger)

vidüre kaàsärir mukuöita-çikhaëòävalir asau

purä gauräìgébhiù kalita-parirambho vilasati
(ity säbhyasüyaà punar nirüpya sa-khedam)
na känto 'yaà çaìke surapati-dhanur-dhäma-madhuras
taòil-lekhä-häré girim avalalambe jaladharaù
(iti mürchati)

vidure—far away; kaàsa-ariù—Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa;

mukutita—crowned; sikhanda—of peacock feathers; avaliù—
multitude; asau—He; pura—previously; gaura-angibhiù—with the
golden-complexioned gopés; kalita—manifested; parirambhaù—
embraces; vilasati—eïjoys transcendental pastimes; iti—thus; sa—with;
abhyasuyam—jealousy; punaù—again; nirüpya—looking; sa—with;
khedam—unhappiness; na—not; kante—in the lover; ayam—this;
sanke—I doubt; surapati-dhanuù—rainbow; dhama—splendor;
madhuraù—charming; tadit-lekha—lightining flash; hari—removing;

•
109 •
girim—on the mountain; avalalambe—rested; jaladharaù—a raincloud;
iti—thus; murchati—faints.

There, in the distance, is Kåñëa, the enemy of Kaàsa, decorated

with a peacock-feather crown, and embraced by the fair-limbed
gopés! (Rädhä becomes jealous. She carefully looks again, and
then becomes unhappy.) No, this is not Kåñëa. It is only a
raincloud, lightning, and rainbow resting on Govardhana Hill.
(She faints.)

ubhe: halä saàssana samassasa.

ubhe—both girls; hala—ah!; samassasa—be consoled; samassasa—

be consoled.

Both gopés: Don't be sad! Don't be sad!

rädhä: (samäçvasya sädaram)

giréndra tvaà premëä pravara-varivasya-viracane
varéyän ity aìke tava vasati çaìke prabhur asau
(iti käkum ätanvati)
daré-dväram düräd drutam iha darodghatya dayayä
durantaà dainyormén mama damaya dämodara-dåçä

samasvasya—becoming revived; sa—with; adaram—reverence;

giri—of mountains; indra—O king; tvam—you; premna—with love;
pravara—best; varivasya—of service; viracane—in the performance;
variyan—the best; iti—thus; aìke—on the lap; tava—of you; vasati—
resides; çaìke—I think; prabhuù—the lord; asau—He; iti—thus;
kakum—plaintive words; atanvati—manifesting; dari—of a cave;
dvaram—the door; dürät—from far away; drutam—quickly; iha—here!;
dara—a little; udghatya—opening; dayaya—with mercy; düräntam—
endless and difficult to overcome; dainya—of the wretched condition;
urmin—the waves; mama—of Me; damaya—please quell; damodara—
of Kåñëa; drsa—by the sight.

Rädhä: (Becomes reviveed. She says with great respect:) O

Govardhana Hill, O king of mountains, you are the best of the
affectionate servants of Kåñëa. I think that He always remains on
your lap. (With plaintive words) Please be kind! Please open the
entrance of one of your caves and let Me glimpse Dämodara

•
110 •
within! Please do this and stop the unbearable endless waves of
My sufferings!

(punar nibhalya) katham eña jhatkara-käri-väri-nirjharayita-

mahäçru-püro maunam evävalambate.

punaù—again; nibhalya—looking; katham—why is it?; esaù—he;

jhatkara—murmuring sounds; kari—making; vari—water;
nirjharayita—streams; mahä—great; açru—of tears; puraù—stream;
maunam—silence; eva—certainly; avalambate—attains.

(Looking again) Why is Govardhana Hill silent? He simply

sheds streams of tears in the form of these murmuring mountain
brooks.

(ity aïjalià badhnati)

govardhana tvam iha gokula-saìgi-bhümau
tuìgaiù çirobhir abhipatya nabho vibhäsi
tenävalokya haritaù parito vadäçu
kuträdya ballava-maëiù khalu khelatéti

iti—thus; aïjalim—folded hands; badhnati—folding; govardhana—

Govardhana Hill; govardhana—O Govardhana Hill; tvam—you; iha—
here; gokula—of Gokula; saìgi—touching; bhümau—on the land;
tunagiù—tall; sirobhiù—with peaks; abhipatya—thrusting; nabhaù—
into the sky; vibhasi—you are splendid manifested; tena—by Him;
avalokya—having seen; haritaù—all directions; paritaù—everywhere;
vada—please tell; asu—at once; kutra—where?; adya—now; ballava—
of cowherd boys; maniù—the precious gem; khalu—indeed; khelati—
enjoys pastimes; iti—thus.

(She folds Her hands.) O Govardhana, you shine splendidly in

this land of Gokula, and your many lofty peaks thrusting into the
sky. Please look in all directions and tell Me where Kåñëa, the
jewel of the cowherd boys, now enjoys pastimes.

(kiïcid agre gatvä)

makaranda-karambitaù kadambo
nanu so 'yaà catuläkñi yasya müle
pracelaka-çälakayä harir me
kaca-pakñe racayäà cakära cüòäm

•
111 •
 kiïcit—somewhat; agre—ahead; gatvä—going; makaranda—with
honey; karambhitaù—endowed; kadambaù—kadamba tree; nanu—is
it not?; sah ayam—this; catula—restless; akñi—whose eyes; yasya—of
which; mule—at the base; pracalaka-salakaya—with a peacock feather;
hariù—Kåñëa; me—of Me; kaca-pakñe—in the hair; racayam cakara—
made; cudam—a crown.

(Walking a little ahead) O restless-eyed girl, is this not the same

kadamba tree under which Hari placed a peacock-feather crown
in My hair?

(dakñiëataù prekñya sa-vikroçam)

seyaà govardhana-giri-daré dväri vinyasta-citrä
yasyäm äste vicakila-mayé kalpitä tena çayyä
dåñöväpy enäà lalitam abhitaù smärayantéà purastät
präëan kaëöhe sakhi vicarato dhig varäkän mamäste

dakñinataù—from the south; prekñya—looking; sa—with;

vikroçam—crying; sa iyam—this; govardhana—of Govardhana; giri—
Hill; dari—the cave; dvari—at the entrance; vinyasta—placed; citra—
colorful designs; yasyam—in which; aste—is; vicakila—of jasmine
flowers; mayi—consisting; kalpita—fashioned; tena—by Him; sayya—a
bed; dåñövä—seeing; api—even; enam—this; lalitäm—pastimes;
abhitaù—completely; smarayantim—reminding; purastat—in the
presence; präëan—life's breath; kaëöhe—in the throat; sakhi—O friend;
vicarataù—moving; dhik—fie!; varakan—worthless; mama—of Me;
aste—is.

(Looking south She begins to cry) Here is the same cave-

entrance on Govardhana Hill were Kåñëa made a very artistic,
colorful bed of jasmine flowers. When I see this place it reminds
Me of all the pastimes We enjoyed together here. O sakhi, fie on
the useless breaths that continue to move in My throat!

(iti vaiklavyaà naöayanti)

dåñöaù kuïja-gaëo vyaloki nikhilaà våndäöavé-koöaram
nirbandhena nibhälitä ca niviòä bhäëòéra-bhü-maëòalé
praty-aìgaà muhur ékñitaù sakhi mayä so 'yaà ca govardhano
labdhaù kväpi na tasya hanta lalite gandho 'pi bandhos tava

•
112 •
 iti—thus; vaiklavyam—anguish; naöayanti—representing
dramatically; dåñöaù—seen; kuïja—of forest-groves; ganaù—the
multitude; vyaloki—seen; nikhilam—the entire; våndä-atavi-kotaram—
forest of Våndävana; nirbandhena—with careful scrutiny; nibhalita—
seen; ca—also; nivida—the dense; bhandira-bhü-maëòali—
Bhadiravana forest; prati—all; aìgam—the parts; muhuù—repeatedly;
ikñitaù—seen; sakhi—O friend; mayä—by Me; sah ayam—this; ca—
also; govardhanaù—Govardhana Hill; labdhaù—obtained; kva api—
somewhere; na—not; tasya—of Him; hanta—indeed; lalite—O Lalitä;
gandhaù—the scent; api—even; bandhoù—of the friend; tava—of you.

(Distressed) I saw all the forests. I looked in all of Våndävana

forest. I carefully searched dense Bhäëòéravana forest. I looked in
every part of Govardhana Hill. O Lalitä, alas! I have not found even
the faintest scent of Your friend Kåñëa anywhere!

lalitä: hala kuduìge lukkido mähavo tu-e kitti-a-varaà ëa

labdhotthi. ta niviëëa mä hohi.

hala—alas!; kuduìge—in the forest; lukkido—seen; mahavo—Kåñëa;

tu-e—by You; kitti-a—how many?; varam—times; na—not;
labdhotthi—was found; ta—therefore; nivinna—depressed; ma—do
not; hohi—become.

Lalitä: How many times have You searched for Mädhava in the
forest-groves and not found Him? Don't be depressed!

rädhä: (parikramya sa-sambhramaà sanskåtena) sädhu lalite sädhu

sädhu paçya düräd akrüreëa särdhaà puraù syandanaà arudho 'yaà
nanda-nandanaù. tad enaà kaëöha-gräham avarohayiñye.

parikramya—walking; sa—with; sambhramam—haste;

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; sädhu—well done; lalite—O Lalitä; sädhu—
well done; sädhu—well done; paçya—look; dürät—from far away;
akrürena—Akrüra; särdham—with puraù—in the presence;
syandanam—the chariot; arudhaù—ascended; ayam—He; nanda—of
Nanda Maharaja; nandanaù—the son; tat—therefore; enam—Him;
kaëöha—the neck; graham—grasped; avarohayiñye—I shall bring
down.

•
113 •
 Rädhä: (Beginning to run) Well said, Lalitä! Well said! Look!
There in the distance are Kåñëa and Akrüra riding on a chariot! I
will grab Kåñëa by the neck and drag Him down!

(iti tad-abhyarëam äsädya sa-vyathäm)

gireù çåìgaà svarëa-stavakitam idaà hanta na rathas
tamälo 'sau néla-dyutir iha na gopé-ratiguruù
balé çärdülo 'yaà na hi nåpati-dütaù sakhi puro
vidhätur vämatvät kathaà itarathä sarvam udabhüt
(iti mürchati)

iti—thus; tat—that; abhyaranam—near; äsädya—attaining; sa—

with; vyathäm—distress; gireù—of Govardhana Hill; çåìgam—the peak;
svarëa—golden; stavakitam—filled with flowers; idam—this; hanta—
indeed; na—not; rathaù—a chariot; tamalaù—a tamala tree; asau—this;
nila—dark; dyutiù—color; iha—here; na—not; gopé-ratiguruù—Kåñëa,
the amorous teacher of the gopés; bali—powerful; sardulaù—tiger;
ayam—this; na—not; hi—indeed; nrpati—of the king; dutaù—the
messenger; sakhi—O friend; puraù—in the presence; vidhatuù—of the
creator Brahma; vamatvat—because of the contrariness; katham—how
is it?; itaratha—otherwise; sarvam—everything; udabhüt—was
manifested; iti—thus.

(Approaching nearer, She becomes unhappy) This is not a

chariot, but a hill covered with golden flowers. This is not the
gopés' amorous teacher Kåñëa, but a dark tamäla tree. This is not
the king's messenger Akrüra, but a strong tiger. O sakhi, why has
the unfriendly creator Brahmä made everything wrong? (She
faints.)

viçäkhä: (sodvegam) lalide java bhisiëé-dala-ià aëemi. dava ëaà

padaïcalena vi-e-hi. (iti dhävati)

sa—with; udvegam—alarm; lalide—O Lalitä; java—while; bhisiné—

lotus; dala-im—petals; anemi—I bring; dava—then; nam—Her; pada—
of the garment; aïcalena—with the edge; vi-e-hi—please fan; iti—thus;
dhavati—runs.

Viçäkhä: (Alarmed) Lalitä, fan Rädhä with the edge of your

garment while I go to get lotus petals! (She runs off.)

•
114 •
 (nepathye)
viraha-bharam udirëaà prekñya rädhäti-dainyaà
sphuöam akhilam açuñyan mänasé hanta gaìgä
ahaha ravi-turaìgäjévya-çåìgägra dürvaù
çata-bhuja-mitir äséd eña govardhano 'pi

nepathye—from behind the scenes; viraha—of separation; bharam—

an abundance; udirëam—arisen; prekñya—seeing; rädhä—of Rädhä;
ati-dainyam—the very pathetic situation; sphutam—manifested;
akhilam—entire; asusyat—dried up; manasi—manasa; akhilam—
entire; asusyat—dried up; manasi—manasas; hanta—indeed; gaìga—
Gaìga; ahaha—ah!; ravi—of the sun-god; turaìga—for the horses;
ajivya—food; çåìga—of the summit; agra—on the top; durvaù—the
durva grass; sata—one hundred; bhuja—bhujas; mitiù—in
measurement; asit—became; esaù—this; govardhanaù—Govardhana
Hill; api—even.

A voice from behind the scenes: Seeing Rädhä's intense

suffering in separation from Kåñëa, the Mänasa-gaìgä has
completely dried up, and Govardhana Hill, which was so tall that
the sun-god's horses would eat the durva grass at it's summit, has
shrunk to the height of one hundred arms.

rädhä: (prabudhya sa-praëayerñyam) halä rähi muïca alé-a-mäna-

dullalidattäëam.

prabudhya—becoming conscious; sa—with; praëaya—of love;

irsyam—the anger; hala—ah!; rahi—Rädhä; muïca—abandon; ali-a—
false; mana—pride; dullalidattanam—mischief.

Rädhä: (Regains consciousness and says, in the anger of love)

O Rädhä, give up the wickedness of this false-pride!

lalitä: (niçvasya namré-bhavati)

nisvasya—sighing; nami-bhavati—bends down.

Lalitä: (Sighs and lowers her head.)

rädhä: halä rähi eso de pa-a-sadda-diëëa-kaëëo keli-kuòuìge

paviçadi kaëho.

•
115 •
 hala—O; rahi—Rädhä; eso—He; pa-a—of the feet; sadda—the
sound; dinna—placed; kanno—on the ears; keli—of pastimes;
kuduìge—in the grove; paviçadi—enters; kanho—Kåñëa;

Rädhä: O Rädhä, the sound of Kåñëa's footsteps has come to

Your ears. Kåñëa is now entering this pastime-bower.

(iti lalitäyäù padänte patanté.)

mukundo 'yaà kundojjvala-parisaraà kuïjam ayate
latälé ca smerä madhupa-virutais tvaà tvarayati
tad uttiñöhomatte na tuda pada-lagnaà sahacaréà
duräpas te maughyäd viramati varéyän avasaraù

iti—thus; lalitäyaù—of Lalitä; pada—of the feet; ante—at the edge;

patanti—falling; mukundaù—Kåñëa; ayam—this; kunda—with jasmine
flowers; ujjvala—splendid; parisaram—borders; kuïjam—to the grove;
ayate—goes; latä—of creepers; ali—the host; ca—and; smera—smiling;
madhupa—of bees; virutaiù—with the humming; tvam—to you;
tvarayati—hastily; tat—therefore; uttiñöha—please stand up; umatte—O
mad woman; na—do not; tuda—harm; pada—at your feet; lagnam—
resting; sahacarim—the friend; durapaù—difficult to attain; te—of you;
maugdhyat—by the folly; viramati—ends; variyan—excellent;
avasaraù—opportunity.

(She falls down at the edge of Lalitä's feet.) Mukunda hurries to

this splendid forest-grove of kunda flowers, filled with smiling
vines and the buzzing of bees. O mad woman, get up! Don't hit the
friend that touches your feet! Because of your foolishness you are
losing an excellent opportunity!

lalitä: hä hadamhi devva-hada-eëa. (iti phut-kåtya roditi)

ha—ah!; hada—slain; amhi—I am; devva—destiny; hada-ena—by

miserable; iti—thus; phut-kåtya—wailing; roditi—cries.

Lalitä: Alas! Terrible fate has killed me! (She cries and wails.)

viçäkhä: (sambhramäd upetya) lalide kim kkhu edam. dhérä hohi.

•
116 •
 sambhramat—with haste; upetya—approaching; lalide—O Lalitä;
kim—what?; kkhu—indeed; edam—is this; dhira—calm; hohi—please
become.

Viçäkhä: (Hastily arrives) Lalitä, what is this? Please calm

down!

rädhä: (sa-vismayam) sahi kià kkhu tumaà cce-a lalidäsi.

sa—with; vismayam—astonishment; sahi—O friend; kim—whether?;

kkhu—indeed; tumam—you; cce-a—indeed; lalida—Lalitä; asi—are.

Rädhä: (Surprised) Sakhi, are you actually Lalitä?

lalitä: (sa-gadgadam) adha ià.

sa—with; gadgadam—a choked voice; adha—then; im—what?

Lalitä: (With a choked voice) What?

rädhä: ammahe saccaà bhaëädi. jaà ahaà rähamhi. (samastäd

vilokya) ëüëaà vana-mäli-a-puppha-ià vi-eduà ettha pattamhi. tä
kaëhassa kaëëa-pura-kide malli-a-tthava-aà genhissam.

ammahe—ah!; saccam—the truth; bhanadi—she speaks; jam—

because; aham—I; raha—Rädhä; amhi—am; samastat—in all
directions; vilokya—looking; nunam—is it not so?; vana—in the forest;
mali-a—for a garland; puppha-im—flowers; vi-edum—to collect;
ettha—here; patta—come; amhi—I have; ta—then; kanhassa—of Kåñëa;
kanna-pura—of earrings; kide—for the sake; malli-a—a jasmine; tthava-
am—flowers; genhissam—I shall take.

Rädhä: Ah! She speaks the truth. I am Rädhä. (She looks

around) I have come here to collect forest-flowers for a garland. I
will pick malli flowers to make earrings for Kåñëa.

(iti puñpa-väöikäm upetya säöaìkaà sanskåtena)

kim agre mallénäà skhalati kalikä-çreëir adhunä
kadambänäà kià vä truöati parito maïjari-tatiù
kathaà vä jäténäà dadhati mukulaù çyämala-rucià
harer våndäraëye drutam ahaha keyaà gatir abhüt

•
117 •
 iti—thus; puñpa—of flowers; vatikam—the garden; upetya—
approaching; sa—with; ataìkam—fear; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; kim—
why?; agre—in the presence; mallinam—of the jasmine flowers;
skhalati—falls; kalika—of buds; sreniù—the multitude; adhuna—now;
kadambanam—of kadamba trees; kim—why?; va—or; trutati—breaks;
paritaù—everwhere; maïjari—of blossoms; tatiù—the multitude;
katham—why?; va—or; jatinam—of jati flowers; dadhati—places;
mukulaù—buds; syamala—black; rucim—color; hareù—of Kåñëa;
våndä-aranye—in the forest of Våndävana; drutam—at once; ahaha—
ah!; ka—what?; iyam—this; gatiù—movement; abhüt—was.

(She anxiously enters a flower-garden) Why are the jasmine

buds falling? Why are the kadamba blossoms breaking into
pieces? Why are the jäti buds black? What has happened to
Kåñëa's Våndävana forest?

ubhe: ëüëaà mahä-dävaggi-jala-vilidha esa vana-thali.

nunam—is it not?; mahä—great; davaggi—of a forest fire; jala—by

the flames; vilidha—licked; esa—She; vana—in the forest; thali—
staying.

Both Lalitä and Viçäkhä: The forest must have been licked by
the flames of a great fire.

rädhä: lalide ëa jäëe tikkha-däväëala-kila-vilidhaà vi-a késa ajja

me cittaà paòibhädi. ta diööhi-metta-mahida-pa-aëòa-dava-maëòalaà
de va-assaà anusaremha.

lalide—O Lalitä; na—do not; jane—I know; tikkha—sharp;

davanala—of the forest-fire; kila—by the sporting; ajja—now; me—of
Me; cittam—the heart; padibhadi—is manifested; ta—therefore; ditthi—
by a glance; metta—only; mahida—agitated; pa-anda—fierce; dava-
maëòalam—forest-fire; de—of you; va-assam—friendship;
anusaremha—we seek.

Rädhä: O Lalitä, I don't know why a great forest-fire playfully

licks My heart. Let's find your friend, whose glance extinguishes
great fires.

•
118 •
 lalitä: edu edu pi-a-sahé.

edu—may come here; edu—may come here; pi-a—dear; sahi—

friend.

Lalitä: Come, dear friend. Come.

rädhä: (sa-harñam) nädi-dure go-ulinda-ëandaëo bhave. jaà esä

go-maëòalé lakkhé-adi. (iti parikramya sodvegam)

sa—with; harsam—joy; na—not; adi—very; dure—far; go-ulinda-

nandano—the prince of Gokula; bhave—may be; jam—because; esa—
the; go—of cows; maëòali—herd; lakkhi-adi—is visible; iti—thus;
parikramya—going; sa—with; udvegam—speed.

Rädhä: (Jubilant) I can see the surabhi cows! Kåñëa can't be far
away! (She begins to run.)

carati na puraù çañpaà bäñpa-pravähi-vilocanä

mukha-parisare ladbhoghurëä na leòhi ca tarëakän
kim iti harito hambä-ravair iyaà sakhi bhindaté
hari hari harer dhenu-çreëé paraà pathi çéryate

carati—go; na—not; puraù—in the presence; saspam—to grass;

baspa—of tears; pravahi—with floods; vilocana—whose eyes; mukha—
of the mouth; parisare—at the corner; labdha—attained; udghurëa—
agitation; na—do not; ledhi—lick; ca—also; tarëakan—calves; kim—
why?; iti—thus; haritaù—from Kåñëa; hamba—of mooing; ravaiù—with
sounds; iyam—this; sakhi—O friend; bhindati—is separated; hari—
alas!; hari—alas!; hareù—of Kåñëa; dhenu—of cows; sreni—the herd;
param—greatly; pathi—on the path; siryate—is devastated.

Why do the cows, their eyes flooded with tears, refuse to eat
the grass before them? Why, overwhelmed with emotions, do
they not lick their calves? Why do they break the directions with
their lament? Ah! Ah! Kåñëa's surabhi cows on this path are on
the verge of death!

nepathye:
daàçaù kaàsa-nåpasya vakñasi ruñä kåñëorageëärpyatäà
düre goñöha-taòäga-jévanaà ito yenopajahre hariù

•
119 •
hä dhik kaù çaraëaà bhaven mådi luöhad gätréyam antaù-klamäd
äbhéré-çapharé-tatiù çithilitä-çväsormir ämilati
(rädhä sotkampaà ghürëanté mürchati.)

nepathye—from behind the scenes; daàsaù—the bite; kaàsa—of

Kaàsa; nrpaçya—of the king; vakñasi—on the chest; rusa—with anger;
kåñëa—black; uragena—by the serpent; arpyatäm—placed; dure—far
away; goñöha—in Vraja; tadaga—of the pond; jivanam—the life; itaù—
thus; yena—by whom; upajahre—brought; hariù—Kåñëa; ha—alas!;
dhik—fie!; kaù—who?; saranam—the shelter; bhavet—may be; mrdi—
on the ground; luthat—rolling about; gatri—whose limbs; iyam—she;
antaù—in her heart; klamat—because of the suffering; abhiri—of the
gopés; saphari—of the saphari fish; tatiù—the host; sithilita—loosened;
svasa—of sighs; urmiù—the wave; ämilati—closes; rädhä—Rädhä; sa—
with; utkampam—trembling; ghurëanti—becomes agitated; murchati—
faints.

A voice from behind the scenes: May a black snake angrily bite
the chest of king Kaàsa, who took away the moon of Hari, which
gives life to the pond of Vraja village! Ah! The çapharé fish of the
gopés are rolling on the dry ground in agony. The waves of their
life-breath are stopping. What will give them shelter now?
(Trembling with agitation, Rädhä faints.)

lalitä: halä samassasa samassasa.

hala—dear friend; samassasa—be comforted; samassasa—be

comforted.

Lalitä: Ah, dear sakhi, calm down, calm down!

rädhä: (cakñur unmélya nabho vilokayanté) deva diväkara

namasyati rädhikä. sädhayäbhéñöam.

cakñuù—eyes; unmilya—opening; nabhaù—to the sky;

vilokayanti—looking; deva—O lord; divakara—O sun-god;
namasyati—offers respectful obeisances; rädhikä—Rädhä; sadhaya—
please fulfill; abhistam—the desire.

•
120 •
 Rädhä: (Opens Her eyes and looks to the sky) O sun-god, Rädhä
offers Her respectful obeisances unto you! Please fulfill Her
desire.

viçäkhä: (sa-sambhramam) sahassa-bhänuëä maìgalaà

äsaàsidam.

sa—with; sambhramam—awe; sahassa—thousands; bhanuna—

with rays of light; maìgalam—auspiciousness; asaàsidam—is desired.

Viçäkhä: (With awe) The thousand-rayed sun-god gives a

benediction.

rädhä: (açrutim abhinéya) hanta hanta

viñücénair nétä madhurima-parétair madhu-bhidaù
padair vailakñaëyaà kim api jagaté-locana-haram
iyaà téra-kñauëé taraëi-taraëäyäù sakhi dåçor
vrajanté panthänaà mama karaëa-våttér jvarayati

açrutim—not hearing; abhiniya—representing dramatically; hanta—

ah!; hanta—ah!; visucinaiù—spread everywhere; nita—brought;
madhurima—with sweetness; paritaiù—filled; madhu-bhidaù—of
Kåñëa, the enemy of spring; padaiù—by the footprints; vailakñaëyam—
different symptoms; kim api—a certain; jagati—of the entire world;
locana—the eyes; haram—enchanting; iyam—this; tira-kñauni—shore;
taranai-taranayaù—of the Yamuna River, the daughter of the sun-god;
sakhi—O friend; drsoù—of the eyes; vrajanti—going; panthanam—on
the pathway; mama—of Me; karana-våttiù—the senses; jvarayati—
causes to burn with fever.

Rädhä: (Not hearing Viçäkhä's words) Ah! Ah! It’s scattered

sweet Kåñëa-footprints enchanting the world's eyes and making
them filled with various loving emotions, the Yamunä's shore
now walks on the pathway of My eyes and makes My senses burn
with pain!

lalitä: halä ettha puliëe süraà ärohi-a ahiööhaà abbhatthemha.

hala—ah!; ettha—here; puline—on the river-shore; suram—the sun-

god; arohi-a—worshipping; ahittham—desire; abbhatthemha—let us
pray.

•
121 •
 Lalitä: Ah! On this riverbank let us worship the sun-god and
pray to him for the fulfillment of our desire.

rädhä: (puline luöhanté)

tvam asmäkaà yasmin paçupa-ramaëénäà racitavän
sadä bhüyo bhüyaù praëaya-gahanaà tuñöi-laharém
tad etat kälindé-pulinam iha khinnaù kim adhunä
parirambhäd ambhoruha-mukha na sambhävayasi naù

puline—on the shore; luthanti—rolling about on the ground; tvam—

You; asmakam—of us; yasmin—in which place; pasupa-ramaninam—
of the gopés; racitavan—created; sada—always; bhüyaù—again;
bhüyaù—and again; praëaya—waves; tat etat—that; kalindi—of the
Yamuna; pulinam—the shore; iha—here; khinnaù—distressed; kim—
why?; adhuna—now; parirambhat—from embraces; ambhoruha-
mukha—O lotus-faced one; na—not; sambhavayasi—You do; naù—to
us.

Rädhä: (Rolls about on the river-bank) O lotus-eyed one, on

this Yamunä shore, where again and again You splashed us with
waves of love, why do You not now embrace us who are
tormented with pain?

lalitä: (kälindém avalokya)

bahiëi mihira-vaàsuttaàsa-rube tu-atto
mahumahaëa-padattià labdhu-kämägatamhi

kalindim—at the Yamuna River; avalokya—looking; bahini—O

sister; mihira—of the sun-god; vaàsu—in the dynasty; uttaàsa—the
crown; rube—in the form; tu-atto—from you; mahu-mahana—of Kåñëa,
whose sweetness shames the sweetness of honey; padattim—new;
labdhu—to obtain; kama—desiring; agata—arrived here; amhi—I have.

Lalitä: (Looking at the Yamunä) O sister, O crown of the sun-

god's dynasty, I have come here desiring to hear from you news
of Kåñëa, whose sweetness shames the sweetness of honey.

rädhä: (sanskåtena)
yad ajani maëi-harmya-spardhi-kuïjänuviddhaà
tava sakhi navarodhas tasya lélävarodhaù

•
122 •
(iti mürchati)

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; yat—which; ajani—was manifest; mani—

jewelled; harmya—palaces; spardhi—rivalling; kuïja—with groves;
anuviddham—filled; tava—of you; sakhi—O friend; nava—new;
rodhaù—shore; tasya—of Him; lila—of pastimes; avarodhaù—the
home; iti—thus; murchati—faints.

Rädhä: O sakhi Yamunä, your ever-new shores are filled with

forest groves that rival jewelles palaces and that were the home
of Kåñëa's pastimes. (She faints.)

viçäkhä: lalide vaëa-mäliëo nimmalla-mälaà näsa-sihare appehi.

(ity ubhe tathä kurutaù.)

lalide—O Lalitä; vana-malino—of Kåñëa, who wears a garland of

forest-flowers; nimmalla—once-used; malam—flower garland; nasa—
of the nose; sihare—at the tip; appehi—please place; iti—thus; ubhe—
both gopés; tathä—in that way; kurutaù—do.

Viçäkhä: Vanamälé once wore this garland. Bring it to Rädhä's

nose. (They both do that.)

rädhä: (cirät prabudhya sanskåtena) lalite samäkarëaya

dåñöaù ko 'pi bhayaìkaraù sakhi mayä svapno baléyän abhüd
etasmin api me pratéti-racanä jägrad-daçety udgatä
dütaù ko 'pi durägrahaù kñiti-pater ägatya våndäöavéà
kåñëaà hanta rathena (ity ardhokte) santam ahaha kñemaà vraje
tiñöhatu
tad ahaà duùsvapna-vipäka-çäntaye kälinda-nandinyäà kåtäbhiñekä
mukundaà paçyeyam.

cirat—after a long time; prabudhya—becoming conscious;

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; lalite—O Lalitä; samakrëaya—please listen;
dåñöaù—seen; kah api—something; bhayaìkaraù— frightening; sakhi—
O friend; mayä—by Me; svapnaù—a dream; baliyan—very vivid;
abhüt—was; etasmin—in this; api—also; me—of Me; pratiti—belief;
racana—creating; jagrat—wakefulness; dasa—of the condition; iti—
thus; udgata—is manifested; dutaù— messenger; kah api—a certain;
duragrahaù—wicked; kñiti-pateù— of the king; agatya—arriving;
våndä-atavim—at Våndävana; kåñëam—Kåñëa; hanta—indeed;

•
123 •
rathen—by chariot; iti—thus; ardha—half; ukte—in the statement;
santam—peace; ahaha—ah!; kñemam—happiness and auspiciousness;
vraje—in Vraja; tiñöhatu— may be; tat—therefore; aham—I; duhsvapa—
bad dream; vipaka—of the full manifestation; santaye—for quelling;
kalinda-nandinyam—in the Yamuna River, the daughter of Mount
Kalinda; kåta— performed; abhiseka—bath; mukundam—Kåñëa;
paçyeyam—I may see.

Rädhä: (After a long time She regains consciousness) Lalitä, I

saw a frightening dream! It was so vivid I thought I was awake. In
this dream a wicked messenger of king Kaàsa came to Våndävana
and took Kåñëa... (She leaves the sentence unfinished.) I pray
there will be peace and prosperity in Vraja. Now in order to
become free from the ill effects of this bad dream I will bathe in
the Yamunä and then go to see Mukunda.

viçäkhä: halä khelä-titthaà gacchamha. jahià sadä ma-undo

kheladi. (iti sarväù parikramanti.)

hala—O; khela-tittham—to Khela-tirtham; gacchamha—let us go;

jahim—where; sada—eternally; ma-undo—Kåñëa; kheladi—enjoys
transcendental pastimes; iti—thus; sarvaù—all; parikramanti—walk.

Viçäkhä: Let us go to Khelä-tértha, where Kåñëa eternally

enjoys pastimes. (They all walk.)

(tataù praviçati våndä mukharä ca.)

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; våndä—Våndä; mukharä—Mukharä;

ca—and.

(Våndä and Mukharä enter.)

mukharä: vacche kià karedi rähä.

vacche—O child; kim—what?; karedi—is doing; raha—Rädhä.

Mukharä: My child, what is Rädhä doing?

våndä: ärye paçyeyam. viçäkhayä saha khelä-tértham avagähate.

•
124 •
 arye—O noble lady; paçyeyam—I shall see; viçäkhäya—Viçäkhä;
saha—with; khela-tirtham—in Khela-tirtha; avagahate—bathes.

Våndä: O noble lady, She is bathing in the waters of Khelä-

tértha with Viçäkhä.

rädhä: (tuìgaà taraìga-sobhaà vilokya) viçäkhe sädhu sädhu, yad

adya khelä-tértham upanétäsmi. paçya nélämbuja-vané-nilénas tava
sakhä viståta-bhujärgalaù khelati.

tuìgam—fall; taraìga—of waves; sobham—splendor; vilokya—

seeing; viçäkhe—O Viçäkhä; sädhu—well done; sädhu—well done;
yat—because; adya—now; khela-tirtham—Khela-tirtha; upanita—
attained; asmi—I have; paçya—look; nila—blue; ambuja—of lotus
flowers; vani—in the forest; nilinaù—hidden; tava—your; sakha—
friend; viståta—broad; bhuja—of arms; argalaù—bolts; khelati—enjoy
pastimes.

Rädhä: (Gazes at the beauty of the tall waves) O Viçäkhä, well

done! Well done! Now I will bathe the waters of Khelä-tértha. Look!
There is Your friend Kåñëa! He is hiding among the blue lotus
flowers and playfully waving His arms!

viçäkhä: ado odarehi. (ity ubhe niñkränte)

ado—then; odarehi—enter.

Viçäkhä: Let's enter the water. (They both exit.)

lalitä: (vilokya sa-vikroçam) haddhé haddhé hadamhi hadamhi. esä

pi-a-sahé viçähä-e saddhaà gahira-pavähe ëimaggä jevva. na una hado
utthidä. ta tuëëaà doëëaà ta-i-ä bhavissam. (tayor jala-praveçaà
dåñövä ity avataraëaà naöayati.)

vilokya—looking; sa—with; vikroçam—grief; haddhi—alas!;

haddhi—alas!; hada—killed; amhi—I am; hada—slain; amhi—I am;
esa—She; esa—She; pi-a—dear; sahi—the friend; viçaha-e—Viçäkhä;
saddham—with; gahira—in the deep; pavahe—in the waters;
nimagga—has drowned; jevva—certainly; na—not; una—again;
hado—from the water; utthida—will rise; ta—therefore; donnam—of
them both; ta-i-a—a third; bhavissam—I shall become; tayoù—of them

•
125 •
both; jala—in the water; pravesam—the entrance; dåñövä—seeing; iti—
thus; avataranam—the descent into the water; naöayati—represents
dramatically.

Lalitä: (Looking on, she becomes grief-stricken) Ah! Ah! Now I

am dead! I am dead! My dear sakhi Rädhä has drowned in the deep
river waters with Viçäkhä! She will never again rise from those
waters! These two have drowned, and now I will become the
third. (She enters the water.)

mukharä: (säsram) hä devva hä devva kià kkhu edaà.

sa—with; asram—tears; ha—O; devva—fate; ha—O; devva—fate;

kim—why?; kkhu—indeed; edam—this.

Mukharä: (In tears) O Fate! Why have you done this?

våndä: (saìkrandanam) dhik keyaà gatir upasthitä. (ity ärtià

naöayanti) ärye manyunävatitérñuà tarasä dhärayä lalitäm. (ity ubhe
tathä kurutaù.)

sa—with; akrandanam—crying; dhik—alas!; ka—what?; iyam—this;

gatiù—destination; upasthita—is attained; iti—thus; artim—suffering;
naöayanti—representing dramatically; arye—O noble lady; manyuna—
with grief; avatitirsum—desiring to enter the water; tarasa—at once;
dharaya—hold; lalitäm—Lalitä; iti—thus; ubhe—they both; kurutaù—
do that.

Våndä: (Crying) Ah! What will happen to Her now? (Suffering)

Noble lady, Lalitä is grief-stricken, and now she also wants to
drown in the water. Stop her at once! (They both do that.)

lalitä: (vilokya svagatam) haddhé haddhé gariööho viggho ubatthido.

ta keëa bi vabadeseëa ido nikkami-a go-aòòhane bhi-u-paòaëeëa ëaà
pi-a-jana-vippa-o-a-daàsaneëabi avidiëëaà silä-kaöhiëaà taëu-aà
silähià cuëëa-issam. (iti çokavegaà apahnutya prakäçam) ajje
muïcehi maà. ahaà gadu-a edaà accari-aà vuttantaà bha-avadé-
pahudinaà vinnavissam. (iti niñkränta)

vilokya—seeing; svagatan—aside; haddhi—alas!; haddhi—alas!;

garittho—a great; viggho—obstacle; ubatthido—is manifested; ta—

•
126 •
therefore; kena bi—by some; vabadesena—trick; ido—from here;
nikkämi-a—going; go-addhane—on Govardhana Hill; bhi-u—from the
precipice; padanena—by falling; nam—Her; pi-a—dear; jana—from
the friend; vippa-o-a—of the separation; daàsanena—by the sight; bi—
also; avidinnam—unbroken; sila—with rocks; kathinam—hard; tanu-
am—body; silahim—by the rocks; cunna-issam—I shall crush to pieces;
iti—thus; çoka—of grief; udvegam—the agitation; apahnutya—
conceäliìg; prakasam—openly; ajje—O noble lady; muïcehi—let go;
mam—of me; aham—I; gadu-a—having gone; edam—this; accari-
am—wonderful; vuttantam—news; bha-avadi—of the noble lady;
pahudinam—beginning with; vinnavissam—I shall speak; iti—thus;
niñkränta—she exits.

Lalitä: (Seeing this, she says to herself) Alas! Alas! Here is a

great obstacle. By some trick I will escape from this place and
jump from the top of Govardhana Hill, and on the rocks at the
mountain's base I will crush this hard-as-stone body that would
not break from not being able to see its dear sakhis! (Hiding her
grief, she openly says:) Noble lady, I must go and tell this strange
news to noble Paurëamäsé and her friends! (She exits.)

(äkäçe)
prabhur bhavati kaù kåté mahima-püram asyäù paraà
nirüpayitum ujjvalaà jagati gopa-väma-bhruvaù
munéndra-kula-durlabhaà nava-taòid-viläsädya yä
bhidaà saha vayasyayä mihira-maëòalasyäkarot

akase—from the sky; prabhuù—able; bhavati—is; kaù—what; kåti—

exalted peson; mahima—of glory; puram—the flood; asyäù—of Her;
param—great; nirüpayitum—to describe; ujjvalam—slendid; jagati—in
this world; gopa-vama-bhruvaù—of the gopé; muni—of sages; indra—
of the leaders; kula—by the community; durlabham—difficult to obtain;
nava—new; tadit—lightning; vilasa—slendid; adya—now; a—who;
bhidam—separation; saha—with; vayayaya—Her friend; mihira—of
the sun; maëòalasya—of the circle; akarot—did.

A voice from the sky: What great person in this world is able
to describe the shining flood of this beautiful-eyebrowed gopé's
glory? As splendid as new lightning, She and Her sakhi have now
entered the sun-planet, which even the great sages cannot attain.

•
127 •
 våndä: ärye çrüyatäm. rädhikäyäù siddhir amébhir meghäntaritaiù
siddhaiù çläghyate.

arye—O noble lady; çruyatäm—it should be heard; rädhikäyaù—of

Rädhä; siddhiù—the perfection; amibhiù—by these; megha—the clouds;
antaritaù—within; siddhaiù—by the siddha demogods; slaghyate—is
glorified.

Våndä: Noble lady, listen. The siddha demigods in the clouds

are glorifying Rädhä's atainment of perfection.

mukharä: (bhü-tale luöhanti) hä hä ëittiëi rähe. kahià gadäsi.

bhü—of the ground; tale—on the surface; luthanti—rolling about;
ha—alas!; ha—alas!; nittini—O granddaughter; rähe—Rädhä; kahim—
where?; gadasi—have You gone.

Mukharä: (Rolling about on the ground) Ah! Ah! O

granddaughter Rädhä, where have You gone?

våndä: (sa-khedam)
ahaha gahanam etac cintayanti samantät
kaöutara-putapäka-jvälayaiväkuläsmi
viparinatim akäëòe puëòarékekñaëas te
katham iva bhavitäsau çuçruvän paìkajäkñi

sa—with; khedam—despair; ahaha—ah!; gahanam—deep anguish;

etat—this; cintayanti—I meditate on with pain; samantant—completely;
katutara—very harsh; putapaka—of a putapaka fire; jvalaya—by the
flames; eva—certainly; akula—distressed; asmi—I am; viparinatim—
death; akande—untimely and sudden; pundarika-ikñaëaù—lotus-eyed
Kåñëa; te—of You; katham—how?; iva—like; bhavita—will be; asau—
He; suçruvan—hearing; paìkaja-akñi—O lotus-eyed Rädhä.

Våndä: (Anguished) As I think of Rädhä's death I suffer as if

burning in the flames of a püöa-päka fire! O lotus-eyed Rädhä,
when He hears of Your sudden, untimely death, what will happen
to lotus-eyed Kåñëa?

(punar äkäçe)
praëaya-maëi-karaëòikä murareù
çiva çiva jévitam eva rädhikäyäù

•
128 •
iyam api lalitä drutaà sa-khedä
çikharadaté çikharäd gireù papäta

punaù—again; akase—from the sky; praëaya—of love; mani—of the

jewels; karandika—the case; mura-areù—of Kåñëa, the enemy of the
Mura demon; siva—ah!; siva—ah!; jivitam—the life and soul; eva—
certainly; rädhikäyaù—of Rädhä; iyam—she; api—even; lalitä—Lalitä;
drutam—immediately; sa—with; kheda—grief; sikharadati—the ruby;
sikharat—from the summit; gireù—of Govardhana Hill; papata—as
fallen.

A voice from the sky: Grief-stricken Lalitä, whose teeth are

beautiful as pomegranate seeds, who is a jewelry-chest of love for
Kåñëa, and who is the life and soul of Rädhä, has now jumped
from the top of Govardhana Hill!

mukharä: ha lalide kadhaà pariccattäsi. (ity udghürëanté) vunde

so-äëala-kélä-jalidaà attäëa-aà jamuëä-pavesena sé-alä-emi. (ity
avatitérñati.)

ha—O; lalide—Lalitä; kadham—why?; pariccattasi—have you left;

iti—thus; udghuranti—becomes very agitated; vunde—O Våndä; so-a—
of grief; ahala—of the fire; kila—by the flames; jalidam—burned;
attana-am—myself; jamuna—in the Yamuna River; pavesena—by
entering; si-ala-emi—I shall become cooled; iti—thus; avatitarisati—she
desires to enter the water.

Mukharä: Lalitä, why have you left us? (She becomes very
agitated.) Våndä, Now I will enter the Yamunä and cool this body
burning in the flames of grief! (She begins to enter the water.)

(punar äkäçe) våddhe sämpratam idaà asämprataà mä kåthäù.

punaù—again; akase—in the sky; virddhe—O elderly lady;

sampratam—now; idam—this; asampratam—not the proper time;
ma—do not; kåthäù—do it.

A voice from the sky: Elderly lady, don't do it! It is not right.

våndä: ärye ravi-maëòalän niùsaranté väëéyam anatékramaëéyä.

•
129 •
 arye—O noble lady; ravi-maëòalat—from the sun-planet;
nihsaranti—descending; vani—statement; iyam—this;
anatikramaniya—should not be disobeyed.

Våndä: O noble lady, this order descending from the realm of

the sun is not to be disobeyed!

mukharä: tä edaà vuttaà bha-avadé-e ëiveda-issaà.

tat—therefore; edam—this; vuttam—news; bha-avadi-e—to the

noble Paurëamäsé; niveda-issam—I shall relate.

Mukharä: I will tell all this to noble Paurëamäsé.

(punar apy ambare gambhéra-dhvaniù)

punaù—again; api—also; ambare—in the sky; gambhira—a deep;

dhvaniù—sound.

(A deep sound again rumbles in the sky.)

mukharä: vacche suööhu ëa suvva-i kerisé esä divvä väëé.

vacche—O child; sutthu—nicely; na—not; suvva-i—was heard;

kerisi—what kind?; esa—this; divva—from the sky; vani—statement.

Mukharä: Child, I could not clearly hear it. What did the
demigods say?

våndä:
nirvyäjaà kuru karëayoù kamaliné-klänti-cchidädharmiëaù
koka-stré-priya-saìgama-pratibhuve devasya divyä giraù
kälindé-jala-majjanena mukhare mä sähasikyaà kåthä
bhüyas te bhavitä pramoda-sudhayä purëo mahän uddhavaù
(iti niñkränte. iti niñkräntäù sarve.)

nirvyajam—without duplicity; kuru—please do; karëayoù—on the

ears; kamaliné—of the lotus flowers; klanti—the fatigue; chida—
removing; dharminaù—by nature; koka-stri—of the female cakravaka
birds; priya—with their lovers; saìgama—the association;

•
130 •
pratibhuvaù—the promise; devasya—of the demigod; divya—the
splendid; giraù—words; kalindi—of the Yamuna River; jala—in the
water; nimajjanena—by entering; mukhare—O Mukharä; ma—do not;
sahasikyam—this reckless act; kåthäù—do; bhüyaù—again; te—by you;
bhavita—will be; pramoda—of bliss; sudhaya—with the nectar;
purëaù—filled; mahän—the great devotee; uddhavaù—Uddhava; iti—
thus; niñkränte—they both exit; iti—this; niñkräntaù—exit; sarve—all.

Våndä: Please place in your ears these splendid words of the

sun-god, who removes the fatigue of the lotus flowers and
witnesses the cakraväké birds' meeting with their lovers. The sun-
god said: "O Mukharä, don't commit this reckless act of drowing
yourself in the water of the Yamunä! In the future you will enjoy
a festival of the nectar of bliss."
(They both exit. Everyone exits.)

•
131 •
 "The Meeting With Rädhä"

uddhavaù: saìgéta-vidyä-vedhasaà bharatam abhyarthya kiïcid

apürvaà rüpakaà karitam. tac ca devarñi-térthena tumburu-haste
preñitam. tumburuëä ca gandharvän idaà adhyäpitam.

sangita—of music; vidya—of the science; vedhasam—the original

author; bharatam—Bharata Muni; abhyarthya—requesting; kincit—a
certain; apurvam—new; rüpakam—play; karitam—created; tat—that;
ca—also; devarsi-tirthena—by Devarsi Narada; tumburu—the tumburu;
haste—in hand; presitam—conducted; tumburuna—with the tumburu;
ca—also; gandharvan—the gandharvas; idam—this; adhyapitam—
taught.

Uddhava: After praying to Bharata Muni, Paurëamäsé

composed a new musical drama. Närada Muni sent it in
Tumburu's hand and Tumburu taught it to the gandharvas.

gärgé: däëià kebi divva-purisä tattha-hodé-e poëëamäsé-e saddhaà

älabantä ma-e diööha. tä ede gandhavvä hubissanti.

danim—now; kebi—some; divva-purisa—demigods; tattha-hodi-e—

the noble lady; ponnamasi-e—Paurëamäsé; saddham—with; alabanta—
talking; ma-e—by me; dittha—are seen; ta—therefore; ede—they;
gandharva—the actors; hubissanti—will be.

Gärgé: I see some demigods talking with noble Paurëamäsé.

They must be gandharvas.

uddhavaù: atha kià paçyäyaà madhumaìgalena saha nåtya-

vilokanärtham aravinda-locanaù kuruvinda-mandirasyälindam
adhirohate.

atha-kim—yes; paçyayam—I see; madhumaìgalena—

Madhumaìgala; saha—with; nrtya—the play; vilokana—of seeing;
artham—for the purpose; aravinda-locanaù—lotus-eyed Kåñëa;
kuruvinda—of rubies; mandirasya—of the palace; alindam—the porch;
adhirohate—climbs.

•
132 •
 Uddhava: Yes, it is so. Look! Accompanied by Madhumaìgala,
lotus-eyed Kåñëa ascends the ruby balcony of the palace to see the
play.

gärgé: ahaà gadu-a muharaà presa-issam.

aham—I; gadu-a—having sons; muharam-presa-issam—I shall

send.

Gärgé: I will go and bring Mukharä.

uddhavaù: aham api bhagavatyä saha naöän preñayiñyämi.

aham—I; api—also; bhagavatya—the noble lady; saha—with;

natan—the actors; presayiñyämi—shall dispatch.

Uddhava: Noble Paurëamäsé and I will bring the actors.

(tataù praviçati yathä-nirdiñöaù kåñëaù.)

kåñëaù: (sa-khedam)
hä lélävati hä cakora-nayane hä candra-bimbänane
hä bimba-pratimauñöhi hä guëavati-goñöhé-puro-vartini
hä goñöhäkhila-khaïjaréta-nayanä-mürdhäbhiñikte kathaà
ha rädhe hata-daiva-durvilasitair yätäsi ghoräà daçäm

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; yathä—as; nirdiñöaù—described;

kåñëaù—Kåñëa; sa—with; khedam—unhappiness; ha—O; lilavati—
playful girl; ha—O; cakora—cakora birds; nayane—whose eyes; ha—
O; candra—of the moon; bimba—the disc; anane—whose face; ha—O;
bimba—of bimba fruit; pratima—the form; osthi—whose lips; ha—O;
guëavati—virtuous; goñöhi—of the community; puraù-vartiné—the
foremost; ha—O; goñöha—of Vraja; akhila—all; kuïjarita—kuïjarita
birds; nayana—eyes; murdha—the head; abhisikte—crowned;
katham—how is it?; ha—O; rädhe—Rädhä; hata—fatal; daiva—fate;
durvilasitaiù—by the wicked actions; yata—attained; asi—you have;
ghoram—a terrible; dasam—condition.

(Kåñëa, as described, enters.)

Kåñëa: (With grief) O playful girl, O girl whose eyes are cakora
birds, O moon-faced one, O girl whose lips are bimba fruits, O
best of all virtuous girls, O crowned queen of all the girls of Vraja,

•
133 •
whose eyes are khaïjana birds, O Rädhä, why have the wicked
actions of fate brought You to this terrible end?

madhamaìgala: pi-a-va-assa adi-dullaha-daàsaëa bi rähi-ä

vijjamanevva me paòibhädi.

pi-a—dear; va-assa—O friend; ati—very; dullaha—difficult;

daàsana—to see; bi—even; rahi-a—Rädhä; vijjamana—being; ivva—
as if; me—to me; padibhadi—is manifested.

Madhumaìgala: Dear friend, from this spot it is very difficult

for me to see Rädhä.

kåñëaù: sakhe satyam äçayaiva kad-arthyamäno 'smi yataù

nére mankñu mimankñum ärta-mukharäm uddiñya caëòa-dyuter
dürän maëòalataù kåpäturatayä yat präduräsét tadä
hä dhig väg-amåtena tena janitas tasyäù punaù saìgama-
pratyäçäìkura uccakair mama sakhe sväntaà haöhäd vidhyati

sakhe—O friend; satyam—in truth; asayaiva—by hope; kad-

arthyamanaù—tormented; asmi—I am; yataù—because; nire—in the
water; mankñu—quickly; mimankñum—to enter; arta—suffering;
mukharäm—Mukharä; uddiñya—in relation to; canda-dyuteù—of the
sun; durat—from far away; maëòalataù—from the circle; kåpä—of
compassion; aturataya—with the overwhelming feelings; yat—which;
präduräsét—was manifested; tada—then; ha—alas!; dhik—alas!; vak—
of words; amåtena—with the nectar; tena—by that; janitaù—born;
tasyäù—of Her; punaù—again; saìgama—of meeting; pratyasa—of
hope; ankuraù—a blade of grass; uccakaiù—greatly; mama—of Me;
sakhe—O friend; svantam—the heart; hathat—violently; vidhyati—
pierces.

Kåñëa: O friend, I am now tortured by hope. When suffering

Mukharä was about to drown herself, a voice from the sun planet
mercifully told her that Rädhä had already entered the celestial
world. The nectar of those words has now sprouted a single grass-
blade of the hope to again meet Rädhä. That blade of grass is now
violently piercing My heart!

(kñaëaà tüñëéà sthitvä punar uccakaiù)

prayätuà çväphalkau dhåta-turaga-valge caöula-dhér

•
134 •
 niruddhä säkrandaà ratham adhirurukñuà parijanaiù
udasraà sä dåñöià mayi vikirati krüra-manasä
vilambyälpaà hä dhik su-tanur anunétäpi na mayä

kñaëam—for a moment; tusnim—silence; sthitvä—manifesting;

punaù—again; uccakaiù—in a loud voice; prayatum—to go;
svaphalkau—when Akrura, the son of Svaphalka; dhrta—held; turaga—
of the horses; valge—the reins; catula—unsteady; dhiù—whose mind;
niruddha—stopped; sa—with; akrandam—crying; ratham—the
chariot; adhirurukñum—to climb aboard; parijanaiù—by Her friends;
mayi—upon Me; vikirati—casts; krura—cruel; manasa—with a heart;
vilambya—resting; alpam—slightly; ha—alas!; dhik—alas!; su-tanuù—
beautiful girl; anunita—taken; api—even; na—not; mayä—by Me.

(After a moment's silence, He calls out) Akrüra held the horse's

reins, about to drive away. Rädhä's heart trembled with
unsteadiness. She cried loudly and tried to climb onto the chariot,
but Her friends stopped Her. She cast a tear-filled glance at Me.
And I was so cruel at heart that I paused for a moment, and then
rode away! Alas! Alas! I did not take that beautiful girl with Me!

uddhavaù: deva samänétaù peçalo 'yaà divya-naröaka-

sampradäyaù.

deva—O Lord; samanitaù—assembled; pesalaù—expert; ayam—

this; divya—splendid; nartaka—of actors; sampradayaù—the troupe.

Uddhava: O Deva, the splendid and expert demigod-actors are

assembled.

kåñëaù: sütradhära türëam ärabhyatäà taurya-trikam.

sütradhära—O Sütradhära; turnam—at once; arabhyatam—should

be beguë; taurya-trikam—the singing, music, and dancing.

Kåñëa: Sütradhära, let the music, singing, and dancing begin.

(tataù praviçati gandharvair anugamyamäna uddhavaù

paurëamäsé mukharä ca.)

•
135 •
 tataù—then; praviçati—enters; gandharvaiù—by the actors;
anugamyamanaù—followed; uddhavaù—Uddhava; paurëamäsé—
Paurëamäsé; mukharä—Mukharä; ca—and.

(Uddhava, Paurëamäsé, and Mukharä enter, followed by the

actors.)

sütradhäraù:
nija-madhurima-mudrämläpitendévara-çrér
jayati parama-jaitraù ko 'pi rädhä-kaöäkñaù
tri-bhuvana-jaya-lakñmé-varyayä datta-däma
madhu-ripur api yena kréòayä nirjito 'bhüt

nija—own; madhurima—of sweetness; mudra—by the chacteristics;

amlapita—wilted; indivara—of the lotus flower; sriù—the beauty;
jayati—all glories; parama—the supreme; jaitra—conqueror; kaù api—
a certain; rädhä—of Rädhä; kata-akñaù—sidelong glance; tri—the three;
bhuvana—in the worlds; jaya—of victory; lakñmi—of goddesses;
varyaya—by the best; datta—given; dama—a garland; madhu—of
Madhu; ripuù—the enemy; api—even; yena—by which; kridaya—
playfully; nirjitaù—defeated; abhut—is.

Sütradhära: All glories to Rädhä's supremely victorious

sidelong glance, which with its sweetness makes the beauty of the
most splendid lotus flowers wilt, and which with its playfulness
easily conquers Kåñëa, who was Himself garlanded by the
goddess of victory victorious in the three worlds.

kåñëaù: (sa-harñam) sädhéyän eña hådayänandé nändé-prayogaù.

sa—with; harñam—happiness; sadhiyan—should be done; esaù—

this; hådaya—the heart; änandi—delighting; nandi—of the introductory
verse; prayogaù—performance.

Kåñëa: (Happily) This nändé-verse delights My heart!

sütradhäraù: (pärçvato vilokya) ärye kenäpi cäru-sandhinä

prabandhena jagad-bandhor asya samärädhanäya kuläcäryeëa
svargataù preñito 'smi.

•
136 •
 parsvataù—from the side; vilokya—glancing; arye—O noble lady;
kena api—with a certain; caru—beautifully; sandhina—written;
prabandhena—literary composition; jagat—of the universe; bandhoù—
of the friend; asya—of Him; samarädhänaya—for the worship; kula—
of the community; acaryena—by the spiritual master; svargataù—from
the heavenly planetary system; presitaù—sent; asmi—I have been.

Sütradhära: (Glancing to the side) O noble lady, Närada Muni,

the spiritual master of the demigods has sent me from Svargaloka
to worship Kåñëa, the friend of the entire universe, with this
beautifully written play.

naöé: ajja ko kkhu so dava ppabandho.

ajja—O noble sir; ko—what?; kkhu—indeed; dava—then;
ppabandho—literary work.

Naöé: Noble sir, what play is it?

sütradhära:
rasika-siromaëi-ramaëaù
sulabho gokula-niväsinäm eva
sandarbho guëa-garbhaù
sa jayati rädhäbhisäräkhyaù
tad géyatäà maìgala-dhruvä.

rasika-siromaëi—to Kåñëa, the crest-jewel of those expert at relishing

transcendental mellows; ramanaù—delightful; sulabhaù—pleasing;
gokula—of Gokula; nivasénäm—to the residents; eva—certainly;
sandarbhaù—literary work; guëa—of transcendental virtues; garbhaù—
the origin; saù—to that; jayati—all glories; rädhä—with Rädhä;
abhisara—the meeting; äkhyaù—named; tat—therefore; giyatam—
should be sung; maìgala—the auspicious; dhruva—introductory verse.

Sütradhära: All glories to this play filled with all good qualities,
pleasing to Kåñëa, the crest-jewel of those who expert at relishing
transcendental mellows, delightful for the residents of Gokula,
and bearing the name "The Meeting With Rädhä." Let the
auspicious introduction now be sung!

naöé: ajja kaà riduà olambi-a ga-issam.

•
137 •
 ajja—O noble sir; kam—what?; ridum—season; olambi-a—in
relation; ga-issam—shall I sing.

Naöé: O noble sir, what season of the year shall I glorify in my

song?

sütradhäraù: ärye paçya paçya

çrér eñä vana-mälikäsu milati projjhyädya kundävaléà
smartuà païcama-cäturéà cira-parityaktaà yatante pikäù
bhäëòérät paripäëòuraù sphuöam amé bhraçyanti yatra cchadäù
kälaù ko 'py ayam ujjvalaù sa-kutuké mandaà parispandate

arye—O noble one; paçya—look; paçya—look; sriù—beauty; esa—

she; vana—in the forest; malikasu—the malika flowers; milati—meets;
projjhya—abandoning; adya—now; kunda—of kunda flowers;
avalim—the host; smartum—to remember; païcama—on the fifth note;
caturim—skill; cira—for a long time; parityaktam— to abandon;
yatante—endeavor; pikaù—the cuckoos; bhandirat— from the banyan
tree; paripanduraù—white; sphuöam—clearly; ämi—they; bhrasyanti—
fall; yatra—where; chadaù—the leaves; kalaù—time; kah api—a
certain; ayam—this; ujjvalam—splendid spring; sa—with; kutuki—
eargerness; mandam—gentle; parispandate— trembles.

Sütradhära: Noble lady, look! Look! Leaving the kunda flowers,

beauty enters the mälikä flowers. The cuckoos struggle to
remember their long-neglected skill in singing the fifth note. Pale
leaves fall from the banyan tree. Thus this splendid time slowly
and gently manifesting.

naöé:
iha jhampidäbi parido
saméladä-e phuòaà kaöorä-e
mahubeëa ho-i lahuëä
ëa mähavé aëuëéda-tthava-ä

iha—here; jhampida—covered; bi—also; parido—everywhere;

sämi-lada-e—by a sami vine; phudam—manifested; katora-e—hard;
mahubena—by the bumble-bee; ho-i—is; lahuna—slightly; na—not;
mahavi—spring; anunida—pleased; tthava-a—blossoms.

•
138 •
 Naöé: Even though it is covered with harsh çamé vines, this
tiny bumble-bee still loves this cluster of mädhavé flowers.

sütradhäraù: (sa-paritoñam) ärye sädhu sädhu prastävocitam eva

tävad upanyastam. tathä hi

våddhayä çaçvad-ärabdha-
nirodham api rädhikäm
nirävädhaà sadä sädhu
ramayaty eña mädhavaù.
(iti niñkräntau.)

sa—with; paritosam—pleasure; arye—O noble one; sädhu—well

done; sädhu—well done; prastava—introduction; ucitam—suitable;
eva—certainly; tavat—then; upanyastam-tathä hi—furthermore;
vrddhaya—by the elderly gopé; sasvat—always; arabdha—attempted;
nirodham—obstruction; api—although; rädhikäm—Rädhä;
nirabadham—undisturbed; sadä—always; sädhu—nicely; ramayati—
pleases; esaù—He; mädhavaù—Mädhava; iti—thus; niñkräntaù—they
both exit.

Sütradhära: (With pleasure) Noble girl, well done! Well done!

You have spoken the introduction very well. Even though old
Jaöilä continually creates obstacles, Mädhava always pleases
Rädhä and carelessly enjoys pastimes with Her! (They both exit.)

(tataù praviçati mädhavaù)

mädhavaù:
lakñmévän iha dakñiëänila-sakhaù säkñän madhur modate
mädyad-bhåìga-vihaìga-häri vihasaty aträpi våndävanam
rädhä yady abhisäram atra kurute so 'yaà mahän eva me
sändränanda-viläsa-sindhu-laharé-hillola-kolähalaù

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; mädhavaù—Kåñëa; lakñmivan—

beautiful; iha—here; dakñina—southern; anila—breeze; sakhaù—
whose friend; madhuù—spring; modate—pleases; madyat—jubilant;
bhrnga—bumble-bees; vihaìga—and birds; hari—charming; vihasati—
smiles; atra—here; api—also; våndävanam—the forest of Våndävana;
rädhä—Rädhä; yadi—if; abhisaram—meeting; atra—here; kurute—
does; sah ayam—that; mahan—great; eva—certainly; me—to Me;

•
139 •
sandra—intense; änanda—of bliss; vilasa—pastime; sindhu—in the
ocean; lahari—of waves; hillola—upon waves; kolahalaù—an uproar.

(Mädhava enters.)
Mädhava: Accompanied by it's friend, the southern breeze,
beautiful springtime brings great pleasure. Charming with
jubilant bees and birds, Våndävana forest smiles. If Rädhä were to
meet Me here, I would be plunged into the tumultuous waves of
the ocean of intensely blissful pastimes!

madhumaìgala: (vihasya) hi hi däsé-e putta-ehià surénda-puri-

bhandehià dudi-o me pi-a-va-asso paccakkhé-kado.

vihasya—laughing; hi—ha; hi—ha; dasi-e putta-ehim—by the actors;

surinda-puri-babhandehim—from the heavenly planets; dudi-o—a
second; me—of me; pi-a—dear; va-asso—friend; paccakkhi-kado—is
manifested.

Madhumaìgala: (Laughing) Hee hee, the demigods-actors have

created a double of my dear friend Kåñëa!

uddhavaù: (sa-camatkäram)
nava-murali-maralé-häri-hastäravindaù
kavalita-kuruvinda-cchäya-guïjädbhuta-çréù
mådula-pavana-caïcat-piïcha-cüòäïcalo 'yaà
madayati hådayaà me çyämikänäà viläsaù

sa—with; camatkaran—wonder; nava—new; murali—flute;

marali—swan; hari—charming; hasta—hand; aravindaù—lotus flower;
kavalita—swallowed up; kuruvinda—of rubies; chaya—the splendor;
guïja—guïja; adbhuta—wonderful; sriù—beauty; mrdula—gentle;
pavana—in the breeze; caïcat—moving; pincha—peacock feather;
cüòä—crown; aïcalaù—the tip; ayam—He; madayati—delights;
hådayam—the heart; me—of me; syamikanam—of blackness; vilasaù—
the splendor.

Uddhava: (Astonished) His new flute like a swan in the

beautiful lotus flower of His hand, the wonderful beauty of His
guïjä-necklace eclipsing the splendor of rubies, and the tip of His
peacock-feather crown moving in the gentle breeze, Kåñëa with
His dark splendor delights my heart!

•
140 •
 kåñëaù: (sautsukyaà romaïcam unmélya)
udgérëädbhuta-mädhuré-parimalasyäbhéra-lélasya me
dvaitaà hanta samékñayan muhur asau citréyate cäraëaù
cetaù keli-kutühalottaralitaà satyaà sakhe mämakaà
yasya prekñya svarüpatäà vraja-vadhü-särüpyam anvicchati

sa—with; autsukyam—eagerness; romaïcam—hairs standing up;

unmilya—manifesting; udgérëa—overflowing; adbhuta—wonderful;
mädhuré—sweetness; parimalasya—whose fragrance; äbhéra—of a
cowherd boy; lélasya—who has pastimes; me—My; dvaitam—second
form; hanta—alas; samékñayan—showing; muhuù—again and again;
asau—that; citréyate—is acting like a picture; cäraëaù—dramatic actor;
cetaù—heart; keli-kutühala—by longing for pastimes; uttaralitam—
greatly excited; satyam—actually; sakhe—O dear friend; mämakam—
My; yasya—of whom; prekñya—by seeing; sva-rüpatäm—similarity to
My form; vrja-vadhü—of the damsels of Vrajabhümi; särüpyam—a form
like the forms; anvicchati—desires.

Kåñëa: (The hairs of His body standing up with excitement) My

dear friend, this dramatic actor appears like a second form of Me!
Like a picture, He displays My pastimes as a cowherd boy
overflowing with wonderfully attractive sweetness and fragrance,
which are so dear to the young girls of Vraja. When I see it, My
heart becomes greatly excited! I long for such pastimes and even
desire a form exactly like the form of Vraja-gopi!

tad adya bhavantaà prcchämi. katham anenäviskåta mamäpi

mano-häriëé sä käpi rüpa-candrikä.

tad—therefore; adya—now; bhavantam—of you; prcchämi—I ask;

katham—how is it?; anena—by him; aviskåta—manifested; mama—of
Me; api—even; manaù—the heart; hariné—enchanting; sa—this; ka
api—certain; rüpa—of the form; candrika—the moonlight.

O friend! How is it, that this actor enchant even My mind with
the moonlight of this form?

uddhavaù: deva bhavad-bhakti-prabhäva-sambhävito 'yaà

devarñer eva sevä-paripäöé-vivartaù.

•
141 •
 deva—O playful one; bhavat—to You; bhakti—of devotion;
prabhava—by the stregnth; sambhavitaù—manifested; ayam—this;
deva-rseù—of Devarsi Narada; eva—certainly; seva—of service;
paripati—of the arrangement; vivartaù—the transformation.

Uddhava: O playful Kåñëa, it became possible only because of

Devarñi Närada's pure devotion to You.

kåñëaù: (säçcaryam)
prapadya naöatäà naöän kim ayam asmi raìga-sthale
sadäsy atha sa-däsyatäà kim upalabhya paçyämi vä
iti sphuöa-vinirëaye kim api samvidhänaà puraù
samékñya paramädbhutaà nimiñam apy ahaà na kñamaù

sa—with; äçcaryam—wonder; präpadya—attaining; natatam—the

state of being an actor; natan—acting; kim—wheter?; ayam—he; asmi—
I am; raìga-sthale—on the stage; sadäsi—in the audience; atha—then;
sadäsyatam—the state of being a member of the audience; kim—
whether?; upalabhya—attaining; paçyämi—I see; va—or; iti—thus;
sphuöa—manifested; vinirnaye—in the conclusion; kim api—something;
samvidhanam—arrangement; puraù—in the presence; samékñya—
seeing; parama—supreme; adbhutam—wonder; nimisma—blinking;
api—even; aham—I; na—not; kñamaù—am able.

Kåñëa: (Astonished) Am I that actor on the stage, or am I the

person observing him from the audience? I cannot decide! With
unblinking eyes I stare at the great wonder before Me!

mädhavaù:
matir aghürëata särdham äli-vrajair
dhåtir abhün madhubhiù saha vicyuta
vyakasad-utkalikä kalikälibhiù
samam iha priyayä viyutasya me

matiù—mind; aghurnata—reels; sardham—with; ali—of bees;

vrajaiù—the swarms; dhrtiù—peaceful composure; abhut—has
become; madhubhiù—with the honey; saha—with; vicyuta—fallen
away; vyakasat—manifested; utkalika—longings; kalika—of budding
flowers; alibhiù—with multitudes; samam—with; iha—here; priyaya—
from the beloved; viyutasya—separated; me—of Me.

•
142 •
 Mädhava: Now that I am separated from My beloved, these
swarms of buzzing bees make My mind spin, this honey flowing
from the trees robs Me of all peacefulness, and these budding
flowers fill Me with longing!

tad idänéà veëu-géta-samjïayä lalitäm abhyarthayiñye.

tat—therefore; idanim—now; venu—of the flute; gita—of the music;

samjïäya—with the sign; lalitäm—Lalitä; abhyarthayiñye—I shall.

Now, with My flute-music, I will place My request before Lalitä.

(ity adhare veëuà vinyasya)

akñëor bandhuà hari-haya-harin-nägaré räga-riktaà
rägeëäviñkuru guru-rucaà bhänavéyäà navénäm
cakräbhikhyaù kim api virahäd äkulaù käku-lakñam
kurvan mukhyas tvayi sa vayasäm ärthi-bhävaà tanoti

iti—thus; adhare—to the lips; venum—the flute; vinyasya—placing;

akñëoù—of the eyes; bandhum—the friend; harihaya—like the sun;
harit—yellow; nagari—O heroine; raga—redness; riktam—without;
ragena—with love; aviskuru—please manifest; guru—great; rucam—
splendor; bhanaviyam—of the daughter of Mahäräja Vrsabhanu;
navinam—youthful; cakräbhikhyaù —virtuous; kim api—somewhat;
virahat—out of separation; akulaù—distressed; kaku—of plaintive cries;
lakñam—thousands; kurvan—doing; mukhyaù—the foremost; tvayi—to
you; saù—He; vayasam—of friends; arthi-bhavam—request; tanoti—
extends.

(Placing the flute to His lips) O Lalitä, O girl splendid as the

eastern horizon, please bring before My eyes your sakhi, the
splendid and virtuous young sun that is Mahäräja Våñabhänu's
beautiful daughter Rädhä. Kåñëa, who is your best friend, who is
like a cakraväka, the best of birds, tormented by separation from
Her, begs you with thousands of plaintive words!

kåñëaù: (sa-kautukam) kim açakyaà devarñi-prasädasya. yenäyam

ananya-vedyam api mad-antaréëa-cäryaà vivåëoti.

sa—with; kautukam—wonder; kim—what?; asakyam—is

impossible; devarsi—of Devarsi Narada; prasadasya—of the mercy;

•
143 •
yena—by which; ayam—he; ananya—not by others; vedyam—
knowable; api—even; mat—of Me; antarina—within the heart;
caryam—motions; vivrnoti—reveals.

Kåñëa: (Astonished) What is impossible for Devarñi Närada's

mercy? By that mercy this actor is able to reveal the deep feelings
of My heart, which remain always unknown to others!

mädhavaù: (sa-harñam) kathaà naöé-düre mano-hariëa-häriëé

saiveyaà maïju-maïjéra-siïjita-käkalé. tad ahaà mädhavé-
maëòapaà praviçämi. (iti niñkräntaù)

sa—with; harñam—happiness; katham—indeed; na—not; ati—very;

dure—far away; manaù—of the heart; harina—the deer; hariné—
enchanting; sa—this; eva—certainly; iyam—this; maïju—charming;
maïjira—of ankle-bells; sinjita—tinkling; kakali—a soft sweet sound;
tat—therefore; aham—I; mädhavé—of mädhavé vine; mandapam—the
cottage; praviçämi—I shall enter; iti—thus; niñkräntaù—exits.

Mädhava: (Happily) Ah! Not far away I hear a soft sweet

tinkling sound of ankle-bells that charms the deer of My heart! I
will hide in the cottage of mädhavé vines. (He exits.)

(tataù praviçati lalitayänugamyamänä rädhä.)

rädhä: (sautsukyaà puro dåñövä) halä lalide pekkha pekkha. dhaëëa
esa taraìgaleha. ja kkhu sevalavalli-nibadddha-pa-aà ëaà haàsi-aà
mo-avedi. ta phuòaà bhisiné-pattantarideëa kalaàseëa saìghadissadi.

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; lalitäya—by Lalitä;

anugamyamana—followed; rädhä—Rädhä; sa—with; autsukyam—
eagerness; puraù—ahead; dåñövä—looking; hala—O; lalide—Lalitä;
pekkha—look!; pekkha—look!; dhanna—auspicious; esa—this;
taraìga—of the waves; lekkha—the lines; ja—which; kkhu—indeed;
sevalavalli—by sevala moss; nibaddha—bound; pa-am—whose feet;
nam—this; hamsi-am—female swan; mo-avedi—has released; ta—that;
phudam—clearly manifested; bhisiné—lotus; patta—petals;
antaridena—within; kalahamsena—with the male swan;
sanghadissadi—meets.

(Followed by Lalitä, Rädhä enters.)

•
144 •
 Rädhä: (Eagerly looking ahead) Lalitä, look! Look! These waves
are auspicious – a female swan trapped in a thickets of çaiväla
grass is now free and meets her lover in the garden of lotus
petals.21

lalitä: (smitvä) bho haàsé haàsa-ba-iëo pakkha-badeëa cce-a

uddhura esa tumaà kaddhadi ummi-mälä. ta vésaddhä kantaà
ahisara.

smitvä—smiling; bho—O; hamsi—female swan; haàsa-ba-ino—for

the king of swans; pakkha-badena—with love; cce-a—certainly;
uddhura—unrestricted; esa—this; tumam—You; kaddhadi—pulls;
ummi—of waves; mala—the flow; ta—therefore; visaddha—trusting;
kantam—the lover; abhisara—go to meet.

Lalitä: (Smiling) O female swan, this flow of waves has great

love for the king of swans! That is why these waves pull You in
this way. Have faith, and go meet Your lover.

kåñëaù: (sotkaëöham)
uccair abhüd ananubhüta-caré daçä me
yasyäç cireëa viraha-jvara-jarjarasya
hä hanta seyam iyam ämi yam äviräsén
mac-citta-haàsa-sarasé saraséruhäkñi
(ity siàhäsanäd utthäya bhujäbhyäà grahituà parikramati.)

sa—with; utkantham—longing; uccaiù—greatly; abhut—is;

ananubhuta-cari—unprecedented; dasa—condition; me—of Me;
yasyäù—of whom; cirena—for a long time; viraha—of separation;
jvara—by the flames; jarjarasya—tormented; ha—alas!; hanta—alas!; sa
iyam—She; ämi—yes; iyam—She; avirasit—appeared; mat—of Me;
citta—of the heart; haàsa—for the swan; sarasi—a lake; sarasiruha-
akñi—lotus-eyed Rädhä; iti—thus; simha-asanat—from the throne;
utthaya—rising; bhujäbhyäm—with both arms; grahitum—to grasp;
parikramati—goes.

Kåñëa: (With longing) No one has suffered as I. For a long time

I have been tormented by the flames of separation from My

21
In this allegory the female swan is Rädhä, the swan's lover is Kåñëa, the thickets of çaiväla
grass is Jaöilä, and the waves are Rädhä's eagerness to meet Kåñëa.

•
145 •
beloved. Now lotus-eyed Rädhä, who is a lake where the swan of
My heart enjoys pastimes, has appeared before Me! (He rises from
the throne and goes to embrace the actress.)

uddhavaù: deva näöya-praëéto 'yam arthaù.

deva—O Deva; natya—for the play; pranitaù—presented; ayam—

this; arthaù—purpose.

Uddhava: O Deva, this is a scene in a play!

kåñëaù: (sa-dhairyaà lajjäm abhinéya)

sä vaktra-çrér viramita-çarac-candra-nändé-staväsau
seyaà dåñöir mada-kala-mågé-mågya-mädhurya-keliù
sä bhrür eñä ratipati-dhanur vibhramäbhyäsa-gurvé
gändharvé me kñapayati dhåtià hanta gändharvikeva

sa—with; dhairyam—soberness; lajjam—embarrassment;

abhinéya—representing dramatically; sa—She; vaktra—of the face;
sriù—the beauty; viramita—ceased; sarat—autumn; candra—to the
moon; nandi-stava—prayer; asau—this; sa iyam—She; dåñöiù—glance;
mada-kala—musk; mrgi—of the doe; mrgya—sought; madhurya—of
sweetness; keliù—the pastime; sa—that; bhruù—eyebrows; esa—this;
ratipati—of Kamadeva; dhanuù—the bow; vibhrama-abhayasa-gurvi—
with charming playfulness; gandharvi—the actress; me—of Me;
kñapayati—destroys; dhrtim—sober peaceful composure; hanta—
indeed; gandharvika—Rädhä; iva—like.

Kåñëa: (Embarrassed, but then becomes sober) Her face is so

beautiful that it stops poets from glorifying the autumn moon!
Her restless glance has a sweetness sought by the most charming
passionate does! Her eyebrows are like Kämadeva's bows! This
charming actress destroys My peacefulness just as Rädhä does!

mukharä: hä ëattiëé rähé-e ji-äsi. (iti dhävati)

ha—O; nattiné—granddaughter; rahi-e—Rädhä; ji-asi—You are

alive; iti—thus; dhavati—runs.

Mukharä: O granddaughter Rädhä, You are alive! (She rushes

forward.)

•
146 •
 paurëamäsé: (pataïcale dhrtvä) sauhådändhe gandharvam idaà
gandharvänäm.

pata—the cloth; aïcale—on the edge; dhrtvä—holding; sauhåda—

by love; andhe—blinded; gandharvam—an actor; idam—this;
gandharvanam—of the Gandharvas.

Paurëamäsé: (Grasping the edge of her garment) O woman

blinded by love, this is a Gandharva-actress in a play!

mukharä: (säsram) bha-avadi süra-maëòalaà bhettaëa lo-

antaraà gada rähé saggalehià gandhavvehià äëédatti takkemi.

sa—with; asram—tears; bha-avadi—O noble lady; sura-

maëòalam—the sun-planet; bhettana—breaking through; lo-
antaram—another planet; gada—attained; rahi—Rädhä; saggalehim—
on Svargaloka; gandhavvehim—by the Gandharvas; anidatti—brought
here; takkemi—I think.

Mukharä: (In tears) O noble lady, I thought Rädhä must have

left the sun-planet and gone to Svargaloka, and Gandharvas have
now brought Her to this place!

rädhä: halä lalide pupphaharaëa-koduhalassa ëi-edado tu-e

aëijjanti aham abi ëäma kià ajja-e muhara-e ditthamhi.

hala—O; lalide—O Lalitä; puppha—flowers; aharaëa—for picking;

koduhalassa—for the desire; ni-edado—from the house; tu-e—by you;
anijjanti—brought; aham—I; abi nama—perhaps; kim—whether?;
ajja-e—by the noble lady; muhara-e—Mukharä; ditthamahi—I was
seen.

Rädhä, O Lalitä, did noble Mukharä see Me as you brought Me

from home to pick flowers?

lalitä: na ke-alaà äjjä-e muharä-e. jaòilä-e bi.

na—not; ke-alam—only; ajja-e—noble; muhara-e—by Mukharä;

jadila-e—by Jaöilä; bi—also.

•
147 •
 Lalitä: Not only noble Mukharä, Jaöilä also saw You.

mukharä: (sa-bäñpa-gadgadam) hä vacche saccaà ma-e daruëé-e

jjalidäsi.

sa—with; bäñpa—tears; gadgadam—choked up; ha—O; vacche—

child; saccam—in truth; ma-e—by me; daruni-e—cruel; jjalidasi—You
have burned with suffering.

Mukharä: (Choked up with tears) O child, I was so cruel! I made

You burn in the flames of suffering!

madhumaìgala: (sa-roñam) rakkhasi vuddhi-e daëéà mä kkhu ali-

aà pemmaà pa-adehi. ja kkhu gharobanta-vadi-a-perante cce-a maà
daööhuëä kukkuréva bukkasi.

sa—with; rosam—anger; rakkhasi—O demonness; vuddhi-e—O old

lady; danim—now; ma—do not; kkhu—indeed; ali-am—false;
pemma—love; pa-dehi—manifest; ja—who; kkhu—indeed; ghara—the
house; ubanta—near; vadi-a—of the garden; perante—at the boundary;
cce-a—certainly; mäm—me; datthuna—seeing; kukkuri—a dog; iva—
like; bukkasi—barkñ.

Madhumaìgala: (With anger) Old demonness, do not now put

on this false show of love! Whenever you saw me near the
boundary of the garden by your house you would bark at me like
a dog!

mukharä: ajja mahumaìgala kià karissaà. appa-äsida-rahassä-e

vaïcidamhi bha-avadi-e.

ajja—O noble one; mahumaìgala—Madhumaìgala; kim—what?;

karissam—shall I do; appa-asida—unmanifested; rahassa-e—secret;
vancidamhi—I was cheated; bha-avadi-e—by noble Paurëamäsé.

Mukharä: Noble Madhumaìgala, what could I have done? I did

not know your secret. Noble Paurëamäsé hid the truth from me.

rädhä: halä ja-i diööhamhi tado ubä-aà väharehi.

•
148 •
 hala—O; ja-i—if; ditthamhi—I was seen; tado—then; uba-am—a
counter-measure; vaharehi—I must take.

Rädhä: If they saw Me, then what to do?

lalitä: hanta manthare pantaraà parihari-a kalamba-sambahena

kälindé-téra-maggeëa turi-aà gacchamha. (ity ubhe parikramataù.)

hanta—O; manthare—slow one; pantaram—the open road;

parihari-a—abandoning; kalaba—by kadamba trees thickly shaded;
kalindi—of the Yamuna River; tira—by the shore; maggena—by the
path; turi-am—quickly; gacchamba—let us go; iti—thus; ubhe—both;
parikramataù—go.

Lalitä: O slowly walking Rädhä, let's leave this open road and
run on the kadamba-forest path by the Yamunä shore. (They both
walk.)

rädhä: sahi pisuëehià ëe-urehià kià tti saìgamidamhi.

sahi—O friend; pisunehim—traitors; ne-urehim—ankle-bells; kim—

what?; tti—thus; saìgamidamhi—I go with.

Rädhä: Why should I wear these ankle-bells? They are

traitors!22

lalitä: vidakka-sélä-e jaòilä-e buddhià mohedum.

vidakka-sila-e—quick to make guesses; jadila-e—of Jaöilä;

buddhim—the intelligence; mohedum—to bewilder.

Lalitä: Jaöilä is very quick. We must fool her.

(praviçya) jaöilä: (puraù paçyanti) kahaà diööhi-pahe ëa lakkhijjahi

värisahänavé. ta kahià ëaà maggissam. (bhuvas talam avalokya sa-
harñam) ima-ià vahu-e pada-ià disanti. jaà kundala-idi-e sohagga-
mudda-e ankida-im. ta imiëä maggeëa maggissam.

22
They announce My presence to others.

•
149 •
 praviçya—entering; puraù—ahead; paçyanti—looking; kaham—
how is it?; ditthi—of the eyes; pahe—on the path; na—not; lakkhijjahi—
is seen; varisahanavi—Rädhä, the daughter of Mahäräja Våñabhänu; ta—
therefore; kahim—where; nam—for Her; maggissam—shall I search;
bhuvaù—of the earth; talam—at the surface; avalokya—looking; sa—
with; harñam—happiness; ima-im—these; vahu-e—of the girl; pada-
im—the footprints; disanti—are seen; jam—because; kundala—of
earrings; a-idi-e—in the form; sohagga—of good fortune; mudda-e—
with the marks; ankida-im—is marked; ta—therefore; imina—by this;
maggena—path; maggissam—I shall search.

Jaöilä: (Enters and looks ahead) Why has Rädhä not yet
appeared on the path of my eyes? Where will I search for Her?
(She looks at the ground and becomes happy) I see the girl's
footprints! I know they are Her footprints because they bear the
auspicious marks of Her feet such as earrings. I will search for
Her on this path.

rädhä: halä ajja ma-e a-uruvvaà kià pi sibiëe anuhüdam

hala—O; ajja—now; ma-e—by Me; a-uruvvam—unprecedented;

kim pi—something; sibine—in a dream; anuhudam—experienced.

Rädhä: Last night I saw something very unusual in a dream.

lalitä: sahi kià tam.

sahi—O friend; kim—what?; tam—was that.

Lalitä: Sakhi, what was it?

rädhä: lavaìga-kuòuìge pupphaà äharanti tumaà våndä-aëa-

vasiëä matta-kalahindeëa a-adu-a hatthena gahida-hatthäsi samvuttä.
tado sambhameëa ghummanti-e tuha hadheëa ottha-palla-aà
daàsanteëa tiëä väme tthava-ammi phuranta-tikkha-kämakusaà
kara-pukkharam. (ity ardhokte sa-romaïcaà änamra-mukhé bhavati.)

lavaìga—of clove vines; kuduìge—in the grove; puppham—a

flower; aharanti—taking; tumam—you; våndä-ana—of Våndävana;
vasina—by a certain resident; matta—mad; kalahi—of elephants;
indena—by the king; a-adu-a—with the gait; hatthena—with a hand;

•
150 •
gahida—taken; hattha—hand; asi—you are; samvutta—happened;
tado—then; sambhamena—quickly; ghummanti-e—struggling to
escape; tuha—of you; hadhena—violently; ottha—of the lips; palla-
am—the blossom; daàsantena—biting; tina—by Him; vame—on the
left; tthava-ammi—cluster of flowers; phuranta—manifesting; tikkha—
sharp; käma—of Kamadeva; ankusam—elephant-goad; kara—hand;
pukkharam—lotus flower; iti—thus; ardha—half; ukte—in the
statement; sa—with; romaïcam—hairs standing up; anamra—bent
downwards; mukhi—whose face; bhavati—is.

Rädhä: You were picking flowers in the grove of clove-vines in

Våndävana when some boy, who walked like a mad elephant,
suddenly put His hand in yours. As you struggled to escape, He bit
your flower lips and pushed His lotus-hand, which seemed to be
Kamadeva's sharp elephant-goad, on your left bunch of flowers.
(She suddenly stops in the middle of Her speech, Her hairs are
standing up and She bows Her head.)

lalitä: (smitvä) a-i sarale tujjha hi-a-e katthuri-a-patta-bhaìgaà

lihanté-e ma-e paccakkhé-kido sibiëa-saìgi-ëa-ara-kuïjara-
vibbhamäsi. ta phuòaà kadhehi. ta-i-a-jaëa-saìgajogge tassià maha-
osare diha-sutta nivi-saha-ari jjhatti ëikkanta ëa ve tti.

smitvä—smiling; a-i—O; sarale—honest girl; tujjha—of you; hi-a-e—

in the heart; katthuri-a—musk; patta-bhaìgam—designs and pictures;
lihanti-e—drawing; ma-e—by me; paccakkhi-kido—manifest; sibina—
in a dream; sangi—meeting; na-ara—hero; kuïjara—with an elephant;
vibbhama—enjoying pastimes; asi—You are; ta—that; phudam—
clearly; kadhehi—please tell; ta-i-a—a third; jana—person; saìga—
company; ajogge—unsuitable; tassim—in that; maha—great; osare—
opportunity; diha—long; sutta—string; nivi—belt; saù-ari—friend;
jjhatti—at once; nikkanta—departed; na—not; ve—or; tti—thus.

Lalitä: (Smiling) O honest girl, as I was drawing pictures in

musk on Your breasts, You fell asleep and enjoyed pastimes with
this elephant-hero in Your dream. Tell me clearly, in that perfect
opportunity, where the presence of a third person would be very
improper, did Your friend, the sash about Your waist, stay, or did
she immediately leave that place?

•
151 •
 rädhä: (svagatam) kadhaà takkidaà atthi dhutta-e. (prakäçaà sa-
bhru-bhaìgam) väme kià tti ali-aà äsaìkasi.

svagatam—aside; kadham—how is it?; takkidam—guessed; atthi—

is; dhutta-e—by this rascal; prakäçam—openly; sa—with; bhru—of the
eyebrows; bhaìgam—knitting; vame—O crooked girl; kim—why?; tti—
thus; ali-am—a deception; asankasi—do you suspect.

Rädhä: (Aside) How has this rascal Lalitä guessed the truth?
(Openly, knitting Her eyebrows) O crooked girl, why do you
think I lied to you?

jaöilä: ëüëaà ëe-ura-saddena a-addhida ede haàsa haàsa-

ëandiëé-jalado vane dha-anti. ta vahudi-a nadi-dure huvissadi.

nunam—is it not so?; ne-ura—of ankle-bells; saddena—by the

sound; a-addhida—attracted; ede—these; haàsa—swans; haàsa-
nandiné—of the Yamuna River, the daughter of the sun-god; jalado—
from the waters; vane—into the forest; dha-anti—run; ta—therefore;
vahudi-a—the girl; na—not; adi—very; dure—far away; huvissadi—
must be.

Jaöilä: Those swans are running from the waters of the Yamunä
into the forest. They must be attracted by the tinkling of ankle-
bells. Rädhä cannot be very far away.

uddhavaù: aho jaraté-nämäpi buddhi-kauçalam.

aho—ah!; jarati—Jarati; nama—named; api—although; buddhi—in

intelligence; kausalam—expert.

Uddhava: Ah! The old lady is very intelligent!

lalitä: (svagatam) purado mähavé-maëòabe mähavena hodavam.

svagatam—aside; purado—before us; mahavi—of mädhavé vines;

mandabe—in the cottage; mahavena—with Kåñëa; hodavam—may be.

Lalitä: (Aside) Mädhava must be in this cottage of mädhavi

vines before us.

•
152 •
 (tataù praviçati våndayänugamyäno mädhavaù.)
mädhavaù: (samantäd avalokya)
hetur me hådayotsavasya vividhaù kämaà kramäd vardhatäm
präpnoty asya guëadhiroha-padavéà rädhäbhisärasya kaù
yasminn alpa-taraà manoratha-tati-sémam api präpite
sändränandamayé bhavaty anupamä sadyo jagad-viçmåtiù

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; våndäya—by Våndä;

anugamyamanaù—followed; mädhavaù—Mädhava; samantat—in all
directions; avalokya—looking; hetuù—the cause; me—of Me; hådaya—
of the heart; utsavasya—of the festival of happiness; vividhaù—various;
kämam—at will; kramat—one after another; vardhatam—may increase;
präpnoti—attains; asya—of this; guëa-adhiroha-padavim—equality;
rädhä—with Rädhä; abhisarasya—with a meeting; kaù—what?;
yasmin—in which; alpa-taram—smallest; manoratha—of desire; tati-
simam—the boundary; api—even; präpite—when attained; sanda—
intense; änanda—of bliss; mayi—consisting; bhavati—is; anupama—
without equal; sadyaù—at once; jagat—the entire world; vismåtiù—
forgetfulness.

(Followed by Våndä, Mädhava enters.)

Mädhava: If the many things that bring a great festival of
happiness to My heart were increased without limit, would they
equal the happiness I feel by meeting Rädhä? If My desire to
associate with Rädhä is even slightly fulfilled, I taste an
unparalleled intense bliss that makes Me at once forget the entire
world!

kåñëaù: (paurëamäséà avekñya) hanta vatsale guror api gurvé tvam

eva sarvadä mäà vinodayituà kovidäsi. yad adya näöya-kalä-cchalena
durlabhe tatra gokula-viläse punaù praveçito 'smi.

paurëamäsém—at Paurëamäsé; avekñya—glancing; hanta—O;

vatsale—affectionate one; guroù—than your spiritual master; api—even;
gurvi—more; tvam—you; eva—certainly; sarvada—in all respects;
mäm—Me; vinodayitum—to please; kovida—expert; asi—you are;
yat—because; adya—now; natya—of drama; kala—of the art;
chalena—by the trick; durlabhe—difficult to attain; tatra—there;
gokula—of Gokula; vilase—into the pastimes; punaù—again;
pravesitaù—entered; asmi—I am.

•
153 •
 Kåñëa: (Glancing at Paurëamäsé) O affectionate Paurëamäsé, in
all ways you are very expert at pleasing Me! You are more expert
than even your spiritual master Närada. By the trick of this
dramatic performance, you have made Me again enter My very
rare and difficult-to-attain Gokula-pastimes!

rädhä: (mädhavam avalokya sänandam ätma-gatam) bho bha-

avaà äëanda-pajjaëa ëu kkhu rundhi-adu jalasareëa ukkanthida
tavassiëé me diööhi-ca-ori. kkhaëaà pibedu esa dullahaà imassa muha-
candassa jonham. (prakäçaà bhruvau vibhujya) lalide juttaà juttaà
edam. jaà saralahaà vaïcidamhi. (iti näsayä phut-kurvanti sa-lélaà
roditi.)

mädhavam—Mädhava; avalokya—seeing; sa—with; änandam—

bliss; atma-gatam—to Herself; bho—O; bha-avam—lord; änanda—of
bliss; pajjana—O rain; na—not; kkhu—indeed; rundhi-adu—blocked;
jalasarena—by the cloud; ukkanthida—longing; tavassiné—the ascetic;
me—of Me; ditthi—of the eyes; ca-ori—the cakori bird; kkhanam—for a
moment; pibedu—may drink; esa—she; dullaham—difficult to obtain;
imassa—of this; muha—of the face; candassa—of the moon; jonham—
the effulgence; prakäçam—openly; bhruvau—eyebrows; vibhujya—
knitting; lalide—O Lalitä; juttam—proper; juttam—proper; edam—this;
jam—because; sarala—honest; aham—I; vancida—cheated; amhi—
am; iti—thus; nasaya—with Her nose; phut-kurvanti—blowing; sa—
with; lilam—a pastime; roditi—cries.

Rädhä: (Seeing Mädhava, She becomes filled with bliss, and

says to Herself) O My master, O raincloud of bliss, the cakora-bird
of My eyes has performed great austerities, longing to attain You!
Please allow that bird to drink for a moment the difficult-to-attain
effulgence of the shining moon of Your face! (Knitting Her
eyebrows, She openly says) Lalitä, this is right? Right? I am an
honest girl. You have cheated Me! (She blows Her nose and
pretends to cry.)

lalitä: hala kià tti maà ubalahesi. devva-saìghadidaà kkhu edaà

kià karissam.

hala—O; kim—why?; tti—thus; mama—me; ubalahesi—do You

blame; devva—by destiny; sanghadidam—done; kkhu—indeed;
edam—this; kim—what?; karissam—shall I do.

•
154 •
 Lalitä: Why blame me? This is the work of destiny. What can I
do?

mädhavaù: (rädhäm avekñya sa-harñam)

dhävaty äkramituà muhuù çravaëayoù sémänam akñëor dvayi
pauñkalyaà harataù kucau bali-guëair äbadhya madhyaà tataù
muñëétaç calatäà bhruvau caraëayor udyad-dhanur-vibhrame
rädhäyäs tanu-paööane nara-patau bälyäbhidhe çéryati

rädhäm—Rädhä; avekñya—seeing; sa—with; harñam—happiness;

dhavati—runs; akramitum—to capture; muhuù—repeatedly;
sravayoù—of the ears; simanam—the boundary; akñëoù—of the eyes;
dvayi—the pair; prauskalyam—the breadth; harataù—robbing;
kucau—the breasts; bali—of three folds of skin; guëaiù—with the ropes;
abadhya—binding; madhyam—the waist; tataù—then; munitaù—
stealing; calatam—restlessness; bhruvau—the eyebrows; caraëayoù—
of the feet; udyat—rising; dhanuù—of the bow; vibhrame—in the
playful motions; rädhäyaù—of Rädhä; tanu—of the body; pattane—in
the city; nara-patau—the kings; balya—youthfulness; abhidhe—named;
siryati—is destroyed.

Mädhava: (Glancing at Rädhä, He becomes happy) Rädhä's

eyes continually invade the boundary of Her ears, and Her breasts
have stolen the subtance of Her waist and bound it with the ropes
of three folds of skin. Playfully lifting their bows, Her eyebrows
have arrested Her feet and ordered them not to move. In this way
the king named Childhood has perished in the city of Rädhä's
body.

lalitä: (sanskåtena)
jaìghädhas-taöa-saìgi-dakñiëa-padaà kiëcid vibhugna-trikaà
säci-stambhita-kandharaà sakhi tiraù-saëcäri-neträëcalam
vaàçéà kuömalite dadhänam adhare loläìgulé-saìgatäà
riìgad-bhrü-bhramaraà varäìgi paramänandaà puraù svékuru

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; jaìghä—of the shin; adhaù-taöa—at the

lower border; saìgi—connected; dakñiëa-padam—teh right foot;
kiëcit—slighty; vibhugna-trikam—the middle of the body bent in three
places; säci-stumbhita-kandharam—whose neck is fixed in a curve to
the side; sakhi—O friend; tiraù-saëcäri—roaming sideways; netra-

•
155 •
aëcalam—whose border of the eyes; vaàçém—flute; kuömalite—shut
like a flower bud; dadhänam—placing; adhare—on the lips; lolä-
aìgulé-saìgatäm—joined with fingers moving here and there; riìgat-
bhrü—whose slowly moving eyebrows; bhramaram—like bumblebees;
varäìgi—O most beautiful one; paramänandam—the personality of
bliss; puraù—situated in front; své-kuru—just accept.

Lalitä: O most beautiful girl, please accept this supremely

blissful person who is standing before you. The border of His eyes
roam side to side, and His eyebrows move slowly like bumblebees
on His lotus-like face. Standing with His right foot placed below
the knee of His left leg, the middle of His body curved in three
places, and His neck gracefully tilted to the side, He takes flute to
His pursed lips and moves His fingers upon it here and there.

jaöilä: (sänandam) esa uhine värisahäëavé. (ity upasåtya) a-i

ahisara-maggobajjha-iëé lalide. enhià putta-o me ahimaëëu vidure
gadotthi. ta suëëaà gharaà mukki-a késa tu-e äëidä ettha vahüòi.

sa—with; änandam—bliss; esa—She; uhine—on the right;

varisahanavi—Rädhä, the daughter of Mahäräja Våñabhänu; iti—thus;
upasåtya—approaching; a-i—O; ahisara—of rendezvous; maggobajjha-
iné—travelling on the path; lalide—O Lalitä; enhim—now; putta-o—son;
me—my; ahimannu—Abhimanyu; vidure—far away; gadotthi—has
gone; ta—therefore; sunnam—the empty; gharam—house; mukki-a—
leaving; kisa—why?; tu-e—by you; anida—brought; ettha—here;
vahudi—the girl.

Jaöilä: (With bliss) Here is Rädhä on my right! (She approaches

Lalitä) O girl expert at uniting lovers, now that my son
Abhimanyu is far away, why have you taken this girl here, leaving
Her house empty?

lalitä: (sa-çaìkam ätma-gatam) haddhé haddhé da-iëé-e adahiëa-

pa-idi-e daddhamhi vuddhi-a-e. (prakäçam) ajje gaggi-e vaëëidam.
ajja mähavé-pupphehià pu-ido suro surahi-kodi-ppado hodi tti. mähavé-
maëòabaà lambhida ma-e rähi. ta paséda paséda.

sa—with; sankam—fear; atma-gatam—to herself; haddhi—alas!;

haddhi—alas!; da-iné-e—by this witch; adahina-pa-idi-e—wicked;
daddhamhi—I am burning; vuddhi-a-e—old; prakäçam—openly; ajje—

•
156 •
O noble lady; gaggi-e—by Gärgé; vannidam—described; ajja—today;
mahavi—with mädhavé; pupphehim—flowers; pu-ido—worshipped;
suro—the sun-god; surahi—of surabhi cows; kodi—millions; ppado—
granting; hodi—is; tti—thus; mahavi—of mädhavé vines; mandapam—
in the cottage; lambhida—staying; ma-e—by me; rahi—Rädhä; ta—
therefore; pasida—be merciful; pasida—be merciful.

Lalitä: (Frightened, she says to herself:) Alas! Alas! I am burned

by this wicked old witch. (Openly) O noble lady, Gärgé said that if
we worshiped the sun-god with mädhavé flowers he would bestow
on us million of surabhi cows. For this reason I brought Rädhä to
this bower of mädhavé flowers. Be kind to us! Be kind!

jaöilä: (apavarya säléka-sneham) a-i vacche sadä maà palohi-a

lalidä ahisäredi tti maha puttassa purado vahüòi-a ali-aà jevva tumaà
dusedi. ta kià tti lahavaà sahesi.

apavarya—concealing her real intentions; sa—with; alika—

pretended; sneham—affection; a-i—O; vacche—child; sadä—always;
mäm—Me; palohi-a—enticing; lalida—Lalitä; ahisaredi—brings to a
rendezvous with Kåñëa; tti—thus; maha—of me; puttassa—of the son;
purado—in the presence; vahudi-a—the girl; ali-am—falsely; jevva—
indeed; tumam—you; dusedi—defames; ta—therefore; kim—whether;
tti—thus; lahavam—the offense; sahesi—you will forgive.

Jaöilä: (Concealing her real intention, she says with pretended

affection) My child, this girl Rädhä tells my son that you
encourage Her to meet with Kåñëa. She continually defames you
in this way. Will you forgive Her offense?

lalitä: (svagatam) ammahe koòillaà jaòilä-e.

svagatam—aside; ammahe—aha!; kodillam—a trick; jadila-e—of

Jaöilä.

Lalitä: (Aside) Aha! This is Jaöilä's trick!

mädhavaù: (svagatam)
yaträsaìgo manasaù
sphurati garéyän gari/yaso 'py uccaiù
niyato vastuni vighnas

•
157 •
 tasminn iti nänåto vädaù
(iti dåg-antena rädhäà paçyann upasarpati.)

svagatam—aside; yatra—where; asaìgaù—attachment; manasaù—

of the heart; sphurati—is manifest; gariyan—more intense; gariyasaù—
than the most intense; api—even; uccaiù—greatly; niyataù—continual;
vastuni—in this; vighnaù—obstacle; tasmin—in this; iti—thus; na—not;
anrtaù—untrue; vadaù—statement; iti—thus; drk—of the eyes;
antena—with the corner; rädhäm—at Rädhä; paçyan—looking;
upasarpati—approaches.

Mädhava: (Aside) When the heart yearns for something, many

great obstacles appear. That is not a lie. (Glancing at Rädhä from
the corner of His eye, He approaches Her.)

jaöilä: (näsikägre tarjanéà vinyasya çiro dhunvati säçcaryam) are

bali-a-bhu-aìga kaà damsiduà ettha bhammasi.

nasika—of the nose; agre—on the tip; tarjanim—the forefinger;

vinyasya—placing; siraù—the head; dhunvati—shaking; sa—with;
äçcaryam—astonishment; are—O; bali-a—of young girls; bhu-aìga—O
debauchee snake; kam—who?; damsidum—to bite; ettha—here;
bhammasi—You have come.

Jatila: (Placing her forefinger on the tip of her nose and

shaking her head in astonishment) O debauchee-snake fond of
attacking young girls, whom have You come here to bite?

mädhavaù: lamboñöhi bhavatéà eva goñöha-piçäcém. (uddhavaù

smitaà karoti.)

lamba—fat; osthi—lips; bhavatim—you; eva—certainly; goñöha—of

Vrajabhumi; pisacim—the witch; uddhavaù—Uddhava; smitam—a
smile; karoti—does.

Mädhava: O fat-lipped witch of Vraja, I have come here to bite

you!
(Uddhava smiles.)

kåñëaù:
gokula-kula-jaraténäà

•
158 •
 päruñä väg api yathä pramodayati
stutir api mahä-munénäà
madhura-padä mäà sakhe na tathä

gokula—of Gokula; kula—of the community; jaraténäm—of the old

ladies; parusa—harsh; vak—words; api—although; yathä—in that way;
pramodayati—delights; stutiù—prayers; api—even; maha—great;
munénäm—of the sages; madhura—sweet; pada—with words; mäm—
Me; sakhe—O friend; na—not; tathä—in that way.

Kåñëa: O friend, the sweetly spoken prayers of the great sages

do not please Me as much as these harsh words of the old ladies
of Gokula!

våndä: våddhe dharma-cakora-jévätu-caritämåta-candrike

kåñëacandre 'pi kathaà pratipaà bhujaìga-bhävam arpayasi.

vrddhe—O old lady; dharma—of piety; cakora—of the cakora bird;

jivatu—the maintainer; carita—of the pastimes; amåta—the nectar;
candrike—the moonlight; kåñëa—of Kåñëa; candre—at the moon; api—
even; katham—why?; pratipam—disagreeable; bhujaìga—of a
debauchee; bhavam—the state of being; arpayasi—do you place.

Våndä: Elderly lady, why do you accuse this Kåñëa-moon,

which with the moonlight of His nectar-pastimes sustains the
cakora birds of all religious principles, of being a debauchee?23

jaöilä: (solluëöhaà vihasya sanskåtena)

vrajeçvara-sutasya kaù para-vadhü-vinoda-kriyä-
praçästi-bhara-bhüñitaà guëam avaiti näsya kñitau
yad eña rati-taskaraù pathi nirudhya sädhvér balät
tadéya-kuca-kuòmale karajam oà namo viñëave

sa—with; ulluntham—irony; vihasya—laughing; sanskåtena—in

Sanskrit; vraja—of Vraja; isvara—of the king; sutasya—of the son; kaù—
who?; para—of others; vadhu—with the wives; vinoda-kriya—pastimes;
prasasti—of praise; bhara—with the abundance; bhusitam—decorated;
guëam—the virtue; avaiti—knows; na—not; asya—of Him; kñitau—on
the earth; yat—because; esaù—he; rati-taskaraù—the debauchee;

23
The cakora bird is said to sustain itself by drinking moonlight.

•
159 •
pathi—on the path; nirudhya—stopping; sadhviù—chaste girls; balat—
forcibly; tadiya—of them; kuca—of the breasts; kudmale—on the buds;
karajam—fingernail; om—Om; namaù—obeisances; visnave—to Lord
Visnu.

Jaöilä: (Laughs ironically) Who does not know how the glories
of Kåñëa's adulterous pastimes with other's wives have so nicely
decorated the world? This debauchee Kåñëa stops chaste girls on
the road and violently scratches their budding breasts with His
fingernails! Oà namo Viñëave!

rädhä: (svagatam) hä hada-devva. kià te abarädhä rähé.

svagatam—aside; ha—alas; hada—wretched; devva—fate; kim—

how; te—you; abarädhä—has offended; rahi—Rädhä.

Rädhä: (Aside) O wretched fate, how has this Rädhä offended

you?

jaöilä: a-i muddhe vahüòé imassa kala-kundaliëo tikkha-e vaìka-

diööhi-e phaàsida vajja-padimabi jajjari-ho-i. kià uëa tumaà no-mali-
a-su-umali tabassiné. ta turi-aà ghara-gabbhaà gacchamha.
(iti lalitä-rädhäbhyäà saha niñkräntä.)

a-i—O; muddhe—bewildered; vahudi—girl; imassa—of this; kala—

black; kundalino—serpent; tikkha-e—sharp; vanka—crooked; ditthi-
a—by the gaze; phamsida—touched; vajj-padimabi—the thunderbolt;
jajjari-hodi—becomes shattered into pieces; kim—why; una—again;
tumam—you; no—fresh; mali-a—malika flower; su-umali—as delicate;
tabassiné—austere and chaste; ta—therefore; turi-am—quickly; ghara—
of the home; gabbham—to the interior; gacchamha—let us go; iti—thus;
lalitä—Lalitä; rädhäbhyam—and Rädhä; saha—with; niñkränta—exits.

Jaöilä: O beautiful, bewildered girl, a single crooked sharp

glance from this black snake Kåñëa has the power to shatter
thunderbolts to pieces with it's touch. You are an austere, chaste
girl as delicate as a mällikä flower. Why stay here with this Kåñëa?
Let's quickly go home. (Accompanied by Lalitä and Rädhä, Jaöilä
exits.)

•
160 •
 våndä: nägarendra muïca vaimanasyam. sämprataà bhavad-
abhéñöa-siddhaye çärikä-mukhena lalitäà sandiçya viçäkhayä
bhavantaà nivedayiñyämi. (iti niñkräntä.)

nagara—of amorous heroes; indra—O king; muïca—give up;

vaimanasyam—this despondency; sampratam—now; bhavat—of You;
abhiñöa—of the wish; siddhaye—for the fulfillment; sarika—of the
female parrot; mukhena—by the mouth; lalitäm—Lalitä; sandiñya—
informing; visakhaya—by Viçäkhä; bhavantam—You; nivedayiñyämi—
I shall inform; iti—thus; niñkränta—exits.

Våndä: O king of amorous heroes, give up sadness. In order to

fulfill Your desire, I will send one female parrot to speak a
message to Lalitä, and then Viçäkhä will inform You of what has
happened. (She exits.)

mädhavaù: (sa-khedam)
dravati manäg abhyuditad
vidhu-känte çiçira-bhänujälokät
parväni pidhänam akarod
ahaha svar-bhänu-bhéñaëä jaraté

sa—with; khedam—unhappiness; dravati—melts; manak—slightly;

abhuditat—risen; vidhu-kante—when the candrakanta jewel of Kåñëa;
sisira-bhanuja—of the cooling moon of Rädhä, the daughter of Mahäräja
Våñabhänu; alokat—from the sight; parvani—at the time of an eclipse;
pidhanam—covering; akarot—did; ahaha—alas!; svar bhanu—the
Rahu planet; bhisana—terrifying; jarati—Jarati.

Mädhava: (With grief) A glimpse of the cooling moon of Rädhä

was melting this candrakänta jewel until the terrible Rähu planet
of that old lady eclipsed it.24

(niçvasya) viçäkhäm uddeñöuà jaöilä-gåhopänta-päöalé-väöikäà

gaccheyam (iti parikramya) katham agre sva-grhäìganam abhimanyur
adhitiñöhati. tad aham atraiva kñaëam antarito bhaveyam. (iti
niñkräntaù)

24
The candrakänta jewel melts in the moonlight.

•
161 •
 nisvasya—sighing; visakham—Viçäkhä; uddestum—to tell; jaöilä—of
Jaöilä; grha—the house; upanta—near; patali—of patali flowers;
vatikam—to the garden; gaccheyam—I shall go; iti—thus; parikramya—
walking; katham—how is it; agre—before Me; sva—own; grha—of the
house; aìganam—in the courtyard; abhimanyuù—Abhimanyu;
adhitiñöhati—stays; tat—therefore; aham—I; atra—here; eva—certainly;
kñaëam—for a moment; antaritaù—hidden; bhaveyam—let Me be; iti—
thus; niñkräntaù—exits.

(Sighs) I will go to the garden of päöalé flowers near Jaöilä's

house to find Viçäkhä. (He walks) Why is Abhimanyu in the
courtyard of the house? I will hide here for a moment. (He exits.)

(praviçya) abhimanyuù: tiëëi ubasäri-a sa-a ià mulleëa genhiduà

gehado kaïcaëaà ëa-issam. ta kahià gada amma.

praviçya—enters; tinni—three; ubasari-a—cows; sa-a-im—hundred;

mullena—with the price; genhidum—to take; gehado—from the house;
kaïcanam—gold; na-issam—I shall take; ta—therefore; kahim—where;
gada—has gone; amma—my mother.

Abhimanyu: (Enters) I have to take gold from home to buy

three hundred cows. Where has my mother gone?

(praviçya) Jaöilä: hanta hanta danéà sari-a su-assa kaijjantaà

nihudaà ma-e sudam. jaà ahimaëëu-veseëa mähavo enhià maha
gharaà upassappissadi. ta gadu-a pekkhissam. (iti parikramanti dvari
düräd abhimanyum älokya) avvo saccaà cce-a eso dhutto a-ado. ta
gadu-a pamäëi-aà jaëaà aëissam. (iti niñkräntä)

hanta—ah!; hantaù—ah!; danim—now; sari-a—by the female

parrot; su-assa—to the male parrot; kahijjantam—being spoken;
nihudam—in a secret place; ma-e—by me; sudam—heard; jam—that;
ahimannu—of Abhimanyu; vesena—in the disguise; mahavo—Kåñëa;
enhim—now; maha—my; gharam—house; upassappissadi—will
approach; ta—therefore; gadu-a—having gone; pekkhissam—I shall see;
iti—thus; prakramanti—walking; dvari—at the door; durat—from a
distance; abhimanyum—Abhimanyu; alokya—seeing; avvo—aha!;
saccam—in truth; cce-a—certainly; eso—he; dhutto—the rascal; a-ado—
has come; ta—therefore; gadu-a—having gone; pamani-am—the

•
162 •
genuine; janam—person; anissam—I shall bring; iti—thus; niñkränta—
exits.

Jaöilä: (Enters) Aha! Aha! In a secluded place I overheard a

female parrot tell a male parrot that Mädhava will go to my house
disguised as Abhimanyu. I will go there and see Him. (She walks
and from a distance sees Abhimanyu at the door.) Aha! It is true!
The rascal has actually come here! I will go now and bring the real
Abhimanyu. (She exits.)

abhimanyuù: visähe kuttha vaööasi.

visahe—Viçäkhä; kuttha—where?; vattasi—are you.

Abhimanyu: Viçäkhä! Where are you?

(praviçya) lalitä: (svagatam) ettha kaëhaà pesiduà sari-va-aëeëa

visähä gada. (prakäçaà lajjäm abhinéya nicaiù) suha-a ettha visähä
natthi.

praviçya—enters; svagatam—aside; ettha—here; kanham—Kåñëa;

pesidum—to send; sari—of the female parrot; va-anena—by the words;
visaha—Viçäkhä; gada—has gone; prakäçam—openly; lajjam—
embarrassment; abhinya—representing dramatically; nicaiù—in a low
voice; suha-a—O fortunate son; ettha—here; visaha—Viçäkhä; na—not;
atthi—is.

Lalitä: (Enters, and says to herself) Hearing the words of the

female parrot, Viçäkhä has gone to bring Kåñëa here.
(Embarrassed, openly speaking out in a soft voice) O fortunate
one, Viçäkhä is not here.

(tataù praviçati gärgé-bhäruëòä-kundalatäbhir ävåta jaöilä.)

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; gärgé—by Gärgé; bhäruëòä—

Bhäruëòä; kundalatäbhiù—and Kundalatä; ävåta—accompanied;
jaöilä—Jaöilä.

(Accompanied by Gärgé, Bhäruëòä, and Kundalatä, Jaöilä

enters.)

jaöilä: kundalade pekkha appaëo sahé-e sosillam.

•
163 •
 kundalade—O Kundalatä; pekkha—look; appano—of you; sahi-e—
of the friend; sosillam—the good character.

Jaöilä: Kundalatä, see what a good person your sakhi Rädhä is.

kundalatä: (dåñövä mukham änamayanté) ha devva rakkha rakkha.

dåñövä—glancing; mukham—her face; anamayanti—lowering; ha—

O; devva—destiny; rakkha—please protect; rakkha—please protect.

Kundalatä: (Glances at her, and then lowers her face) O

destiny, please protect me, protect me!

bhäruëòä: ajje gaggi pekkha pekkha paccakkho ahimaëëu jevva eso

ra-e-na-aro tuha kaëho. ta ali-aà na jala-i jaòilä me sahé.

ajje—O noble girl, gaggi—Gärgé; pekkha—look; pekkha—look;

paccakkho—manifested; ahimannu—Abhimanyu; jevva—certainly;
samvutto—is; eso—he; ra-i-an-aro—lover; tuha—of you; kanho—
Kåñëa; ta—therefore; ali-am—the trick; na—not; jala-i—burns; jadila—
Jaöilä; me—of me; sahi—the friend.

Bhäruëòä: Noble Gärgé, look! Look! Here is your debauchee

Kåñëa disguised as Abhimanyu. My sakhi Jaöilä will not be burned
by this trick!

jaöilä: ajje gaggi ditthi-a daëià särdhaà ià patti-a-idaà tu-e. tä

aggado sannihijja-e. (iti påñöhataù parikramya purtrasya hastaà
äkarñanté säkñepam) re go-ula-kisori-lampada-a are para-ghara-
lunthaëa-a kaëha tumaà pi appaëo puttam mannissadi jaòilä.
(abhimanyu sa-lajjaà mukham ävåtya vyavartayati.)

ajje—O noble girl; gaggi—O Gärgé; ditthi-a—by good fortune;

danim—now; patti-a-idam—believed; te-e—by you; ta—therefore;
aggado—in the presence; sannihujja-u—may be brought; iti—thus;
prsthataù—from behind; parikramya—walking; putrasya—of the son;
hastam—the hand; akarsanti—pulling; sa—with; akñepam—contempt;
re—O; go-ula—of Gokula; kiçori—of the young girls; lampada-a—O
debauchee; are—O; para—of other; ghara—of the homes; lunthana-
a—O thief; kanha—Kåñëa; tumam—you; pi—even; appano—of me;

•
164 •
puttam—the son; mannissadi—is thought; jadila—Jaöilä;
abhimanyuù—Abhimanyu; sa—with; lajjam—embarrassment;
mukham—face; ävåtya—covering; vyavartayati—turns away.

Jaöilä: O noble Gärgé, by good fortune now you understand the

truth. This fellow should be brought here at once. (She walks
behind, drags her son there by the hand, and begins to scold him)
O debauchee that defiles the young girls of Gokula! O thief that
plunders the homes of others! O Kåñëa, does Jaöilä believe that
you are actually her son Abhimanyu?
(Covering his face in embarrasment, Abhimanyu runs away.)

jaöilä: are ra-ahi-unda-a késa muhaà dhakkasi. jaà de vijja ëa

vikka-ida. (iti prasahya sammukhayati.)

are—O; ra-ahi-unda-a—O debauchee; kisa—why?; muham—the

face; dhakkasi—do you cover; jam—because; de—of you; vijja-
knowledge; na—not; vikka-ida—is sold; iti—thus; prasahya—forcibly;
sammukhayati—makes him face her.

Jaöilä: Debauchee, why do you cover your face? You can't sell
us any of your tricks! (She forces him to face her.)

abhimanyuù: (svagatam) haddhé haddhé va-uli-a-e amma-e lajja-

pajja-ulo vidomhi. ta ido abakkamissam. (iti parikramati.)

svagatam—aside; haddhi—alas!; haddhi—alas!; va-uli-a-e—become

crazy; amma-e—by my mother; lajja-pajja-ulo—embarrassed; ta—
therefore; ido—from this place; abakkamissam—I shall go; iti—thus;
parikramati—he goes.

Abhimanyu: (Aside) Alas! Alas! Mother has gone crazy, and she
is embarrassimg me with her words. I should leave this place. (He
goes.)

jaöilä: (dhävanté paöäïcalam äkåñya) re cora eso diòdhaà gahidosi.

kahaà palä-esi.

dhavanti—running; pata—of the garment; aïcalam—the edge;

akrsya—pulling; re—O; cora—thief; eso—he; didham—firmly;
gahidosi—you are held; kaham—how?; pala-esi—will you flee.

•
165 •
 Jaöilä: (Runs after him and pulls the edge of his garment) Thief,
I am holding you very firmly. How can you run away?

abhimanyu: (säpatrapaà vyaghutya) akka bharuëòe ëüëaà jäëäëi

me bhudahibhuda samvuttä.

sa—with; apatrapam—embarrassment; vyaghutya—lowering his

head; akka—O noble lady; bharunde—Bhäruëòä; nunam—is it not so?;
janani—mother; me—my; bhuda—by a ghost; ahibhuda—is possessed;
samvutta—is.

Abhimanyu: (Lowering his head in embarressment) O noble

Bhäruëòä, my mother is possessed by a ghost!

(sarvaù pratyabhijïäya sa-çabdaà hasanti.)

sarvaù—all; pratyabhijïäya—to mock; sa—with; sabdam—a sound;

hasanti—laugh.

(Recognizing him, they laugh loudly.)

jaöilä: (mukhaà nibhalya svagatam) haddhé haddhé pamädo

pamädo. kahaà paväsädo putta-o cce-a me samä-ado. (iti säpatrapaà
uras täòayanté niñkräntä.)

mukham—at the face; nibhalya—looking; svagatam—aside;

haddhi—alas!; haddhi—alas!; pamado—a madman; pamado—a
madman; kaham—whether?; pavasado—from his distant journey; putta-
o—son; cce-a—certainly; me—my; sama-ado—come; iti—thus; sa—
with; apatrapam—embarrassment; uraù—the chest; tadayanti—
striking; niñkränta—exits.

Jaöilä: (Looks at Abhimanyu's face and then says to herself)

Alas! Alas! What a madman! What a madman! This is really my son
who has returned from a far-away journey! (Striking her chest
without shame, she exits.)

bhäruëòä: vaccha saccaà unmatta de amma. jaà tumaà cce-a

mähavaà maëëedi.

•
166 •
 vaccho—O child; saccam—in truth; unmatta—a madwoman; de—
your; amma—mother; jam—because; tumam—you; cce-a—certainly;
mahavam—Kåñëa; mannedi—she thought.

Bhäruëòä: Child, your mother has definitely gone mad. She

thought you were Mädhava.

(abhimanyuù smitaà karoti.)

abhimanyu—Abhimanyu; smitam—a smile; karoti—does.

(Abhimanyu smiles.)

kundalatä: véra ahimaëëo puëëavadi me sahé rähä. jä-e dakkhiëa

sacca-vadiëé siniddha tumha mada sassu laddha. tä amhe gadu-a
edaà a-uruvaà se ëaccaëaà bha-avadé-e ëivedamha.
(iti tisro niñkräntaù.)

vira—O hero; ahimanno—Abhimanyu; punnavadi—pious; me—

my; sahi—friend; raha—Rädhä; ja-e—by whom; dakkhina—priestly
remuneration; sacca—truth; vadiné—speaking; siniddha—affectionate;
tuma—your; mada—mother; sassu—mother-in-law; laddha—attained;
ta—therefore; amhe—we; gadu-a—having sons; edam—this; a-
uruvam—unprecedented; se—of Her; naccanam—dancing; bha-avadi-
e—the noble lady; nivedamha—we shall tell; iti—thus; tisraù—the three;
niñkräntaù—exit.

Kundalatä: O hero Abhimanyu, My sakhi Rädhä is faithful and

chaste. She is well-behaved, truthful and affectionate, and Your
mother is Her mother-in-law. Let us go now and tell noble
Paurëamäsé of Jaöilä's behavior. (The three girls exit.)

abhimanyuù: lalide aëehi madaram. jaà turi-aà gantu-kamomhi.

lalide—O Lalitä; anehi—bring; madaram—mother; jam—because;

turi-am—quickly; gantu—to go; kamomhi—I desire.

Abhimanyu: Lalitä, please quickly bring my mother.

lalitä: (niñkramya punaù praviçya ca) véra tumha purado a-antuà

lajjedi ajjä.

•
167 •
 niskramya—exiting; punaù—again; praviçya—entering; ca—also;
vira—O hero; tuma—of you; purado—in the presence; a-antum—to
come; lajjedi—is embarrassed; ajja—the noble lady.

Lalitä: (Exits and enters again) O hero, the noble lady is

ashamed to come before you.

abhimanyuù: hodu. sa-aà cce-a pedi-ado kaïcaëaà ghettuëa

gamissam. (iti niñkräntaù.)

hodu—so be it; sa-am—personally; eva—certainly; pedi-ado—froà

the bag; kaïcanam—gold; ghettuna—taking; gamissam—I shall go;
iti—thus; niñkräntaù—exits.

Abhimanyu: So be it. I will myself take the gold coins and go

about my business. (He exits.)

kåñëaù: sakkhe mantri-räja paramänandaà idam anubhütam

evänubhävyamäno 'smi caraëaiù.

sakkhe—O friend; mantri—of advisors; raja—O king; param—great;

änandam—bliss; idam—this; anubhutam—experienced; eva—
certainly; anubhavyamanaù—enjoying; asmi—I am; caraëaiù—by
these demigods.

Kåñëa: O friend, O king of counselors, these demigods-actors

have brought Me great bliss!

(praviçya) våndä: lalite laghu paläyasva. laghu paläyasva. paçya

paravartate manyumän eño 'bhimanyuù.

praviçya—enters; lalite—O Lalitä; laghu—quickly; palayasva—flee;

laghu—quickly; palayasva—flee; paçya—look; paravartate—returns;
manyuman—angry; esaù—he; abhimanyuù—Abhimanyu.

Våndä: (Enters) Lalitä, look! Angry Abhimanyu is coming back.

lalitä: (sa-çankaà alokya) daruëa-sandiööhi-aà mahurodakkaà

imassa pekkhaëaà padibhadi. ta kalidahimaëëu-rubeëa mähaveëa
hodavvam.

•
168 •
 sa—with; sankam—fear; alokya—looking; daruna—terrible;
sanditthi-am—indication; mahura—charming; udakkam—at the end;
imassa—of this; pekkhanam—sight; padibhadi—is manifested; ta—
therefore; kalida—perceived; ahimannu—of Abhimanyu; rubena—in
the form; mahavena—by Kåñëa; hodavvam—is done.

Lalitä: (Afraid, she looks) What was terrible to see at first is

now very charming and handsome. This is actually Mädhava
disguised as Abhimanyu.

våndä: (nibhalya sänandam) kià näma rädhä-sakhénäà dhiyam

akñuëëam. paçya paçya

mandä sandhya-payoda-sodara-ruciù saiväbhimanyos tanur

vaktraà hanta tad eva kharvaöa-ghaöé-ghoëaà vigäòhekñaëam
vyastä saiva gatiù karéra-kusuma-cchäyaà tad evämbaraà
müdrä käpi tathäpy asau piçunayaty asya svarüpa-cchaöäm

nibhalya—looking; sa—with; änandam—bliss; kim—what?;

nama—indeed; rädhä—of Rädhä; sakhénäm—of the friends; dhiyam—
of the consciousness; akñunnam—expertness; paçya—look!; paçya—
look!; manda—gentle; sandhya—of sunset; payoda—cloud; sodara—
brother; ruciù—splendor; sa—this; ev—indeed; abhimanyoù—of
Abhimanyu; tanuù—the form; vaktram—face; hanta—indeed; tat—this;
eva—certainly; kharvata-ghati—a village at the foot of a mountain;
ghonam—nose; vigadha—deep; ékñaëam—eyes; vyasta—graceful; sa—
this; eva—certainly; gatiù—gait; karira—karira; kusuma—of the flower;
chayam—splendor; tat—this; eva—certainly; ambaram—garments;
mudra—sign; ka api—a certain; tathä api—still; asau—this;
pisunayati—indicates; asya—of Him; svarüpa—of the form; chatam—
the splendor.

Våndä: (Blissfully looking) Abhimanyu's face and form have

become like the splendid brother of the evening cloud. His nose
is charming, His eyes are deep, His movements graceful, and His
garments are the color of a karéra flower. His form is so splendid!

(tataù praviçaty abhimanyu-veço mädhavaù.)

mädhavaù:
parétaù parivartitaà hriyä

•
169 •
 kalita-bhrü-kuöi-kuïcitekñaëam
madhura-dyuti rädhikä-mukhaà
paripaçyämi kadä baläd aham

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; abhimanyu—as Abhimanyu; vesaù—

disguised; mädhavaù—Kåñëa; paritaù—everywhere; parivartitam—
turned; hriya—with shyness; kalita—done; bhru—of the eyebrows;
kuti—knitting; kuïcita—crooked; ékñaëam—with glances; madhura—
charming; dyuti—splendor; rädhikä—of Rädhä; mukham—the face;
paripaçyämi—I shall drink; kada—when; balat—forcibly. aham—I.

(Disguised as Abhimanyu, Mädhava enters.)

Mädhava: When will I deeply drink the nectar of Rädhä's sweet
and charming face, with it's knitted arched eyebrows and restless
shy glances?

(puro dåñövä) lalite kva sa te sakhé-cchadmä jévitauñadhiù.

puraù—ahead; dåñövä—looking; lalite—O Lalitä; kva—where?; sa—

She; te—of you; sakhi—of the friend; chadma—in the disguise; jivita—
of My life; osadhiù——the medicinal herb.

(Looking ahead) Lalitä, where is that girl, who in the disguise

of being your sakhi is actually the medicinal herb that sustains
My life?

lalitä: halä rähe. ido dava.

hala—O; rahe—Rädhä; ido—there; dava—then.

Lalitä: O Rädhä! Come here!

(praviçya) rädhä: (sa-lajja-smitam ätma-gatam)

aëahiööho bi padattho
pi-eëa aìgé-ki-o suhäbedi
garale bi giri-sagahi-e
guru-aà goré ëa kià rama-i

praviçya—enters; sa—with; lajja—of shyness; smitan—a smile;

atma-gatam—to herself; anahittho—unwished; bi—although; pada—of
the words; attho—the meaning; pi-ena—by My beloved; angi-ki-o—

•
170 •
accepted; suhabedi—delights; garale—when the poison; bi—even;
girisa—by Lord Siva; gahi-e—taken; guru-am—husband; gori—Gauri;
na—not; kim—why?; rama-i—enjoy pastimes.

Rädhä: (She enters, shyly smiling, and says to Herself) I do not

like to hear that Abhimanyu has come, but now this Abhimanyu
is My lover Kåñëa, and this news delights Me! Why should goddess
Gauré decline to enjoy pastimes with her husband, Lord Çiva,
simply because he has drunk poison?25

mädhavaù: lalite hasta-gatä me mahä-nidhi-sampat pratéyatäm.

lalite—O Lalitä; hasta—into the hand; gata—gone; me—of Me;

maha—great; nidhi-sampat—treasure; pratiyatam—may come.

Mädhava: O Lalitä, My great treasure has again come into My

hands!

lalitä: ja-i sa jakkhiné vigghaà ëa karodi.

ja-i—if; sa—she; jakkhiné—the yakñiné; viggham—an obstacle; na—

does not; karodi—do.

Lalitä: As long as a wicked yakñiëé does not stop You.

(praviçya) jaöilä: (sa-harñam) vahudi-e diööhi-ä ajja tumaà

subuddhi-a samvutta. jaà puttassa me diööhi-mägge gadasi.

praviçya—entering; sa—with; harñam—happiness; vahudi—O girl;

ditthi-a—by good fortune; ajja—now; tumam—You; subuddhi-a—
intelligent; samvutta—have become; jam—because; puttassa—of the
son; me—of me; ditthi—of the eyes; magge—on the pathway; gadasi—
You have gone.

Jaöilä: (Enters, and says with jubilation) My dear girl,

fortunately, You are so intelligent that You have placed Yourself
on the path that leads to my son's eyes!

25“Why should I decline to enjoy pastimes with Kåñëa, simply because He has disguised as
Abhimanyu?”

•
171 •
 (sarve sambhramaà naöayanti.)

sarve—all; sambhramam—awe; natayanti—represent dramatically.

(All are struck with awe and wonder.)

jaöilä: putta ahimaëëo saïjjharambhe diööhi me suööhu ëa unméla-i.

putta—O son; ahimanno—Abhimanyu; saïjjha-arambhe—at dusk;

ditthi—the vision; me—of men; sutthu—nicely; na—not; unmila-i—
rises.

Jaöilä: Son Abhimanyu, I cannot see very well at dusk.

mädhavaù: (sa-harña-smitam) akka taha aïjaëaà da-issaà. jaha

samggadama de diööhi hohi.

sa—with; harña—pastimes; smitam—smiling; akka—O mother;

taha—of you; aïjanam—an ointment; da-issam—I shall give; jaha—
just as; samaggadama—all perfectly; de—of you; ditthi—vision; hohi—
will be.

Mädhava: (Happily smiling) Mother, I shall give you an

ointment that will enable you to see everything perfectly!26

kåñëaù: (mandaà mandaà vihasya) sakkhe mantri-räja diñöyädya

bhavatä gokula-keli-sudhä-sindhu-puline 'vatérëam.

mandam mandam—very gently; vihasya—laughing; sakkhe—O

friend; mantri—of counselors; raja—O king; distya—by good fortune;
adya—now; bhavata—by you; gokula—in Gokula; keli—of pastimes;
sudha—of nectar; sindhu—of the ocean; puline—on the beach;
avatirnam—descended.

Kåñëa: (With a gentle chukle) O friend, O king of counselors,

you have brought Me to the shore of the nectar-ocean of My
pastimes in Gokula!

26The word "samaggadama" (samagra-uttama) sounds like “samagra-tamah”, which means

“complete darkness”. Then this statement reveals the hidden meaning: “I shall give you an
ointment that will make you completely blind!"

•
172 •
 jaöilä: (sänandam) vaccha késa tu-e a-aridamhi.

sa—with; änandam—bliss; vaccha—O child; kisa—why?; tu-e—by

You; a-aridamhi—I have been called.

Jaöilä: (Blissful) Child, why did You call me?

våndä: sämprataà pradoça-niñevyaà gomaìgaläà devéà

arirädhiñur asau tväm anujïäpayati.

sampratam—now; pradosa-nisevyam—in the early evening;

gomaìgalam—Gomaìgala; devim—the goddess; ariradhisuù—desiring
to worship; asau—He; tvam—you; anujïäpayati—begs permission to
depart.

Våndä: Now that the evening is beginning your son wants to go

and worship the goddess Gomaìgalä and begs your permission
to depart.

mädhavaù: akka vahu de ma-e saddhaà cecca-taruëo müle gantuà

ëa icchadi.

akka—O mother; vahu—girl; de—your; ma-e—Me; saddham—with;

cecca-taruno—of the caitya tree; mule—to the base; gantum—to go;
na—does not; icchadi—wish.

Mädhava: Mother, your daughter-in-law does not want to go to

to the caitya tree with Me!

jaöilä: jade rähi ekkaà guru-anassa me va-aëaà padibalehi.

tuëëaà jahi imiëä kantena saddham.

jade—O daughter; rahi—Rädhä; ekkam—one; guru-anassa—of

Your superior; me—of me; va-anam—the statement; padibalehi—obey;
tunnam—at once; jahi—go; imina—Him; kantena—Your husband;
saddham—with.

Jaöilä: Daughter Rädhä, I am Your superior. You must obey my

words. I order You to go with Your husband immediately!

•
173 •
 rädhä: (svagatam) ammahe accari-o vihi. (prakäçam) lalide
asuttha-dehamhi. tä viëëabehi ëam.

svagatam—aside; ammahe—aha!; accari-o—wonderful; vihi—is

fate; prakäçam—openly; lalide—O Lalitä; asuttha—sick; deha—in body;
amhi—I am; vinnabehi—please tell; nam—her.

Rädhä: (Aside) Ah! How wonderful are the workings of destiny!

(Openly) Lalitä, I am feeling ill. Please tell this to Jaöilä.

jaöilä: kula-putti sireëa me sabidasi.

kula-putti—O respectable girl; sirena— bowing my head; me—I;

sabidasi— adjure you.

Jaöilä: O saintly daughter, I beg you, go with my son!

(rädhä mädhavam apaìgena paçyati.)

rädhä—Rädhä; mädhavam—at Mädhava; apangena—from the corner

of Her eye; paçyati—glances.

(Rädhä glances at Mädhava from the corner of Her eye.)

mädhavaù: lalide kuòuìgo maìgala-raìga-ja-araà ajja tumhe

karissamha. ta candaëa-gandhobaharaà sampadi-a lambhehi. tattha
pasahi-aà rähi-äà ahaà kéra padhaà sahemi. (iti sarvabhiù saha
niñkräntaù.)

lalide—O Lalitä; kuduìge—in the forest-grove; maìgala—

auspicious; raìga—in the place; ja-aram—staying awake; tumhe—we;
karissamha—shall do; ta—that; candana—of sandalwood; gandha—
fragrance; ubaharam—means; padi-a-lambhehi—please bring; tattha—
there; pasahi-am—nicely decorated; rahi-am—Rädhä; aham—I; kira—
indeed; padham—first; sahemi—shall meet; iti—thus; sarvabhiù—
everyone; saha—with; niñkräntaù—He exits.

Mädhava: Lalitä, tonight we will stay awake all night in the

auspicious temple in the forest-grove. Please bring the sandal

•
174 •
perfume, and when Rädhä is nicely decorated I will meet Her
there. (Mädhava and all the others actors exit.)27

kåñëaù: (paurëamäsé praëamya) bhagavati sandépitärtir ahaà na

samartho 'smi dhåtim älambitum. kià karavai.

paurëamäsé—to Paurëamäsé; praëamaya—offering respectful

obeisances; bhagavati—O noble lady; sandipita—inflamed; artiù—
suffering; aham—I; na—not; samarthaù—am able; asmi—am; dhrtim—
peace of mind; alambitum—to attain; kim—what?; karavai—shall I do.

Kåñëa: (Offers respectful obeisances to Paurëamäsé) O noble

lady, I am burning with suffering and cannot find any peace of
mind! What will I do?

kåñëaù: bhagavati vaòabhém adhiroòhum anujïäpayämi. (iti

sarvaiù saha niñkräntaù.)

bhagavati—O noble lady; vadabhim—to the upper rooms;

adhirodhum—to climb; anujïäpayämi—I request permission; iti—thus;
sarvaiù—all; saha—with; niñkräntaù—exits.

O noble lady, I request your permission to go to My room at

the top of the palace. (With everyone, Kåñëa exits.)

27
The word "maìgala-raìga" can also mean "blissful amorous pastimes". "Tonight we will
stay awake all night, enjoying amorous pastimes in the forest-bower."

•
175 •
 Meeting in New Våndävana

nava-våndä: (rädhayä saha parikramanté svagatam)

vasanté çuddhänte madhurima-parétä madhuripor
iyaà tanvé sadyaù svayam iha bhavitré kara-gatä
våtäìgém uttuìgair avikala-madhülé-parimalaiù
praphullaà rolambe nava-kamalinéà kaù kathayati
(iti rädhayä saha niñkräntä.)

rädhäya—Rädhä; saha—with; parikramaëti—walking; svagatam—

to herself; vasanti—residing; suddhante—in the inner apartments of the
palace; mädhurém—with sweetness; parita—filled; madhu-ripoh—of
Kåñëa, the enemy of spring; iyam—this; tanvi—slender girl; sadyah—
now; svayam—personally; iha—here; bhavitri—will be; kara—in the
hand; gata—gone; våta—filled; angim—limbs; uttungaih—great;
avikala—complete; madhuli—of honey; parimalaih—with the
fragrance; praphullam—blooming; rolambe—in the bumble-bee;
nava—fresh; kamalinim—lotus flowers; kah—who?; kathayati—can
describe; iti—thus; rädhäya—Rädhä; saha—with; niñkränta—exits.

Nava-våndä: (Walking with Rädhä, she says to herself:) This

charming slender girl will now live in Kåñëa's palace in Dväraka,
and soon She will be in His hands. There is no need to tell the
bumble-bee about a newly blossoming lotus flower filled with the
sweet fragrance of honey. (She exits with Rädhä.)

(tataù praviçati madhumaìgalenänugamyamänaù kåñëaù.)

tatah—then; praviçati—enters; madhumaìgalena—by

Madhumaìgala; anugamyamanah—followed; kåñëah—Kåñëa.

(Followed by Madhumaìgala, Kåñëa enters)

kåñëaù: (sa-khedam)
vidyotiny akalaìka-kuìkuma-mayé carcä mamäìgasya yä
mälä kaëöha-taöasya campaka-kåtä yä saurabhodgäriëé
yä siddhäïjana-cürëa-çétalatara haimé çaläkä dåços
täà rädhäà katham antaräpi dhig asüàs truöyanti me rätrayaù

•
176 •
 sa—with; khedam—unhappiness; vidyotini—splendid; akalaìka—
flawless; kunkuma—of kunkuma; mayi—consisting; carca—ointment;
mama—of Me; aìgasya—of the limbs; ya—which; mala—garland;
kaëöha—of the neck; tatasya—of the surface; campaka—of campaka
flowers; kåta—made; ya—which; saurabha—a sweet fragrance;
udgarini—emitting; ya—which; siddha—perfect; aïjana-curna—
mascara; sitalatara—very cooling; haimi—a golden; salaka—stick;
dåçoh—of the eyes; tam—Her; rädhäm—Rädhä; katham—how?;
antara—without; api—even; dhik—fie!; asun—on My life; trutyanti—
break; me—My; ratrayah—nights.

Kåñëa (Unhappy) Rädhä is splendid yellow kuìkuma

anointing My body. She is a fragrant garland of campaka flowers
around My neck. She is a cooling golden mascara decorating My
eyes. To hell with My life! Now that I am separated from Rädhä,
every night I lie awake thinking of Her!

madhumaìgalaù: (kåñëasya kare maëià paçyan) pi-a-va-assa rähi-

ä-kaëöhalaìkaro maëéndo kahaà di-a-areëa laddho.

kåñëasya—of Kåñëa; kare—in the hand; maëim—the jewel; paçyan—

seeing; pi-a—O dear; va-assa—friend; rahi-a—of Rädhä; kaëöha—of the
neck; alaìkaro—the decoration; maëindo—the syamantaka jewel, the
king of jewels; kaham—how; di-a-areëa—by the sun-god; laddho—was
attained.

Madhumaìgala: (Seeing the jewel in Kåñëa's hand) Dear

friend, the syamantaka jewel was formerly the ornament around
Rädhä's neck. How did the sun-god get it?

kåñëaù: sakhe
anudiçam ati-namrä kurvaté pürvam äsét
pitå-pati-pitur arghyaà garga-väkyena rädhä
iti bahula-rucénäm vécibhiù samparétaà
maëi-varam upahäraà ëünam asmai cakära

sakhe—O friend; anudinam—day after day; ati—very; namra—

meek and humble; kurvati—doing; purvam—previously; asit—was; pitr-
pati—of Yamaraja, the master of the pitas; pituh—of the father (the sun-
god); arghyam—offering of water; garga—of Garga Muni; vakyena—by
the statement; rädhä—Rädhä; iti—thus; bahula—great; rucinam—of

•
177 •
effulgence; vicibhih—with waves; samparitam—filled; maëi—of jewels;
varam—the best; upaharam—an offering; nunam—is it not so?;
asmai—to him; cakara—made.

Kåñëa: My friend, following Garga Muni's instructions, Rädhä

used to daily offer water to the sun-god. She must have given the
syamantaka jewel, filled with waves of effulgence, to him.

madhumaìgalaù: pekkha pekkha eso kiraëa-kandaléhià kià pi

velakkhaëëaà dhare-e maëindo.

pekkha—look!; pekkha—look!; eso—this; kiraëa—of effulgence;

kandalihim—with an abundance; kim pi—somewhat; velakkhanam—
an extraordinary nature; dhare-i—maëifests; maëindo—great jewel.

Madhumaìgala: Look! Look! The jewel is unusually bright!

kåñëaù: sakhe ghana-caitanya-vivarto 'yaà na präkåta-ratna-

sädharaëéà dhüram äroòhum arhati. (iti syamantakam vakñas-taöe
nidhäya sa-bäñpam.)

sakhe—O friend; ghana—intense; caitanya—of transcendental bliss;

vivartah—the tranformation; ayam—this; na—not; prakåta—ordinary;
ratna—jewel; sadharanim—commonness; dhuram—the burden;
arodhum—to take up; arhati—deserves; iti—thus; syamantakam—the
Syamantaka jewel; vakñah—of His chest; tate—on the surface;
nidhaya—placing; sa—with; bäñpam—tears.

Kåñëa: Friend, this jewel is a person alive with intense bliss. It

is not ordinary or material. (He places the syamantaka jewel on
His chest, shed tears, and says:)

dhanyaù so 'yaà maëir avirala-dhvanta-puïje nikuïje

smitvä smitvä mayi kuca-paöéà kåñöavaty unmadena
gäòhaà güòhäkåtir api tayä man-mukhäküöa-vedé
niñöhévänyaù kiraëa-laharéà hrepayäm äsa rädhäm

dhanyah—fortunate; sah ayam—this; maëih—jewel; avirala—thick;

dhvanta—of darkness; puïje—with an abundance; nikuïje—in the
forest grove; smitvä smitvä— continuously smiling; mayi—as I; kuca-
patim—the bodice; krstavati—pulled; unmadena—excitedly;

•
178 •
gadham—deeply; gudha—concealed; akåtih—form; api—although;
tayä—by Her; mat—of Me; mukha—in the presence; akuta—the
intentions; vedi—understanding; nisthivanyah—emitting; kiraëa—of
light; laharim—waves; hrepäyäm äsa—embarrassed; rädhä—
Rädhärani.

This jewel is so fortunate! When I passionately tugged at

Rädhä's bodice, and She tried to cover Her breasts in the thick
forest-darkness, this jewel, understanding My wishes, smiled and,
sending out waves of light, embarrassed Rädhä.

kåñëaù: (sa-vaiklavyam)
nikhila-suhådäm arthärambhe vilambita-cetaso
masåëita-çikho yaù präpto 'bhün manäì mådutäm iva
sa khalu lalitä-sändra-sneha-prasaìga-ghané-bhavän
punar api baläd indhe rädhä-viyogamayaù çikhé

sa—with; vaiklauyam—agitation; nikhila—all; suhådam—of the

friends; artha—the purpose; arambhe—in the beginning; vilambita—
resting; cetasah—hearts; masrnita—softened; sikhah—flame; yah—
which; präptah—attained; abhüt—became; manak—a little;
mrdutvam—gentleness; iva—as if; sah—that; khalu—indeed; lalita—of
Lalita; sandra—intense; sneha—love; prasaìga—contact; ghani—
intensified; bhavan—becoming; punah—again; api—also; balat—
violently; rädhä—of Rädhä; viyoga-mayah—consisting of separation;
sikhi—fire.

Kåñëa: (Agitated) As I was busy pleasing My friends, the flame

of separation from Rädhä remained subdued and peaceful, but
now that flame has suddenly become a great conflagration!

(iti virahartim näöayan.)

laläöe käçméraiù kuru mama dåçaà pävakamayéà
dadhéta bhogéndra-dyutim urasi muktä-maëisaram
tanoù kaëöhaà muktvä janaya ghanasärair dhavalatäà
hara-bhrantyä bhétas tadati na yathä mäà manasijaù

iti—thus; viraha—of separation; artim—the suffering; näöayan—

representing dramatically; lalate—on the forehead; kasmiraih—with
kunkuma; kuru—please make; mama—of Me; dåçam—an eye; pavaka-
mayim—of fire; dadhitah—please place; bhogi—of snakes; indra—of

•
179 •
the king; dyutim—the splendor; urasi—on the chest; mukta—of pearls;
maëisaram—a string; tanoh—of the body; kaëöham—the neck;
muktvä—excepting; janaya—please create; ghanasaraih—with
camphor; dhavalatam—whiteness; hara—of Siva; bhrantya—with the
mistake; bhitah—afraid; tadati—strikes; na—not; yathä—as; mam—Me;
manasijah—Kamadeva.

(He feels the pain of separation) Draw a flaming red eye in

kuìkuma on My forehead. Make this necklace of pearls look like
the king of serpents draped across My chest. Make My entire body
white by covering it with camphor powder. In this way Kamadeva
will think I am Lord Çiva. Then he will be scared and will no
longer hurt Me.

madhumaìgalaù: saccaà garu-o kkhu eso santavo tä ko ettha padi-

aro tti ëa kkhu odharemi.

saccam—in truth; garu-o—intense; kkhu—indeed; eso—this;

santavo—suffering; ta—therefore; ko—what?; ettha—in this; padi-aro—
remedy; tti—thus; na—not; kkhu—indeed; odharemi—I see.

Madhumaìgala: His suffering is so great! I do not see any

remedy to counteract it.

kåñëaù: sakhe priya-vihära-samabhihära-säkñiëaù kuïja-våndasya

våndävanasya vilokanam antareëa nätra paraù pratikaraù. tad eña
maëéndras tvayä saträjitayä samarpyatäm. mayäpy avarodhäya
gantavyam.
(iti niñkräntau.)

sakhe—O friend; priya—with My beloved Rädhä; vihara—of

pastimes; samabhihara—abundance; säkñinah—of the witness; kuïja—
groves; våndäsya—with many; våndävanasya—of Våndävana;
vilokanam—the sight; antareëa—without; na—not; atra—here;
parah—another; pratikarah—remedy; tat—therefore; esah—this;
maëi—of jewels; indrah—the king; tvayä—by you; satrajitayä—to
Satrajit; samarpyatam—should be given; maya—by Me; api—also;
avarodhaya—inside; gantavyam—will be gone; iti—thus; niñkräntau—
they both exit.

•
180 •
 Kåñëa: Aside from again seeing the forest of Våndävana, which
repeatedly witnessed the pastimes I enjoyed with My beloved,
there is no remedy. Give this syamantaka jewel to Saträjit. I will
now go inside the palace. (They both exit.)

(tataù praviçati bakulayärädhyamänä rädhä.)

rädhä: (sanskåtena)
mamäséd düre yä dig api hari-gandha-praëayiné
prapede khedena truöir api mahä-kalpa-padavém
dahaty äçä-sarpir viracita-padaù präëa-dahano
balän mäm durlélaù kim iha karavai hanta çaraëam

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; bakuläya—by Bakulä;

aradhyamana—served; rädhä—Rädhä; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit;
mama—of Me; asit—is; dure—far away; ya—which; dik—direction;
api—even; hari—of Kåñëa; gandha—the fragrance; praëayini—
carrying; prapede—attained; khedena—with sorrow; trutiù—a moment;
api—even; mahä—a great; kalpa—of a millenium; padavim—the abode;
dahati—burns; asa—of hope; sarpiù—the butter; viracita—created;
padaù—position; praëa—life-breath; dahanaù—burning; balat—
forcibly; mam—Me; durlilaù—wicked; kim—what?; iha—here;
karavai—I may do; hanta—indeed; saraëam—shelter.

(Accompanied by Bakulä, Rädhä enters)

Rädhä: Even the fragrance of Hari is now so far away from Me!
Each moment has become a great eon of sufferings. The wicked
burning ghee of hope has set My life-breath on fire. Where can I
find relief?

bakulä: halä sacce siëiheëa ëa-a-vunda-e vaëëida-tumha

rahassamhi tadhavi kià pi viëëavissam.

hala—O; sacce—Satyabhämä; sinihena—with affection; na-a-

vunda-e—by Nava-våndä; vannida—described; tumha—of You;
rahassa—secret; amhi—I am; tadhavi—still; kim pi—something;
vinnavissam—I would like to say.

Bakulä: O Satyabhämä, even though Nava-våndä kindly told me

Your secret, still there is something I would like to ask You.

rädhä: kämaà viëëavehi.

•
181 •
 kamam—as you like; vinnavehi—you may ask.

Rädhä: You can ask me anything.

bakulä: amha rä-indo sundara-seharo tillo-aà asedi tä ja-i anavesi

tado de-i-e ruppiëé-e vi paòi-ulä bhavi-a tassa tumaà viëëavemi.

amha—your; ra-indo—great king; sundara—of all handsome men;

seharo—the crown; tillo-am—the three worlds; asedi—rules; ta—
therefore; ja-i—if; anavesi—You order; tado—then; de-i-e—of the
queen; ruppini-e—Rukmiëé; vi—even; padi-ula—the enemy; bhavi-a—
becoming; tassa—to Him; tumam—about You; vinnavemi—I will
inform.

Bakulä: Our great king is the crest jewel of all handsome men.
He is the monarch who controls all the three worlds. If You but
say the word then, even if by doing it I become the enemy of
queen Rukmiëé, I will tell Him about You.

rädhä: (sanskåtena)
çäste dväravaté-patis tri-jagatéà saundarya-paryäcitaù
kià nas tena viramyatäà katham asau çäpägnir ujjvalyate
yuñmäbhiù sphuöa-yukti-koöi-garima-vyahäriëébhir baläd
äkrañöuà vraja-räja-nandana-padämbhojän na çakyä vayam

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; saste—rules; dvaravati—of Dvaraka; patiù—

the king; tri-jagatim—the three worlds; saundarya—with beauty;
paryactitaù—filled; kim—what is the use?; naù—for Us; tena—is Him;
viramyatam—it should be stopped; katham—why?; asau—this; sapa—
of a curse; aìgiù—the fire; ujjvalyate—is made to brilliantly blaze;
yusmabhiù—by you; sphuöa—clear; yukti—of logical arguments; koti—
of millions; garima—the great weight; vyaharinibhiù—carrying; balat—
forcibly; akrastum—to pull; vraja—of Vraja; raja—of the king;
nandana—of the son; pada—feet; ambhojat—from the lotus; na—not;
sakyaù—able; vayam—we are.

Rädhä: The king of Dvärakä may rule the three worlds, and He
may also be extremely handsome. Still, what is He to Us? Please
stop. Why do you deliberately try to ignite the fire of My curse on
you? Even with the strength of millions of clear logical arguments

•
182 •
you will not give Me the power to pull Myself from the lotus feet
of Nanda-nandana!

bakulä: sahi puccha hidaà ëa-a-vundaà.

sahi—O friend; puccha—please ask; hidam—what is right; na-a-

vundam—Nava-våndä.

Bakulä: Sakhi, You should ask Nava-våndä what is the right

thing to do.

rädhä: kahià gada ëa-a-vunda.

kahim—where?; gada—gone; na-a-vunda—is Nava-våndä.

Rädhä: Where did Nava-våndä go?

bakulä: de-i-e ahuda ante-ure.

de-i-e—by the queen; ahuda—was called; ante-ude—in the inner

rooms.

Bakulä: The queen called her to the inner rooms of the palace.

rädhä: hanta paratantamhi kidä hada-devveëa.

hanta—alas!; paratanta—under the dominion of someone else;

kida—made; hada-devvena—by wicked destiny.

Rädhä: Alas! Wicked destiny has placed Me under this person's

control!

(praviçya)
nava-våndä: sakhi satye mä viñädaà kåthäù. paçya paçya
päde nipatya badarém avalambamänä
käntaà rasälam anu vindati mädhavéyam
präëeça-saìgama-vidhau viniviñöa-cittä
na pära-vaçya-kadanaà manute hi sädhvé

pavisya—entering; sakhi—O friend; satye—Satyabhämä; ma—do

not; visadam—lamentation; kåthaù—do; paçya—look!; paçya—look!;

•
183 •
pade—at the foot; nipatya—fallen; badarim—on a badari bush;
avalambamana—resting; kantam—lover; rasalam—the mango tree;
anu vindati—attains; mädhavé—mädhavé creeper; iyam—this; praëa—
of life; isa—of the lord; saìgama-vidhau—in meeting; vinivista—
entered; citta—whose heart; na—not; para—on someone else; vasya—
dependence; kadanam—suffering; manute—considers; hi—indeed;
sädhvé—a chaste woman.

(Enters.)
Nava-våndä: Sakhi Satyabhämä, don't lament. Look! Look! This
mädhavé vine first falls at the feet of this badaré bush and then
climbs to embrace her lover, the mango tree. A chaste woman
whose heart is determined to meet the lord of her life does not
find it painful to be dependent on someone else in the course of
attaining her goal.

rädhä: kä kkhu tuha hatthe ëevaccha-samäggé.

ka—what?; tuha—of you; hatthe—in the hand; nevaccha—for

decoration; samaggi—many things.

Rädhä: What are these ornaments in your hand?

nava-våndä: çacyopahäré-kåtäni devyai divyäni mälya-dukülädéni

täny eñä sakhébhyo vibhajanté tväm api vaëöakena puraç cakära.

sacya—by Saci-devi; upaharé-kåtani—given as gifts; devyai—to the

queen; divyani—celestial; malya—garlands; dukulani—and silken
garments; tani—them; esa—she; sakhibhyaù—to friends; vibhajanti—
dividing; tvam—to You; api—also; vantakena—by a portion; purah
cakara—presents.

Nava-våndä: Indra's wife Çacé gave these celestial flower

garlands, necklaces, silken garments, and other gifts to our queen
Rukmiëé, and Rukmiëé is now dividing them among her friends.
She will also give a portion to You.

rädhä: kià me dukkhanalassa indhaneëa imiëä pasahaneëa.

•
184 •
 kim—what is the use?; me—to Me; dukkha—of suffering; analassa—
of the fire; indhanena—of this fuel; imina—this; passahanena—
ornaments.

Rädhä: What is the use of these ornaments? They are only fuel
to feed the fire of My suffering!28

nava-våndä: sakhi bhänu-devasya seväyam upayokñyate.

sakhi—O friend; bhanu-devasya—of the sun-god; sevayam—in the

worship; upayoksyate—will be useful.

Nava-våndä: Sakhi, you may use them to worship the sun-god.

rädhä: halä bhäëudamhi bhäëuëä vacche sa-ara-kacche niviööha-e

du-ara-vadi-puri-e gabbhe ëimmidan ëa-a-vunda-äëaà pavisi-a tiëä
appaëo paraëa-ëädheëa saddhaà viharehi.

hala—Ah!; bhanuda—addressed; amhi—I was; bhanuna—by the

sun-god; vacche—O child; sa-ara—of the ocean; kacche—on the shore;
nivittha-e—entered; du-aravadi-pure-e—of the city of Dvaraka;
gabbhe—in the midst; nimmidam—constructed; na-a—new; vunda-
anam—Vrndävana; pavisi-a—entering; tina—with Him; paraëa—of the
life-breath; nadhena—the lord; saddham—with; virahehi—You may
enjoy transcendental pastimes.

Rädhä: The sun-god told Me: "Child, enter the new Våndävana
created in the midst of Dvärakä on the ocean's shore and enjoy
pastimes with the Lord of Your life."

nava-våndä: cäru-locane vyabhicära-paräcénäni khalu bhavanti

daivata-varäëäm vacaàsi.

caru—beautiful; locane—whose eyes; vyabhicara—failure;

paracinani—without; khalu—indeed; bhavanti—are; daivata—of the
demigods; varaëam—of the great; vacamsi—the words.

Nava-våndä: O girl with beautiful eyes, the words of the great

demigods never go in vain!

28
All the ornaments and beauty of Rädhä are meant only for Kåñëa’s pleasure.

•
185 •
 rädhä: (sanskåtena)
mathuräm adhiräjate hariù
sakhi räjendra-pure 'tra samvåtä
nivasämy aham ity asambhavaù
priya-saìgaù pratibhäsate mama

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; mathuram—Mathura; adhirajate—rules;

hariù—Kåñëa; sakhi—O friend; raja-indra—of the great king; pure—in
the city; atra—here; samvrta—being; nivasami—reside; aham—I; iti—
thus; asambhavaù—impossible; priya—with My beloved; saìgaù—
meeting; pratibhasate—is manifested; mama—My.

Rädhä: Sakhi, Hari now rules the city of Mathurä, and I am a

prisoner in the emperor's capitol. It is not possible to meet My
beloved.

nava-våndä:
alaà viläpaiù samaya-kramasya
durüha-rüpä gatayo bhavanti
çaran-mukhe paçya saras-taöéñu
khelanty akasmät khalu khaïjarétäù

alam—what is the need?; vilapaiù—for these laments; samayä—of

time; kramasya—of the sequence; duruha—difficult to understand;
rupaù—by nature; gatayaù—the movements; bhavanti—are; sarat—of
autumn; mukhe—in the beginning; paçya—look!; saraù—of the lakes
and streams; tatisu—on the shores; khelanti—play; akasmat—suddenly
and for no apparent reason; khalu—indeed; khaïjaritaù—the khaïjana
birds.

Nava-våndä: Why lament? The movements of time are very

difficult to understand. Look! Now that autumn has begun,
khaïjana birds have suddenly appeared on the shores of the lakes
and streams. They are now joyfully playing there.

rädhä: aëihäëe khaïjaréòo vi-a asahéëa kkhu padesse mahä-puriso

ëa ramedi.

anihane—where there are no nice reservoir of water; khaïjarido—

the khaïjana bird; vi-a—like; asahina—deprived of freedom; kkhu—

•
186 •
indeed; padese—in the place; maha—a great; puriso—person; na—does
not; ramedi—enjoy.

Rädhä: As a khaïjana bird does not like to stay where there is

no lake or stream, so a noble person does not like to stay in a
prison, where he is not free.

nava-våndä: (vihasya) vibhramäkule vrajendrasyätra katham

asvädhénatävadhäritä.

vihasya—laughing; vibhrama—by an illusion; akule—overwhelmed;

vraja—of Vraja; indrasya—of the king; atra-—here; katham—why?;
asvadhinata—the state of not being independent; avadharita—is
understood.

Nava-våndä: (Laughing) O bewildered girl, know that the king

of Vraja is here in Dvärakä!

rädhä: (serñyam) a-i rä-indassa kélä-vaëa-makkaòi ciööha ciööha.

a-i—O; ra-indassa—of the emperor; kila-vana—in the garden;

makkadi—pet monkey; cittha—stop!; cittha—stop!

Rädhä: (Angry) O pet monkey in the emperor's garden, stop!

Stop!

nava-våndä: (vihasya) sarale vrajendram eva räjendraà viddhi.

sarale—simple; vrajendram—the king of Vraja; eva—certainly; raj-

indram—the emperor; viddhi—please understand.

Nava-våndä: (Laughing) O simple-minded girl, understand that

the emperor of Dvärakä is the king of Vraja!

rädhä: (sautsukyam) avi saccaà edaà.

sa—with; autsukyam—excitement; avi—whether?; saccam—true;

edam—this.

Rädhä: (Excited) Is this the truth?

•
187 •
 nava-våndä: (svagatam) hanta kathaà yadåcchayä vismåta-
çapathäsmi samvåttä. (prakäçam) na kevalaà räjendram eva
rämacandram upendraà ca vrajendraà vadanti.

svagatam—aside; hanta—alas!; katham—why; yadrcchaya—

accidentally; vismrta—forgotten; sapatha—my vow; asmi—I am;
samvrtta—engaged; prakäçam—openly; na—not; kevalam—only; raja-
indram—the emperor; eva—certainly; ramacandram—Ramacandra;
upendram—Upendra; ca—also; vraja-indram—the king of Vraja;
vadanti—they say.

Nava-våndä: (Aside) Ah! How I have forgotten my vow?

(Openly) He is not only addressed as the emperor, but also called
Rämacandra, Upendra, and even king of Vraja!

bakulä: halä do bhaëami nivvandhaà mukki-a ëadehi rä-indam.

hala—ah!; ado—therefore; bhanami—I say; nivvandham—other

attachments; mukki-a—abandoning; nandehi—just please; ra-indam—
the emperor.

Bakulä: Give up Your other attachments and just please the

emperor.

rädhä (sanskåtena)
yasyottaàsaù sphurati cikure keki-puccha-praëéto
häraù kaëöhe viluöhati kåtaù sthüla-guïjävalébhiù
veëur vaktre racayati rucià hanta cetas tato me
rüpaà viçvottaram api harer nänyad aìgé-karoti

yasya—of whom; uttamsaù—the crown; sphurati—is manifested;

cikure—in the hair; keki—of a peacock; puccha—feather; pranitaù—
fashioned; haraù—a necklace; kaëöhe—on the neck; viluthati—is
manifest; kåtaù—fashioned; sthula—large; guïja—of guïja berries;
avalibhiù—with a host; venuù—the flute; vaktre—on the mouth;
racayati—creates; rucim—pleasure; hanta—indeed; cetaù—the heart;
tataù—therefore; me—of Me; rupam—the form; visva—in the universe;
uttaram—supreme; api—even; hareù—of Kåñëa; na—not; anyat—
another; aìgi-karoti—I accept.

•
188 •
 Rädhä: Kåñëa wears a peacock feather crown in His hair and a
large guïjä necklace around His neck. The flute placed to His
mouth bring Me great happiness. My heart will not accept any
man except Hari, the most handsome person in the universe!

bakulä: sahi ujju-a-vuddhi-asi jaà kaòhore vi tassim suööhu rajjasi.

sahi—O friend; ujju-a—simple; vuddhi-a—with intelligence; asi—

You are; jam—because; kadhore—hard-hearted; vi—even though;
tassim—Him; sutthu—deeply; rajjasi—You love.

Bakulä: Sakhi, You are simple-minded. That is why You so

deeply love this hard-hearted person!

rädhä: (sa-sambhramam. sanskåtena) mugdhe maivaà bravéù.

audasénya-dhurä-paréta-hådayaù käöhiëyam älambataà
kämaà çyämala-sundaro mayi sakhi svairé sahasraà samäù
kintu bhränti-bharäd api kñaëam idaà tatra priyebhyaù priye
ceto janmani janmani praëayitä-däsyaà na me hasyati

sa—with; sambhramam—agitation; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit;

mugdhe—O silly girl; ma—don't; eva—like this; braviù—speak;
audasinya—indifference; dhura—great; parita—attained; hådayaù—
whose heart; kaöhiëyam—harshness; alambatam—attained; kamam—
voluntarily; çyämala-sundaraù—Kåñëa, whose dark complexion is very
handsome; mayi—to Me; sakhi—O friend; svairi—independent;
sahasram—for thousands; samaù—of years; kintu—however; bhranti—
of bewilderment; bharat—from an abundance; api—even; kñaëam—for
a moment; idam—this; tatra—there; priyebhyaù priye—for My dearmost
beloved; cetaù—the heart; janmani janmani—birth after birth;
praëayitaù—of love; daçyäm—the service; na—not; me—of Me;
hasyati—shall abandon.

Rädhä: (Agitated) O bewildered girl, don't say that! Sakhi, even

though Çyämasundara be harsh and neglect Me for thousands of
years, never, even after countless births, will My heart give up the
loving service to My dearmost beloved!

nava-våndä: bakule suvrateyam. tad viramyatäm.

•
189 •
 bakule—O Bakulä; suvrata—chaste and faithful to Her lover; tat—
therefore; viramyatam—should be stopped.

Nava-våndä: Bakulä, stop! She is faithful to Her lover.

rädhä: (sanskåtena)
latä-çreëé seyaà sahacari ciraà sevita-caré
puras te 'mé bhüyo dhåta-paricayäù kuïja-nicayäù
amüs ta yämunyo muhur-aöita-pürvas taöa-bhuvo
vyathäm eva krüraà vidadhati vinä gokula-patim

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; lata—of creepers; sreni—the host; sa

iyam—this; sahacari—O friend; ciram—for a long time; sevita-cari—
endowed with many; puraù—in the presence; te—of you; ami—these;
bhuyaù—again; dhåta-paricayaù—endowed with many; kuïja—of
forest-groves; nicayaù—the host; tah amuù—these; yamunyaù—of the
Yamuna; muhuù—repeatedly; atita—wandered; pürvaù—in the past;
tata-bhuvaù—banks; vyathänm—pain; eva—certainly; kruram—cruel;
vidadhati—give; vina—without; gokula—of Gokula; patim—the master.

Rädhä: Now that Kåñëa, the master of Gokula, is no longer

here, these forest bowers decorated with many vines where I
stayed, and this shore of the Yamunä where in the past I spent so
much time wandering, have all combined to torture Me!

nava-våndä: bakule vilokyatäm asyä baléyaù santäpa-maëòalaà.

tad adya kälindé-külävalambini kadamba-müle naliné-samvartikäbhiù
kalpaya talpam.

bakule—O Bakulä; vilokyatan—should be seen; asyäù—of Her;

baliyaù—intense; santapa-madnalam—suffering; tat—therefore;
adya—now; kalindi—of the Yamuna; kula—on the shore; avalambini—
situated; kadamba—of the kadamba tree; mule—at the root; nalini—of
lotus flowers; samvartikabhiù—with petals; kalpaya—please instruct;
talpam—a bed.

Nava-våndä: Bakulä, see how much She suffers! Please go and

make for Her a bed of lotus petals under the kadamba tree by the
Yamunä's shore.

bakulä: jadhä bhaëadi pi-a-sahé. (iti niñkräntä.)

•
190 •
 jadha—as; bhanadi—speaks; pi-a—dear; sahi—the friend; iti—thus;
niñkränta—exits.

Bakulä: As my dear sakhi says. (She exits.)

rädhä (sanskåtena)
soòhä goñöha-bhuvaà viyoga-janitäù praëa-cchido vedanäù
preñöhänäà nija-jévitäd api mayä täsäà sakhénäm api
seyaà hanta na padma-bandhava-vaco viçrambha-gambhéritäà
kam vä samprati mäm aséñahad iha kleçaà duräçävalé

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; sodhaù—borne; gostha-bhuvam—of the

residents of Vraja; viyoga—from the separation; janitaù—produced;
praëa—life; chidaù—breaking; vedanaù—sufferings; presthanam—
more dear; nija—own; jivitat—than life; api—even; mayä—by Me;
tasam—of them; sakhinam—the friends; api—even; sa iyam—this;
hanta—indeed; na—not; padma-bandhava—of the sun-god; vacaù—
the words; visrambha—trust; gambhiritam—placed; kam—what?; va—
or; samprati—now; mam—Me; asisihat—caused to bear; iha—here;
klesam—sufferings; durasa—hope-against-hope; avali—series.

Rädhä: I am now overwhelmed by the pain of separation from

My friends in Vraja, who are all more dear to Me than My own life.
I believed the words of the sun-god, and they gave Me hope. What
sufferings did these vain hopes not bring Me?

(praviçya)
bakulä: halä ëimmida-sejjamhi ta utthehi. (iti tisraù parikramanti.)

praviçya—entering; hala—friend!; nimmida—fashioned; sejja—the

bed; amhi—I have; ta—therefore; utthehi—please get up; iti—thus;
tisraù—the three girls; parikramanti—walk.

(Enters)
Bakulä: Sakhi, I have made the bed. Come. (The three girls
walk.)

nava-våndä: (sa-sambhramam)
itas tvaà mä yäséù katham api nivartasva rabhasäd
açokäkhyaù çäkhé priya-sakhi puras te nivasati

•
191 •
padälambhäd ambhoruha-mukhi taväsmin kusumite
hatäçänäà bhävé kuliçavad alénäm kalakalaù

saù—with; sambhramam—fear; itaù—here; tvam—You; ma—don't;

yasiù—go; katham api—somehow; nivartasva—turn back; rabhasat—
quickly; asoka—asoka; akhyaù—named; sakhi—a tree; priya—dear;
sakhi—O friend; puraù—before; te—You; nivasati—stands; pada—of
the foot;. alambhat—from the touch; ambhoruha-mukhi—O lotus-faced
girl; tava—of You; asmin—on this; kusumite—burst into flower; hata-
asanam—villains; bhavi—will be; kulisa—the thunderbolt of Indra;
vat—like; alinam—of bumble-bees; kalakalaù—the tumultuous sounds.

Nava-våndä: (Frightened) Dear sakhi, don't go there! There is

an açoka tree in front of You. O lotus-faced girl, if Your foot
touches it, this tree will burst into flower, and this place will at
once be filled with villain bumble-bees buzzing like Indra's
thunderbolt!

rädhä: (nivåtya sa-lajjaà sanskåtena)

kaàsärer avaloka-maìgala-vinäbhäväd adhanye 'dhunä
bibhräëa hata-jévite praëayitäà nähaà sakhi präëimi
krüreyaà na virodhiné yadi bhaved äçämayé çåìkhalä
präëänäà dhruvam arbudäny api tatas tyaktuà sukhenotsahe

nivrtya—turning back; sa—with; lajjam—embarrassment;

sankåtena—in Sanskrit; kamsa-areù—of Kåñëa, the enemy of Kamsa;
avaloka—of the sight; maìgala—the auspiciousness; vina—without;
bhavat—from the condition; adhanye—unfortunate; adhuna—now;
bibhraëa—maintanining; hata—wretched; jivite—for the life;
praëayitam—love; na—not; aham—I; sakhi—O friend; pranimi—live;
krura—cruel; iyam—these; na—not; virodhini—obstructing; yadi—if;
bhavet—were; asa—of hope; mayi—consisting; srnkhala—chains;
praëanam—of life-breath; dhruvam—certainly; arbudani—billions;
api—even; tataù—then; tyaktum—to give up; sukhena—happily;
utsahe—I would be able.

Rädhä: (She turns back in embarrassment) O sakhi, without

the auspicious sight of Kåñëa, I have no love for this unfortunate,
wretched life. Without Him I will not continue to remain alive. If
these cruel chains of hope did not bind Me, I would happily give
up billions of such lives!

•
192 •
 bakulä: i-aà purado sejjä.

i-am—this; purado—ahead; sejja—the bed.

Bakulä: This is the bed.

rädhä: (çayyäm adhiçayya svagatam) ettha vundä-aëe dullahaà me

paräëa-dhäraëaà tä kam pi uvva-aà karissaà. (prakäçam) ëa-a-
vunde nicca-kammaà viëä khinnamhi.

sayyam—on the bed; adhisayya—lying down; svagatam—aside;

ettha—here; vunda-ane—in Vrndävana; dullaham—difficult to attain;
me—of Me; paraëa—of life-breath; dharaëam—maintenance; ta—
therefore; kam pi—something; uva-am—remedy; karissam—I shall
create; prakäçam—openly; na-a-vunde—O Nava-våndä; nicca—regular;
kammam—activities; vina—without; khinna—unhappy; ahmi—I am.

Rädhä: (Lies down on the bed and says to Herself) It is very

difficult for Me to remain alive in this Vrndävana. I must find
some remedy. (Openly) Nava-våndä, because I cannot perform My
regular activities I have become very unhappy.

nava-våndä: sakhi kià te nitya-karma.

sakhi—O friend; kim—what?; te—of You; nitya—regular; karma—

activities.

Nava-våndä: Sakhi, what regular activities?

rädhä: (sanskåtena)
khelan-maïjula-veëu-maëòita-mukhé säci-bhramal-locanä
mugdhe mürdhni çikhaëòiné dhåta-vapur bhaìgé-trayäìgé-kåtaù
kaiçore kåta-saìgatiù sura-muner ärädhyate çäsanäd
asmäbhiù pitur älaye jaladhara-çyäma-dyutir devatä

khelat—playing; maïjula—charming; venu—with the flute;

mandita—decorated; mukhi—whose mouth; saci—bent; bhramat—
wandering; locana—whose eyes; mugdhe—O beautiful girl; murdhni—
on the head; sikhandini—peacock feather; dhåta—manifested; vapuù—
form; bhaìgi—bending; traya—in three places; aìgé-kåtaù—accepted;

•
193 •
kaisore—in the full bloom of youth; kåta—done; saìgatiù—meeting;
sura-muneù—of Narada, the sage among the demigods; aradhyate—is
worshipped; sasanat—by the order; asmabhiù—by Us; pituù—of the
father; alaye—at the home; jaladhara—a monsoon cloud; çyäma—dark;
dyutiù—whose complexion; devata—the diety.

Rädhä: O charming girl, by Närada's order, at My father's house

we used to worship a Deity with a handsome face decorated with
a flute it played. It had crooked restless eyes, a peacock feather on
its head, and a form bent in three places, in the full bloom of
youth, and with a splendor dark as a monsoon cloud.

nava-våndä: (svagatam) vijïätam asyäù kåñëäkåti-vékñaëäya

päöavaà tad adya våndävanälaìkaräya mahendra-çilpinä kalpitaà
mahendranéla-mayéà mukunda-mürtim asyäù samakñayämi.
(prakäçam) sakhi tvad-iñöadevam ävirbhävayitum asau prayämi. (iti
niñkräntaù.)

svagatam—aside; vijïätam—understood; asyäù—of Her; kåñëa—of

Kåñëa; akåti—the form; vékñaëaya—for seeing; patavam—expertness;
tat—therefore; adya—now; våndävana—Vrndävana; alankaraya—for
the ornament; mahä-indra—of Maharaja Indra; silpina—by the expert
sculptor; kalpitam—fashioned; mahä—great; indranila—of sapphire;
mayim—consisting; mukunda—of Kåñëa; murtim—the diety form;
asyäù—of Her; samakñayami—I shall show; prakäçam—openly;
sakhi—O friend; tvat—of You; istadevam—the worshippable deity;
avirbhavayitum—to reveal; asau—Him; prayami—I shall now go; iti—
thus; niñkränte—exits.

Nava-våndä: (Aside) I can understand She yearns to see Kåñëa's

form. I will show Her the sapphire Mukunda-Deity Indra's
sculptor Viçvakarmä made to decorate the land of Våndävana.
(Openly) Sakhi, now I will go to bring Your worshipable Deity.
(She exits.)

rädhä: (puro dåñövä sanskåtena)

räsät tirohita-tanuù sakhi yasya puñpaiç
cüòäà cakära cikure mama piccha-cüòaù
küle kalinda-duhitur dhåta-kaëòalo 'yaà
mäà dandahéti sa muhur nava-karëikäraù

•
194 •
 puraù-ahead; dåñövä—looking; sankåtena—in Sanskrit; rasat—from
the rasa-dance; tirohita—dissappeared; tanuù—whose form; sakhi—O
friend; yasya—of whom; puñpaiù—with flowers; cudam—crown;
cakara—did; cikure—on the hair; mama—of Me; piccha—of peacock
feathers; cudaù—wearing a crown; kule—on the shore; kalinda—
duhituù—of the Yamuna River, the daughter of Mount Kalinda; dhåta—
held; kandalaù—blossoms; ayam—this; mam—Me; dandahiti—burns;
saù—this; muhuù—repeatedly; nava—new; karëikaraù—karëikara
flower.

Rädhä: (Looking ahead) These new karëikära flowers by the

Yamunä's shore, the same kind of flowers peacock-feather-
crowned Kåñëa placed in My hair when He left the arena of the
räsa dance with Me, now make Me burn with pain!

(praviçya)
nava-våndä: sakhi türëam ägatya paçya daivatäm.

praviçya—enters; sakhi—O friend; türëam—at once; agatya—

arriving; paçya—look; daivatam—at the deity.

(Enters)
Nava-våndä: Sakhi, come and see the Deity.

rädhä: ëa-a-vunde aharehi kaà pi sevovaharaà.

na-a-vunde—O Nava-våndä; aharehi—please bring; kam api—

something; sevovaharam—an offering.

Rädhä: Nava-våndä, please bring something to offer to the

Deity.

nava-våndä: bakule vasanti-gåhäd änaya devyä dattaà divya-

mälyämbaram.
(bakulä niñkränta)

bakule—O Bakulä; vasanti—of vasanti creepers; grhat—from the

cottage; anaya—please bring; devya—by the queen; datta—given;
divya—celestial; malya—garland and cloth; bakulä—Bakulä;
niñkränta—exits.

•
195 •
 Nava-våndä: Bakulä, from the cottage of väsanté vines please
bring the celestial garland and cloth the queen gave us. (Bakulä
exits.)

nava-våndä: (sa-smitam) sakhi rädhe

yaiù puñpävali-gandha-dhüpa-valibhir dämodaraù sevyate
kurvadbhiù stuti-pürvam uttama-natis te tävad anye janäù
sevä kokila-kaëöhi gokula-bhuvaà yuñmädåçénäm harau
vakräloka-kalä-karambita-parérambhädi-lélämayé

sa—with; smitam—a smile; sakhi—O friend; radhe—Rädhä; yaiù—

by whom; puñpa—of flowers; avali—with hosts; gandha—fragrance;
dhupa—of incense; valibhiù—with offerings; damodaraù—Kåñëa;
sevyate—is served; kurvadbhiù—doing; stuti—prayers; pürvam—first;
uttama-natiù—bowing down; te—they; tavat—in this way; anye—
other; janaù—persons; seva—service; kokila—cuckoo; kaëöhi—O girl
who throat; gokula-bhuvam—of the residents of Gokula;
yusmadåçinam—like You; harau—for Kåñëa; vakra—crooked; aloka—
of glances; kala—the portion; karambita—mixed; parirambha—
embraces; adi—beginning with; lilamayi—consisting of playful
pastimes.

Nava-våndä: (Smiles) Sakhi Rädhä, others may worship

Dämodara by offering Him flowers and fragrant incenses and by
reciting prayers and bowing down before Him, but You, O girl
whose sweet voice is like the cooing of the cuckoo, and the girls
of Gokula, worship Hari with crooked sidelong glances,
embraces, and many kinds of amorous pastimes.

(iti parikramya) paçya so 'yam upakaëöhe samutkaëöhitas tiñöhate

tubhyam abhéñöadevaù.

iti—thus; parikramya—walking; paçya—look?; sah ayam—He;

upakaëöhe—nearby; samutkaëöhitaù—eager; tisthate—stands;
tubhyam—for You; abhista—worshippable; devaù—deity.

(Walking) Look, Your worshipable Deity eagerly stands before

You!

rädhä: (vidüräd eva vilokya sotkaëöhaà sankåtena)

ajani saphalaù so 'yaà bhüyän kalevara-dhäraëe

•
196 •
 sahacari parikleço yo 'bhün mayä kila sevitaù
ahaha yad iaàù çyäma-çyämäù puro mama ballavé-
kula-kumudiné-bandhos täs täù sphuranti marécayaù

vidurat—from a distance; eva—certainly; vilokya—seeing; sa—with;

utkaëöham—longing; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; ajani—is manifested; sa-
phalaù—fruitful; sah ayam—this; bhuyan—very much; kalevara—of the
body; dharane—in the maintenance; sahacari—O friend; pariklesaù—
suffering; yaù—what; abhut—has been; mayä—by Me; kila—indeed;
sevitaù—served; ahaha—aha!; yat—what; imaù—they; çyäma-
çyämaù—very dark; puraù—in the presence; mama—of Me; ballavi—
of the gopés; kumudini—of the night lotus flowers; bandhoù—the friend
(moon); tah taù—that; sphuranti—is manifested; maricayaù—the
effulgence;

Rädhä: (Filled with intense longing, She gazes at the Deity from
a distance, and then says) Ah! Now the splendid dark effulgence
of this person, who is like a moon for the night lotus flowers of
gopés, shines in My presence! Now all the pain I suffered to
remain alive in this body has become worthwhile!

(iti parikramya piëòikäm äsädayanté sa-gadgadam.)

dagdhaà hanta dadhänayä vapur idaà yasyävalokäçayä
soòhä marma-vipätane paöur iyaà péòäti-våñöir mayä
kälindéya-taöé-kuöéra-kuhara-kréòäbhisära-vraté
so 'yam jévita-bandhur indu-vadane bhüyaù samäsäditaù

iti—thus; parikramya—walking; pindikam—the altar; asadayanti—

approaching; sa—with; gadgadam—a choked up voice; dagdham—
burned; hanta—indeed; daghanaya—burning; vapuù—body; idam—
this; yasya—of whom; avaloka—of seeing; asaya—with the hope;
sodha—borne; marma—of the heart; vipatane—in tearing apart;
patuù—expert; iyam—this; pida—of suffering; ati—great; vrstiù—
downpour; mayä—by Me; kalindiya—of the Yamuna River; tati—on the
shore; kutira—a cottage; kuhara—within; krida—pastimes; abhisara—
to a rendezvous; vrati—vowed; sah ayam—this; jivita—of My life;
bandhuù—the friend; indu-vadane—O moon-faced; bhuyaù—again;
samasaditaù—attained.

(She walks up to the altar and says in a choked up voice) My

desire to see You burned My body and wounded My heart with a

•
197 •
great monsoon of pain! My life-breath yearned to meet You in
Vrndävana and enjoy pastimes with You in a bower by the
Yamunä's shore! O friend of My life! O moon-faced one! Finally I
see you again!

(iti premäveçena säkñäd iva kåñëaà sambhäñayanté.)

premëä vyakté-kåtam iha tathä komalatvaà tvayägre
yena jïäto nikhila-vidhibhir mämakénas tvam äçéù
käöhiëyaà te viditam adhunä tädåçaà hanta yasmät
sambhävyo 'bhüd ayam api na me tävakatväbhimänaù

iti—thus; prema—of love; avesena—by the entrance; sakñat—

directly; iva—as if; kåñëam—with Kåñëa; sambhasayanti—speaking;
premëä—with love; vyakté-kåtam—manifested; iha—here; tathä—in
that way; komalatvam—tenderness; tvayä—by You; agre—before;
yena—by which; jïätaù—undertood; nikhila—in all; vidhibhiù—ways;
mamakinaù—Mine; tvam—You; asiù—were; kaöhiëyam—hardness;
te—of You; viditam—understood; adhuna—now; tadåçam—like that;
hanta—indeed; yasmat—from which; sambhavyaù—may be; abhut—
was; ayam—this; api—even; na—not; me—of Me; tavaka—of being
Yours; abhimanaù—pride.

(Filled with love, She speaks to Kåñëa) Before You were so

tender that I thought You were My property. Now You are so hard
I dare not be so proud to think You belong to Me!

nava-våndä: (svagatam) hanta käpy anuräga-sägarasya seyam

uttaraìgatä.

svagatam—aside; hanta—indeed; api—something; anuraga—of

love; sagarasya—of the ocean; sa iyam—this; uttaraìgata—the state of
having waves.

Nava-våndä: (Aside) Ah! These are waves of the ocean of love!

rädhä: (janäntikam sanskåtena)

na brüte parihäsa-peçala-kalä-sandarbha-garbhaà giraà
doù-stambha-dvaya-sambhraman na ca parérambhäya
sambadhyate
lélä-bhaìgura-cillir eña lalitolläsi-smita-kñodimä
dhürtänäà sakhi çekharaù kuöilayä dåñöyä paraà leòhi mäm

•
198 •
 jana-antikam—only to hee; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; na—does not;
brute—speak; parihasa—of jokes; pesala—charm; kala—the art;
sandarbha—statement; garbham—origin; giram—of words; doù—of
arms; stambha—of pillars; dvaya—pair; sambhranmat—from the
appearance; na—not; ca—also; parirambhaya—for embracing;
sambadhyate—is bound; lila—playfully; bhangura—crooked; cilliù—
whose eyebrows; esaù—He; lalita—playful; ullasi—glistening; smita—
smile; kñodima—with a small fragment; dhurtanam—of rogues; sakhi—
O friend; sekharaù—the crown; kutilaya—with a crooked; dåñöya—
glance; param—further; ledhi—licks; mam—Me.

Rädhä: (Aside to Nava-våndä) O Nava-våndä, He does not speak

charming, artistic words and does not joke. With the two pillars
of His arms He does not bind Me in an embrace. Instead, with bent
eyebrows and the slight trace of a playful smile, this crest jewel
of all cheaters simply licks Me with His crooked glance.

nava-våndä: halä nägara-dhürta-dhuréëänäà nigüòheyaà narma-

cäturé. tad enäà tvam ca dåg-aïcalena santarjayanté vakroktibhir
upälabhethäù.

hala—ah!; nagara—lovers; dhurta—of villains; dhurinanam—of the

best; nigudha—concealed; narma—of jokes; caturi—expertize; tat—
therefore; enam—Him; tvam—You; ca—also; drk—of the eyes;
aïcalena—with the corner; santarjayanti—rebuking; vakra—crooked;
uktibhiù—with words; upalabhethaù—You should rebuke.

Nava-våndä: This is the inescrutable joke of the best of

mischievous lovers. Rebuke Him with the corner of Your eye and
mock Him with many crooked words!

rädhä: (säci samékñya sanskåtena)

ciräsaìgän manye kuliça-suhådaù kaustubha-maëer
itaù saìkrantas te mradima-paripanthé hådi guëaù
tvam etäbhiù kañöävalébhir avaléòhe 'pi kuruñe
jane 'sminn éçänaù katham itarathä vaïcanam idam

saci—with a crooked glance; samékñya—looking; sanskåtena—in

Sanskrit; cira—long; asaìgat—form association; manye—I think;
kulisa—of the thunderbolt of Indra; suhådaù—of the friend; kaustubha-

•
199 •
maneù—of the Kaustubha jewel; itaù—thus; sankrantaù—passed; te—
of You; mradima—of gentleness; paripanthi—the opposite; hådi—in the
heart; guëaù—the quality; tvam—You; etabhiù—by these; kasta—of
intense suffering; avalibhiù—by a host; avalidhe—devoured; api—even;
kuruse—You do; jane—person; asmin—to this; isanaù—master;
katham—why?; itaratha—otherwise; vaïcanam—cheating; idam—
this.

Rädhä: (Staring at Him with crooked eyes) For so long You

have the company of this Kaustubha jewel, the friend of Indra's
thunderbolt. That is why this hardness has entered Your heart!
This person is swallowed up by a host of sufferings, and You have
the power to give Her relief. Why do You cheat Her instead?

(ity apavarya) halä pekkha ajuttaà ajuttaà jaà néluppala-komalovi

vaëa-mälé kakkasaà vaàsi-äà cce-a cumbadi. tä ido ëaà a-addhi-a
genhissaà.

iti—thus; apavarya—concealing; hala—O!; pekkha—look;

ajuttam—improper; ajuttam—improper; jam—because; niluppala—as
a blue lotus flower; komalovi—as soft and gentle; vana-mali—Kåñëa,
who wears a garland of forest flowers; kakkasam—the hard; vamsi-am—
flute; cce-a—certainly; cumbadi—kisses; ta—therefore; ido—from Him;
a-addhi-a—pulling; genhissam—I shall take.

(Aside to Nava-våndä) Look! This is not proper. Even though

Vanamälé is as soft and gentle as a blue lotus flower, He still kisses
this hard flute. I will take it from Him.

nava-våndä: (svagatam) çreyasé na khalu vaàçikäkåñöih. tad enäm

apadeçäd upadiçämi. (prakäçam sa-narma smitvä.)
tvam etasmin nélopalamayatayä vaktum ucite
mudhä mugdhe nélotpala-mådulatäm arpayasi kim
mad-uktau viçrambhaà yadi bhajasi nämbhoja-vadane
tato vakñaù-péöhe ghaöaya sakhi vistäriëi kucam

svagatam—aside; sreyasi—the best thing; na—not; khalu—indeed;

vamsika—of the flute; akåñöiù—pulling; tat—therefore; enam—to Her;
apadesat—with a trick; upadisami—I shall teach; prakäçam—openly;
sa—with; narma—playfulness; smitvä—smiling; tvam—You; etasmin—
in this; nila-upala-mayä-taya—made of sapphire; vaktum—to say;

•
200 •
ucite—is proper; mudha—uselessly; mugdhe—O bewildered, charming
girl; nila—a blue; utpala—lotus; mrdulatam—softness; arpayasi—You
placed; kim—why?; mat—of Me; uktau—in the statement;
visrambham—faith; yadi—if; bhajasi—You place; na—not; ambhoja-
vadane—O lotus-faced girl; tataù—then; vakñaù-pithe—on the chest;
ghataya—just press; sakhi—O friend; vistarini—broad; kucam—breast.

Nava-våndä: (Aside) It will not be good to pull away the flute.

With a trick I will instruct Her. (With a playful smile she openly
says) O beautiful bewildered girl, why do You say He is soft as a
blue lotus flower, although He is hard as sapphire? O girl with a
lotus face, if You do not believe my words, then just press Your
breast against His broad chest!

rädhä: (vakñasi päëim arpayanté sa-vyatham) kadhaà esä saccaà

jevva nélamaëi-paòimä. (vimåçya) haddhé haddhé. gadhukkaëöha-e
savvam visumari-a paòimäà cce-a paccakkhaà mähavaà maëëemi.

vakñasi—on the chest; panim—a hand; arpayanti—placing;

kadham—whether?; esa—this; saccam—in truth; jevva—certainly;
nilamani—a sapphire; padima—deity; vimåçya—reflecting; haddhi—
alas!; haddhi—alas!; gadhu—intense; ukkaëöha-e—with longing;
savva—everything; visumari-a—forgetting; padimam—a deity; cce-a—
indeed; paccakkham—before My eyes; mahavam—Kåñëa; mannemi—I
considered.

Rädhä: (She places a hand on the chest and at once becomes

upset.) What? Ah, it is true. This is a Deity made of sapphire.
(Reflects) Ah! Overwhelmed by intense longing I forgot
everything and thought this statue before Me was Mädhava.

(praviçya)
bakulä: geëha geëha ima-im mälambara-vilevaëä-im.

praviçya—entering; genha—take; genha—take; ima-im—these;

mala—garlands; ambara—cloth; vilevana-im—ointments.

Bakulä: (Enters) Take this garland, cloth, and fragrant

ointment.

(rädhä gåhétvä pratimäm alaïcikérñati.)

•
201 •
 rädhä—Rädhä; gåhétvä—taking; pratimam—the deity;
alancikirsati—tries to decorate.

(Rädhä takes them and tries to decorate the Deity.)

nava-våndä:
praëayinaà samayä samaye gatä
vahasi känti-dhuraà madhuraà mudä
na kila kokila-saìgatim antarä
sphurati sampad alaà sakhi mädhavé

praëayinam—the lover; samayä—near; samaye—at this time; gata—

approached; vahasi—You carry; kanti—of beauty; dhuram—
abundance; madhuram—sweetness; muda—joyfully; na—not; kila—
indeed; kokila—the cuckoo; saìgatim—the association; antara—
without; sphurati—blossoms; sampat—turning into; alam—greatly;
sakhi—O friend; mädhavé—madhavi flower.

Nava-våndä: O sakhi! When You are with Your beloved, You

become very beautiful, sweet and joyful, just like the mädhavé
flower that cannot bloom without the company of the cuckoo
bird!

(rädhä säsra-kampaà kåñëäkåtià maëòayati.)

rädhä—Rädhä; sa—with; asra—tears; kampam—and trembling;

kåñëa—of Kåñëa; akåtim—the form; mandayati—decorates.

(Trembling and shedding tears, Rädhä decorates the Deity of

Kåñëa.)

mädhavé: esä paòimä tassa ëéluppala-mälä disadi. (iti kareëa ädäya

sa-tvaram uccaiù.) sahi ba-ule kudosi.

esa—this; padima—has fallen; tassa—of Him; niluppala—of blue

lotus flowers; mala—the garland; disa-i—is seen; iti—thus; kareëa—
with a hand; srajam—the garland; adaya—taking; sa—with; tvaram—
agitation; uccaiù—loudly; sahi—O friend; ba-ule—Bakulä; kudosi—
where are you?

•
202 •
 Mädhavé: (Enters) I see a garland of blue lotus flowers that fell
from Kåñëa. (She picks it up with Her hand. Agitated, She loudly
calls) Sakhi Bakulä, where are you?

nava-våndä: (sa-sambhramam) satye sannihitäsau mädhavé. tad

itas türëaà prayänam ucitam.

sa—with; sambhramam—anxiety; satye—O Satyabhämä;

sannihita—nearby; asau—she; mädhavé—Mädhavé; tat—therefore;
itaù—form here; türëam—quickly; prayanam—departure; ucitam—is
proper.

Nava-våndä: (Anxious) Satyabhämä, Mädhavé is nearby! Run

away from here quickly!

rädhä: ëa me daàsane tinha purida ta puëo jhatti vahudissamha.

(iti tistraù parikramanti.)

na—not; me—of Me; damsane—in the seeing; tinha—thirst;

purida—fulfilled; ta—therefore; puno—again; jhatti—at once;
vahudissamha—let us return; iti—thus; tisraù—the three girls;
parikramanti—exit.

Rädhä: My thirst to see Him is not satisfied. I will come back

here later. (The three girls exit.)

mädhavé: (vilokya) kadhaà idha jevva saccä. (ity upasåtya) sahi

mähavi-puppha-ià ahariduà a-adamhi.

vilokya—looking; kadham—how is it?; idha—from here; jevva—

certainly; sacca—Satyabhämä; iti—thus; upasrtya—approaching; sahi—
O friend; mahavi—madhavi flowers; puppha-im—flower; aharidum—
to collect; a-adamhi—I have come.

Mädhavé: (Seeing Her) Why is Satyabhämä here?

(Approaching) Sakhi, I have come here to pick mädhavi flowers.

rädhä: (saurabhyam äghraya svagatam) kudo edaà a-amhi-aà

sorahaà cittaà me viloledi.

•
203 •
 saurabhyam—the fragrance; aghraya—smelling; avagatam—to
Herself; kudo—where?; edam—this; a-amhi-am—unexpected;
soraham—fragrance; cittam—the heart; me—of Me; viloledi—causes to
tremble.

Rädhä: (Smelling the fragrance, She says to Herself) From

where has this sweet fragrance suddenly come? It makes My heart
tremble!

(iti mädhavé-kare mälyaà dåñövä apavarya sanskåtena.)

ito mälyäd indévara-viracitäd eñä vijayé
visarpaty äbhéré-kula-kumuda-bandhoù parimalaù
mama kñobhän ugrän sapadi bahir-antaù-praëayino
baläd anyo gandhaù katham iva vidhätuà prabhavati

iti—thus; mädhavé—of Mädhavé; kare—in the hand; malyam—the

garland; dåñövä—seeing; apavarya—concealing; sanskåtena—in
Sanskrit; itaù—thus; malyat—from the garland; indivara—of blue lotus
flowers; viracitat—fashioned; esaù—He; vijayi—victorious; visarpati—
approaches; abhiri—of gopés; kula—of the community; kumuda—of the
lotus flowers; bandhoù—of the friend (the sun); parimalaù—the
fragrance; mama—of Me; kñobhaù—agitation; ugran—intense; sapadi—
at once; bahiù—outside; antaù—inside; praëayinaù—bringing; balat—
forcibly; anyaù—other; gandhaù—fragrance; katham—how; iva—as if;
vidhatum—to place; prabhavati—is able.

(Seeing the garland in Mädhavé's hand, Rädhä says to Herself)

This is the glorious sweet fragrance of the blue lotus garland worn
by Kåñëa, the sun who is the friend of the lotus flower gopés. What
other fragrance can violently agitate My heart and senses in this
way?

mädhavé: (sa-vismayaà sanskåtena)

surabhim anubhavantyäù çyämalämbhoja-mäläà
bhajati tava kim etat kampa-sampattim aìgam
vapur api parikkhinnäkäram ahnäya kim vä
kalayati pariphullam äli-romaïca-pälim

sa—with; vismaya—wonder; sanskåtena—in Sankrit; surabhim—the

fragrance; anubhavantyäù—perceiving; çyämala—blue; ambhoja—of
lotus flowers; malam—the garland; bhajati—does; tava—of You; kim—

•
204 •
why?; etat—this; kampa—of trembling; sampatim—abundance;
aìgam—limbs; vapuù—body; api—also; parikhinna—distressed;
akaram—body; ahnaya—at once; kim—why?; va—or; kalayati—
manifests; pariphullam—blossomed; ali—O friend; romaïca-palim—
hairs standing erect.

Mädhavé: (Struck with wonder) As You smell the sweet

fragrance of this garland of blue lotus flowers, why do You
suddenly tremble? Why do the hairs on Your body stand up? Why
are You overwhelmed?

rädhä: (svagatam) samvaraëijjo eso attho. (prakäçam) mähavi

indévara-mälam pekkhi-a käli-a-dahe diööham dänià bhu-aìga-alià
sumaranti bhidamhi.

svagatam—aside; samvarëijjo—to be concealed; eso—this; attho—

actual meaning; prakäçam—openly; mahavi—O Mädhavé; indivara—of
blue lotus flowers; malam—the garland; pekkhi-a—seeing; kali-a-
dahe—in Kaliya Lake; dittham—seen; danim—now; bhu-aìga—of
snakes; alim—the host; sumaranti—remembering; bhidamhi—I
became afraid.

Rädhä: (Aside) I must conceal the truth. (Openly) Mädhavé,

when I saw the garland of blue lotuses I remembered the many
snakes I saw today in Käliya lake and for a moment I was
overcome with fear.

nava-våndä; (svagatam) sädhu samädhänam idam.

svagatam—aside; sadhu—good; samadhanam—answer; idam—

this.

Nava-våndä: (Aside) Good answer!

rädhä: (svagatam) phuòam ta-e cce-a mutti-e nimmalla-mälä esä.

svagatam—aside; phudam—clearly; ta-e—of this; cce-a—certainly;

mutti-e—of the deity; nimmalla—the remnants of the offering; mala—
garland; esa—this.

•
205 •
 Rädhä: (Aside) This garland must have been offered to this
Deity.

mädhavé: sahi sacce mähavi-maëòavan gadu-a puppha-ià

avacinissaà.

sahi—O friend; sacce—Satyabhämä; mahavi—of jasmine flowers;

mandavam—to the pavillion; gadu-a—going; puppha-im—flowers;
avacinissam—I shall collect.

Mädhavé: Sakhi Satyabhämä, now I will go to the jasmine-

pavilion and pick flowers.

(tataù praviçati madhumaìgalenänugamyamänaù kåñëaù.)

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; madhumaìgalena—by

Madhumaìgala; anugamyamanaù—followed; kåñëaù—Kåñëa.

(Followed by Madhumaìgala, Kåñëa enters.)

kåñëah: (sodvegam)
kñaëäd eva kñuëëä bhavati vana-mälä malayaja-
dravälepaù çuñyan nipatati rajaù-saïcaya-nibhaù
visarpadbhir jvälair urasi ravikäntäkåtir asau
mamäntaù-santäpaà kalayati paraà kaustubha-maëiù

sa—with; udvegam—anxiety; kñaëat—in a moment; eva—certainly;

kñunna—wilted; bhavati—is; vana—of forest flowers; mala—the
garland; malayaja-drava—sandalwood paste; alepaù—ointment;
susyan—drying; nipatati—falls; rajaù—of dust; saïcaya—an
abundance; nibhaù—like; visarpadbhiù—spreading; jvalaiù—with
flames; urasi—on the chest; ravikanta—of a suryakanta jewel; akåtiù—
appearing; asau—this; mama—of Me; antaù—in the heart; santapam—
fire of suffering; kalayati—creates; param—greatly; kaustubha-maniù—
the Kaustubha jewel.

Kåñëa: (Anxious) Blazing like a sun-stone, this Kaustubha

jewel on My chest tortures My heart with rising fire of pain!
Within a moment My garland of forest flowers has wilted and My
sandalwood ointment dried and turned to dust.

•
206 •
 (iti savyataù prekñya) priya-vayasya kéyad düre sa våndäöavé.

iti—thus; savyataù—on the left; preksya—looking; priya—O dear;

vayasya—friend; kiyat—how?; dure—far; sa—this; våndä-atavi—forest
of Vrndävana.

(Glancing to the left.) Dear friend, how far is Våndävana forest?

madhumaìgala (sanskåtena)
sphuöac-caöula-campaka-prakara-rocir-ulläsiné
madottarala-kokilävali-kala-svarälapiné
maräla-gati-çäliné kalaya kåñëasärädhikä (ity ardhokte)

sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; sphuöat—blossoming; catula—sweet;

campaka—of campaka flowers; prakara—of the multitude; rociù—with
the splendor; ullasini—shining; mada—with joy; uttarala—trembling;
kokila—of cuckoos; avali—of the host; kala—sweet; svara—of the
sounds; alapini—speech; marala—of the swans; gati—the gait; salini—
possessing; kalaya—look!; kåñëasara—with black deer; adhika—filled;
iti—thus; ardha—in half; ukte—of the statement.

Madhumaìgala: She shines with a multitude of blooming sweet

campaka flowers, her voice trembles with joy in the form of the
melodious conversations of cuckoos, she is graceful with the
movements of swans. Look! She is beautiful with many black
deer... (He is interrupted in the middle of his words.)29

kåñëah: (sa-sambhramautsukyam) sakkhe kväsau kväsau.

sa—with; sambhrama—bewilderment; autsukyam—and eagerness;

sakhe—O friend; kva—where?; asau—is She; kva—where?; asau—is
She.

Kåñëa: (Bewildered and full of eagerness) Friend, where is She?

Where is She?

29
The word "kåñëasära-adhikä" was intended by Madhuamaìgala to mean "filled (adhika)
with black deer (kåñëasära)". Kåñëa, however, interpreted the words to be "kåñëa sä rädhikä",
which mean "O Kåñëa (kåñëa) this is (sä) Rädhikä (rädhikä)". What Madhumaìgala intended
to be a description of Våndävana forest, Kåñëa interpreted to be a description of Rädhä, and
He interrupted Madhumaìgala before he could finish.

•
207 •
 madhumaìgalaù: (aìgulyägre darçayan.)
puraù sphurati vallabha tava...

angulya—with a finger; agre—ahead; darsayan—pointing; puraù—

ahead; sphurati—is manifested; vallabha—beloved; tava—Your.

Madhumaìgala: (Pointing with his finger) Here is Your

beloved.

kåñëah: (sa-vaiyagryam) vayasya nähaà paçyami. tad asu me

darçaya. kva sä me rädhikä.

sa—with; vaiyagryam—bewilderment; vayasya—O friend; na—not;

aham—I; paçyami—see; tat—therefore; asau—at once; me—to Me;
darsaya—show; kva—where?; sa—She; me—My ; rädhikä—Radhika.

Kåñëa: (Bewildered) Friend, I don't see. At once show Her to

Me! Where is My Rädhikä?

madhumaìgalaù: ...mukunda våndäöavé.

mukunda—O Kåñëa; våndätavi—the forest of Vrndävana.

Madhumaìgala: Mukunda, I was describing Våndävana forest.

kåñëah: (parämåçya niçväsan) kathaà nämadheya-varëanam

äkarëanäd eva sarvänusandhäna-vidhuro 'smi. (iti parikramya)

paramåçya—pausing to reflect; nisvasan—sighing; katham—how is

it?; namadheya—of the name; varnanam—of the syllables; akarnanat—
from the hearing; eva—certainly; sarva—in all respects; anusandhana—
for searching; vidhuraù—agitated; asmi—I am; iti—thus; parikramya—
walking.

Kåñëa: (He reflects for a moment and then sighs.) Why is it that
simply by hearing the syllables of Her name I became
overwhelmed with the desire to find Her?

sarväìgénäm akuruta muhuù sä mamäkalpa-lakñmén

puñpair yasyäù parimala-bharodgäribhir gaura-gätré
agre seyam kusuma-dhanuñaù paçya bhalläyamänä

•
208 •
 mäm utphullä praharati ruvad-bhåìga-mallädya mallé

sarva—all; aìginam—of the limbs; akuruta—did; muhuù—

repeatedly; sa—She; mama—of Me; akalpa—of decoration; lakñmén—
the beauty; puñpaiù—with flowers; yasyäù—of whom; parimala—of the
fragrance; bhara—of the abundance; udgaribhiù—with the emanation;
gaura—golden; gatri—whose limbs; agre—in the presence; sa iyam—
She; kusuma-dhanusaù—of Kamadeva, who carries a bow of flowers;
paçya—look!; bhallayamana—shoots arrows; mam—Me; utphulla—
blossomed; praharati—attacks; ruvat—buzzing; bhrnga—bees; malla—
wrestler; adya—now; malli—the jasmine flower.

Golden complexioned Rädhä used to beautifully decorate all

My limbs with these fragrant malli flowers. Look! Now these same
flowers have become the sharp arrows of Kamadeva, and the
buzzing bees within them have turned into dangerous wrestlers.
Now both these arrows and wrestlers are violently attacking Me!

(parikramya)
mihira-duhitus téropänte sphuranti nirantarä
vratati-nikarair etäs täs tä mahéruha-räjayaù
kiçalaya-kulair yäsäà navyair alabhyata rädhikä-
çruti-parisare täòaìka-çré-viòambana-cäturé

parikramya—walking; mihira-duhituù—of the Yamuna river, the

daughter of the sun-god; tira-upante—on the shore; sphuranti—are
manifested; nirantara—thick; vratati—of creepers; nikaraiù—with
multitudes; etaù—they; taù—they; mahiruha—of trees; rajayaù—
multitudes; kisalaya—of blossoming twigs; kulaiù—with multitudes;
yasam—of which; navyaiù—new; alabhyata—is attained; rädhikä—of
Radhika; sruti-parisare—on the ear; tadanka—of the earrings; sri—of
the beauty; vidambana—imitation; caturi—skill.

(Walking) Covered by many blossoming vines and filled with

newly budding twigs, these trees on the Yamunä's shore expertly
imitate the beauty of Rädhä's earrings.

madhumaìgalaù: (sa-vismayam) va-assa ettha jovvaëe vi

vasantassa késa tal-lakkhaëaà ëatthi.

•
209 •
 sa—with; vismayam—wonder; va-assa—O friend; ettha—here;
jovvane—in youth; vi—although; vasantassa—of springtime; kisa—
why?; tat—of that; lakkhanam—characteristic; na—not; atthi—is.

Madhumaìgala: (Struck with wonder) Friend, although spring

is now in the prime of her youth, she does not show these signs...

kåñëah: sakkhe satyam ättha. tathä hi

ätanvanti pikäs tathä madhuliho väcamyamänäà vrataà
mäkandeñu darodgatä api jaòé-bhävaà bhajanty aìkuräù
ardhodgérëa-mukhäpy açoka-nikare viñkambhate maïjaré
kälindé-taöa-simni hanta kim iyaà suptä madhu-çrér abhüt

sakhe—O friend; satyam—the truth; attha—you speak; tathä hi—

furthermore; atanvanti—accept; pikaù—teh cuckoos; tathä—in the
same way; madhulihaù—the bees; vacamyamanam—of those who
follow a vow of silence; vratam—the vow; makandesu—on the mango
trees; dara—slightly; udgataù—manifested; api—even; jadi—of being
stunned; bhavam—the condition; bhajanti—have attained; ankurha—
the new sprouts; ardha—half; udgirna—opened; mukha—mouth; api—
even; asoka—of asoka trees; nikare—in the grove; viskambhate—
checks; maïjari—the blossoms; kalindi—of the Yamuna; tata-simni—
on the shore; hanta—indeed; kim—whether?; iyam—she; supta—
asleep; madhu—of spring; sriù—the goddess; abhut—has become.

Kåñëa: Friend, you speak the truth! The cuckoos and bees have
taken a vow of silence, and the new sprouts and buds on the
mango and açoka trees suddenly stopped growing. Has the
goddess of spring fallen asleep on the Yamunä's shore?

madhumaìgalaù: pekkha esä ka-e vi virahiëé-e vararavinda-vira-

ida sejjä.

pekkha—look!; esa—this; ka-e-vi—of some girl; virahini-e—

separated from her lover; vara—beautiful; aravinda—of lotus flowers;
vira-ida—of fashioned; sejja—bed.

Madhumaìgala: Look! Here is a bed of lotus flowers made by a

girl separated from her lover.

•
210 •
 kåñëah: nünam asyäù praëa-rakñaëäya sakhyä viñöambhiteyaà
vasanta-lakñméù.

nünam—indeed; asyäù—of her; praëa—of the life-breath;

akñaëaya—for the protection; sakhya—by the friend; viñöambhita—has
become stunned; vasanta—of spring; lakñméù—the goddess.

Kåñëa: You are right! Perhaps to save this girl's life, one of her
sakhis forced the goddess of spring to stop her influence.

(ity alokya sätaìkam)

çünya-kroòä niviòa-kamalaiù kalpitä talpa-vedé
nedéyasyäs tanu-laharibhiù çélitä heli-putryäù
aìga-jväla-paricaya-milan-murmurä marma-duùkha-
vyäkhyä-païjé mama dhiyam iyaà dhümrayanté dhunoti

iti—thus; alokya—looking; sa—with; atankam—anguish; sunya—

empty; kroda—in the middle; nivida—with many; kamalaiù—lotus
flowers; kalpita—fashioned; talpa-vedi—the bed; nediyasyäù—nearby;
tanu—gentle; laharibhiù—with waves; silita—made; heli-putryaù—of
the Yamuna River, the daughter of the sun-god; aìga—of the body;
jvala-paricaya—the fever; milat—meeting; murmura—blazing fire;
marma—of the heart; dukha—of sufferings; vyakhya-païji—the
catalogue; mama—My; dhiyam—intelligence; iyam—this;
dhumrayanti—emitting smoke; dhunoti—makes tremble.

(Looking, He becomes filled with anguish.) Fashioned with

many lotus flowers and sprinkled with the nearby Yamunä's
gentle waves, this empty bed sets My limbs on fire, tortures My
heart and makes My thoughts tremble!

madhumaìgalaù: edaà aggado ëi-uïja-sali-aà salahehi.

edam—this; aggado—ahead; ni-uïja—in the forest grove; sali-am—

the cottage; salahehi—praise.

Madhumaìgala: Now that You have glorified the bed You

should praise this forest bower.

•
211 •
 kåñëah: (parikramya sodgrivaà paçyan säçcaryam.) katham
äraëya-veça-dhäriëé hariëéyaà mad-aìga-pratimä. (iti sannidhäya)
nünam etayä çilpäcärya-kalä-kauçala-vivartena bhavitavyam.

parikramya—walking; sa—with; udgrivam—neck raised; paçyan—

looking; sa—with; äçcaryam—surprise; katham—how is it?; araëya—
suitable for a forest; vesa—dress; dharini—wearing; harini—charming;
iyam—this; mat—of Me; aìga—of the body; pratima—the deity form;
iti—thus; sannidhaya—coming near; nünam—certainly; etaya—by this;
silpa-acarya—of Visvakarma, the master of all artists; kala—the art;
kausala—expertness; vivartena—by the manifestation; bhavitavyam—
may be.

Kåñëa: (He walks. He walks and gazes eagerly, filled with

wonder.) Is this a charming Deity of Me decorated with forest
attire? (Kåñëa goes close to the Deity.) This must be the art of
Viçvakarmä, the master of all sculptors!

madhumaìgalah: (sa-kautukam) hi hi eso jevva appaëo pi-a-va-

assao ma-e cirado laddho. tumaà kkhu rä-indo ëa me bamhaëa-badu-
assa ahirubo. (iti nirékñya) pi-a-va-assa pekkha ka-e bi aëura-iëi-e sevä
kidatthi.

sa—with; kautukam—eagerness; hi—ha!; hi—ha!; eso—He; jevva—

indeed; appano—of the self; pi-a—dear; va-asso—friend; ma-e—by me;
cirado—after a long time; laddho—is attained; tumam—You; kkhu—
indeed; ra-indo—the king of kings; na—not; me—me; bamhana—a
brahmana; badu-assa—boy; ahirubo—like; iti—thus; nirékñya—
looking; pi-a—dear; va-assa—friend; pekkha—look; ka-e—by some; ka-
e bi—by some girl; anura-ini-e—filled with love; seva—service;
kidatthi—was performed.

Madhumaìgala: (Eagerly) Hee-hee! After a long time I have

found my dear friend! You are a great king, not a brähmaëa boy
like me. (Inspecting) Dear friend, look! Some girl has very
lovingly worshiped this Deity!

kåñëah: sakhe sädhu lakñitam.

asau vyasta-nyastä viçadayati mälä vivasatäà
vibhakteyaà carcä nayana-jala-våñöià kathayati
karotkampaà tasyä vadati tilakaà kuïcitam idaà

•
212 •
 kåçäìgyäù premäëaà varivasitam eva prathayati

sakhe—O friend; sadhu—well; laksita—observed; asau—this;

vyasta—scattered; nyasta—placed; visadayati—afflicts; mala—the
garland; vivasatam—the condition of being overwhelmed; vibhakta—
broken; iyam—this; carca—ointment; nayana—from the eyes; jala—of
tears; vrstim—shower; kathayati—tells; kara—of the hand;
utkampam—the trembling; tasyäù—of Her; vadati—speaks; tilakam—
the tilaka marking; kuncita—curved; idam—this; krsa-angyaù—of the
slender girl; premanam—pure love; varivasitam—service; eva—
certainly; prathayati—proclaims.

Kåñëa: Friend, you are right! A carelessly placed flower garland

proclaims that this girl was overwhelmed with emotions, a
broken sandalwood paste declares that she was crying a monsoon
of tears, and a crooked tilaka states that her hand was trembling.
The way this slender girl worshiped the Deity speaks of Her great
love!

(nepathye) ido ido pi-a-sahi.

nepathye—from behind the scenes; ido—this way; ido—this way; pi-

a—dear; sahi—friend.

A voice from behind the scenes: This way, dear sakhi. This
way.

kåñëah: sakhe nünam pratyasédanti mürter upäsikäs taruëyaù. tad

eñä mad-arcä kuïjäntare niveçyatäm. mayäsyäù suñöhu veça-
mädhurém uré-kåtya bimbosthénäà bhäva-niñöhäà niñöäìkayiñyata
vedéyam adhiñöheyä. (ity ubhau tathä kurutaù.)

sakhe—O friend; nünam—certainly; pratyasidanti—returning;

murteù—of the deity; upasikaù—worshipper; tarunyaù—the girl; tat—
therefore; esa—this; mat—My; arca—deity; kuïja—the forest grove;
antare—within; nivesyatam—should be placed; mayä—by Me; asyäù—
of it; susthu—nicely; vesa—of the decoration; madhurim—the
sweetness; uré-kåtya—accepting; bimba-osthinam—like Deity’s copy;
bhava—of love; nistham—the faith; niñöankayisyata—observing; vedi—
on the altar; iyam—this; adhistheya—should be stood; iti—thus;
ubhau—both; tathä—in that way; kurutaù—act.

•
213 •
 Kåñëa: Friend, now the girl who worshiped this Deity is
returning. Take the Deity into the forest. I will put on it's
charming decorations and stand on the altar, like it's copy, and
see the great love and faith of this girl! (They both act
accordingly.)

(tataù praviçati sakhébhyäm anugamyamänä rädhä.)

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; sakhibhyam—by two gopé-friends;

anugamyamana—followed; rädhä—Rädhä.

(Accompanied by two gopés, Rädhä enters.)

rädhä: (puro 'valokya sa-romäïcam) ammahe paòimä-e mähuré-

bhara-sahuda. jaà saccaà cce-a mähava-daàsara-camakkäraà
uppadedi.

puraù—ahead; avalokya—looking; sa—with; romaïcam—hairs

standing up; ammahe—ah!; padima-e—of the deity; mahuri—of
sweetness; bhara—abundance; sahuda—goodness; jam—because;
saccam—truth; cce-a—certainly; mahava—of Kåñëa; damsana—sight;
camakkaram—wonder; uppadedi—creates.

Rädhä: (She looks ahead and the hairs of Her body stand erect.)
Ah! The Deity is so sweetly handsome! It creates the same
wonderful feelings of directly seeing Mädhava!

bakulä: (janäntikam) ëa-a-vunde pekkha paòimä-e sundaram.

jana-antikam—only to Nava-våndä; na-a-vunde—O Nava-våndä;

pekkha—look; padima-e—of the deity; sundaram—at the
handsomeness.

Bakulä: (Aside to Nava-våndä) Nava-våndä, look at how

handsome the Deity is!

nava-våndä: (sa-smitam) mugdhe nünaà satyabhämä-

premonmädas tvayy api saïcakräma. yä harim eva pratimäà pratyeñi.

•
214 •
 sa—with; smitam—a smile; mugdhe—O bewildered girl; nünam—
certainly; satyabhämä—of Satyabhämä; prema—of love; unmada—the
madness; tvayi—in you; api—even; saïcakrama—has entered; ya—
which; harim—Kåñëa; eva—certainly; pratimam—the deity; pratyesi—
you believe.

Nava-våndä: (Smiling) O bewildered girl, Satyabhämä's love

madness has also entered you, and You also think that this Deity
is actually Hari.

kåñëah: (sa-vismayänandam) hanta keyaà cittäkarñiëé kalpa-latikä.

sa—with; vismaya—of wonder; änandam—the bliss; hanta—ah!;

ka—who?; iyam—this; citta—the heart; akarsini—attracting; kalpa-
latika—desire creeper.

Kåñëa: (Struck with wonder and bliss) Ah! Who is this wish-
fulfilling vine that attracts My heart?

(iti sautsukyam)
hådayäntara-sphurad-amanda-vedanä-
bhara-vävadüka-vadanämbhuja-dyutiù
nayanänta-täëòavita-néla-kuntalä
sudaté mad-akñi-padavéà prapadyate

iti—thus; sa—with; autsukyam—eagerness; hådaya—the heart;

antara—within; sphurat—manifesting; amanda—great; vedana—
torment; bhara—abundance; vavaduka—eloquent; vadana—face;
ambuja—lotus; dyutiù—splendor; nayana—of the eyes; anta—the
corner; tandavita—dancing; nila—black; kuntala—locks of hair; su-
dati—with beautiful teeth; mat—of Me; aksi—of the eyes; padavim—the
pathway; prapadyate—has attained.

(With great desire) This girl with beautiful teeth, curling locks
of black hair dancing at the corners of Her eyes, and a shining
lotus face eloquently proclaiming the great torment in Her heart,
now entered the pathway of My eyes!

(punar nibhalya camatkäram.) hanta hanta kathaà saiveyaà me

präëa-vallabhä rädhä. (ity açru-dhäräm avärayan sa-vimarñam.)

•
215 •
 punaù—again; nibhalya—looking; camatkäram—wonder; hanta—
ah!; hanta—ah!; katham—whether?; sa—She; eva—certainly; iyam—this
girl; me—of Me; praëa—to the life; vallabha—most dear; rädhä—
Rädhä; iti—thus; asru—of tears; dharam—a flood; avarayan—
concealing; sa—with; vimarsam—reflection.

(Looks again and becomes struck with wonder.) Ah! Ah! Is this
Rädhä, who is more dear to Me than My own life? (Struggling to
check a flood of tears, He reflects.)

akalpi sura-çilpinä parikalayya mäyä-mayé

sukhäya mama rädhikä dhruvam amanda-våndävane
bhaved iha kuçasthalé-nagara-nétibhir durgame
mamäntar-avarodhane kva nu tadéya-sambhävanä

akalpi—created; sura-silpina—by Visvakarma, the sculptor of the

demigods; parikalayya—considering; mayä-mayi—illusory; sukhaya—
for the pleasure; mama—of Me; rädhikä—a Radhika; dhruvam—
certainly; amanda—beautiful; våndävana—in this Vrndävana; bhavet—
may be; iha—here; kusasthali—of Dvaraka; nagara—of the city;
nitibhiù—by the arrangements; durgame—difficult to enter; mama—of
Me; antaù—within; avarodhane—private place; kva—where?; nu—
indeed; tadiya—of Her; sambhavana—the existance.

This girl must be an illusory Rädhikä the celestial sculptor

Viçvakarmä made to bring Me some happiness in this beautiful
Våndävana! Otherwise how could She pass through the
fortifications of Dvärakä and come to this secluded place?

rädhä: (kåñëa-mukhendum avalokya) hanta hanta

ëibbharukkaëöhidä-e mama muddhattaëaà jaà go-indassa paòimäà
jevva go-indaà maëëemi. (iti säçru-dhäram aïjalià baddhvä.) a-i
padibimba avi kià tumha bimbassa amburuha-lo-aëassa kallaëaà.

kåñëa—of Kåñëa; mukha—of the face; indum—the moon;

avalokya—gazing; hanta—ah!; hanta—ah! nibbhar—great;
ukkaëöhida—with yearëing; mama—of Me; muddhattanam—
bewilderment; jam—because; go-indassa—o Govinda; padimam—the
statue; jevva—certainly; go-indam—Govinda; mannemi—I consider;
iti—thus; sa—with; asru—of tears; dharam—a flood; aïjalim
baddhva—folding Her hands; a-i—O; padibimba—reflection of Kåñëa;

•
216 •
avi kim—whether?; tumha—of You; bimbassa—of the reflected object;
amburuha-lo-anassa—of the lotus-eyed Kåñëa; kallanam—happiness.

Rädhä: (Gazing at Kåñëa's moonlike face) Ah! Ah! Because I am

filled with such a strong desire, I am bewildered and think that
this Deity is Govinda Himself! (Crying a stream of tears, She folds
Her hands and says) O reflection, is the real lotus-eyed Kåñëa
happy now?

kåñëah; (solläsam) ayi mäyä-yantra-mayé rädhike satyam idäném

eva kåñëaù kñemé. yad iyam sarva-mudrayä taà lokottaram anukurvati
tvam asya kñemaà påcchasi.

sa—with; ullasam—happiness; ayi—O; mayä-yantra-mayi—O

illusion created by magic; radhike—O Radhika; satyam—in truth;
idanim—now; eva—certainly; kåñëaù—Kåñëa; kñemi—is happy; yat—
because; iya—Her; sarva—all; mudraya—with characteristics; tam—
Her; loka-uttaram—extraordinary; anukurvati—imitating; tvam—You;
asya—of Him; kñeman—the welfare; prcchasi—inquire.

Kåñëa: (Joyfully) O illusion of Rädhikä created by magical

spells! Kåñëa is indeed very happy at this moment, because You,
whose features exactly resembling the extraordinary features of
Rädhä, are now asking about His welfare!

rädhä: (sa-camatkäram) sähu ëa-a-vunde. sähu sähu. ja-e sippa-

kala-kusala-e nimmida padimavi edaà kià pi mahuraà vaharedi.

sa—with; camatkäram—wonder; sahu—well done!; na-a-vunde—

Nava-våndä; sahu—well done; sahu—well done; ja-e—by which;
sippa—of sculpture; kala—artistry; kusala-e—with expertness;
nimmida—created; padima—a statue; vi—even; kim pi—something;
mahuram—sweet; vaharedi—may speak.

Rädhä: (Astonished) Wonderful, Nava-våndä! Wonderful! This

statue is so expertly crafted, that it is even able to speak so sweet
words!

kåñëah: aho gandharva-puränukäriëo 'pi mäyä-gandharva-

näöyasya käpi cira-camatkära-käritä yad atra mamäpy äbadhiteva
rädhä pratibhäsate.

•
217 •
 aho—ah!; gandharva-pura—a mirage; anukarinaù—like; api—
even; mayä-gandharva-natyasya—of magic; ka api—something; cira—
for a long time; camatkära—wonder; karita—done; yat—in whom;
atra—here; mama—of Me; api—even; abadhita—without restraint;
rädhä—Rädhä; pratibhasate—is appeared.

Kåñëa: Ah! This magical mirage is so wonderful, as if Rädhä

Herself appeared in this place!

rädhä: (sänandädbhutaà sanskåtena)

varo dhinvan ghräëam parimilati so 'yaà parimalo
ghana-çyämä seyaà dyuti-vitatir äkarñati dåçau
svaraù so 'yam dhéras taralayati karëau mama baläd
aho govindasya prakåtim upalabdhä pratikåtiù

sa—with; änanda—bliss; adbhutam—and wonder; sanskåtena—in

Sanskrit; varaù—excellent; dhinvan—delighting; ghraëam—the nose;
parimilati—touches; sah ayam—this; parimalaù—fragrance; ghana—as
a cloud; çyäma—dark; sa iyam—this; dyuti—of splendor; vitatiù—
expansion; akarsati—attracts; dåçau—the eyes; svaraù—sound; sah
iyam—this; dhiraù—charming; taralayati—causes to tremble; karnau—
ears; mama—My; balat—forcibly; aho—ah!; govindasya—of Kåñëa;
prakåtim—the nature; upalabdha—has attained; pratikåtiù—the Deity.

Rädhä: (Jubilant and struck with wonder) The sweet fragrance

of this Deity delights My nose! It's splendid color, dark as a
monsoon cloud, attracts My eyes! The charming words spoken by
this Deity make My ears tremble with happiness! Ah! This statue
is exactly like Govinda Himself!

(iti käkuà kurvaté.) a-i kaëha-paòime esä cadu-kodihià bhikkkhedi.

rähi. evvaà cce-a jaìgami-bhavi-a ciraà suhavehi santäba-jajjaraà
déna-e lo-anam.

iti—thus; kakum—plaintive words; kurvati—doing; a-i—O; kanha—

of Kåñëa; padime—statue; esa—this; cadu—of sweet words; kodihim—
with millions; bhikkhedi—begs; tahi—Rädhä; evvam—in this way; cce-
a—certainly; jaìgami—moving; bhavi-a—becoming; ciram—for a long
time; suhavehi—please give pleasure; santaba—with pain; jajjaram—
wounded; dina-e—of the poor girl; lo-anam—the eyes.

•
218 •
 (In a plaintive voice) O statue of Kåñëa, this Rädhä begs You
with millions of sweet words, please become a living, moving
person and give some happiness to the eyes of this pain-filled
poor girl!

kåñëah: hanta våndäraka-vardhake diñöyä samvardhito 'smi. (iti

bäñpa-dhäräà vitanoti.)

hanta—O; våndäraka—of the statue; vardhake—O sculptor; diñöyä-

by good fortune; samvardhitaù— delighted; asmi—I have become; iti—
thus; bäñpa—of tears; dharam—a stream; vitanoti—manifests.

Kåñëa: O creator of this illusion, you made Me very happy! (He

cries a stream of tears.)

nava-våndä: sakhi celäïcalenäpasaryatäà priya-mukhämbhojäd

bäñpämbu-dhärä.

sakhi—O friend; cela—of the garment; aïcalena—with the edge;

apasaryatam—should be removed; priya—of Your beloved; mukha—of
the face; ambhojat—from the lotus flower; bäñpa-ambu—of tears;
dhara—the stream.

Nava-våndä: Sakhi, wipe the tears from Your beloved's lotus

face with the edge of Your garments.

(rädhä säpatrapaà tathä karoti.)

rädhä—Rädhä; sa—with; apatrapam—shyness; tathä—in that way;

karoti—acts.

(Rädhä shyly does that.)

nava-våndä: (svagatam) katham asau mädhavo rädhikäìga-sparça-

saukhyena stimitäkño bhavan påñöhäçrita-kadamba-stambham
älambate.

svagatam—aside; katham—how is it?; asau—this; mädhavaù—

Kåñëa; rädhikä—of Radhika; aìga—of the body; sparsa—of the touch;
saukhyena—by the happiness; stimita—filled with tears; akñaù—whose

•
219 •
eyes; bhavan—being so; prstha—behind; asrita—resting; kadamba—of
a kadamba tree; stambham—the trunk; alambate—rests.

Nava-våndä: (Aside) This statue of Mädhava feels intense

happiness by the touch of Rädhä's body. The statue's eyes are
filled with tears, and it now leans against the kadamba tree behind
it. How are these things possible?

rädhä: haddhé haddhé sähävi-aà dhammaà gada paòimä. (iti

mürchati.)

haddhi—Ah!; haddhi—Ah!; sahavi-am—the original person;

dhammam—the nature; gada—has attained; padima—the statue; iti—
thus; murchati—She faints.

Rädhä: Ah! Ah! The statue has come to life! (She faints.)

(nepathye saìkula-dhvaniù.)

nepathye—behind the scenes; sankula—tumultous; dhvaniù—

sound.

(A tumultous sound comes from behind the scenes.)

bakulä: (sävegam) ëa-a-vunde kadhaà eso sasaìkaà

vikkosantaëaà kalaviëaà kalavo viddavadi.

sa—with; avegam—excitement and hurry; na-a-vunde—O Nava-

våndä; kadham—why?; eso—this; sa—with; çaìkam—fear;
vikkosantanam—crying; kalavinam—of peacocks; kalavo—the
multitude; viddavadi—runs.

Bakulä: (Agitated) Nava-våndä, why are the peacocks fleeing

and crying in fear?

nava-våndä: nünaà vidarbha-nandiné våndävanaà prapede.

tadéya-pariväräëäà maïjéra-siïjitena çaìkita-maräla-kulotkärñaù
kaläpinaù paläyante. tad itas türëaà tvayä satyäpasaryatäm.

nünam—certainly; vidarbha—of the king of Vidarbha; nandini—the

daughter (Rukmiëé); våndävanam—Vrndävana; prapede—has entered;

•
220 •
tadiya—of her; parivaraëam—of the associates; maïjira—of the ankle-
bells; sinjitena—by the tinkling sounds; sankita—feared; marala—of
swans; kula—peacocks; palayante—flee; tat—therefore; itaù—from this
place; türëam—quickly; tvayä—by you; satya—Satyabhämä;
apasaryatam—should be taken.

Nava-våndä: Rukmiëé must have come to Våndävana with her

sakhis, who wear tinkling bells on their ankles. Thinking the
tinkling sounds are warblings of the swans, the peacocks are now
fleeing. You must quickly take Satyabhämä away from this place!

bakulä: sahu mantesi. (iti mürchitäm eva rädhäm aìgé-kåtya

niñkräntä.)

sahu—well; mantesi—you speak; iti—thus; murchitam—the fainted;

eva—certainly; rädhäm—Rädhä; aìgé-kåtya—taking; niñkränta—exits.

Bakulä: You are right. (She takes up the fainted Rädhä and
exits.)

madhumaìgalaù: (nikuïjan nihsåtya) accari-aà accari-aà. bho pi-

a-va-assa saccaà cce-a paòimä-ruvosi.

nikuïjat—from the forest; nihsrtya—coming; accari-am—

wonderful!; accari-am—wonderful!; bho—O; pi-a—dear; va-assa—
friend; saccam—in truth; cce-a—certainly; padima—of a statue; ruvo—
the form; si—You are.

Madhumaìgala: (Emerging from the forest) Amazing!

Amazing! O dear friend, You really have become a motionless
statue!

kåñëah: (puro dåñöim prakñipan.) hanta hanta katham lénä babhüva

sadyas tvañöré çilpamayä. (iti camatkäram abhinéya.) navavånde bhüyo
'pi kim iyaà prastotuà çakyate jagad-vismäpiné käpi mäyä.

puraù—ahead; dåñöim—glance; praksipan—casting; hanta—alas!;

hanta—alas!; katham—where?; lina—disappeared; babhuva—has;
sadyaù—at once; tvastri—of Visvakarma; silpamayä—the statue; iti—
thus; camatkäram—wonder; abhiniya—representing dramatically;
navavrnde—O Nava-våndä; bhuyaù—again; api—also; kim—whether?;

•
221 •
iyam—this; prastotum—to manifest; sakyate—is able; jagat—the
universe; vismapini—filling with wonder; ka api—something; mayä—
creation of magic.

Kåñëa: (Looks ahead) Ah! Where has the illusory creation of

Viçvakarmä gone? (He is filled with wonder.) Nava-våndä, can you
bring back this magical statue that has amazed the whole world?

nava-våndä: atha kim.

atha kim— certainly.

Nava-våndä: Yes.

kåñëah: (sotkaëöham) sakhi türëam apanéyatäm.

sa—with; utkaëöham—eagerness; sakhi—O friend; türëam—at

once; apaniyatam—should be brought.

Kåñëa: (Eagerly) O friend, please bring this statue quickly!

nava-våndä: deva yato 'ham vidravanté cakraväkéva bibhemi seyaà

sannikåñöä devé candrikä. (iti niñkräntä.)

deva—O Lord; yataù—from whom; aham—I; vidravanti—fleeing;

cakravaki—a cakravaki bird; iva—like; bibhemi—I fear; sa iyam—she;
sannékñrsta—near; devi—queen; candrika—moonlight; iti—thus;
niñkräntaù—exits.

Nava-våndä: My Lord, Queen Rukmiëé is approaching. I am

afraid of her, and therefore I will flee from here as the cakraväké
bird flees moonlight.

(tataù praviçati saha-parijanä candrävalé.)

tataù—then; praviçati—enters; saha—with; parijana—associates;

candrävalé—Candrävalé.

(Accompanied by her friends, Candrävalé enters.)

•
222 •
 candrävalé: sahi ajja ajja-utteëa hä rähi hä rähi tti savvaà cce-a
rattià siviëa-idaà.

sahi—O friend; ajja—today; ajja-uttena—by my husband; ha—O;

rahi—Rädhä; ha—O; rahi—Rädhä; tti—thus; savvam—the whole; cce-
a—certainly; rattim—night; sivina-idam—spoke in His sleep.

Candrävalé: Sakhi, my husband spent all of last night calling

out "O Rädhä! O Rädhä!" in His sleep.

mädhavé: ëüëaà siviëa-daàsana-vikkhohidaà attaëa-aà

viëodeduà eso vundä-aëaà pa-ittho.

nünam—certainly; sivina—in a dream; damsana—the sight;

vikkhohidam—upset; attana-am—heart; vinodedum—to please; eso—
He; vunda-anam—in Vrndävana; pa-ittho—has entered.

Mädhavé: Kåñëa's heart must be upset by something He saw in

last night's dream. He must have entered Vrndävana forest to
console His unhappy heart.

mädhavé: pekkha bhaööi-däri-e äggado ëi-uïje bhaööä.

pekkha—look!; bhatti-dari-e—O princess; aggado—arrived; ni-

uïje—in the forest grove; bhatta—your husband.

O princess, look! Your husband has come to this forest-grove.

candrävalé: (säci samékñya.) halä jaà vundä-anevé eso upphulla-aro

vilo-i-adi. tä takkemi a-uruvvaà kià pi rasantaraà laddho.

saci—crookedly; samékñya—looking; hala—Oh!; jam—because;

vunda-ane—in Vrndävana; vi—even; eso—He; upphulla—blossoming
with happiness; a-aro—whose body; vilo-i-adi—is seen; ta—therefore;
takkemi—I may conjecture; a-uruvvam—unprecedented; kim pi—
something; rasa—sweetness; antaram—another; laddho—has attained.

Candrävalé: (Gazing with crooked eyes) I can see that He is very

happy in this Vrndävana forest. I think He must have tasted some
sweet nectar He did not know before.

•
223 •
 mädhavé: (nibhalya) bhaööi-däri-e phuòaà saìgadä sä hariëé
saccabhämä.

nibhalya—looking; bhatti-dari-e—O princess; phudam—clearly;

saìgada—met; sa—She; harini—charming; saccabhama—Satyabhämä.

Mädhavé: (Looking) O princess, He must have met charming

Satyabhämä.

candrävalé: sahi saccaà saccaà. jaà imassa aìge so jevva ma-e-

pesido divva-pariccha-o. tä gadu-a tattaà janissaà. (ity upasåtya) ja-
adu ja-adu ajja-utto.

sahi—O friend; saccam—it is true; saccam—it is true; jam—because;

imassa—of Him; ange—on the body; so—this; jevva—certainly; ma-e—
by men; pesido—sent; divva—celestial; paricchado—cloth; ta—
therefore; gadu-a—going; tattam—the truth; janissam—I shall.

Candrävalé: O sakhi, it is true! On His body is the same celestial

cloth I gave to Satyabhämä. I will approach Him and learn the
truth. (She approaches.) All glories, all glories to my husband!

kåñëah: (sävahittham) priye diñöyädya samaye våndävanam

upalabdhäsi.

sa—with; avahittham—concealing His real feelings; priye—O

beloved; diñöyä—by good fortune; adya—today; samaye—at this time;
våndävanam—Vrndävana; bupalabdha—obtained; asi—you are.

Kåñëa: (Concealing His real feelings.) Beloved! How fortunate

that you have come to Vrndävana at this time!

candrävalé: (kåñëam paçyanti säçcaryam apavarya sanskåtena.)

sphurati madhurimormiù sphaåam äraëya-veçaà
kam api jagad-apürvaà bibhrato mädhavasya
kalayati sakhi tåptià nedam érñya-bhujäìgi-
kavalitam api yatra prekñyamäne mano me

kåñëam—at Kåñëa; paçyanti—gazing; sa—with; äçcaryam—wonder;

apavarya—aside; sanskåtena—in Sanskrit; sphurati—is manifest;
madhurim—of sweetness; urmiù—waves; spharam—wide; araëya—in

•
224 •
the forest; vesam—with dress; kam api—something; jagat—in the world;
apurram—never seen before; bibhrataù—manifesting; mädhavasya—
of Kåñëa; kalayati—sees; sakhi—O friend; trptim—happiness; na—not;
idam—this; irsya—of jealous anger; bhujaìgi—by the snake;
kavalitam—bitten; api—even; yatra—where; prekñyämana—being
seen; manaù—heart; me—my.

Candrävalé: (Gazing at Kåñëa, she become struck with wonder

and whispers to Mädhavé) O sakhi! Now that He is decorated with
this forest attire, Mädhava shows great waves of sweetness never
seen in this world! Still, bitten by the snake of jealous anger, my
heart cannot become happy, even by gazing at Him.

(iti smitaà kåtvä.) de-a ëaviëa-paëa-iëi-saìgama-mahusaveëa

diööhi-ä papphurasi.

iti—thus; smitam—a smile; kåtvä—doing; de-a—O Lord; navina—

new; pana-ini—of the lover; saìgama—of the association;
mahusavena—with the great festival; ditthi-a—by good fortune;
papphurasi—trembling with happiness.

(Smiling) O Lord, by good fortune, having obtained a great

festival of association with Your new beloved, you are now
shining with happiness!

kåñëah: (vihasya) priye pracéna-praëayinéti bhaëyatäm.

vihasya—laughing; priye—O beloved; pracina—old; praëayini—

lover; iti—thus; bhanyatam—should be said.

Kåñëa: (Laughing) Beloved, it's better to say "old beloved".

candrävalé: (sa-çaìkam) kä kkhu pa-iëa-pana-iëé.

sa—with; çaìkam—doubt; ka—who?; kkhu—indeed; pa-ina—old;

pana-ini—lover.

Candrävalé: (Suspicious) Who is this "old beloved?"

kåñëah: priye ma kuru çaìkam. våndävana-latälir eva. näparä.

•
225 •
 priye—O beloved; ma—don't; kuru—do; çaìkam—suspicion;
våndävana—of Vrndävana forest; lata—of creepers; aliù—the host;
eva—certainly; na—not; apara—anything else.

Kåñëa: Beloved, please don't be suspicious! These vines of

Vrndävana forest are my "old lover", and no one else.

mädhavé: saccaà bhaëadi bhaööä jaà våndä-aëa-kappa-ladä-e

uvanidä esä mälä.

saccam—the truth; bhanadi—speaks; bhatta—the lord; jam—

because; vuna-ana—of Vrndävana; kappal-lada-e—by the desire-
creeper; uvanida—brought; esa—this; mala—garland of flowers.

Mädhavé: Your husband speaks the truth. The desire vine gave
Him this flower garland.

kåñëah: mädhavé mä mudhä çaìka-kalaìkena kilaìkayä

viçuddhaà candrävalém. yad iyam mälä madhumaìgala-kalä-
kauçala-säkñät-kåtiù.

mädhavé—O Mädhavé; ma—don't; mudha—uselessly; çaìka—of

suspicious; kalankena—with the dirt; kila—indeed; ankaya—mark;
visuddham—pure; candrävalém—Candrävalé; yat—because; iyam—
this; mala—garland; madhumaìgala—of Madhumaìgala; kala—of art;
kausala—by the skill; sakñat-kåtiù—manifestation.

Kåñëa: Mädhavé, don't unnecesarily mark pure-hearted

Candrävalé with the black spot of these suspicions. This garland
was made by Madhumaìgala's artistic skill.

candrävalé: (säküöa-smitam) ajja mahumaìgala edaà kosumbhaà

ambaraà vi tumha kala-kosalaà.

sa—with; akuta—a meaningful; smitam—smile; ajja—O noble;

mahumaìgala—Madhumaìgala; edam—this; kosumbham—red;
ambaram—garment; vi—indeed; tumha—of you; kala—of art;
kosalam—the skill.

Candrävalé: (With a meaningful smile) O noble Madhumaìgala,

is this red garment also the product of your artistic skill?

•
226 •
 kåñëah: (svagatam) nünaà devyä dåñöa-pürvo 'yaà paricchadah.
(prakäçam) devi vana-devyä mamedam upahäré-kåtam.

svagatam—aside; nünam—indeed; devya—by the queen; dåñöa—

seen; pürvaù—before; ayam—this; paricchadaù—garment;
prakäçam—openly; devi—O queen; vana—of the forest; devya—by the
goddess; mama—of Me; idam—this; upaharé-kåtam—was given.

Kåñëa: (Aside) She must have seen this garment before.

(Openly) My queen, the goddess of this forest gave this cloth to
Me!

kåñëah: devi nemaà såaddhehi mädhavéyam aléka-väcam.

devi—O queen; na—not; imam—this; sraddhehi—you should

believe; mädhavéyam—of Mädhavé; alika—lying; vacam—statement.

My queen, don't believe Mädhavé's false words.

candrävalé: mähavi sahi-e sarassa-i-e gahida-pakkhamhi samvuttä.

mahavi—O Mädhavé; sahi-e—my friend; sarassa-i-e—by Sarasvati,

the goddess of truth; gahida—taken; pakkha—the side; amhi—I;
amvutta—am.

Candrävalé: O Mädhavé, Sarasvaté, the goddess of truth has

come on my side.30

kåñëah: (svagatam) kathaà sva-giraiva nigåhéto 'smi devyä.

svagatam—aside; katham—how?; sva—own; gira—with words;

eva—certainly; nigåhétaù—attacked; asmi—I am; devya—by My queen.

Kåñëa: (Aside) Even with My own words My queen attacks Me!

candrävalé: kaëha (ity ardhokte sa-lajjam.) ajja-utta.

30
This is a reference to previous speech, where the ambiguous word "mädhavéyam" may
mean either "of Mädhavé", or "of Mädhava (Kåñëa)." If the second meaning is accepted, then
Kåñëa may be understood to have said "My queen, don't believe Kåñëa's lies." In the present
statement Candrävalé claims that the goddess of truth forced Kåñëa to admit He was lying.

•
227 •
 kanha—Kåñëa!; iti—thus; ardha—half; ukte—in the statement; sa—
with; lajjam—embarrassment; ajja-utta—O my husband.

Candrävalé: Kåñëa! (She stops in the middle of her words, and

then, embarrassed, says) O noble husband...

kåñëah: (sänanda-smitan) priye diñöyä sudhä-dhäräà payito 'smi.

tad alam aryä-putreti küpämbunä.

sa—with; änanda—bliss; smitam—a smile; priye—O beloved;

diñöyä—by good fortune; sudha—of sweet nectar; dharam—a flood;
payitaù—caused to drink; asmi—I am; tat—therefore; alam—what is the
use?; arya-putra—O noble husband; iti—thus; kupa—of a well;
ambuna—of the water.

Kåñëa: (With a blissful smile) Beloved, by good fortune you

have given Me a flood of sweet nectar to drink. What is the use of
this well-water of "O noble husband"?31

candrävalé: ajja-utta attaëo hi-a-aìgameëa paëa-ina jaëeëa

samaà sacchandaà viharehi. esahaà ante-ure pavisami. (iti sa-
parivärä niñkräntä.)

ajja-utta—O noble husband; attano—of the self; hi-a-aìgamena—

in the heart; pana-iva—love; janena—the person; samam—with;
sacchandam—as You like; viharehi—You may enjoy pastimes; esa
aham—I; ante-ure—in the inner apartments of the palace; pavisami—
shall enter; iti—thus; sa—with; parivara—her friend; niñkränta—exits.

Candrävalé: O noble husband, now You may enjoy pastimes

with this lover so dear to Your heart. I am going into the palace.
(Accompanied by her friend, she exits.)

kåñëah: sakhe suñöhu kañöam äpatitaà yad adya devé ruñöä.

sakhe—O friend; susthu—greatly; kastam—a calamity; apatitam—

has fallen; yat—because; adya—now; devi—My queen; rusta—is angry.

Kåñëa: Friend, this is very sad. My queen is angry.

31
Kåñëa prefers Candrävalé's angry words to her sweet politeness.

•
228 •
 madhumaìgalaù: mä evvaà bhaëa. jaà de-i-e rosassa padaà kià
pi ëa lakkhidaà.

ma—don't; evvam—in this way; bhana—speak; jam—because; de-i-

e—by the queen; rosassa—of anger; padam—the condition; kim pi—
anything; na—not; lakkhidam—was seen.

Madhumaìgala: Don't say like that. I did not see that the queen
was angry.

kåñëah: sakhe güòha-roñä hi manasvinyaù. tathä hi

sakhe—O friend; gudha—concealed; rosa—anger; hi—indeed;

manasvinyaù—of a thoughtful girl; tathä-hi—furthermore.

Kåñëa: Friend, an intelligent girl will hide her anger.

•
229 •
 Pastimes in New Våindävana

(tataù praviçati kåñëaù.)

kåñëaù:
carcäà siïcati çoñayaty api mitho vispardhaye väsa-kån
netra-dvandvaà uraç ca yad virahato bäñpäyamänaà mama
hanta svapna-çate 'pi durlabhatara-prekñotsavä preyasé-
präpyotsaìgam atarkitaà mama kathaà sä rädhikä vartate

tataù - then; praviçati - enters; kåñëaù - Kåñëa; carcam - ointment;

sincati - sprinkles; sosayati - dries; api - also; mithaù - mutually;
vispardhaye - for rivalry; vasa-kåt - fragrant ; netra - of eyes; dvandvam
- pair; uraù - chest; ca - and; yat - of whom; virahataù - from the
separation; baspayamanam - filled with tears; mama - My; hanta - alas!;
svapna - of dreams; sate - in hundreds; api - even; durlabhatara - very
difficult to achive; prekña - of the sight; utsava - the festival; presyasi - of
the beloved; präpya - attaining; utsaìgam - the embraced; atarkitam -
unexpected; mama - of Me; katham - whether?; sa - She; rädhikä -
Radhika; vartate - is.

Kåñëa: (Enters) Because of the pain of separation from My

beloved, My eyes bathe My chest in tears, moistening the fragrant
sandal paste ointment there. Burning with the pain of separation
from Her, My chest then dries that moistened sandal paste. In this
way My eyes and chest are engaged in a fierce battle over that
sandal paste. Ah! Even in hundreds of dreams I cannot attain the
rare festival of the sight of My beloved! One day will My Rädhikä
unexpectedly come here and delight Me with a sudden embrace?

(tataù praviçati mädhavyopäsyamänä candrävalé.)

candrävalé: halä mähavi eso uvasappdi ajja-utto a uvaëehi taà sura-
so-andhi-a-mäli-äà.

tataù - then; praviçati - enters; mädhavya - by Mädhavé; upaçyamana

- attended; candrävalé - Candrävalé; hala - O; mahavi - Mädhavé; eso -
He; uvasappadi - approaches; ajja-utto - my noble husband; ta -
therefore; uvanehi - please bring; tam - that; sura-so-andhi-a - of sura-
saugandhika flowers; mali-am - garland.

(Attended by Mädhavé, Candrävalé enters.)

•
230 •
 Candrävalé: Mädhavé, my noble husband comes. Bring the
garland of sura-saugandhika flowers.

kåñëaù: (upasåtya)
tvaà pakña-päta-vaicitryäd
ekäpy äkramya sarvataù
devi mac-citta-käsäre
räja-haàséva räjasi

upasåtya - approaching; tvam - you; pakña - of the wings; pata -

falling; vaicitryat - from the wonder; eka - alone; api - even; akramya -
arriving; sarvataù - in all respects; devi - O queen; mat - of Me; citta - of
the heart; kasare - in the lake; raja-hamsi - a regal swan; iva - like; rajasi
- you are splendidly manifest.

Kåñëa: (Approaches) O queen, you are like a beautiful regal

swan that wonderfully spreads its wings in the lake of My heart!

(iti devéà paçyan)

api nocchvaçituà kñamate
kñaëaà apy anyatra man-manaù kväpi
tvayi rati-dhuraà yad uccair
vahate gauravavatéà gauré

iti - thus; devim - at the queen; paçyan - looking; api - indeed; na -

not; ucchvasitum - to keep the breath of life; kñamate - is able; kñaëam -
for a moment; api - even; anyatra - somewhere else; mat - y; manaù -
heart; kva api - somewhere; tvayi - for You; rati - of love; dhuram - an
abundance; yat - because; uccaiù - greatly; vahate - carries;
gauravavatim - great; gauri - O fair-complexioned girl.

(He glances at Rukmiëé) O fair-complexioned one, My heart is

deeply in love with you! My heart cannot live even for a moment
without you!

candrävalé: (malam ädäya) ajja-utta esä kotthuhassa saha-vasiëé

hodu. (iti vakñasi vinyasyati.)

malam - the garland; ädäya - taking; ajja-utta - O noble husband; esa

- this; kotthuhassa - of the Kaustubha jewel; saha-vasini - the companion

•
231 •
living in the same house; hodu - may become; iti - thus; vakñasi - on the
chest; vinyasyati - places.

Candrävalé: (Takes the garland) Noble husband, may this

garland become the wife of Your Kaustubha jewel. (She places the
garland on His chest.)

kåñëaù:
sundaräìgi bhavadéya-mandire
medure mad-urasi srajaà vinä
tathyaà eva bhavituà na kalpate
kaustubhena saha-väsiné parä
(candrävalé sa-lajjaà namri-bhavati.)

sundara - beautiful; angi - whose limbs; bhavadiya - of you; mandire

- in the temple; medure - broad; mat - My; urasi - on the chest; srajam -
the garland; vina - without; tathyam - in truth; eva - certainly; bhavitum
- to exist; na - not; kalpante - is able; kaustubhena - with the Kaustubha
jewel; saha-vasini - wife; para - another; candrävalé - Candrävalé; sa -
with; lajjam - embarrassment; namri-bhavati - bows her head.

Kåñëa: O beautiful girl, My broad chest is a palatial home for

you. In the palace of My chest the Kaustubha jewel resides with
your garland as his wife. In truth, he can take no other wife!
(Embarrassed Candrävalé bows her head.)

kåñëaù: (päëim abhimåçya sädaram)

tapasvinéà dhyana-paräà samikñituà
kåta-vrataù sämprataà asmi käm api
ahëäya tatränumati-pradänataù
satyänvitaà kuìkuma-gauri mäà kuru

panim - the hand; abhimrsya - touching; sa - with; adaram - affection

and respect; tapasvinim - ascetic; dhyana - to meditation; param -
devoted; samikñitum - to see; kåta-vrataù - promised; samprata - now;
asmi - I am; kam api - to someone; ahnaya - for a day; tatra - there;
anumati - permission; pradanataù - by giving; satya - truth; anvitam -
possessing; kuìkuma-gauri - O girl whose complexion is as fair as
kuìkuma; mam - Me; kuru - please make.

•
232 •
 Kåñëa: (With love and respect He touches her hand) Today I
have promised to visit a certain ascetic woman, who is
continually engaged in meditation on the Supreme Lord. Please
give Me permission to visit her today. O girl whose complexion is
as fair as kuìkuma, please allow Me to keep My promise to her!

candrävalé: jadhahi-ro-adi ajja-uttassa

jadha - as; adhi-ro-adi - it pleases; ajja-uttassa - my noble

husband.

Candrävalé: As it pleases my noble husband.

kåñëaù: (svagatam) nirätaìko 'smi. tan nava-våndävanaà prayämi.

(iti niñkräntaù.)

svagatam - aside; nirataìkaù - free from obstacles; asmi - I am; tat -

therefore; nava-våndävanam - to New Våndävana; prayämi - I shall go;
iti - thus; niñkräntaù - He exits.

Kåñëa: (Aside) The obstacle is broken. Now I will go to New

Våndävana. (He exits.)

nava-våndä: våndäöavém abhiñecayituà sämpratam åtu-räjo mayä

datta-çubha-muhürto 'sti, tatas tatra gacchämi. (iti parikramati.)

våndätavim - Våndävana forest; abhiseccayitum - to crown;

sampratanm - now; srtu - of seasons; rajaù - the monarch (spring); maya
- by me; datta - given; subha - auspicious; muhurtaù - moment; asti - is;
tataù - therefore; tatra - there; gacchami - I shall go; iti - thus;
parikramati - walks.

Nava-våndä: This is the auspicious time for me to have

springtime, the king of seasons, crown the forest of Våndävana.
For this purpose I will go there. (She walks.)

(nepathye)
kréòotsaväya niviòe vana-puñpa-vapre
sa-preyaséà päda-vihäram ihärpayantam
devaà vilokya yugapan nijayä samåddhyä
samvardhino 'tra kutukäd åtavo 'vateruù

•
233 •
 nepathye - behind the scenes; kréòä - of pastimes; utsavaya - for a
great festival; nivido - thick; vana - of the forest; puñpa - of flowers; vapre
- the meadow; sa - with; preyasim - His beloved; pada - of the feet;
viharam - pastimes; iha - here; arpayantam - offering; devam - the Lord;
vilokya - seeing; yugapat - simultaneously; nijaya - own; samrddhya -
with transcendental opulence; samvardhinaù - expanded; atra - here;
kutukat - happily; rtavaù - the seasons; avateruù - have incarëated.

A voice from behind the scenes: Seeing Kåñëa enjoying

pastimes by happily walking with His beloved in the forest-
garden filled with flowers, all the seasons became happy and,
bringing all their opulences, at once appeared at that place.

nava-våndä: katham asau jagan-mohana-vanya-veçaù suñöhu

nava-våndäöavéà kåtärthayan prasädhitäà rädhikäm anusarpati.

katham - why?; asau - He; jagat - the world; mohana - enchanting;

vanya - with forest flowers; vesaù - decorated; suñöhu - nicely; nava-
våndä-atavim - New Våndävana; kåta-arthayan - making perfect;
prasadhitam - decorated; rädhikäm - Rädhä; anusarpati - follows.

Nava-våndä: Why Kåñëa, who enchants the entire world with

His charming forest attire, and who makes Våndävana forest all-
perfect by His presence, now follows Rädhikä?

(punar avekñya sa-vismayam.)

atanvan kalakaëöha-nädam atulaà stambha-çriyojjåmbhite
bhüyiñöhocchalad-aìkuraù phalitavän svedämbhu-muktä-phalaiù
udyad-bäñpa-maranda-bhäg avicalo 'py utkampavän bibhramaiù
rädhä-mädhavayor viräjati ciräd ulläsa-kalpa-drumaù

punaù - again; avekñya - looking; sa - with; vismayam - wonder;

atanvaù - extending; kalakaëöha - of the cuckoo; nadam - the sound;
atulam - incomparable; stambha - trunk; sriya - with beauty; ujjrmbhate
- manifest; bhüyiñöha - greatly; ucchalat - rising; aìkurat - sprouts;
phalitavan - bearing fruit; sveda-ambu - of perspiration; mukta-phalaiù
- with pearls; udyat - rising; baspa - of tears; maranda - nectar; bhak -
possessing; avicalaù - unmoving; api - although; utkampavan -
trembling; bibhramaiù - with agitation; rädhä-mädhavayoù - of Rädhä-

•
234 •
Kåñëa; virajati - is splendidly manifest; cirat - eternally; ullasa - of
transcendental bliss; kalpaù-drumaù - the desire tree.

(Looking again, she becomes struck with wonder.) Their sweet

words the cooing of cuckoo birds on its branches, Their
handsomeness its trunk, Their amorous desires its many new
shoots, Their perspiration it's pearl fruits, Their tears it's honey,
and Their pastimes the birds that make it tremble, the desire tree
of Rädhä and Mädhava's bliss shines with great splendor!

(tataù praviçato yathä-nirdiñöau rädhä-mädhavau.)

tataù - then; praviçtaù - enter; yathä - as; nirdistau - described; rädhä

- Rädhä; mädhavau - and Kåñëa.

(As described, Rädhä and Mädhava enter.)

mädhavaù:
tavätra parimågyata kià api lakñma säkñäd iyaà
mayä tvam upasäditä nikhila-loka-lakñmér asi
yathä jagati caïcate canaka-muñöi-sampattaye
janena patitä puraù kanaka-våñöir äsädyate

tava - of You; atra - here; parimågyata - searching; kià api -

something; lakñma - a sign; säkñät - directly; iyam - this; maya - by Me;
tvam - You; upasadita - found; nikhila - of all; loka - the worlds; lakñméù
- the supreme goddess of fortune; asi - You are; yathä - just as; jagati -
in the world; caïcata - wandering; canaka - of chick-peas; muñöi - for a
handful; sampattaye - for the wealth; janena - by a person; patita - fallen;
puraù - in the presence; kanaka - of gold; vrstiù - a shower; asadyate -
is manifested.

Kåñëa: I was searching for some sign of You, and now I have
found You Yourself, the supreme goddess of fortune of all the
worlds! I was like a person who wanders over the entire universe
in search of a handful of chick-peas, and instead finds a monsoon
rain of gold!

nava-våndä: (rädhäm avekñya) hanta hanta

äloke kamalekñaëasya sajaläsäre dåçau na kñame
näçleñe kila çakti-bhäg ati-påthu-stambhä bhuja-vallaré

•
235 •
väëé gadgada-kuëöhitottara-vidhau nälaà ciropasthite
våttiù käpi babhüva saìgama-naye vighnaù kuraìgé-dåçaù

rädhäm - Rädhä; avekñya - seeing; hanta - ah!; hanta - ah!; äloke - in

the sight; kamala-ékñaëasya - of lotus-eyed Kåñëa; sa-jalasare - filled
with tears; dåçau - eyes; na - not; kñame - are able; na - not; aslese - in
embracing; kila - indeed; sakti - power; bhak - possessing; ati - very;
prthu - greatly; stambha - stunned; bhuja - of the arms; vallari - the vine;
vani - voice; gadgada - with chooking; kunthita - dulled; uttara-vidhau
- supremely; na - not; alam - able; cira - for a long time; upasthite -
approached; våttiù - activity; ka api - something; babhuva - became;
saìgama-naye - in the meeting; vighnaù - impediment; kurangi-dåçaù-
for the doe-eyed Rädhä.

Nava-våndä: (Seeing Rädhä) Ah! Ah! Her eyes filled with tears,
She is not able to see lotus-eyes Kåñëa. The vines of Her arms
completely stunned, She has no power to embrace Him. Her voice
choked-up, She cannot speak. Although doe-eyed Rädhä has
finally attained Kåñëa after a very long time, these obstacles still
prevent Their meeting!

kåñëaù: (rädhäm abhisåtya)

sväntaà hanta mamäntaréëa-viraha-jvälä-jaöälaà kñaëäd
utkaëöhä-nikuramba-cumbitam idaà kumbha-stani kñubhyati
tenäntar-nava-vibhrama-stavakinéà dåñöià sudhä-syandinéà
bhramyad-bhaìgura-cilli-läsya-laharé-sambädham uttambhaya

rädhäm - Rädhä; abhistya - approaching; svantam - heart; mama -

My; antarina - within; viraha - of separation; jvala - of flames; jatalam -
a mass; kñaëat - in a moment; utkaëöha - of amorous longings;
nikuramba - by a multitude; cumbitam - kissed; idam - it; kumbha-stani
- O girl whose breasts are like waterpots; kñubhyati - becomes agitated;
tena - by this; antaù - within; nava - new; vibhrama - amorous charm;
stavakinim - with clusters of flowers; dåñöim - glance; sudhä - nectar;
syandinim - trickling; bhramyat - restlessly moving; bhaìgura -
charming; cilli - of eyebrows; lasya - of dancing; lahari - waves;
sambadham - filled; uttambhaya - please manifest.

Kåñëa: (Comes close to Rädhä) One moment My heart burns in

the flames of separation, and the next moment it is aroused by
the kiss of amorous desire. O girl whose breasts are like

•
236 •
waterpots, please throw on Me Your glance filled with the flowers
of ever-new playfulness, flowing with nectar, and flooded with
waves of the dancing of Your restless, graceful eyebrows!

rädhä: (sa-trapam) ëa-a-vunde ëiccidaà eso vi siviëo jevva. jaà

väraà väraà evvaà sokkha-sa-are kkhaëaà ëimajji-a puro puëo
pabudhä-e ketti-aà ma-e mukka-kaëöhaà ëa kkhu kandidaà atthi.

sa - with; trapam - embarrassment; na-a-vunde - O Nava-våndä;

niccidam - certainly; eso - this; vi - indeed; sivino - is a dream; jevva -
certainly; jam - because; varam varam - again and again; evvam - in this
way; sokkha - of happiness; sa-are - in the ocean; kkhanam - one
moment; nimajji-a - plunging; puno - again; puno - and again;
pabuddha-e - awakened; ketti-am - how much?; ma-e - by Me; mukka-
kaëöham - cry aloud; na - not; kkhu - indeed; kandidam - calling; asti -
is.

Rädhä: (Embarrassed) Nava-våndä, I am definitely dreaming.

Now I constantly plunge into the ocean of happiness, but when I
wake up, won't I cry loudly again and again?

nava-våndä: priya-sakhi kheda-nidrä-bharät prabuddhäsi tad

aträvadhehi
acaëòakiraëa-dyuti-druta-mågäìka-käntäcala-
skhalat-taraëa-säraëé-çata-vitérëa-våkñotsavä
vikasvara-sarojiné-parimaländha-bhåìgävalé-
sa-lélä-virutair ivähvayati navya-våndäöavé

priya - dear; sakhi - friend; kheda - of torment; nidra - of the dream;

bharat - from the heavy weight; prabuddha - awakened; asi - You are;
tat - therefore; atra - in this; avadhehi - please hear; acandakiraëa - of
the gentle shining moon; dyuti - by the effulgence; druta - melted;
mågaìkakanta - of candrakanta jewels; acala - from the mountain;
skhalat - falling; taraëa - glittering; sarani - of streams; sata - hundreds;
vitirna - given; vrkña - to the trees; utsava - a festival of happiness;
vikasvara - blooming; sarojini - of lotus flowers; parimala - by the sweet
fragrance; andha - blinded; bhrnga - of bees; avali - of the swarms; sa -
with; lélä - playfulness; rutaiù - with the humming sounds; iva - as if;
ahvayati - calls; navya-våndätavi - the forest of New Våndävana.

•
237 •
 Nava-våndä: Dear sakhi, You have just awakened from a
terrible nightmare. Look! In this forest there are many trees, who
all feel a great festival of happiness to be watered by many
hundreds of glistening streams created by mountains of
candrakänta jewels melting in the moonlight. With the playful
humming of many swarms of bumblebees blinded by the sweet
fragrance of the blooming lotus flowers, this forest of New
Våndävana seems to be calling out to us.

kåñëaù: nava-vånde sädhu sädhu sphuöam abhüta-pürvas toñita-

prätisvika-pariväräëäm åtünäà sannipätaù kalpitaù.

navavånde - O Nava-våndä; sädhu - well done!; sädhu - well done!;

sphuöam - clearly; abhuta-pürvaù - wonderful; tosita - pleased;
pratisvika - own; parivaraëam - companion; rtunam - of the seasons;
sannipataù - union; kalpitaù - is considered.

Kåñëa: Nava-våndä, well done! Well done! Accompanied by

their entourage, all the seasons wonderfully manifested together
in this place!

nava-våndä: deva paçya paçya

smitaà väsantébhir giridhara çiréñaiù kusumitaà
kadambair utphullaà hasitam abhito jätibhir alam
udérëaà parëäsaiù kalaya phalinébhir mukulitaà
muhur madhv-ädénäà sphurati yugapad vaibhavam idam

deva - O Lord; paçya - look!; paçya - look!; smitam - smiling;

vasantibhiù - with vasanti vines; giridhara - O Kåñëa, who lifted the
Govardhana Hill; sisiraiù - with sisira flowers; kusmitam - blossoming;
kadambaiù - with kadamba flowers; utphullam - expanded; hasitam -
smiling; abhitaù - everywhere; jatibhiù - with jati flowers; alam - greatly;
udirnam - manifested; parëasaiù - with parëasa; kalaya - look!;
phalinibhiù - with fruits; mukulitam - budding; muhuù - repeatedly;
madhu - with springtime; adinam - of the seasons beginning; sphurati -
is manifested; yugapat - in a single moment; vaibhavam - the opulence;
idam - this.

Nava-våndä: My Lord, look! Look! The jasmine flowers are

smiling, the çiréña flowers are blossoming, the kadamba flowers
have opened wide, and the jäti flowers seem to be laughing! O

•
238 •
Kåñëa, look! The parëäsa flowers have appeared, and the
priyaìgu flowers are beginning to bloom!

kåñëaù: priye paçya paçya

kvacid dhvanati kokilaù svanati hanta jhillé kvacit
kvacin naöati candraké ratati räja-haàsaù kvacit
kikhé viraëati kvacit kvacana rauti härétakä

tanoti samitir mudaà mama param åtünäm asau priye - O

beloved; paçya - look!; paçya - look!; kvacit - somewhere; dhvanati -
sings; kokilaù - a cuckoo; svanati - sings; hanta - indeed; jhilli - a criket;
kvacit - somewhere; kvacit - somowhere; natati - dances; candraki - a
peacock; ratati - warbles; raja-haàsaù - a regal swan; kvacit -
somewhere; kikhi - a kikkhi bird; viraëati - sings; kvacit - somewhere;
kvacana - a certain; rauti - sings; haritaka - a haritaka bird; tanoti -
manifests; samitiù - a meeting; mudam - happiness; mama - My; param
- supreme; rtunam - of the seasons; asau - this.

Kåñëa: Beloved, look! Look! Somewhere a cuckoo sings,

somewhere a cricket cries, somewhere a peacock dances,
somewhere a regal swan coos, somewhere a kikhi warbles, and
somewhere a härétakä bird calls. This meeting of all the seasons
brings great pleasure to Me!

kåñëaù: (taru-gulmävalém avalokya)

kadambäù kñemaà vaù çiva-kulam ito hanta bakuläù
phaëinyaù kalyäëaà bhavikam abhitaù pélu-taravaù
amändyaà mäkandäù kim avikalatä puëòraka-latäs
cireëäsau yuñmän anusarati rädhä-sahacaräù

taru - of trees; gulma - of groves; avalim - the host; avalokya -

glancing; kadambaù - O kadamba trees; kñemam - welfare; vaù - of you;
siva-kulam - auspiciousness; itaù - thus; hanta - indeed; bakulaù - O
bakula; phaninyaù - shrubs; kalyanam - auspiciousness; bhavikam -
may be; abhitaù - in all respects; pilu-taravaù - O pilu trees; amandyam
- goodness; makandaù - O mango trees; kim - whether?; avikalatä -
happy; pundraka-latäù - pundraka vines; cirena - for a long time; asau
- that; yusman - you; anusarati - follows; rädhä - Rädhä; sahacaraù -
the friend.

•
239 •
 Kåñëa: (Glances at the groves of trees) O kadamba trees, is
everything well? O bakula trees, are you happy? O pilu trees, is
everything good? O mango trees, are you prosperous? O puëòraka
vines, are you fortunate? You are all friends of Rädhä!

nava-våndä: deva naväbhisära-mandiré-kåta-kandaro 'yaà

nandéçvara-girir mudam udgirati.

deva - O Lord; nava - new; abhisara - place of rendezvous; mandiri

- a palace; kåta - become; kandaraù - cave; ayam - this; nandéçvara -
Nandéçvara; giriù - hill; mudam - happiness; udgirati - gives.

Nava-våndä: O Lord, now that it's cave has become a palace for
Your meeting with Rädhä, Nandéçvara Hill has become very
happy!

kåñëaù: (rädhäà paçyan)

kim uttuìge kñämodari paricinoñi kñitibhåtas
taöänte tiñöhantéà taraka-dåçam etäà måga-vadhüm
nirätaìkaà yä te marakatamayéà hära-latikäà
yavastamba-bhräntyävåta-matir adankñéd anupadam

rädhäm - at Rädhä; paçyan - glancing; kim - whether?; uttuìge - on

the summit; kñama - slender; udari - whose waist; paricinosi - You
remember; kñitibhåtaù - on hill; tata-ante - on the surface; tiñöhantim -
staying; tarala - restless; dåçam - whose eyes; etam - her; måga-vadhum
- the doe; nirataìkam - fearlessly; ya - wich; te - of You; marakata - of
emeralds; mayim - fashioned; hara - necklace; latikäm - the vine; yava-
stamba - clumps of grass; bhrantya - with the illusion; avåta - covered;
matiù - whose conciousness; adankñit - bit; anupadam - again and
again.

Kåñëa: (Glancing at Rädhä) O slender-waisted girl, do You

recognize this restless-eyed doe now standing on this hill?
Thinking it to be a clump of grass, this doe used to fearlessly and
repeatedly bite the vine that was Your emerald necklace.

rädhä: késa ëa pariciëissaà. esä maha pi-a-sahé raìgiëé ëäma

kuraìgé.

•
240 •
 kisa - how?; na - not; paricinissam - I will recognize; esa - this; maha
- My; pi-a - dear; sahi - friend; raìgini - Raìginé; nama - named; kurangi
- the doe.

Rädhä: How could I not recognize her? This is My dear sakhi,

the doe named Raìginé!

kåñëaù:
adhyäsya yäà muhur aloki mayä viçälä
kalyäëi ballava-kadambaka-malla-lélä
seyaà varopalamayé çarad-abhra-çubhrä
vibhräjate mad-upaveça-viläsa-péöhé

adhyasya - sitting; yam - which; muhuù - repeatedly; äloki - seen;

maya - by Me; visala - powerful; kalyani - O beautiful girl; ballava - of
the cowherd boys; kadambaka - of the multitude; malla - wrestling; lélä
- pastimes; sa iyam - this; vara - excellent; upalamayi - made of stone;
sarat - of autumn; abhra - of the cloud; subhra - splendid; vibhrajate -
shines; mat - of Me; upavesa - of the sitting; viläsa - of the pastimes; pithi
- the place.

Kåñëa: O beautiful one, there is a large stone splendid as an

autumn cloud. I used to sit on that stone and watch the mighty
wrestling games of My cowherd boy friends.

rädhä: ëa-a-vunde ko eso pupphehià ëa-a-kesara-tthava-aà

vidambedi.

na-a-vunde - O Nava-våndä; ko - what?; eso - this; pupphehim - with

flowers; na-a-kesara - of navakesara; tthava-am - bunches of flowers;
vidambedi - mocks.

Rädhä: O Nava-våndä, what is this tree? With its beautiful

flowers it seems to mock the flowers of the nägakeçara tree.

nava-våndä: sarale kubjako 'yam.

sarale - O simple girl; kubjäkaù - a kubjäka tree; ayam - this.

Nava-våndä: O simple girl, this is a kubjaka tree.

•
241 •
 rädhä: (puñpa-stavakam uddhåtya paçyanti) haddhé haddhé
ettha léno duööha-bhamaro ciööhadi.

puñpa - of flowers; stavakam - a cluster; uddhåtya - picking; paçyanti

- looking; haddhi - alas!; haddhi - alas!; ettha - here; lino - hiding; duttha
- wicked; bhamaro - bee; citthadi - stays.

Rädhä: (Picks a cluster of flowers and gazes at it.) Ah! A

naughty bumblebee is hiding here!

kåñëaù:
cakita-kuraìgama-nayane
vimuïca bhåìgeëa saìgataà viöapam
kubjäù subhru bhayasya
prabhava-bhuvaù kila bhuvi khyätäù

cakita - frightened; kuraìgama - of a deer; nayane - whose eyes;

vimunca - give up; bhrngena - with a bee; saìgatam - accompanied;
vitapam - the branch; kubjäù - kubjä trees; su-bhru - O girl with the
beautiful eyebrows; bhayasya - of fear; prabhava - of birth; bhuvaù - the
places; kila - indeed; bhuvi - in the world; khyataù - famous.

Kåñëa: O frightened doe-eyed girl, let go of the twig that holds

this bee. O girl with the beautiful eyebrows, in this world kubjä
trees are famous as places of fear!

nava-våndä: (svagatam) devasya giram äkarëya sa-smitam

apaìgaà küëayanté rädhikeyaà mäm avalokate. (prakäçam) sakhi
svayaà eva påccha puëòarékakñam.

svagatam - aside; devasya - of the playful Kåñëa; giram - the words;

äkarëya - hearing; sa - with; smitam - a smile; apaìgam - a sidelong
glance; kunayanti - making crooked; rädhikä - Radhika; iyam - this;
mam - at me; älokate - looks; prakäçam - openly; sakhi - O friend;
svayam - Yourself; eva - certainly; prccha - You should ask; puëòaréka-
akñam - lotus-eyed Kåñëa.

Nava-våndä: (Aside) As Rädhikä listens to the words of Her

playful beloved, She also glances at me from the corners of Her
crooked, smiling eyes. (Openly) Sakhi, You should ask lotus-eyed
Kåñëa Yourself!

•
242 •
 kåñëaù: navavånde nirätaìkam ucyatäà kintu sakhé-
vivakñitam.

navavånde - O Nava-våndä; nirataìkam - without fear; ucyatam - let

it be said; kintu - however; sakhi - by your friend; vivakñitam - desired
to be said.

Kåñëa: Nava-våndä, don't be afraid. Tell Me what your sakhi

wants to say.

nava-våndä: deva kubjäsaìgaù khalu madhusüdanasya

paramänandam eva tuëòilayati. kathaà nu bhayaà iti.

deva - playful or shining; kubjä - to the kubjä flowers; saìga - touch;

khalu - indeed; madhusudanasya - of the bee; parama - supreme;
änandam - bliss; eva - certainly; tundilayati - increases; katham - why?;
nu - indeed; bhayam - fear; iti - thus.

Nava-våndä: She wants to say, "O playful Kåñëa, the touch of

this kubjä flower brings great pleasure to this bumblebee. Why
should I be afraid?"

kåñëaù: (smitan) navavånde måçä-çaìkiné tava sakhé. paçya kubjä-

saìgam änandé-kurvann ayam änana-moda-väsita-känanam enäm
eva dhävati.

sa - with; smitam - a smile; navavånde - O Nava-våndä; mrsa -

needlessly; saìkini - frightened; tava - your; sakhi - friend; paçya - look;
kubjä - the kubjä flowers; saìgam - touching; änandi-kurvan - not
accepting; ayam - he; anana - of the face; amoda - by the sweet
fragrance; vasita - scented; kananam - the garden; enam - to Her; eva -
certainly; dhavati - flies.

Kåñëa: (Smiling) O Nava-våndä, your sakhi is frightened for no

reason! Look! This bumblebee is not very happy here. He has left
this kubjä flower, and now he flies into the fragrant garden of
Rädhä's face!

rädhä: (sa-bhayam) hanta hanta caïcala-caïcari-a ciööha ciööha esa

lélä-kamalena tademi tumaà dhiööham.

•
243 •
 sa - with; bhayam - fear; hanta - Oh!; hanta - Oh!; caïcala - restless;
caïcari-a - bee; cittha - stop!; cittha - stop!; esa - this; lélä - toy; kamalena
- with the lotus flower; tademi - I shall strike; tumam - you; dhittham -
insolent.

Rädhä: (Frightened) Ah, restless bumblebee, stop! Stop! O bold

rake, I will hit you with this toy lotus!

kåñëaù: paçya paçya

paläçe nolläsaà vahati viphalaà vetti phalinéà
na väsaà väsantyäà çrayati kumude yäti na mudam
madhüke mädhvékaà na dhayati navaà naiti lavaléà
madenäbhüd andhas tava vadana-gandhän madhukarи!

paçya - look!; paçya - look!; palase - in the palasa flower; na - not;

ullasam - happiness; vetti - finds; viphalam - useless; vetti - consider;
phalinim - the priyaìgu flower; na - not; vasam - residence; vasantyam
- in the vasanti flower; srayati - attains; kumude - in the kumuda flower;
yati - attains; na - not; mudam - pleasure; madhuke - in the madhuka
flower; madhvikam - honey; na - does not; dhayati - drink; navam - to
the new; na - does not; eti - go; lavalim - to the lavali flower; tava - of
You; vadana - of the face; gandhat - because of the fraìgance;
madhukaraù - the bee.

Kåñëa: Look! Look! This bumblebee is no longer pleased with

the paläça flower. Now he thinks the priyaìgu flower is useless.
He will not stay in the väsanté flower. He is not happy with the
kumuda flower. He will not go to the lavalé flower. The fragrance
of Your face has made him blind with the most intense happiness!

nava-våndä:
bhåìgäräs tanu-nirjharair viöapibhis taträtapaträvalé
palyaìkä sphaöikair alankåti-kulaà dhautojjvalair dhätubhiù
ratnänäà nikarambakena haraye yenärpitä darpaëäù
so 'yaà räjati çekharaù sikhariëäà govardhanäkhyo giriù

bhrgaraù - waterpots; tanu - of its body; nirjharaiù - with the streams;

vitapibhiù - with the trees; tatra - there; atapatra - of parasol; avali - a
multitude; palyaìka - a bed; sphatikaiù - with quartz stones; alankåti -
of ornaments; kulam - a host; dhauta - with splendor; ujjvalaiù -

•
244 •
glistening; dhatubhiù - with mineral pigments; ratnanam - of jewels;
nikarambakena - with multitudes; haraye - to Kåñëa; yena - by whom;
arpitaù - presented; darpanaù - mirrors; sah ayam - this; rajati - is
splendid manifest; sekharaù - the crown; sikharinam - of mountains;
govardhana - Govardhana; akhyaù - named; giriù - the hill.

Nava-våndä: Presenting to Hari the pitchers of water that are

its flowing streams, the parasols that are its trees, the resting
places that are the crystal stones, the ornaments that are its
glistenings mineral pigments, and the mirrors that are its many
jewels, this king of mountains, the Govardhana Hill, is now
splendidly manifest before us!

kåñëaù:
vilasati kila so 'yaà paçya matto mayüraù
çikhara-bhuvi niviñöas tanvi govardhanasya
muhur amala-çikhaëòaà täëòava-vyäjatas te
vyakirad upaharan yaù karëa-pürotsaväya

viläsati - enjoying pastimes; kila - indeed; sah ayam - this; paçya -

look!; mattaù - jubilant; mayuraù - peacock; sikhara-bhuvi - on the
summit; nivistaù - entered; tanvi - O slender girl; govardhanasya - of
Govardhana Hill; muhuù - repeatedly; amala - splendid; sikhandam - a
feather; tandava - of enthusiastic dancing; vyajatha - on the pretext; te -
to You; vyakirat - scattered; upaharan - offering; yaù - who; karëa-pura-
utsavaya - as an earring.

Kåñëa: O slender girl, look at the jubilant intoxicated peacock

playing on the top of Govardhana Hill! On the pretext of
enthusiastic dancing that peacock would sometimes drop a
feather as a gift to You as a decoration for Your ears!

rädhä: taëòavi-a-sihaëòi-rä-a ciraà vaòòhehi.

tandavi-a - O Tandavika; sihandi - of peacocks; ra-a - O king; ciram
- for a long time; vaddhehi - may you prosper.

Rädhä: O Täëòavika, O king of peacocks, may you always

prosper!

kåñëaù: priye smaryate kià u govardhanataù kalindajä-padavé.

•
245 •
 priye - O beloved; smaryate - remembered; kim - whether?; u -
indeed; govardhanataù - from Govardhana Hill; kalindaja - to the
Yamuna; padavi - the path.

Kåñëa: Beloved, do You remember the path from Govardhana

Hill to the Yamunä?

rädhä: késa ëa sumari-adi. (iti sanskåtena)

agre campaka-cakram asya purataù punnäga-véthé tato
jambünäà nikarambakaà tad abhitas tuìgä kadambäöavé
ity uccair vara-çäkhibhiù paricitair ebhiù kramäd äcitaù
kälindém upatiñöhate giri-taöät panthäù prathéyän asau

kisa - how?; na - not; sumari-adi - is remembered; iti - thus;

sanskåtena - in Sanskrit; agre - in the front; campaka - of campaka trees;
cakram - a circle; asya - of that; purataù - in the front; punnaga - of
punnaga trees; vithi - the row; tataù - then; jambunam - of jambu trees;
nikarambakam - the multitude; tat - then; abhitaù - everywhere; tuìga
- the tall; kadamba - of kadamba trees; atavi - forest; iti - thus; uccaiù -
greatly; vara - beautiful; sakhibhiù - with trees; paricitaiù - collected;
ebhiù - with them; kramat - one after another; acitaù - is situated;
kalindim - the Yamuna River; upatiñöhate - approaches; giri - of
Govardhana Hill; tatat - from the slope; panthaù - path; prathiyan -
broad; asau - the.

Rädhä: How can I forget? The circle of campaka trees ahead of

Us leads to a row of punnäga trees. Next is a grove of jambu trees,
and then a great kadamba forest. In this way there is a broad path,
lined with many beautiful trees, leading from the slope of
Govardhana Hill to the Yamunä River.

kåñëaù: (smitvä) tad ehi. pataìga-tanayäm anayä padavyä

prayämaù. (iti sarve tathä kurvanti.)

smitvä - smiling; tat - then; ehi - come; pataìga-tanayam - to the

Yamuna River, the daughter of the sun-god; anaya - by this; padavya -
path; prayämaù - let Us go; iti - thus; sarve - everyone; tathä - in that
way; kurvanti - acts.

Kåñëa: (Smiles) Come. Let Us go the Yamunä by this path!

(Everyone goes there.)

•
246 •
 nava-våndä:
bhrama-lälita-salileyam
kamalävalibhiù puraù paréta-jharä
amalä yamasya yamé
mama läsyaà netrayos tanute

bhrama - moving; lalita - graceful; salélä - water; iyam - this; kamala

- of lotus flowers; avalibhiù - with multitudes; puraù - in the presence;
paritaù - filled; jharaù - the stream; amala - splendid and pure; yamasya
- of Yamaraja; yami - the sister; mama - of Me; lasyam - dancing;
netrayoù - of the eyes; tanute - manifests.

Nava-våndä: With her gracefully moving waters filled with

lotus flowers, the splendid Yamunä River, the sister of Yamaraja,
makes my eyes dance with joy!

kåñëaù:
prétya kundalitaù kulena marutäà ruddhaù çikhaëòotkarair
eña spardhita-netra-ñaëòa-rucibhir bhäëòéra-çäkhé puraù
bibhräëaù çata-koöi-maëòita-mahä-çäkhä-bhujoddaëòatäà
kälindé-taöa-maëòale viöapinäm äkhaëòalatvaà yayau

pritya - with pleasure; kundalitaù - bending; kulena - with the host;

marutam - of breezes; ruddhaù - stopped; sikhanda - of peacock
feathers; utkaraiù - by a multitude; esaù - this; spardhita - rivalled; netra
- of eyes; sanda - of a multitude; rucibhiù - with the beauty; bhandira -
Bhandira; sakhi - tree; puraù - in the presence; bibhraëaù - manifesting;
sata - hundreds; koti - of millions; mandita - decorated; maha - great;
sakha-bhuja - of branches; uddandatam - extension; kalindi - of the
Yamuna River; tata - of the shore; mandale - in the area; vitapinam - of
trees; akhandalatvam - the position of being the king; yayau - has
attained.

Kåñëa: The Bhäëòéra tree before us happily bends in the

breeze, its leaves defeating peacock feathers. With hundreds and
millions of huge decorated branches, it is the king of all trees on
the Yamunä's shore!

rädhä: (sanskåtena)
baddha-tarala-rolambä

•
247 •
 visäriëä hari-gandha-visareëa
komala-malli-puïjä
maïjula-kusumä haranti me cittam

sankåtena - in Sanskrit; baddha - bound; tarala - restless; rolamba -

with bees; visarina - spreading; hari - charming; gandha - fragrance;
visarena - with the extension; komala - delicate; malli - of jasmine vines;
puïjaù - the multitudes; maïjula - beautiful; kusumaù - with flowers;
haranti - enchants; me - of Me; cittam - the heart.

Rädhä: Spreading a charming sweet fragrance, surrounded by

agitated bumblebees, and bearing many beautiful flowers, these
multitudes of jasmine vines enchant My heart!

(kåñëas tad eva baddha-tarala-ity-ädi paöhati.)

kåñëaù - Kåñëa; tat - then; eva - certainly; baddha-tarala - the words

"baddha-tarala"; iti - thus; adi - the verse beginning with; pathati - recites.

Kåñëa: (Repeats Rädhä's words) Spreading a charming sweet

fragrance, surrounded by agitated bumblebees, and bearing many
beautiful flowers, these multitudes of jasmine vines enchant My
heart!

nava-våndä: halä tava hära-sangharñaëena mukunda-vakñasaù

skhalitaà sura-saugandhika-srajaà marälé caïcu-püöenädäya
paçyoòòadénä.

hala - ah!; tava - of You; hara - of the necklace; sangharñanena - by

the rubbing; mukunda - of Kåñëa; vakñasaù - froà the chest; skhalitam -
fallen; sura-saugandhika - of sura-saugandhika lotus flowers; srajam -
the garland; marali - a female swan; cancu - of the beak; putena - with
the opening; ädäya - taking; paçya - look!; udadina - is flying away.

Nava-våndä: Ah! By rubbing against Mukunda's necklace, the

garland of sura-saugandhika flowers has now fallen from His
chest. Look! A swan has picked it up and is flying away with it!

kåñëaù: katham äroòha-dérghikä-diçaà prayätä.

•
248 •
 katham - why?; arodha - of the palace; dirghika - of the pond; disam
- in the direction; prayata - is going.

Kåñëa: Why is swan flying to the pond inside the palace?

nava-våndä:
ati-mukto 'pi vimoktuà
våndävana-väsa-väsanänandam
kñaëaà api na khalu kñamate
kñudräëäà kä kathänyeñäm

ati-muktaù - liberated soul; api - even; vimoktum - to abandon;

våndävana - in Våndävana; vasa - of the residence; vasana - of the desire;
änandam - the bliss; kñaëam - for a moment; api - even; na - not; khalu
- indeed; kñamate - is able; kñudraëam - of those who are insignificant;
ka - what?; katha - may be said; anyesam - of others.

Nava-våndä: Even a liberated soul cannot renounce the desire

for the happiness of living in Våndävana. What then can be said
of other creatures not so exalted?

kåñëaù: priye prabhütäny abhüta-pürva-saìgamäny atimukta-

mälatyoù prasünäny avacitya kim apy apürvam äpéòaà yojayiñye. yan
mayä guru-kule kaläbhyäse çikñitam. (iti dürataù parikramya sa-
vismayam) ko 'yaà mädhuryeëa mamäpi mano haran maëi-kuòyäà
avastabhya puro viräjate. (punar nibhalya) hanta katham aträham
eva pratibimbito 'smi.

priye - O beloved; prabhutani - manifested; abhuta-pürva-

saìgamani - unprecedented; atimukta - of atimukta vines; malatyoù -
and the malati vine; prasunani - flowers; avacitya - picking; kim api -
something; apürvam - unprecedented; apidam - a crown of flowers;
yojayiñye - I shall fashion; yat - which; maya - by Me; guru-kule - in the
home of My spiritual master; kala-abhyase - in the art; sikñitam - learned;
iti - thus; durataù - a distance; parikramya - walking; sa - with;
vismayam - wonder; kaù - what?; ayam - this; madhuryena - with
sweetness; mama - of Me; api - even; manaù - the heart; haran -
enchanting; mani - jewelled; kudyam - on the wall; avastabhya - resting;
puraù - ahead; virajate - is splendidly manifest; punaù - again; nibhalya
- looking; hanta - ah!; katham - how is it?; atra - here; aham - I; eva -
certainly; pratibimbitaù - reflected; asmi - am.

•
249 •
 Kåñëa: O beloved, never before have atimukta and mälaté
flowers bloomed in such a beautiful way! When I was in the home
of My guru, I learned the art of making flower crowns. I will pick
some of these flowers and make for You a crown more beautiful
than any ever made! (He walks for some distance and then
becomes struck with wonder.) What is this on the jeweled wall
that enchants My heart with its sweetness? (He looks again) Ah!
This is My reflection!

(sautsukyam)
aparikalita-pürvaù kaç camatkära-käri
sphuratu mama garéyän eça mädhurya-püraù
ayam aham api hanta prekñya yaà lubdha-cetäù
sarabhasam upabhotuà kämaye rädhikeva

sa - with; autsukyam - agitation; aparikalita - not experienced;

pürvaù - previously; kaù - who; camatkära-käré - causing wonder;
sphuratu - manifests; mama - My; gariyän - great; eçaù - this; mädhurya-
püraù - abundance of sweetness; ayam - this; aham - I; api - even; hanta
- alas; prekñya - seeing; yam - which; lubdha-cetäù - My mind being
bewildered; sa-rabhasam - impetuously; upabhoktum - to enjoy; kämaye
- desire; rädhikä iva - like Rädhikä.

(Agitated) Who manifests an abundance of sweetness like Mine,

which has never been experienced before and which causes
wonder to all? Ah! My mind bewildered upon seeing this beauty,
I Myself impetuously desire to enjoy it like Rädhikä!

(puro nihsåtya)
nirëimeñekñaëäkaåa-
sa-bhåìga-stavaka-dyutiù
mälaty-amläna-puñpeyaà
bhuvi devéva divyati

puraù - ahead; nihsåtya - going; nirnimesa-ékñaëa - of a demigod

(who has no need to blink); akara - the form; sa - with; bhrnga - a
bumble-bee; stavaka - a cluster of flowers; dyutiù - the splendor; malati
- a malati; amlana - unwilting; puñpa - flower; iyam - this; bhuvi - in the
world; devi - a demigoddess; iva - like; divyati - is splendidly manifests.

•
250 •
 (Goes ahead) With bumblebees as its unblinking eyes, this
splendid, unfading mälaté flower is like a beautiful demigoddess
come to earth!32

32
Unlike ordinary mortals, the demigods have no need to blink their eyes.

•
251 •
 Pictures of Kåñëa’s pastimes

(tataù praviçati navavåndä.)

nava-våndä: (puro 'valokya sa-harñam.)
nirmita-bhuvana-viçuddhir
vidhu-madhuräloka-sadhane nipuëä
ulläsita-paramahaàsä
bhaktir iveyaà çaran milati

tatah - then; praviçati - enters; nava-våndä - Nava-våndä; purah - ahead;

avalokya - looking; sa - with;harsam - happiness; nirmita - created;
bhuvana - of the water; visuddhih - purity; vidhu - of the moon; madhura
- the sweet; aloka - of the sight; sadhane - in manifesting; nipuna - expert;
ullasita - jubilant; parama-haàsa - the regal swans; bhakti - the goddess
of devotion; iva - like; iyam - this; çarat - autumn season; milati - meets.

(Nava-våndä enters.) Nava-våndä: (Looks ahead and says with

joy) Purifying the waters of the streams and lakes, expertly
revealing the sweetness of the moon, and filling the regal swans
with happiness, Çarat, the goddess of autumn, who is like goddess
Bhakti-devé herself, has now come before us.33

(tataù praviçati rädhäm änandayan kåñëah.)

tatah - then; praviçati - enters; rädhäm - Rädhä;änandayan - pleasing;

kåñëah - Kåñëa.

(Engaged in pleasing Rädhä, Kåñëa enters.)

kåñëaù:
nirdhütämåta-mädhuré-parimalaù kalyäëi bimbädharo
vaktraà paìkaja-saurabhaà kuharita-çläghäbhidhas te giraù
aìgaç candana-çétalas tanur iyaà saundarya-sarvasva-bhäk
tväm äsädaya mamedam indriya-kulaà rädhe muhur modate

33
If the word "bhuvana" is interpreted to mean "the world", "vidhu" to mean "Lord Kåñëa",
and "paramahaàsa" to mean "the swanlike devotees," this verse may be interpreted in the
following way: "Purifying the world, expertly revealing the sweetness of Kåñëa, and filling the
swanlike devotees with happiness, goddess Bhakti-devé, appearing as the autumn season,
has now come before us."

•
252 •
 nirdhuta - eclipsed; amåta - of nectar; madhuri - the sweetness;
parimalah - the fragrance; kalyani - O beautiful girl; bimba - bimba fruit;
adharah - lips; vaktram - face; paìkaja - ofa lotus flower; saurabham - the
sweet fragrance; kuhurita - of the cuckoos; slagha - the praise; abhidhah
- names; te - of You; girah - the speech; aìgah - limbs; candana - as
sandalwood;sitalah - cold; tanuh - body; iyam - this; saundarya - of
beauty; sarvasya - the great treasure; bhak - possessing; tvam -
You;asadya - approaching; mama - of Me; idam - this; indriya - of senses;
kulam - thehost; radhe - O Rädhä; muhuh - repeatedly; modate - pleases.

Kåñëa: O beautiful one, Your bimba fruit lips have eclipsed the
sweetness of nectar, Your face is like a fragrant lotus flower, the
sweet sound of Your voice has crushed the pride of the cuckoos,
and Your limbs are cooling as sandalwood. You are the wealthy
owner of a great treasure-house of beauty! O Rädhä, when I see
You, all My sense become filled with bliss!

sakhe kaustubha so 'yam viläsiné-viçleña-labdha-çokaù kokavéti koka-

grämaëés tad vistäraya mayükha-lekhäm.

sakhe - O friend; kaustubha - Kaustubha; saù ayam - this; vilasini - of

his beloved; vislesa - separation; labdha - obtained; sokah - grief; kokavi
- crying "kokavé"; iti - thus; koka - of cakravaka birds; gramanih - the
groom; tat - therefore;vistaraya - please expand; mayukha - of light;
lekham - the rays.

Grieving in separation from his beloved, this cakraväka bird

calls out, "O my beloved Kokavé!" O friend Kaustubha jewel,
spread your rays of light so he may meet his beloved!34

(rädhä sa-kautukaà paçyati.)

rädhä - Rädhä; sa - with; kautukam - curiosity;paçyati - looks.

(With curiosity Rädhä looks.)

34
Male and female cakraväka birds remain together during the day and separate at nightfall.
They spend the night apart and meet again at sunrise. Kåñëa here asks the Kaustubha jewel
to spread its light so the cakraväka bird will think the sun has risen and again be able to meet
his beloved.

•
253 •
 kåñëaù: paçya paçya
madhye-vyomädhirüòha-dyumaëi-sama-maëi-grämaëé-dhäma-pälé-
vyäléòha-dhvänta-pürän vara-tanu paritaù prekñamäëas taöäntän
päre-kälindé raträv api divasa-dhiyäkränta-cetä gabhérair
utkaëöhä-cakravälai rathacaräna-yuvä käntayä jäghaöéti

paçya - look!; paçya - look!; madhye - in the middle;vyoma - in the sky;

adhirudha - ascended; dyumani - the sun;sama - equal; mani - of the
jewels; gramani - the best; dhama - of splendor;pali - by the abundance;
vyalidha - licked; dhvanta - of darkness; puran - the floods; vara-tanu - O
beautiful girl;paritah - everywhere; prekñamanah - looking; tata - of the
shore; antan - on the margins; pare - on the farther shore; kalindi - of the
Yamuna; ratrau - at night; api - even; divasa - of day; dhiya - by
theconception; akranta - overcome; cetah - whose consciousness;
gabhiraih - in deep; utkaëöha - of longings; cakravalaih - with an
abundance; rathacarana-yuva - the youthful male cakravaka birds;
kantaya - with hisbeloved; jaghati - meets; iti - thus.

Kåñëa: Look! Look! With its effulgence bright as the midday

sun, the Kaustubha jewel licks up the flood of darkness on the
Yamunä's farther shore. Even though it is night, the male
cakraväka bird now thinks it is day. Overcome by deep love
desires, he meets his beloved.

(praviçya karaëòikä-päëiù sukaëöhé.)

sukaëöhé: diööhi-ä ettha bhatta saccä-e saddhaà ramedi. tä
ladantarida bhavi-a pekkhami. (iti tathä sthitä.)

praviçya - enters; karandika - with the box of ornaments; panih - in her

hand; sukaëöhé - Sukaëöhé; diööhi-ä - by good fortune; ettha - here; bhatta
- the Lord; saccae - Satyabhämä; saddham - with; rameti - enjoys pastimes;
ta - therefore;lada - the creepers; antarida - within; bhavi-a - becoming;
pekkhami - Ishall observe; iti - thus; tatha - in that way; sthita - is situated.

(Carrying the box of ornaments in her hand, kinnaré named

Sukaëöhé enters.)
Sukaëöhé: Ah! How fortunate! Here is the Lord enjoying
pastimes with Satyabhämä. I will hide among these vines and
watch. (She does that.)

nava-våndä:

•
254 •
kunda-danti dåçor dvandvaà
candrakänta-mayaà tava
udite hari-vaktrendau
syandate katham anyathä

kunda-danti - O girl whose teeth are as beautiful as jasmine flowers;

drsoh - of eyes; dvandvam - the pair; candrakantamayam - made of
candrakanta jewels; tava - of You; udite - when rising; hari - of Kåñëa;
vaktra - of the face; indau - the moon;syandate - melts; katham - how?;
anyatha - otherwise.

Nava-våndä: O girl whose teeth are beautiful as jasmine

flowers, Your eyes are made of two candrakänta jewels. When the
moon of Hari's face begins to rise, these two jewels melt into tears.
How could it be otherwise?

rädhä: (säçcaryam) kadhaà ettha pa-uma-are candälo-e vi pa-uma-

iàpapphulla-ià.

sa - with; ascaryam - wonder; kadham - why?; ettha - here; pa-uma-are

- in the lake; canda - of the moon; aloe - in the sight;vi - even; pa-uma-im
- the day lotus flowers; papphulla-im - are blooming.

Rädhä: (Struck with wonder) Why are the padma lotuses

blooming in the moonlight?

kåñëaù:
çuddha-kaca-sthalé paçya
puraù padmäkaräyate
padmäni padmarägäëi
yatra phulläny ahar-niçam

suddha - pure; kaca - of crystal; sthali - place; paçya - look; purah -

ahead; padmakarayate - has become a pond of lotus flowers; padmani -
the lotuses; padmaragani - are rubies; yatra - where; phullani - blooming;
ahar - day; nisam - and night.

Kåñëa: Look! The crystal palace before Us has become like a

great pond, and the rubies there have become like lotus flowers
that bloom day and night.

•
255 •
 (nepathye)
våndävane sphuraty eñä mädhavé sumanasviné (ity ardhokte.)

nepathye - from behind the scenes; vrndavane - in Våndävana;

sphurati - is manifested; esa - she; mädhavé - Mädhavé;sumanasvini - very
intelligent; iti - thus; ardha - half; ukte - spoken.

A voice from behind the scenes: Intelligent Mädhavé has now

entered Våndävana forest... (The statement is interrupted in the
middle.)35

kåñëaù: (sa-sambhramam) hanta devé pratyasédati. tad asmäkam

asmad-apakramaù çreyän. (iti sarve sarvato niñkräntäù.)

sa - with; sambhramam - agitation; hanta - ah!; devi - the queen;

pratyasidati - approaches; tat - therefore; asmakam - ofus; asmat - from
her; apakramah - flight; sreyan - is best;iti - thus; sarve - everyone;
sarvatah - in all directions; niskrantah - exits.

Kåñëa: (Agitated) Ah! Queen Rukmiëé is coming! It is best we

flee from here. (They all flee in different directions.)

(punar nepathye)
bhavati stavako yasya
jagabhüñäna-bhüñaëam

punah - again; nepathye - behind the scenes; bhavati - is; stavakah -

bunch of flowers; yasya - of which; jagat - of the universe; bhusana - for
the ornament; bhusanam - an ornament.

Again the voice from behind the scenes: ...and this spring has
bunches of flowers to decorate Kåñëa, who is Himself the
supreme decoration of the entire world!

sukaëöhé: haddhé haddhé. mahumaìgala-hattha-gadeëa tiëä

kämarubuppaëëeëa su-a-va-iëa viggho kido. ta ettha kandare pa-
ittham saccabhämäà anusarissaà. (iti tathä karoti.)
35
If the word "mädhavé" is interpreted to mean "spring", and "sumanasviné" to mean "with
many beautiful flowers", then the statement means "Springtime, with its hosts of beautiful
flowers, has now entered Våndävana forest." This second meaning is the meaning intended
by the speaker, whereas the listeners interpret these words in the first way.

•
256 •
 haddhi - alas!; haddhi - alas!; mahumaìgala - of Madhumaìgala; hattha
- in the hand; gadena - gone; tina - by it; kamarubuppannena - born in
the country of Kamarupa (the western portion of Assam); su-a-va-ina - by
the parrot; viggho - obstacle; kido - is made; ta - therefore; ettha - here;
kandare - in the cave; pa-ittham - entered; saccabhamam - Satyabhämä;
anusarissam - I shall follow; iti - thus; tatha - in that way; karoti - does.

Sukaëöhé: Alas! Alas! The Kämarüpa parrot on Madhumaìgala's

hand caused a disturbance and Satyabhämä hid in a cave. I will
follow Her. (She does that.)

(praviçya)
rädhä: hanta hanta kadhaà ditthamhi. jaà ka vi ppavisadi.

praviçya - enters; hanta - ah?; hanta - ah!; kadham - how?; dittha - seen;
amhi - I am; jam - because; ka vi - some girl; ppavisadi - enters.

(Enters.)
Rädhä: Ah! Someone has seen Me! Some girl is coming here!

sukaëöhé: samini visaddha hohi. esä kiìkaré de su-anthi.

samini - O mistress; visaddha - confident; hohi - become;esa - she;

kinkari - maidservant; de - Your; su-anthi - Sukaëöhé.

Sukaëöhé: O my mistress, don't worry! It is Your maidservant,

Sukaëöhé.

rädhä: (sa-harñam) su-aëöhé jäëämi jäëämi.

sa - with; harsam - joy; su-anthi - Sukaëöhé; janami - I know; janami - I

know.

Rädhä: (Joyful) Ah, Sukaëöhé! I know you.

sukaëöhé: samini késa ollaàsu-asi.

samini - O mistress; kisa - why?; ollamsu-a - with wet garments; asi -

You are.

•
257 •
 Sukaëöhé: My lady, why is Your garments wet?

rädhä: tthala-bbhamena jale khalidamhi.

tthala - of the land; bbhamena - by the mistake; jale - into the water;
khalida amhi - I fell.

Rädhä: Thiking it was land, I fell in water...

sukaëöhé: mähavé-e pesidaà edaà pasahaëaà geëha.

mahavi-e - by Mädhavé; pesidam - sent; edam - these; pasahanam -

ornaments; genha - please take.

Sukaëöhé: Mädhavé sends these ornaments and garments.

Please take them.

rädhä: pekkha ettha patthare kià pi alekkhaà lakkhi-adi. ta imassa

daàsaëe juttià kuëa.

pekkha - look!; ettha - here; patthare - on the stone wall; kim pi -

something; alekkham - picture; lakkhi-adi - is seen; ta - therefore; imassa
- of that; daàsane - in the seeing; juttim - a method; kuna - please do.

Rädhä: Look! There is some kind of picture on this stone wall.

Please do something so I can see it.

sukaëöhé: bahire gadu-a alo-assa uba-aà karissaà.

bahire - outside; gadu-a - going; alo-assa - of seeing; ubaam - some

method; karissam - I shall do.

Sukaëöhé: I will go outside and find some way for You to see it.

rädhä: ahaà pi ollamsu-aà pariharämi. (iti varäàçukam ädäya

niñkräntä.)

aham - I; pi - also; ollamsu-am - these wet garments; pariharami - shall

remove; iti - thus; vara - excellent; amsukam - garment; adaya - taking;
niskranta - exits.

•
258 •
 Rädhä: And I will remove these wet garments. (She takes some
dry garments and exits.)

sukaëöhé: (niñkramya) kadhaà mahumaìgaleëa saddhaà bhatta

purado vattadi.

niskramya - exiting; kadham - whether?; mahumaìgalena -

Madhumaìgala; saddham - with; bhatta - the Lord; purado - ahead;
vattadi - is.

Sukaëöhé: (As she exits) Is that Kåñëa and Madhumaìgala over

there?

(tataù praviçati kåñëah.)

kåñëaù: sakhe kvänartha-karas tava hasta-varté sa kiraù.

tatah - then; praviçati - enters; kåñëah - Kåñëa;sakhe - O friend; kva -

where; anartha - what is not wanted; karah - the doer; tava - of you; hasta
- in the hand; varti - staying;sah - that; kirah - parrot.

(Kåñëa enters)
Kåñëa: Where is that trouble-making parrot?

madhumaìgalaù: uòòéya puro däòime paòido.

uddiya - flying up; puro - ahead; dadime - in the pomagranate tree;

padido - landed.

Madhumaìgala: It flew into that pomegranate tree.

kåñëaù: tad ehi präëa-vallabham eva mågayämahe.

tat - therefore; ehi - come; prana-vallabham - for She who is more dear
to Me that My own life-breath; eva - certainly; mrgayamahe - let us search.

Kåñëa: Come. Let us search for My beloved, who is more dear

to Me than life.

(iti märutam upalabhya)

bhajasi na hi rajastvaà dùira däkñiëya-caryäm
anusarasi vidhatse mädhavasyänuvåttim

•
259 •
iti malaya-saméra tvam sakhe prärthaye 'haà
kathaya kuvalayäkñé kutra me rädhikäsi

iti - thus; marutam - the breeze; upalabhya - perceiving; bhajasi - you

have; na - not; hi - indeed; rajastvam - the condition of having dust; dhira
- O saintly one; dakñinya-caryam - coming from the south; anusarasi - you
follow; vidhatse - you do; madhavasya - of spring; anuvrttim - obedience;
iti - thus;malaya - from the Malaya Hills; samira - O breeze; tvam - you;
sakhe - O friend; prarthaye - beg; aham - I; kathaya - please tell;kuvalaya
- lotus flowers; akñi - whose eyes; kutra - where?; me - My; radhika -
Radhika; asti - is.

(He feels the breeze.) O saintly breeze, you carry no dust. You
come from the south and follow the orders of the spring season.
O friend breeze from the Malaya Hills, I beg you, tell Me, there is
My lotus-eyed Rädhikä?

madhumaìgala: bho nihudaà bhaëa.

bho - O; nihudam - in secret; bhana - speak.

Madhumaìgala: Ah! Speak softly!

kåñëaù: (parikramya)
labdhä kuraìgi nava-jaìgama-hema-vallé
ramyä sphuöaà vipina-sémani rädhikätra
asyäs tvayä sakhi guror yad iyaà gåhétä
mädhurya-välgita-vilocana-keli-dékñä

parikramya - walking; labdha - attained; kurangi - O doe; nava -

young; jaìgama - moving; hema - golden; valli - a creeper; ramya -
beautiful; sphutam - manifested; vipina - of the forest; simani - in the
boundary; radhika - Radhika; atra - here; asyah - of Her; tvaya - by you;
sakhi - O friend; guroh - of the guru; yat - what; iyam - She; grhita - has
taken; madhurya - with sweetness; valgita - restlessly moving; vilocana -
of the eyes; keli - in pastimes;dikña - initiation.

Kåñëa: (Walks) O doe, the walking young vine that is the

beautiful girl Rädhikä must have passed through this forest
because, O sakhi, I see you have accepted Her as your guru and

•
260 •
taken initiation from Rädhä in the art of playful, sweet and
restless glances!

(puro däòimém upalabhya)

käntià pétäà çuka sphétäà
bibhraté vikñitä vane
mayädya mågyamänä sä
tvayä måga-vilocanä

purah - ahead; dadimim - the pomegranate tree; upalabhya - seeing;

kantim - splendor; pitam - yellow; suka - O parrot; sphitam - great;
bibhrati - manifesting; vikñita - seen; vane - in the forest; maya - by Me;
adya - today; mrgyamana - being sought; sa - She; tvaya - by you; mrga-
vilocana - a doe-eyed girl.

(Sees the pomegranate tree ahead.) O parrot, today in this part

of the forest I am looking for a doe-eyed girl with a beautiful
golden complexion. You must have seen Her.

madhumaìgala: va-assa tumha panhaà aëuvadanteëa cce-

uttaraà diëëaà kireëa.

va-assa - O friend; tumha - of You; panham - the question;

anuvadantena - repeating; cce-a - certainly; uttaram - an answer; dinnam
- is given; kirena - by the parrot.

Madhumaìgala: Friend, by repeating Your question, the parrot

has given You his answer.36

sukaëöhé: (upasåtya) ja-adu ja-adu bhatta.

upasåtya - approaching; ja-adu - all glories; ja-adu - all glories; bhatta -

to the Lord.

Sukaëöhé: (approaches) All glories, all glories to Lord Kåñëa!

madhumaìgalaù: (sa-bhayam) bhodi kià tti a-adasi.

36 Kåñëa's statement is ambiguous ("pitam suka" can also mean "yellow cloth"). The parrot's
reply when it repeated Kåñëa's words: "O Kåñëa dressed in shining yellow garments, today in
this part of the forest I have seen a doe-eyed girl You are looking for."

•
261 •
 sa - with; bhayam - fear; bhodi - becomes; kim - why?; tti - thus; a-adasi
- you have come.

Madhumaìgala: (Afraid) Why have you come here?

sukaëöhé: imassa panhottarassa sarikkhaà aëëaà vi mahuraà

suniduà.

imassa - of Him; panha - question; uttarassa - and answer; sarikkham

- similar; annam - another; vi - even; mahuram - sweet; sunidum - to hear.

Sukaëöhé: To hear sweet words such as Kåñëa's question and

parrot's answer.

madhumaìgalaù: bhodi panhottaraà vi tu-e sunidaà.

bhodi - becomes; panha - questions; uttaram - last; vi - indeed; tu-e -

by you; sunidam - were heard.

Madhumaìgala: You heard the answer to His question?

sukaëöhé: na ke-alaà idaà jevva.

na - not; ke-alam - only; idam - this; jevva - certainly.

Sukaëöhé: Not only that.

madhumaìgala: abaraà kià.

abaram - more; kim - what?

Madhumaìgala: What else?

sukaëöhé: jaà kià pi diööhaà taà gadu-a de-i-e nivedissaà. (iti

parikramati.)

jam - what; kim pi - something; dittham - seen; tam - that; gadu-a -

going; de-i-e - to the queen; nivedissam - I shall tell; iti - thus; parikramati
- walks.

•
262 •
 Sukaëöhé: I will tell Queen Rukmiëé what I heard. (She begins
to walk.)

kåñëaù: (sa-sambhramam) bhadre sukaëöhi mä khalu devé-manaù-

kaluñyäya samudyathäù. våëésva mattaù saìgéta-vidyä-samräjyam.

sa - with; sambhramam - agitation; bhadre - O noble lady; sukaëöhé -

Sukaëöhé; ma - don't; khalu - indeed; devi - ofthe queen; manah - the
mind; kalusyaya - for troubling; samudyathah - endeavor; vrnisva - please
take the benediction; mattah - from Me; sangita - of music; vidya - of the
art; samrajyam - sovereignty.

Kåñëa: (Agitated) O noble Sukaëöhé, do not trouble the queen's

mind. Accept from Me the boon that you will be very expert in
singing and music.

sukaëöhé: ettha de-i-pasädeëa ruddäëé-ga-aëihià vi vandita-

caraëamhi. tä kià imiëä.

ettha - this matter; de-i - of the queen; pasadena - by themercy; ruddani

- of Parvati; da-anihim - by the singers and musicians; vi - even; vandida
- worshipped; carana - feet;amhi - I am; ta - therefore; kim - what is the
use?; imina - of thisboon.

Sukaëöhé: By the mercy of Queen Rukmiëé, the celestial singers

and musicians of Pärvaté already worship my feet! What use is
Your boon to me?

kåñëaù: tarhi prärthayasva. kim taväbhéñöam.

tarhi - then; prarthayasva - you make a request; kim - what?; tava - of

you; abhistam - is desired.

Kåñëa: Then tell Me, what would you like?

sukaëöhé: de-a ekkaà pattha-issaà.

de-a - O Lord; ekkam - one thing; pattha-issam - I request.

Sukaëöhé: My Lord, I have one request.

•
263 •
 kåñëaù: kämam ävedyatäm.

kamam - as it is wished; avedyatam - is should be spoken.

Kåñëa: Tell me what you want.

sukaëöhé: ettha kandare kià pi alekkhaà vilo-iduà maha arahaëijja

ekka vihajjari ukkaëöhedi. tä kotthuhalo-eëa ëaà pa-äsi-a pasadi-
karedu bhatta.

ettha - here; kandare - in a cave; kim pi - something; alekkham - a

picture; vilo-idum - to see; maha - by me;arahanijja - worshippable; ekka
- one; vihajjari - Vidyadhari; ukkaëöhesi - is ver eager; ta - therefore;
kotthuha - of the Kaustubha jewel; alo-ena - by the sight; nam - this; pa-
asi-a - manifesting; pasadi - merciful; karedu - may become; bhatta - the
Lord.

Sukaëöhé: A certain Vidyädharé whom I worship, wishes to see

a painting drawn on the wall of a dark mountain cave. I beg that
You show Your kindness by illuminating that picture with the
effulgence of Your Kaustubha jewel.

kåñëaù: (smitvä parikraman) sakhe kaustubha ratna-maëòalé-

mürdhäbhiñikta sädhu sädhu yad anukto 'pi me manorathaàkaroñi.

smitvä - smiling; parikraman - walking; sakhe - O friend; kaustubha -

Kaustubha; ratna - of jewels; mandali - of the circle; murdha-abhisikta -
crowned as the monarch; sadhu - well done!; sadhu - well done!; yat -
what; anuktah - unspoken; api - even; me - My; manoratham - desire;
karosi - you do.

Kåñëa: (Smiles and begins to walk) Friend Kaustubha, O king

of jewels, well done! Well done! Even without My asking you have
fulfilled My desire!

madhumaìgala: hanta hanta dari-majjhe majjhandiëado vi jado

balittho ujjodo.
hanta - ah!; hanta - ah!; dari - of the cave; majjhe - in the middle;
majjhandinado - of midday; vi - even; jado - is manifested; balisttho -
powerful; ujjodo - effulgence.

•
264 •
 Madhumaìgala: Ah! In the middle of this cave it became as
bright as day!

(tataù praviçati rädhä.)

rädhä: (saìgam avekñya) kadhaà mähavé-e de-é-pasa-iëaà
pesidaà.

tatah - then; praviçati - enters; rädhä - Rädhä;sa - with; aìgam - Her

body; aveksya - looking; kadham - why?; mahavi-e - by Mädhavé; de-i - of
Queen Rukmiëé; pasa-inam - the garments and ornaments; pesidam -
were sent.

(Rädhä enters.)
Rädhä: (Looking at Herself) Why did Mädhavé send Me Queen
Rukmiëé's clothes?

(parikramya kåñëam paçyanti.)

aïjali-mettaà salilaà
sabharé-e ahilassanté-e
ubari sa-aà ëa-a-jalado
dhära-varisi samullasa-e

parikramya - walking; kåñëam - Kåñëa; paçyanti - seeing; aïjali - a

handful; mettam - only; salilam - of water; sabharie - by the saphari fish;
ahilasanti-e - desiring; ubari - above; saam - of its own accord; na-a - new;
jalado - raincloud; dhara - of a flood of water; varisi - with rains;
samullasa-i - manifests.

Rädhä: (Walks, and then sees Kåñëa.) This little çapharé fish
wished only a small handful of water, and yet this fresh cloud
showers it with monsoon rains!

madhumaìgalaù: (apavarya) bho va-assa duööha-däsé-e dhida-e

vane-ari-e mahä-çaìkade paòidamhi.

apavarya - aside; bho - O; va-a-ssa - friend; duttha - wicked; dasi-e - of

a servant girl; dhida-e - by this daughter; vane-cari-e - who lives in the
forest; maha - great; çaìkade - dangerous situation; padida - fallen; amhi
- I have.

•
265 •
 Madhumaìgala: (Aside) O friend, because of this wicked
maidservant's daughter that lives in the forest, I have fallen into
a great danger!

kåñëaù: sakhe kià näma çaìkatam.

sakhe - O friend; kim - what?; nama - indeed; çaìkatam - dangerous

situation.

Kåñëa: Friend, what danger?

madhumaìgalaù: (sa-roñam) maà jevva pucchasi. vame pekkha.

sa - with; rosam - anger; mam - me; jevva - indeed; pucchasi - You ask;
vame - to the left; pekkha - look.

Madhumaìgala: (Angry) You ask me? Look to Your left!

kåñëaù: (samékñya savegam) katham atra devé.

samiksya - looking; sa - with; avegam - agitation; katham - how?; atra

- here; devi - Queen Rukmiëé.

Kåñëa: (Looks, and then becomes agitated) How did Queen

Rukmiëé come here?

rädhä: (svagatam) haddhé haddhé kandare vi de-i pa-ittha. (ity antaritä

bhavati.)

svagatam - aside; haddhi - ah!; haddhi - ah!; kandare - in the cave; vi -

even; de-i - Queen Rukmiëé; pa-ittha - has entered; iti - thus; antarita -
hidden; bhavati - becomes.

Rädhä: (Aside) Ah! Queen Rukmiëé has come here! (She hides.)

kåñëaù: (svagatam) nünaà manyu-samrambhasya gambhératayä

pracchanneyaà babhüva.

svagatam - aside; nünam - certainly; manyu - of jealous anger;

samrambhasya - of the manifestation; gambhirataya - by the intensity;
pracchanna - hidden; iyam - she; babhuva - has become.

•
266 •
 Kåñëa: (Aside) Intense jealous anger made Her hide.

madhumaìgalaù: (nécaiù) hadase kinëäré pi-a-va-asse vi tujjha

jutta erisé ëi-idi.

nicaih - in a whisper; hadase - wretched; kinnari - kinnari; pi-a - dear;

va-asse - to the friend; vi - indeed; tujjha - by you; jutta - proper; erisi -
like this; ni-idi - deception.

Madhumaìgala: (Whispers) Wretched kinnaré, is it right to

trick your dear friend Kåñëa in this way?

sukaëöhé: (svagatam) gahida-de-i-ëevacchaà saccabhämäà cce-a

de-éà takki-a bha-edi eso. ta gadu-a viëëavemi. (ity upasåtya
janäntikam) saminé evvam ëedam.

svagatam - aside; gahida - taken; de-i - of Queen Rukmiëé; nepathyam

- the garments and ornaments; saccabhamam - Satyabhämä; cce-a -
indeed; de-im - Queen Rukmiëé; takki-a - thinking; bhaedi - frightened;
eso - He is; ta - therefore; gadu-a - going; vinnavemi - I shall inform; iti -
thus; upasåtya - approaching; janaantikam - only to Her; samini - O
mistress; evvam - in this way; nedam - itis.

Sukaëöhé: (Aside) Seeing Satyabhämä dressed in Queen

Rukmiëé's garments and ornaments, Kåñëa thought She was
Rukmiëé, and became afraid. I will go and tell this to Her. (She
approaches Rädhä and says to Her) My lady, the truth of what just
now happened is this... (She tells Her.)

rädhä: (sa-smitam) parihasehi ëaà.

sa - with; smitam - a smile; parihasehi - tease; nam - this.

Rädhä: (With a smile) Tease them.

sukaëöhé: (parikramya) ajja mahumaìgala ruttha kkhu de-i

bhaëadi.

•
267 •
 parikramya - walking; ajja - O noble sir; mahumaìgala -
Madhumaìgala; ruttha - angry; kkhu - indeed; de-i - Queen Rukmiëé;
bhanadi - speaks.

Sukaëöhé: (Walks) O noble Madhumaìgala, Queen Rukmiëé is

very angry now. In her anger she said something about you.

madhumaìgalaù: kià taà.

kim - what?; tam - is that.

Madhumaìgala: What is that?

sukaëöhé: anta-ure gadam ëaà bamha-bandhum bandhi-a

rakkhissaà.

anta-ure - in the inner apartments of the palace; gadam - gone; nam -

him; bamha-bandhum - this pseudo-brahmana; bandhia - binding;
rakkhissam - I shall keep prisoner.

Sukaëöhé: She said: "This so-called brähmaëa Madhumaìgala

dared enter the inner rooms of the palace. For this reason I will
now bind him with ropes and put him in prison!"

madhumaìgalaù: (sa-bhayam) bho sahe däëià vi thambho vi-a

gambhérosi.

sa - with; bhayam - fear; bho - O; sahe - friend; danim - now; vi - even;

thambho - a pillar; vi-a - like; gambhirosi - You have become grave and
silent.

Madhumaìgala: (Frightened) O friend, now You have become

grave and silent as a pillar!

kåñëaù: sakhe vismayena stambhito 'smi. yad iyam dakñiëä

naisargikém api dhératäm avadhéritavaté.

sakhe - O friend; vismayena - with wonder; stambhitah - stunned; asmi

- I am; yat - because; iyam - she; dakñina - peaceful, gentle, and
submissive girl; naisargikim - natural; api - even; dhiratam - gentleness;
avadhiritavati - has abandoned.

•
268 •
 Kåñëa: Friend, I am struck with wonder because this nice girl
has abandoned her natural gentleness!

sukaëöhé: (svagatam) alaà imiëä bhattara-a-purado dhiööhada-

sahaseëa. ta jahattham kahemi. (prakäçam) ajja saccabhämä esä. ëa
kkhu de-é.

svagatam - aside; alam - what is the use?; imina - of this; bhattara-a -

Kåñëa; purado - in the presence; dhitthada-sahsena - with this impudence;
ta - therefore; prakäçam - openly; ajja - O noble sir; saccabhama -
Satyabhämä; esa - She is;na - not; kkhu - indeed; de-i - Queen Rukmiëé.

Sukaëöhé: (Aside) What is the use of this arrogance before

Kåñëa? I will tell Him the truth. (Openly) O noble sir, the girl was
Satyabhämä. It was not Queen Rukmiëé.

madhumaìgalaù: bho sudo tu-e dummuhi-e solluëöho palavo ?

bho - Oh!; sudo - heard; tu-e - by you; dummuhi-e - of this foul-

mouthed girl; solluntho - sarcastic; palavo - crazy talk.

Madhumaìgala: O, have You heard this foul-mouthed girl's

crazy sarcastic talk?

kåñëaù: sukaëöhé vaidarbhé-priyatväd garveëa taraläsi. kià te giräà

däridryam.

sukaëöhé - O Sukaëöhé; vaidarbhi - for Queen Rukmiëé, the daughter of

the king of Vidarbha; priyatavat - because of love; garvena - with pride;
tarala - glowing; asi - you are; kim - why?; te - of you; giram - of the words;
daridryam - poverty.

Kåñëa: Sukaëöhé, because Queen Rukmiëé loves you so dearly,

you are now glowing with pride. Why are these words you have
spoken so poor in sense?

madhumaìgalaù: (sanskåtena)
asi viña-kaëöhé kaöhine
kim iti sukaëöhété bhaëyase ceti
athavä kämam açastä

•
269 •
 bhadrety abhidhéyate viñöiù

çaìkåtena - in Sanskrit; asi - You are; visa - poison;kaëöhi - with a

throat; kathine-O harsù girl; kim - why?;iti - thus; su-kaëöhi - Sukaëöhé (she
who has a sweet throat); iti - thus; bhanyase - You are called; ceti - O
servant girl; athava - or; kamam - deliberately; asasta - miscalled; bhadra
- auspicious;iti - thus; abhidhiyate - is called; vistih - something
abominable.

Madhumaìgala: O low-class, hard-hearted girl, you have a

voice of poison! Why are you called Sukaëöhé (sweet-voiced)?
Perhaps you are deliberately misnamed, as when something
horrible is sarcastically called "auspicious"!

kåñëaù: (parikramya sänunayam) devi praçida praséda.

parikramya - walking; sa - with; anunayam - words of conciliation;

devi - O goddess; prasida - be kind; prasida - be kind.

Kåñëa: (Walks and tries to pacify Rädhä) O Queen, please be

kind to Me! Please be kind.

rädhä: (sa-smitam) ëaham de-i pekkha manusi mhi.

sa - with; smitam - a smile; na - not; aham - I am; dei - a goddess;

pekkha - look!; manusi - a human girl; mhi - I am.

Rädhä: (Smiles) I am not a goddess. Look! I am a human girl.37

kåñëaù: (sa-harñam) sukaëöhike bäòham asminn arthe duñkaras te

mayä niñkrayaù.

sa - with; harsam - happiness; sukaëöhéke - O Sukaëöhé; badham -

certainly; asmin - in this; arthe - matter; duskarah - difficult to be done; te
- to you; maya - by Me; niskrayah - reward.

Kåñëa: (Happy) Sukaëöhika, I am not able to give you a

sufficient reward for this favor!

37
The word "devé" means both "queen" and "goddess".

•
270 •
 madhumaìgalaù: hi hi haïje turaìga-muhi esa vaìkima-vijjavi kià
kkhu de-esiëo padhida.

hi - Hee!; hi - Hee!; haïje - low class girl; turaìga - horse; muhi - faced;
esa - this; vaìkima - of duplicity; vijja - the art; vi - even; kim - whether?;
kkhu - indeed; deesino - from Devarsi Narada; padhida-was learned.

Madhumaìgala: Hee-hee! You low-class horse-faced girl, did

you learn this crooked art of duplicity from Devarñi Närada?

kåñëaù: priye sannidhäya citraà dåçyatäm.

priye - O beloved; sannidhaya - coming near; citram - the picture;

drsyatam - should be seen.

Kåñëa: Beloved, come here and look at this picture.

rädhä: ëünaà na-a-vunda-guruëo kala-kosalaà edaà.

nünam - certainly; na-a-vunda - of Nava-våndä; guruno - of the teacher

(Visvakarma); kala - of the art; kosalam - the expertness; edam - this.

Rädhä: This is certainly the artistic skill of Nava-våndä's

teacher, Viçvakarmä.

(praviçya)
nava-våndä: sakhi samékñyatäà vicitram idaà citraà
yatränukramiké mäthuré sädhu-rétir lélä-maëòalé.

praviçya - entering; sakhi - O friend; samiksyatam - may beseen;

vicitram - wonderful; idam - this; citram - picture; yatra - where;
anukramiki - in proper sequence; mathuri - in the district of Mathura;
sadhu-ritih - with great beauty; lila - of pastimes; mandali - the multitude.

(Enters)
Nava-våndä: Sakhi, look at these wonderful pictures. Here, one
after another, are the beautiful Kåñëa's pastimes in Våndävana.

madhumaìgalaù: eso ëanda-mahusavo padhamo.

•
271 •
 eso - this; nanda - of Nanda; mahusavo - the great festival; padhamo -
first.

Madhumaìgala: First is the festival of Nanda-mahotsava

(Kåñëa's birthday celebration).

nava-våndä:
kñepaëe nava-nétanaà
citra-bälasya cekñayä
uhuù sneha-bharaà sändraà
bahir antaç ca ballavaù

ksepane - in the throwing; nava-nitanam - of fresù butter; citra -

wonderful; balasya - of the child; ca - also; ikñaya - by the sight; uhuh -
bore; sneha - of love; bharam - an abundance; sandram - intense; bahih -
externally; antah - within; ca - also; ballavah - the cowherd people.

Nava-våndä: By throwing fresh butter and gazing at the

wonderful child Kåñëa, the bodies and hearts of the cowherd
people became anointed with sneha.38

(punaù pradeçinyä pradarçya.)

kaù pütanä-gatià gantuà
pütanäpi kñamo bhavet
kaëöhe babhüva hariëä
yä hariëmaëi-häriëé

punah - again; pradesinya - with the forefinger; pradarçya - showing;

kah - who?; putana - of Putana; gatim - thedestination; gantum - to attain;
putana - pure; api - even; kñamah - able; bhavet - may be; kaëöhe - on the
neck; babhuva - became; harina - by Kåñëa; ya - who; harinmani - of
sapphires; harini - wearing a necklace.

(Pointing with her forefinger) What pure-hearted saint is able

to attain the same fortune as the witch Pütanä? Hari became a
sapphire necklace around her neck!

kåñëaù:
38The word "sneha" is used here to mean both "oiliness" and "love". The bodies of the
cowherd people became anointed with fresh butter, and their hearts became anointed with
love.

•
272 •
mat-pädäìguli-dalena khaëòite
bhäëòa-bhäji çakaöe kuöé-juñi
catvare pitaram ärti-kätaraà
mätaraà ca nitaräà smarämy aham

mat - My; pada-anguli - of the toe; dalena - with the flower petal;
khandite - broken; bhanda - pots; bhaji - with; sakate - when the cart;
kuti-jusi - tilting; catvare - in the courtyard; pitaram - father; arti - with
pain; kataram - tormented; mataram - mother; ca - and; nitaram -
continually; smarami - remember; aham - I.

Kåñëa: When I broke the pot-laden cart with My flower-petal

toe, mother and father in the courtyard nearby became
overwhelmed with anxiety. I always remember them in that way.

nava-våndä: tåëävarta-maruë-nartanam idam.

tranavarta - Trnavarta; marut - of the whirwind; nartanam - the dance;

idam - this.

Nava-våndä: This is the dance of the Tåëävarta whirlwind.

kåñëaù:
samaceñöata niñöhuraà vraje
sa tathä duñöa-saméraëäsuraù
tamasé bata yena nirmite
pidadhäte suhådäà mano-dåçau

samacestata - acted; nisthuram - cruelly; vraje - in Vraja;sah - he; tatha

- in that way; dusta - wicked; samirana - whirlwind; asurah - the demon;
tamasi - darkness; bata - indeed; yena - bywhom; nirmite - created;
pidadhate - covered; suhrdam - of My dear friends; manah - the hearts;
drsau - and eyes.

Kåñëa: This wicked whirlwind demon cruelly covered the eyes

and hearts of My dear friends in Vraja with a blinding darkness.

madhumaìgalaù: esa sa-aà jevva go-ulesari manthiduà äraddha.

esa - she; sa-am - personally; jevva - indeed; goulesari - the queen of

Gokula; manthidum - to churn; araddha - has begun.

•
273 •
 Madhumaìgala: Here Yaçodä-devé, the queen of Gokula, begins
to personally churn butter.

rädhä: amma go-ulesari vandi-asi.

amma - O mother; go-ulesari - O queen of Gokula; vandi-asi - you are

offered respects.

Rädhä: O queen of Gokula, I offer My respectful obeisances to

you.

kåñëaù: (sa-karuëam)
kadarthanäd apy uru-bälya-cäpalair
utsarpatä prema-bhareëa viklavam
vilokyamänasya mamädya mätaraà
havir-biläyaà hrdayaà viléyate

sa - with; karunam - pathos; kadarthanat - because of trouble; api -

even; uru - great; balya - childish; capalaih – with mischiefs; utsarpata -
attaining; prema - of love; bharena - with an abundance; viklavam -
anxiety; vilokamanasya - seeing; mama - by Me; adya - now; mataram -
mother; havih - of butter; bilayam - a pool; viliyate - melts.

Kåñëa: (With compassion) My childhood mischiefs made My

loving mother very anxious. When I see her in this way My heart
becomes like a pool of melted butter!

nava-våndä: guruëä me padyaà vilikhitam. tathä hi

guëais tribhir anargalaiù kila jagat-trayé-vartinaç
caturmukha-puraùsarän api babandha yaù präëinaù
vrajendra-mahiñé bruve kim iti te prabhävävalim
abandhi tanubhir guëaiù sa balavän mukundas tvayä

guruna - by the guru; me - of me; padyam - a verse; vilikhitam - is

written; tatha hi - moreover; gunaih - with ropes of the three modes of
material nature; tribhih - with three; anargalaih - unrestrained; kila -
indeed; jagat - worlds; trayi - in thethree; vartinah - residing; caturmukha
- four-headed Brahma; purahsaran - beginning with; api - even;
babandha - bound; yah - who; praninah - the living entities; vraja - of
Vraja; indra - of the king; mahisi - O queen; bruve - tells; kim - whether?;

•
274 •
iti - thus; prabhava - of prowess; avalim - the abundance; abandhi -
bound; tanubhih – with slender; gunaih - ropes; sah - He; balavan -
powerful; mukundah - Kåñëa; tvaya - by you.

Nava-våndä: My guru, Viçvakarmä, composed the following

verse: "O Yaçodä-devé, O queen of Vraja, the same powerful
Mukunda who binds Lord Brahmä and all other living entities in
the three worlds with the three unbreakable ropes of the modes
of nature, you have bound with a few slender ropes! How can I
describe your great power?"

madhumaìgalaù: edaà ajjuëa-ju-ala-bhaïjaëaà.

edam - this; ajjuna - of arjuna trees; ju-ala - of the pair; bhaïjanam - the
breaking.

Madhumaìgala: This is the breaking of the two arjuna trees.

nava-våndä: kathaà guhyakäbhyäm udükhala-baddham

avimucyaiva
prathitam.

katham - why?; guhyakabhyam - by the two guhyaka demigods;

udukhala - of the mortar; baddham - bondage; avimucya - without
freeing; eva - certainly; prathitam - left.

Nava-våndä: Why did the two demigods leave without untying

Kåñëa from the mortar?

kåñëaù: (säsram)
vätsalya-maëòala-mayena mamoru-dämnä
yaù ko 'pi bandha-garimä niramäyi mäträ
tan-muktaye parama-bandha-vimokñaëo 'pi
näham kñame sakhi parasya tu kä kathätra

sa - with; asram - tears; vatsalya-mandala-mayena - made of great

parental love; mama - of Me; uru - great; damna - by therope; yah - who;
kaù api - someone; bandha - of bondage; garima - intensity; niramayi -
was fashioned; matra - by My mother; tat - of them; muktaye - for the
liberation; parama - ultimate; bandhana - bondage; vimokñanah -
liberating; api - although; na - not; aham - I; kñame - able; sakhi - O friend;

•
275 •
parasya - of someone else; tu - indeed; ka - what?; katha - may be said;
atra - in this matter.

Kåñëa: (With tears) Although I can release all living entities

from the bonds of repeated birth and death, still I have no power
to untie the strong rope of maternal love with which My mother
has tightly bound Me! If I do not have such power, what can be
said about others?

navavåndä:
tvaà vatsämåta-däyé
yuktaà vatsämåtatvam äcarasi
vidadhad amiträbakatäà
miträbakatäà kathaà tanuñe

tvam - You; vatsa - to the calves; amåta - nectar; dayi - give; yuktam -
appropriate; vatsa - the calf demon Vatsasura; amåtatvam - liberation;
acarasi - give; vidadhat - executing; amitra – among Your enemies;
abakatam - the condition of being without the demon Baka; mitra - of
Your friends; avakatam - the condition of being the protector; katham -
why; tanuse - manifest.

Nava-våndä: Since You are the giver of amåta to calves, it is

proper that You gave liberation to a Vatsäsura. You are the
protector of Your friends and the destroyer of demons like
Bakäsura.

kåñëaù:
sakhibhir alaghunäti-vähitebhyas
taöa-bhuvi tarëaka-cäraëotsavena
gurum iha kurute mamädya tebhyaù
çaçimukhé cittam aho spåhäm ahobhyaù

rädhäm - at Rädhä; aveksya - glancing; sakhibhih - with friends;

alaghuna - great; ati-vahitebhyah - carrying a great burden; tata-bhuvi -
on the shore; tarnaka - the calves; carana - of herding; utsavena - with a
festival; gurum - intense; iha – in this; kurute - does; mama - My; adya -
now; tebhyah - for them; sasi-mukhi - O moon-faced girl; cittam - heart;
aho - ah!; sprham - desire; ahobhyah - for the days.

•
276 •
 Kåñëa: (Glancing at Rädhä) I used to spend My days in a great
festival of herding the calves with My cowherd boy friends on the
Yamunä's shore. O moon-faced girl, My heart yearns to enjoy
those days again!

nava-våndä:
täsäm pädävalim avirataà ballavénäà gaväà ca
nyaïcat-käyä vayam iha namaskurmahe çarma-hetoù
yäsäm antaù-praëaya-madhura-kñéra-pänäya lubdho
dugdhämbhodheù patir api mudä putra-bhävaà babhära

tasam - of them; pada-avalim - to the feet; aviratm – without cessation;

ballavinam - of the gopis; gavam - of the surabhi cows; ca - also; nyaïcat
- bowing down; kayah - our bodies; vayam - we; iha - here;
namaskurmahe - offer our respectful obeisances; sarma - auspiciousness;
hetoh - the cause; yasam - of whom; antah – in the heart; pranaya - of the
love; madhura - the sweet; kñira - milk; panaya - for drinking; lubdhah -
greedy; dugdha - of milk; ambhodheh - of the ocean; patih - the master;
api - even though; muda - happily; putra - of a son; bhavam - the position;
babhara - accepted.

Nava-våndä: Again and again we bow down before the feet of

the surabhi cows and gopés. Kåñëa became greedy to drink the
sweet milk of the love in gopés' hearts, and even though He is the
master of an ocean of milk, He happily accepted the position of
the cows' son.

kåñëaù:
aghasya pavanäçinaù paçupa-òimbha-keli-sthalé
puro giri-daré-nibhä tanur iyaà darédåçyate
mukhädi-kuhareëa yä viracita-praveçaiù sadä
måtäpi pavanair abhüd vana-ruhäkñi kukñià bhariù

aghasya - of Aghasura; pavanasinah - of the serpent; pasupa - of the

cowherd; dimbha - boys; keli - of pastimes; sthali - the place; purah -
ahead; giri - of a mountain; dari - a cave; nibha - like; tanuh - the body;
iyam - this; danidrsyate – was continually seen; mukha - the mouth; adi -
beginning with; kuharena – with the opening; ya - which; viracita - done;
pravesaih – by entrance; sada - continually; måta - dead; api - although;
pavanaih - with breezes; abhut - became; vanaruha-akñi - O lotus-eyed
girl; kukñimbharih - filling the belly.

•
277 •
 Kåñëa: Here You may gaze on the dead body of the serpent
Agha, which is like a great mountain cave that is a playground for
the cowherd boys. Even though the serpent is dead, the wind, like
the life air, still enters its mouth.

nava-våndä: paçya paçya

sakhi veda-catuñöayasya säraiç
caturo 'yaà cäturänané-nisåñöaiù
janakaà jana-cakñuñäm abhéñöaà
parameñöhé pramadäd abhiñöavéti

paçya - look!; paçya - look!; sakhi - O friend; veda - Vedas; catustayasya

- of the four; saraih - with the essential verses; caturah - expert; ayam -
he; catuh - from four; anani - mouths; nisrstaih - emanating; janakam -
father; jana - of the living entities; caksusam - of the eyes; abhistam - the
desire; paramaesthi - the demigod Brahma; pramadat - joyfully; abhistaviti
- offered prayers.

Nava-våndä: Look! Look! With the best verses of the four Vedas
coming from his four mouths, Lord Brahmä offers prayers to his
father, Kåñëa, whom all living entities yearn to see with their own
eyes!

madhumaìgalaù: edaà su-andhi talavanaà pekkhi-a ji-idomhi.

edam - this; su-andhi - fragrant ; talavanam - Talavana forest; pekkhi-

a - seeing; ji-idomhi - restored to life.

Madhumaìgala: By looking at this fragrant Tälavana forest I

feel like a man brought back to life!

nava-våndä: (rämam avekñya)

tvam adbhuto 'si dhenünäà
pätäpi hata-dhenukaù
talaìko 'pi kilottuìga-
tala-bhaìgäya raìgavän

ramam - at Balarama; aveksya - looking; tvam - You; adbhutah -

wonderful; asi - are; dhenünam - of the cows; pata – the protector; api -
although; hata - killed; dhenukah - the demon Dhenukasura; tala - with a

•
278 •
palm tree; aìkah - marked; api - although; kila - indeed; uttunga - tall; tala
- of palm trees; bhangaya - for breaking; raìgavan - performing.

Nava-våndä: (Looking at Balaräma) You are so wonderful!

Although You are the protector of dhenu (cows), still You killed
Dhenukäsura, and although Your are marked with the sign of a
palm tree, still You broke the huge palm trees of Tälavana forest!

kåñëaù: nyagrodha-rodhasi seyam äryasya vikramäòambara-

samvbhäviné pralamba-paçor älambha-vedé.

nyagrodha-rodhasi - under the banyan tree; sa iyam - this; aryasya - of

the noble Balarama; vikrama - of the prowess; adambara - of the
abundance; sambhavini - manifesting; pralamba - of Pralambasura; pasoh
- of the sacrificial animal; alambha - of sacrifice; vedi - the place.

Kåñëa: Under this banyan tree, My elder brother Balaräma,

displaying His great power, killed Pralambäsura as a sacrificial
animal.

nava-våndä: (svagatam) çaìke rädhikä-khedam

avadhäryadevenävadhéritä käliya-dämana-lélä.

svagatam - aside; çaìke - I think; radhika - of Rädhikä; khedam - the

pain; avadharya - understanding; devena - by the demigod Visvakarma;
avadhirita - not portrayed; kaliya - of Kaliya; damana - of the subduing;
lila - the pastimes.

Nava-våndä: (Aside) I think, understanding how Rädhikä

would suffer to see it, Viçvakarmä did not portray the pastime of
subduing Käliya.

kåñëaù:
muïjäöavé sphurati maïjula-kaëöhi seyaà
yatra kñaëäd anusarantam iñéka-tülaiù
dävaà vilokya kåpayämbuja-mälä-bhäriëy
äbhéra-véthér abhito 'bhavad ävåtir me

muïja - of tall muïja grasses; atavi - the forest; sphurati - manifested;

maïjula - beautiful; kaëöhi - O girl whose voice; sa iyam - this; yatra -
where; kñanat - in a moment; anusarantam - following; isika-tulaih - by

•
279 •
the tips of the grasses; davam - the forest fire; vilokya - seeing; krpaya -
pathetically; ambuja – of lotus flowers; mala - a garland; bharinya -
holding; abhira – of gopas; vithih - the multitude; abhitah - everywhere;
abhavat - became; avrtih - covering; me - of Me.

Kåñëa: O girl with the beautiful voice, this is the forest of tall
muïja grass, where once a huge forest fire broke out. Seeing this,
the cowherd boys pitifully gathered around Me, appearing like a
garland of lotus flowers.

nava-våndä: purastäd idaà vaso-haraëa-tértham.

purastat - ahead; idam - this; vasah - of the garments; harana - stealing;

tirtham - the holy place.

Nava-våndä: This is the holy place where Kåñëa stole the gopés'
garments.

kåñëaù: priye viçäkhäyäù påñöhato mürdhni kåtaïjalir avasthitä

keyam. na paricéyate.

priye - O beloved; visakhayah - Visakha; prsthatah - behind; mrdhni -

on Her head; kåta - placed; aïjalih - folded palms; avasthita - situated; ka
- who?; iyam - is She; na - not; pariciyate - is recognized.

Kåñëa: Beloved, who is this girl standing behind Viçäkhä and

placing folded hands over Her head? I do not recognize Her.

rädhä: (sa-lajjam ätma-gatam) maà lihidaà jäëanto cce-a

parihasedi. (prakäçam) esä pa-umä.

sa - with; lajjam - embarrassment; ätma-gatam - to Herself; mam - Me;

lihidam - pictured; jananto - knowing; ccea - certainly; parihasedi - teases;
prakäçam - openly; esa - she; pa-uma – is Padma.

Rädhä: (Embarrassed, She says to Herself) He knows who it is

and teases Me. (Openly) She is Padmä.

kåñëaù: padmäkñi, padmäyäù savyataù.

•
280 •
 padma-akñi - O lotus-eyed girl; padmayah - of Padma; savya - to the
left.

Kåñëa: O lotus-eyed girl, Padmä is on the left.

rädhä: (säsüyam) alaà attaëo guëaà vitthari-a.

sa - with; asuyam - displeased; alam - what is the need; attano - of the

self; gunam - virtues; vitthari-a - showing off.

Rädhä: (Displeased) Stop showing off Your qualities!

kåñëaù:
çirasi kuruta päëi-dvandvam ädatta mugdhaù
sicayam iti mad-uktyä bhugna-dåñöi-sthitäyäù
sphurad-adharam udaïcan-manda-häsyaà taväsyaà
sa-ruditam anubandha-bhrü-vibhedaà smarämi

sirasi - on the head; kuruta - please do; pani - of hands; dvandam - the
pair; adatta - please take; mugdhah - O beautiful girls; sicayam - garments;
iti - thus; mat - of Me; uktya - by the words; bhugna - crooked; dåñöi -
glances; sthitayah - situated; sphurat - trembling; adharam - lips; udaïcat
- rising; manda - gentle; hasyam - smile; tava - of You; asyam – the face;
sa - with; ruditam - crying; anubandha - combined together; bhru - of the
eyebrows; vibhedam - knitting; smarami - I remember.

Kåñëa: I remember Your crooked glances with frowning

brows, trembling lips, and a slight smile appearing on Your
crying face when I said, "O beautiful girls, please place both hands
over your heads and take back your garments!"

rädhä: ka-o ettha mattha-appida-handi-a-o ciööhanti.

ka-o - who?; ettha - here; mattha-a - on their heads; appadi-a - placed;

handi-a-o - earthen pots; citthanti - standing.

Rädhä: Who are these women carrying clay pots on their

heads?

nava-våndä: yajïa-patnyo bhaviñyanti.

•
281 •
 yajna-patnyah - the wives of the brahmanas who performed sacrifices;
bhavisyanti - must be.

Nava-våndä: They must be the wives of the brähmaëas who

performed sacrifices.

kåñëaù:
manda-smitaà prakåti-siddham api vyudastaà
saìgopitaç ca sahajo 'pi dåços taraìgaù
dhümäyite dvija-vadhü-gaëa-räga-vahna-
vahnäya käpi gatir aìkuritäm ayäsét

manda - gentle; smitam - smile; prakåti - by nature; siddham - perfect;

api - although; vyudastam - cast off; sangopitah - concealed; ca - also;
sahajah - natural; api - even; drsoh - of the eyes; taraìgah - waves;
dhumayite - filled with smoke; dvija - of the brahmanas; vadhu - of the
wives; gana - of the multitude; raga - of love; vahna-vahnaya - for the fire;
ka api - something; gatih - destination; aìkuritam - the stage of sprouting
into manifestation; ayasit - attained.

Kåñëa: I concealed My naturally charming gentle smile and the

waves of My glances. Still, the wives of the brähmaëas burned in
a smoke-filled fire of love for Me.

madhumaìgalaù: (sa-tåñëam çaìkåtena)

idaà smarati kià bhavän priya-vayasya lapsyämahe
mahésura-vadhü-kuläd vividham annam äsvädanam
vayaà kim api kuëòalé-kåta-çikhaëòa-kaëòopamaà
krameëa kila kuëòalé-paöalam atra bhokñyämahe

sa - with; tåñëam - thirst; sanskåtena - in Sanskrit; idam - this; smarati -

remember; kim - does?; bhavan – You; priya - dear; vayasya - O friend;
lapsyamahe - we will attain; mahisura - of the brahmanas; vadhu - of the
wives; kulat - from the community; vividham - various; annam - food
stuffs; asvadanam - delicious; vayam - we; kim api - something;
kundalikåta - spiral; sikhanda - peacock; kanda - feathers; upamam - like;
kramena - one after another; kila - indeed; kundali-palatam - jalebis; atra
- here; bhoksyamahe - we shall eat.

Madhumaìgala: (Eagerly) Dear friend, do You remember how

we enjoyed various kinds of delicious food, such as jalebis curling

•
282 •
like a peacock feathers, offered to us by the wives of the
brähmaëas?

nava-våndä: paçya govardhanoddhäraëam idam.

paçya - look!; govardhana - of Govardhana Hill; udharanam - the

lifting; idam - this.

Nava-våndä: Look! This is the lifting of Govardhana Hill.

rädhä: (sanskåtena)
çikhari-bhara-vitarkataù prataptaà
sa-maham ahar-niçam ikñayä priyasya
hådayam iha samasta-ballavénäà
yugapad-apürva-vidhaà dvidhä babhüva

sanskåtena - in Sanskrit; sikhari - of Govardhan Hill; bhara - a great

burden; vitarkatah - thinking; prataptatam - burning with suffering; sa -
with; maham - a festival of happiness; ahah - day; nisam - and night;
ikñaya - by the sight; priyasya - of their beloved; hrdayam - the heart; iha
- here; samasta - of all; ballavinam - the gopis; yugapat - simultaneously;
apurva - unprecedented; vidham - like; dvidha - in two ways; babhuva -
became.

Rädhä: The hearts of all the gopés burned with pain because
Kåñëa was carrying the heavy burden of Govardhana Hill, and at
the same time they became filled with a great festival of happiness
by seeing their beloved day and night.

nava-våndä: giri-mekhaläyäà likhitam idaà padyam

darodaïcad-gopé-stana-parisara-prekñaëa-bharät
karotkampad-éñat calati kila govardhana-girau
bhayät tair ärabbha-stutir akhila-gopaiù smita-mukhaà
puro dåñövä rämaà jayati namitäsyo madhuripuù

giri - of the mountain; mekhalayam - on the wall; likhitam - written;

idam - this; padyam - verse; dara - slightly; udaïcat - raised; gopi - of the
gopis; stana - of the breasts; parisara - in the vicinity; prekñana - of
glances; bharat - from the burden; kara - of the hand; utkampa -
trembling; isat - from the slight; calati - moves; kila - indeed; govardhana
- when Govardhana; girau - mountain; bhaya - with fear; artaih -

•
283 •
tormented; arabdha - begun; stutih - prayers; akhila - all; gopaih - by the
gopas; smita - smiling; mukham - face; purah - before; dåñövä – having
seen; ramam - Balarama; jayati - all glories; namita - bowed down; asyah
- whose face; madhu-ripuh - Kåñëa, whose sweetness shames the
sweetness of honey.

Nava-våndä: A verse is written on the mountain wall: "All of the

gopés were observing Kåñëa's wonderful feat, and He was also
smiling looking at the gopés. When Kåñëa's glance fell on their
breasts, His hand began to shake, and upon seeing that, all of the
cowherd men became frightened and began to pray to Kåñëa for
safety. At that moment Balaräma smiled, and seeing his smile,
Kåñëa, whose sweetness shames the sweetness of honey,
immediately became shy."

kåñëaù: (çailendra-kandaram avekñya sa-smitam)

saroruhäkñi smarasédam adbhutaà
tvam chadmanä dyüta-vidhau vinirjitä
itaù sakhé-sakñitayä phaëé-kåtaà
svayäìgrahäçleña-yugaà vidhäsyasi

saila - of the mountain; indra - of the king; kandaram - at the cave;

aveksya - looking; sa - with; smitam - a smile; saroruha-akñi - O lotus-
eyed girl; smarasi - You remember; idam - this; adbhutam - wonderful
thing; tvam - You; chadmana - by trickery; dyutavidhau - in the gambling
match; vinirjita - defeated; itah - thus; sakhi - of friends; sakñitaya - by the
witness; phani-kåtam - wagered;svayam - personally; graha - accepted;
aslesa - embrace; yugam - pair; vidhasyasi - You will give.

Kåñëa: (Glancing at the cave of the king of mountains, He

smiles and says) O lotus-eyed girl, do You remember the
wonderful pastime when by cheating I defeated You in the
gambling match and You gave Me the prize of two embraces You
had wagered before the witnessess of all Your sakhis?

rädhä: (säpatrapaà puro dåñövä) kadhaà ettha giri-sihare

nisaëëaëaà doëhaà amhaëaà kaëöhe haro natthi.

sa - with; apatrapam - embarrassment; purah - ahead; dåñövä - looking;

kadham - why is it? ettha - in this picture; giri - of the mountain; sihare -

•
284 •
on the summit; nisannanam - sitting; donham - both; amhanam - of Us;
kaëöhe - on the neck; haro - necklace; na - not; atthi - is.

Rädhä: (She looks ahead and becomes embarrassed) In this

picture why do We not wear necklaces as We sit on the summit of
Govardhana Hill?

kåñëaù:
katham idaà vismåtaà bhavatyä
sakhi tava kuëòa-taöé-nikuïja-dhämni
rati-parimala-labdha-nidrayor nau
yad avahitä lalitä jahära härau

katham - how is it?; idam - this; vismåtam - is forgotten; bhavatya - by

You; sakhi - O friend; tava - of You; kunda - of the lake (Rädhä-kuëòa);
tati - on the shore; nikuïja - of the grove; dhamni – in the abode; rati - of
amorous pastimes; parimala - of the fragrance; labdha - attained; nidrayoh
- sleep; nau - of Us; yat - because; avahita - attentive; lalita - Lalita; jahara
- stole; harau – the two necklaces.

Kåñëa: O beloved, have You forgotten? After enjoying many

amorous pastimes We fell asleep in a bower by the shore of Your
lake, and as We slept Lalitä stealthily stole our necklaces.

nava-våndä:
yair vékñyase vipakñan
api tan bhava-bandhato vimokñayasi
varuëa-bandhän nandaà
mokñayatas te kim äçcaryam

yaih - by whom; viskyase - seen; vipakñan - enemies; api - even; tan -

them; bhava - of repeated birth and death; bandhatah - from the bondage;
vimokñayasi - You deliver; varuna - of Varuna; bandhat - from the
bondage; nanadam - Nanda Maharaja; mokñayatah - who delivers; te - for
You; kim - what?; ascaryam – is wonderful.

Nava-våndä: You rescue even Your enemies from the bonds of

repeated birth and death, if they have the opportunity to see You
directly. Why, then, should it be considered surprising that You
rescued Nanda Mahäräja from the bonds of Varuëa?

•
285 •
 (ity agrato darçayanti)
bhümau bhäratam uttamaà madhu-puré taträpi taträpy alaà
våndäraëyam ihäpi hanta pulinaà taträpi räsa-sthalé
gopé-käntapada-dvayé-paricaya-präcurya-paryäcitä
yasyäà santi mahä-muner api mano-räjyärcitä reëavaù

iti - thus; agratah - ahead; darçayanti - pointing; bhumau - on the earth

planet; bharatam - Bharata-varsa; uttamam - the best place; madhu-puri -
Mathura; tatra api - still; tatraapi - still; alam - better; vrnda-aranyam - the
forest of Våndävana; iha - here; api - even; hanta - indeed; pulinam - the
shore; tatraapi - still; rasa - of the rasa-dance; sthali - the place; gopi - of
the gopis; kanta - of the lover; pada - of footprints; dvayi - of the
pair;paricaya - multitude; pracurya - with the multitude; paryacita -
endowed; yasyam - in which; santi - there are; maha-muneh – the great
sages; api - even; manah - of the heart; rajya – by the kingdom; arcitah -
worshipped; renavah - particles of dust.

(She points ahead) On this earth planet the best place is

Bhärata-varña. In Bhärata-varña the best district is Mathurä Puré.
In Mathurä Puré the best place is Våndävana forest. In Våndävana
forest the best place is along the shore of the Yamunä. On the
shore of the Yamunä the best place is the arena of the räsa dance.
The räsa-dance arena is filled with dust that touched the feet of
Kåñëa, the lover of the gopés. Even the great sages worship these
particles of dust in their hearts.

rädhä: (sa-camatkäram) hanta hanta kadhaà sa veëu-sadda-

mathuré suni-adi.

sa - with; camatkaram - wonder; hanta - Oh!; hanta - Oh!; kadham -

whence?; sa - this; venu - of the flute; sadda - of the sound; mahuri - the
sweetness; suni-adi - is heard.

Rädhä: (Struck with wonder) Ah! Where does this sweet flute
sound come from?

(ity änanda-bharäveçena katicit padäni gatvä sonmädam.)

vaàçéà mätar vana-bhuvi jagan mohayantém niçamya
prodyad-ghürëä-bhara-tarala-dhér gantum asmi pravåtä
dväri sthülaà nihitam aciräd argalaà cet tvayägre
kenedaà vä mad-asu-padavé-sémni çakyam nidhätum

•
286 •
(ity udghürëate.)

iti - thus; änanda - of bliss; bhara - by a great abundance; avesena -

overwhelmed; katicit - some; padani - steps; gatvä - going; sa - with;
unmadam - madness; vamsim - the flute; matah – O mother; vana - of the
forest; bhuvi - in the place; jagat - the entire world; mohayantim -
enchanting; nisamya - hearing; prodyat - rising;. ghurna - of agitation;
bhara - with an abundance;tarala - trembling; dhih - whose heart; gantum
- to go; asmi - I am; pravrta - engaged; dvari - in the doorway; sthulam -
a great;nihitam - placed; acirat - gradually; argalam - a bolt; cet - if; tvaya
- by you; agre - in your presence; kena - by what?; idam - this; va - or; mat
- My; asu - of the life-breath; padavi - of the path; simni - on the boundary;
sakyam - able; nidhatum - to place; iti - thus; udghurnate - becomes
overwhelmed.

(Overwhelmed with bliss, She takes a few steps and then

becomes mad.) O mother, I hear the flute in the forest! It enchants
the entire world, and My heart is trembling! I will leave now. Even
if you lock the door, how will you prevent My life-breath from
leaving this body? (She becomes overwhelmed.)

kåñëaù: (sautsukyam)
nimajjati nimajjati praëaya-keli-sindhau mano
vighürëati vighürëati pramada-cakra-kérëaà çiraù
aho kim idam ävayoù sapadi räsa-nämäkñara-
dvayé-januñi nisvane çravaëa-véthim ärohati

sa - with; autsukyam - agitation; nimajjati - plunges; nimajjati - plunges;

pranaya - of love; keli - of pastimes; sindhau - in the ocean; manah - the
heart; vighurnati - staggers about; vighurnati - staggers about; pramada -
of bliss; cakra-kirnam - in the whirlpool; sirah - the head; aho - ah!; kim -
what?; idam - this; avayoh - of Us both; sapadi - simultaneously; rasa -
"rasa"; nama-akñara - the syllables; dvayi - two; janusi - creating; nisvane
- in the sound; sravana - of the ears; vithim - the pathway; arohati - enters.

Kåñëa: (Agitated) Ah! By entering the pathway of Our ears, the

two syllables "rä-sa" plunge Our hearts in the ocean of amorous
pastimes and make Our heads spin in the whirlpool of bliss!

nava-våndä: sakhi citra-gato 'pi räsotsavas tava satyo babhüva.

•
287 •
 sakhi - O friend; citra - in a picture; gatah - gone; api - even; rasa - of
the rasa dance; utsavah - the festival; tava – of You; satyah - real; babhuva
- has become.

Nava-våndä: Sakhi, although this is only a picture, for You it is

the real räsa dance.

rädhä: haddhé haddhé. kadhaà kkhu cittam jevva edaà.

ha - ah!; ddhi –shame!; ha - ah!; ddhi –shame!; kadham - what?; kkhu -

indeed; cittam - picture; jevva - certainly; edam - this.

Rädhä: Ah, what a shame! What is painted in this picture?

kåñëaù:
nava-madana-vinodaiù keli-kuïjeñu rädhe
nimiñavad uparämaà kämam äseduñéëäm
upacita-paritoña-proñitäpatrapäëäà
smarasi kim iva täsäà çäradénäà kñapäëäm

nava - new; madana - amorous; vinodaih - with pastimes; keli -

pastime; kuïjesu - in the groves; radhe - O Rädhä; nimisa - amoment; vat
- like; uparamam - ending; kamam - to Your heart's content; asedusinam
- attained; upacita - increased; paritosa - by happiness; prosita - sent
away; apatrapanam - whose shyness; smarasi - You remember; kim -
whether?; iva - as if; tasam – of them; saradinam - the autumn; kñapanam
- nights.

Kåñëa: O Rädhä, don't You remember those autumn nights that

passed like a moment in the forest bowers? Our ever-fresh
amorous pastimes overwhelmed You with a pleasure that chased
away all Your shyness!

(ity utkampam abhinéya.)

yamunopavane bhavad-vidhäbhir
vividhaiù kelibhir asmåtä-paräëi
punar apy atulotsaväni rädhe
bhavitäraù kim u täni väsaräëi

iti - thus; utkampam - trembling; abhiniya - representing dramatically;

yamuna - of the Yamuna; upavane - in the garden; bhavat - You;

•
288 •
vidhabhih - with girls like; vividhaih - with various; kelibhih - amorous
pastimes; asmåta – unforgettable; parani - great; punah - again; api - also;
atula - incomparable; utsavani - festivals; radhe - O Rädhä; bhavitarah -
will be; kim - whether?; u - indeed; tani - those; vasarani - days.

(Kåñëa trembles) We spent so many days enjoying various

wonderful, unforgettable pastimes with Your sakhés in the
gardens on the banks of the Yamunä! O Rädhä, will those happy
days, which are like an incomparable festival, ever come again?

nava-våndä:
vidyotate tasya sudarçanasya
prasäda-térthaà vanam ambikäyäù
nétas tanuà kuëòalinéà harir yäà
vimokñayan kuëòali-käyato 'pi

vidyotate - is beautifully pictured; tasya - of him; sudarçanasya - of

Sudarçana; prasada - of mercy; tirtham - the holy place; vanam - the forest;
ambikayah - of Ambika (Durga); nitah - brought; tanum - to the body;
kundalinam - of a demigod; harih - Kåñëa; yam - whom; vimokñayan -
liberating; kundali - of a serpent; kayatah - from the body; api - even.

Nava-våndä: This is a beautiful picture of the holy place –

Ambikävana forest, where Sudarçana attained the mercy of Hari,
who released him from the body of a serpent and gave him the
body of a demigod decorated with splendid earrings.

madhumaìgalaù: eso çaìkha-uòo.

eso - this; çaìkha-udo - is Saìkhacuda.

Madhumaìgala: This is Çaìkhacüòa.

rädhä: (sa-bhayam) parittahi parittahi. (iti kåñëam äliìgati.)

sa - with; bhayam - fear; parittahi - save Me!; parittahi - save Me!; iti -
thus; kåñëam - Kåñëa; alingati - embraces.

Rädhä: (Frightened) Save Me! Save Me! (She embraces Kåñëa.)

•
289 •
 kåñëaù: (parirambha-sukham abhinéya) sädhu re bhrätaù
çaìkhacüòa-samrambhäd unmathito 'pi me tvam alabdha-pürvaà
pramodam eva kåtavän.

parirambha - of the embrace; sukham - the happiness; abhiniya -

representing dramatically; sadhu - well done!; re - O; bhratah - brother;
çaìkhacuda - Saìkhacuda; samrambhat - violently; unmathitah - killed;
api - even; me - by Me; tvam - you; alabdha-purvam – not achived
previously; pramodam - happiness; eva - certainly; kåtavan - did.

Kåñëa: (Very happy from the embrace) Well done, brother

Çaìkhacüòa! Even though I violently killed you, you still gave Me
this happiness that I could not find before!

nava-våndä: paçya paçya

çambhur våñaà nayati mandara-kandaräntar
bhétaù sa-lélam api yatra çiro dhunäne
äù kautukaà kalaya keli-laväd ariñöaà
taà daitya-puìgavam asau harir unmamätha

paçya - look!; paçya - look!; sambhuh - Siva; vrsam – the bull; nayati -
leads; mandara - of Mandara Mountain; kandara - the cave; antah - within;
bhitah - afraid; sa - with; lilam - playfulness; api - even; yatra - where;
sirah - the head; dhunane - shaking; ah - ah!; kautukam - at the wonder;
kalaya - look!; keli - of playfulness; lavat - with a fragment; arsitam -
Aristasura; tam - him; daitya - the demon; pungavam - bull; asau - He;
harih - Kåñëa; unmamatha - killed.

Nava-våndä: Look! Look! When Ariñöäsura playfully shook his

head, Lord Çiva became frightened and hid his own bull Nandi in
a cave of Mount Mandara. Ah, look at this wonderful event! Kåñëa
playfully killed that bull-demon Ariñöa!

(punaù pradarçya)
skandheñv indévaräkñéëäà
yaù kilendévaräyate
citraà bhujaù sa te keçi-
bhidäyaà bhiduräyate

punah - again; pradarçya - pointing; skandhesu - on the shoulders;

indivara-akñinam - of the lotus-eyed gopis; yah - which; kila - indeed;

•
290 •
indivarayate - became like a lotus flower; citram - wonderful; bhujah - the
arm; sah - that; te - of You; kesi - of Kesi; bhidayam - of breaking apart;
bhiduryate - became a thunderbolt.

(Again pointing) How wonderful! Although on the shoulders of

the lotus-eyed gopés Your arm became like a blue lotus flower,
this arm became like a thunderbolt to break apart the demon
Keçé!

kåñëaù: etad vyomäsuraà våëvatyä mukti-patiàvaräyä raìga-

sthalam.

etat - this; vyomasuram - Vyomasura; vrnvatya - choosing; mukti - the

goddess of liberation; patimvarayah - accepting as her husband; raìga-
sthalam - the arena.

Kåñëa: Here the goddess of liberation accepted Vyomäsura as

her husband.

madhumaìgalaù: eso akkurao. (ity ardhokte.)

eso - this; akkuro - is Akrura; iti - thus; ardha - half; ukte - in the
statement.

Madhumaìgala: This is Akrüra... (He is interrupted in the

middle of his words.)

rädhä: hä hä kià karissaà. (iti mürchati.)

ha - ah!; ha - ah!; kim - what?; karissam - shall I do; iti - thus; murchati
- She faints.

Rädhä: Ah! Ah! What will I do? (She faints.)

kåñëaù: (sa-sambhramam äçliñya) komale mä kataré-bhüù. idaà

khalu citram.

sa - with; sambhramam - agitation, fear or haste; aslisya - embracing;

komale - O delicate one; ma - do not; katari - unhappy; bhuh - become;
idam - this; khalu - indeed; citram - is a picture.

•
291 •
 Kåñëa: (Agitated, He embraces Her) O gentle girl! Don't worry,
it's just a picture!

rädhä: (sävahittham) avvo daruëada pasaìgassa. jo hi citta-gadovi

santavedi.

sa - with; avahittham – calming down; avvo - ah!; darunada - the

cruelty and suffering; pasaìgassa - of the occasion; jo - which; hi - indeed;
citta - in a picture; gado - gone; vi - even; santavedi - torments.

Rädhä: (Calming down) Ah! Though it's only a picture, it brings

Me such pain!

nava-våndä: eñä mathurä-prasthänopakramaù.

esah - this; mathura - to Mathura; prasthana-upakramah - the journey.

Nava-våndä: This is the journey to Mathurä.

kåñëaù:
viramatu nava-vånde gändineyasya yäträ-
vivåtir anusaremäm agrimälekhya-lakñmim
småti-patham adhirüòhair bhüribhis taiù priyäyäù
karuëa-vilapitair me visphuöaty antarätmä

viramatu - may stop; nava-vrnde - O Nava-våndä; gandineyasya – of

Akrura; yatra - of the journey; vivirtih - the manifestation; anusara - just
follow; imam - this; agrima - excellent; alekhya - of the picture; laksmin -
the beauty; småti - of the memory; patham - the pathway; adhirudhaih -
entering; bhuribhih - by many; taih - by them; priyayah - of My beloved;
karuna - pathetic; vilpaitaih - by the lamentations; me - of Me; visphutati
- breaks into pieces; anrätma - the heart.

Kåñëa: Nava-våndä, let us stop looking at this picture. When the

painful crying of My beloved walks on the pathway of My
memory, My heart breaks!

nava-våndä:
hata-räjakéya-räjakaà
väyaka-vära-däyakam devam
dhåta-damanaka-dämänaà

•
292 •
 sudäma-dayitaà namasyämi

hata - killed; rajakiya - of the king; rajakam - the washerman; vayaka -

to the weaver; vara - a benediction; dayakam - granting; devam - to the
playful or shining one; dhåta - held; damanaka – damanaka flowers;
damanam - a garland; sudama - of Sudama; dayitam - the object of love;
namasyami - I offer my respectful obeisances.

Nava-våndä: To the playful Kåñëa, who killed Kaàsa's

washerman, who blessed the weaver, and who accepted a garland
of damanaka flowers from His dear devotee, the florist Sudämä, I
offer my respectful obeisances!

kåñëaù: (smitvä) priye paçya paçya tämbülikänäm anurägam. yair

ubhayathä raïjito 'smi.

smitvä - smiling; priye - beloved; paçya - look!; paçya - look!;

tambulikanam – a seller of betel; anuragam - love; yaih - by whom;
ubhayatha - in both ways; raïjitah - reddened (or pleased); asmi - I am.

Kåñëa: (Smiles) Beloved, look! Look at the great love of the

betel seller for Me, which both gave Me pleasure and colored Me
red!39

rädhä: késa edaà ullaìghidam.

kisa - why?; edam - this; ullanghidam - was jumped over.

Rädhä: Why did You skip this picture?

kåñëaù: (svagatam) katham apahnotuà na çakto 'smi. yad iyaà

sairindhrém eva vilokate.

svagatam - aside; katham - why?; apahnotum - to hide; na - not; saktah

- able; asmi - I am; yat - which; iyam - She; sairindhrim - a female artisan
Kubja; eva - certainly; vilokate - sees.

Kåñëa: (Aside) Why didn't they hide this picture? Now She saw
the servant-girl Kubjä.

39
The word "raïjitaù" means both "reddened" and "pleased".

•
293 •
 rädhä: ëa-a-vunde kä esä rä-a-mägge go-ula-ëähassa pédamsu-
aïcalam a-addhadi.

na-a-vunde - O Nava-våndä; ka - who?; esa - is this girl;ra-a - on the

royal; magge - road; go-ula - of Gokula; nahassa - of the Lord; pida -
yellow; amsu-a - of the garment; aïcalam - the edge; a-addhadi - tugs.

Rädhä: Nava-våndä, who is this girl tugging at the edge of

Kåñëa's yellow garment in the middle of the royal road?

(nava-våndä smitaà kåtvä mukhaà namayati.)

nava-våndä - Nava-våndä; smitam - a smile; kåtvä - doing; mukham -

her face; namayati - bows down.

(Nava-våndä smiles and bows her face down.)

kåñëaù: (kiïcid vihasya)

aniyuktäpi nipuëä
dütéyaà tvayi vatsalä
mäm abhyarthayate dhåtä
paöe goñöha-ninéñayä

kincit - somewhat; vihasya - smiling; aniyukta - not sent; api -

although; nipuna - expert; duti - messenger-girl; iyam - she; tvayi - to You;
vatsala - affectionate; mam - Me; abhyarthayate - begs; dhåta - holding;
pate - the garment; gostha – to Vraja; ninisaya - with a desire to bring.

Kåñëa: (Slightly smiles) This is a very intelligent messenger-

girl. She is very affectionate to You. Even though You did not send
her, she tugs at My garment and begs Me to return to Vraja.

rädhä: esä muharé-kida-bamhaëòä kitti-maëòalé. ta ketti-aà

òhakkissasi.

esa - this; muhari-kida - caused to speak; bamhanda - the universe;

kitti - of fame; mandali - the abundance; ta - therefore; ketti-am - how
much?; dhakkissasi - will You be able to hide.

•
294 •
 Rädhä: This universe is filled with Your glories. What can You
hide from Me?

nava-våndä: paçya paçya

vana-mäläà bhajamänair
gurur api poñöäpi däna-püreëa
alibhir amoci karéndro
hari-sevä dharmato hi varä

paçya - look!; paçya - look!; vana - of forest flowers; malam - the

garland; bhajamanaih - worshipping; guruh - great; api - although; posta
- the nourisher; api - even; dana - of ichor; purena - with a flood; alibhih
- by the bumble-bees; amoci - abandoned; kari - of elephants; indrah -
the king; hari - of Hari; seva - the service; dharmatah - by nature; hi -
indeed; vara - the best.

Nava-våndä: Look! Look! Thinking that serving Kåñëa is their

first duty, the bumblebees leave the great regal elephant
Kuvalayapéòa, who fed them with a flood of däna, and worship
Hari's flower garland!40

ahaha bhoù paçyata

trasita-malla-marälaù
kåñëa-ghano 'yam niräkåtottäpaù
jagato jévana-däyé
na hi kaàsasyodayaà kurute

ahaha - aha!; bhoh - Oh!; paçyata - look!; trasita - frightened; malla - if

wrestlers; maralah - the swan; kåñëa - of Kåñëa; ghanah - the cloud; ayam
- this; nirakåta - removed; uttapah – the heat; jagatah - of the world; jivana
- of life; dayi - the giver; na - not; hi - indeed; kaàsasya - of Kaàsa;
udayam - the good; kurute - does.

Ah! Look! Although the dark raincloud of Kåñëa removes the

painful heat of the summer's day, it also frightens the swan-like
wrestlers, and although this cloud brings life to the entire world,
it does not bring any good to Kaàsa.

40
The word "däna" means both "donation" and "rut-fluid (which flows from an elephant's
temples)".

•
295 •
 rädhä: ko eso kesaveëa kese a-addhi-a maïcado padido.

ko - who?; eso - is he; kesavena - by Kåñëa; kese - by thehair; a-addhia

- pulled; maïcado - from the throne; padido - made tofall.

Rädhä: Who is this person Kåñëa dragged by the hair from the
throne?

nava-våndä: eña duñöo bhüpatiù.

esa - he; dustah - a wicked; bhu-patih - king.

Nava-våndä: This is a wicked king.

rädhä: (sänandam) pi-am me pi-am.

sa - with; änandam - joy; pi-am - pleasing; me - to Me; pi-am - pleasing.

Rädhä: (Happy) This pleases Me very much.

kåñëaù: nünam atikränto yäminyäù prathamo yämaù. yad eña

chäyä-prapaïcaù saïcukoca. tat kälindé-téram anusarämaù.

nünam - certainly; ati-krantah - passed; yaminyah - of the night;

prathamah - the first; yamah - yama (a span of three hours); yat - because;
chaya - of shadows; prapaïcah - the creation; sancukoca - has shrunk; tat
- therefore; kalindi - of the Yamuna; tiram - to the shore; anusaramah - let
us go.

Kåñëa: There are no longer any shadows. The first part of night
must now be over. Let us go to the shore of the Yamunä.

kåñëaù: nediñöheyaà mad-aìga-pratimäyäù piëòikä. yad-

upakaëöhe mahä-viläsa-vidyä-siddhi-bhümis tamäla-rasälayor
antaräla-vartiëé sä me kuïja-çälikä.

nedistha - nearby; iyam - this; mat - of Me; aìga - of the body;

pratimayah - of the statue; pindika - the platform; yat - which;upakaëöhe
- near; maha - great; vilasa - of transcendental pastimes; vidya - of the
science; siddhi - the perfection; bhumih - the place; tamala - of a tamala

•
296 •
tree; rasalayoh - and a mango tree; antarala - between; vartini - staying;
sa - that; me - of Me;kuïja - of the grove; salika - the cottage.

Kåñëa: Nearby is the platform where My Deity stood, and near

that is the forest bower between a mango tree and tamäla tree. It
is the ideal place for Our pastimes.

(savyato vilokya)
mäëikya-kuööima-taöeñu kalindajäyäù
püre ca kaustubha-maëäv api bimbitena
ekena candramukhi te mukha-maëòalena
candrävalé vana-bhuvi prakaöé-kåtästi

savyatah - to the left; vilokya - looking; manikya - with rubies; kuttima

- paved; tatesu - on the shores; kalindajayah - of the Yamuna River, the
daughter of Mount Kalinda; pure - in the water; ca - also; kaustubha-
manau - in the Kaustubha jewel; api - also; bimbitena - reflected; ekena -
by one; candra-mukhi – O girl whose face is as beautiful as the moon; te
- of You; mukha - of the face; madnalena - by the circle; candra - of
moons; avali – a host; vana-bhuvi - in the forest; prakati-kåta -
manifesting; asti - is.

(Looking to the left) O moon-faced girl, reflected in the water

of the Yamunä, in the shore paved with rubies, and in My
Kaustubha jewel, Your face has made a host of moons suddenly
appear in this forest place!

kåñëaù: (sänandam)
sutanu kiïcid udaïcaya locane
cala-cakora-camatkåti-cumbiné
smita-sudhäà ca sudhäkara-mädhuré-
vidhuratä-vidhaye 'dya dhurandharam

sa - with; änandam - bliss; sutanu - slender; kiïcit - a little; udancaya -

please raise; locane - Your eyes; cala - restless; cakora - of cakora birds;
camatkåti - the sense of wonder; cumbini - kissing; smita - of the smile;
sudham - the nectar; ca - also; sudhakara - of the moon; madhuri -
sweetness; vidhurata-vidhaye - for distressing; adya - now;
dhurandharam - very great.

•
297 •
 (Blissful) O slender girl, open these eyes that fill restless
cakora birds with wonder and give Me the nectar of this smile that
eclipses the sweetness of the moon!

santu bhrämyad-apaìga-bhaìga-khuralé-khelä-bhuvaù su-bhruvaù

svasti syän madirekñaëe kñaëam api tvam antara me kutaù
täräëäà nikurambakeëa våtayä çliñöe 'pi somäbhayä
näkäçe våñabhänujäà çriyam åte niñpadyate svacchatä

santu - let there be; bhramyat - wandering; apaìga - of sidelong

glances; bhaìga - with crooked motions; khurali-khela - of archery;
bhuvaù - the field; su-bhruvaù - of a girl with beautiful eyebrows; svasti -
aspiciousness; syat - may be; madira-ékñaëe - O girl with intoxicating
glances; kñaëam - for a moment; api - even;tvam - You; antara - without;
me - of Me; kutaù - where?; taranam - of stars; nikurambakena - by the
host; vrtaya - accompanied; sliste - embraced; api - even; soma-abhaya -
by the moonlight; na - not; akase - in the sky; vrsa-bhanu-jam -
the sun in Taurus; sriyam - opulence; rte - without; nispadyate - becomes;
svacchata - full of light.

My dear girl with intoxicating glances, even if I am attacked

by many beautiful-eyebrowed gopés who are expert archers with
their restless, crooked sidelong glances, how can I find happiness
for even a moment without You? Even if the moonlight and all the
stars try to illuminate the sky, it never becomes really bright until
it is filled with sunlight!41

nava-våndä: cärumukhi sopacareyaà nokti-mudrä.

caru-mukhi - O girl with the beautiful face; sa - with; upacara - faltery;

iyam - this; na - not; ukti - of the words; mudra - the stamp.

Nava-våndä: O girl with the charming face, this is not empty

flattery!

kåñëaù: priye tvad-äsyaà paçyato me nopamäna-vastüni hådayam

ärohanti.

41
The word "våñabhänuja" means both "the sun in Taurus" and "Rädhä, the daughter of
Mahäräja Våñabhänu".

•
298 •
 priye - O beloved; tvat - of You; asyam - the face; paçyataù - gazing;
me - of Me; na - not; upamana - similar; vastuni - substance; hrdayam - in
the heart; arohanti – rise.

Kåñëa: Beloved, as I gaze at Your face, I think it is hard

to imagine anything to compare it with!

dhatte na sthiti-yogyatäà caraëayor aìke 'pi paìkeruhaà

näpy aìguñöha-nakhasya ratna-mukuraù kakñäsu dakñäyate
caëòi tvan-mukha-maëòalasya parito nirmaïchane 'py aïjasä
naucityaà bhajate samujjvala-kalä sändräpi candrävalé

dhatte - placed; na - not; sthiti - of the position; yogyatam - worthiness;

caranayaiù - of the feet; aìke - on the lap; api - even; paìkeruham - the
lotus flower; na - not; api - also; angustha – of the toe; nakhasya - of the
nail; ratna - jewelled; mukuraù - mirror; kakñasu - on the surface;
dakñayate - is able; candi - O passionate one; tvat - of You; mukha - of
the face;mandalasya - of the circle; paritaù - completely; nirmanchane -
in the ceremony of worship; api - even; anjasa - properly; na -
not;aucityam - propriety; bhajate - attains; samujjvala-kala - splendid;
sandra - intense; api - even; candra - of moons; avali - the host.

The lotus flower is not worthy to be placed at Your feet. The

jewel mirror is not equal to the nail of Your toe. O passionate one,
even a splendid host of moons is not qualified to perform ärati to
Your face!

•
299 •